T-
*
K
*
«
if
15
KC:-* **•:'.** ***
» ft * K K
-:f * * *
X«* K' * *
* * * *
•* * * * *
*5-* * ****
****
* *
* *
****
* *
* *
* *
****%*******»*
K yl R X K K K
*****
*
*
***
*
*
*****
*******
*****
*
*
*
*
*
*
********.•*****%***
AlTKfTKAKff^
*
*
*
K
*
*
*
*
****
Cn-Linc Documentation System
STORET User Assistance
(202)382-7220
(FTS)382-7220
**«***»»*******
* SEMINAR *
* DOCUMENTATION *
* RETRIEVAL *
***************
'iir. c!ocur.iJ5nt contains all of the STORET retrieval
i 2tioi'i3 and cxrg guide. Also available from User Assistance is
'.! :• :iQ.3ci MnncibocH which is maintained under contract.
Document Current as of February Z, 1989.
For fresh copies of this document, call User
Assistance since special forms and inserts are
required.
Change Log
T.wplcta.'.y ra-uritten +
:/06/£. L=u;s H. Hoelman, II +
,^»J( Vtll I""1 , !-)->rl +
K/«T^ltlVW .HV^~^JK< »
J5/30/:. Louis H. HoelmanF II +
4-
t
4-
+
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT PAGE
INTRODUCTION . 1
KEYKOHD FORMAT AND RETRIEVAL STEPS ... ... 2
RETRIEVAL FORMATS AND SAMPLE OUTPUTS 3
STATION SELECTION KEYWORDS ....... 29
STATION RESTRICTION KEYWORDS 57
PARAMETER SELECTION KEYWORDS ................ 66
SAMPLE SELECTION KEYWORDS 80
MISCELLANEOUS KEYWORDS 90
PRINT CONTROL KEYWORDS 93
?GM=IUVENT, KEYWORDS 100
PG!'1=ALLPARM, KEYWORDS 105
PGM=IMDEX, KEYWORDS 109
TSO PROCEDURES FOR RETRIEVALS 114
TRANSFORMATIONS AND CALCULATIONS . 119
PSM=STAND, KEYWORDS 126
PGM=PLOT, KEYWORDS 132
PG.'1-rilHAN, KEYWORDS 137
MACHINE READABLE OUTPUT ..... 159
ADVANCED CAPABILITIES ......... . . 161
PGM=REG, KEYWORDS 162
PGM=LOC, KEYWORDS 173
PGM=MSP, KEYWORDS ............... 199
INDEX BY FUNCTION 229
ALPHABETIC INDEX . 235
-------
THE NAME Or THIS DATA SET IS "STORET.HELP.SEMINAR.DOC.RETRIEVL". PAGE NO. 1
IT CONTAINS THE STORET RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS, A BRIEF DESCRIPTION 88/11/06
OF THEM, EXAMPLES SHOWING THEIR USE, SAMPLE OUTPUTS, AND THE TSO
PROCEDURES NEEDED TO EFFECT A RETRIEVAL FROM THE WATER QUALITY
SYSTEM. PAGES 229 THROUGH 234 CONTAIN AN INDEX OF THE RETRIEVAL
KEYWORDS BY FUNCTION, AND PAGES 235 THROUGH 239 CONTAIN AN ALPHA-
BETIC INDEX OF THE KEYWORDS. THESE INDICES ALSO HAVE A ONE-LINE
DESCRIPTION OF THE KEYWORDS AND CROSS REFERENCE PAGE NUMBERS TO
THIS DOCUMENT AND TO THE USER MANUAL. THE LAST LINE IN THE DATA SET
SHOWS THE LAST DATE A CHANGE WAS MADE TO THE DOCUMENT. IF THE USER
DESIRES A NEW COPY OF THE DOCUMENT, THE STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE
"XSPRINT" IS USED AS SHOWN BELOW. FOR AN EXPLANATION OF THE
"XSPRINT" COMMAND PROCEDURE, SEE PAGE 33 OF THE SEMINAR DOCUMEN-
TATION NAMED "AGENDA, OVERVIEW, AND INTRODUCTION TO TSO".
XSPRINT 'STORET.HELP.SEMINAR.DOC.RETRIEVL1 DEST(LOCAL) CC UPLOW BURST FORMS(8371)
-------
FORMAT OF THE RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS PASE NO. 2
88/11/06
WHENEVER A TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED WITH STORET, A DATA SET (FILE) MUST
BE CREATED. THE CONTENTS OF THE DATA SET ARE REFERRED TO AS LINES OR
CARDS AMD THE TERMS ARE USED INTERCHANGEABLY. THE REQUIRED FILE FOR
RETRIEVIiJS DATA CONTAINS COMBINATIONS OF THE KEYWORDS (INSTRUCTIONS)
CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT TO TELL THE SYSTEM WHAT DATA ARE TO BE
.•.^TniKVED FROI1 THE WATER QUALITY SYSTEM (WQS). IN MOST CASES, THE
.; :YHORD is SET EQUAL AN OPERAND AND is FOLLOWED BY A COMMA. THESE
INSTRUCTION SETS CAN BE STRUNG OUT ACROSS THE LINE TO COLUMN 80 OR
V!:L;Y CAN BE ENTERED ONE PER LINE. HOWEVER, THE KEYWORD CANNOT BE SPLIT
.•.COM ITS OPERAND AT THE END OF A LINE. THE ORDER IN WHICH THE KEYWORDS
APPEAR DOES NOT GENERALLY MATTER. HOWEVER, THE FIRST INSTRUCTION MUST BE
"P(?M" WHICH SELECTS THE OUTPUT FORMAT. CERTAIN INSTRUCTIONS ARE ENTERED
IN PAIRS OR MUST FOLLOW ANOTHER KEYWORD SUCH AS WHEN SELECTING STATIONS
BY INDIVIDUAL STATION NUMBERS, THE AGENCY CODE INSTRUCTION MUST COME
BEFORE THE STATION SELECTION KEYWORD. THE FOLLOWING DEMONSTRATES THE
FORMAT OF THE INSTRUCTIONS AND SHOWS THAT THEY CAN BE STRUNG OUT ACROSS
THE LINE OR ENTERED ONE PER LINE:
A=X,B=Y,C=Z,
OR
A=X,
B=Y,
C=Z,
Tun F::;;S" INSTRUCTION IN A RETRIEVAL MUST BE THE KEYWORD
?'" ~ r,.'V_OWED BY A VALID FORMAT SELECTOR.
. /s.DiR TO RETRIEVE DATA FROM STORET'S WQS, THE FOLLOWING
.:V. EPS MUST BE CONSIDERED:
1. SELECT THE PROGRAM THAT GIVES THE
DESIRED FORMAT.
SELECT THE STATIONS OF INTEREST.
3. SELECT THE PARAMETRIC DATA DESIRED.
SPECIFY THE PRINT CONTROL DESIRED.
5. USE THE REQUIRED PROGRAM SPECIFIC KEYWORDS
AS NEEDED.
-------
IN ORDER '-.I-crr T!J- I.'ESIRED RETRIEVAL FORMAT, THE "PGM" KEYWORD IS
S=T EQUAL . ,::s OF Tl!u FOLLOWING VALID VALUES AS INDICATED.
Wq-EET
PAGE NO.
3-10
3-9
3-2 ,
3-3
3-11
3-8
3-6
3-5
3-13
3-7
3-12
PAGE NO. 3
88/11/06
PSM^STA
PGM=INDEX
PGM=INVENT
PGM=ALLPARM
PGM=RET
"GM=PUNCH
PGM=PLOT
PGM=MEAN
PGM=REG
PGM-LQC
PGM=«SP
A LISTING OF STATION NUMBERS FOR
AN AGENCY
A LISTING OF THE STATION HEADER
INFORMATION ONLY
INVENTORY OF THE PARAMETRIC DATA AT A STATION
GENERATES A DUMP OF THE DATA STORED AT
A STATION
TABULAR LISTING OF THE RAW DATA
RAW DATA RETRIEVAL WITH CARD OUTPUT
COMPARES RETRIEVED DATA WITH CRITERIA
ESTABLISHED IN THE RETRIEVAL REQUEST
PARAMETRIC DATA PLOTTED AS A
FUNCTION OF TIME
STATISTICAL SUMMARIES OF THE DATA
PLOTS LINEAR TREND ANALYSIS OR CORRELATION
ANALYSIS BETWEEN 2 PARAMETERS OR CORRELATION
OF A POLLUTANT AT 2 SAMPLING SITES
CREATES A MAP SHOWING THE LOCATION OF THE
STATIONS IN A GEOGRAPHICAL AREA
GENERATES PLOTS OF PARAMETRIC STATISTICS AS A
FUNCTION OF STATIONS (STREAM PROFILE) OR MAPS
SHOWING RELATIVE POLLUTANT LEVELS OR TRENDS
SAMPLE OUTPUTS FOR EACH OF THE RETRIEVAL FORMATS ARE PRESENTED ON
THE NEXT 15 PAGES. THE RETRIEVAL REQUEST THAT GENERATED THE OUT-
PUT IS SHOMN AT THE TOP OF THE OUTPUT PAGE.
-------
PGH=STA,
11 TRAIN
COS AAAAAA1
OOP CAMERON
OOS UXFRES260
OOS EXPRES288
OOS !;;:FRES367B
oos ,::,P263
oos ,:;;;-'295c
:OG !:X, ^67E
.,35 ::G; ::rroo3
•:„•!:• I-::,. -oT009
IJT027
. ;;:.T033
PAGE 3-10 A LISTING OF STATION NUMBERS BY AGENCY
*****************************************
-> *PGM=STA, *
*A=11TRAIN, *
*****************************************
•IP
oo?
OOP
OOP
OOS
003
OOS
7;-;OC,0"'334104U01
ooo." ;£-3
000. :3-9
0005->Y3-4
020-0030RG-1
020-0030RS-4
020-0031TG-1
020-0031TS-5
:.08C045
OOP ANN1
OOP CL-009
OOS EXPRES262
OOS EXPRES295B
OOS EXPRES367D
OOS EXP284
OOS EXP295E
OOS JOYCE06
OOS MSPTEST004
OOS MSPTEST010
OOS MSFTEST016
OOS MSPTEST022
OOS MSPTEST028
OOS MSPTEST034
OOP MSP11
OOP MSP17
OOP MSP22
OOP MSP28
OOP MSP33
OOP MSP5
OOP OB12
OOP SEMINAR01A
OOP ST JOE
OOP ST. JCE-S06
OOP STJS01
OOP TM14
OOS TXTSD01
OOP WV12
OOP 00054RG-3
OOP 00054RS-4
OOP 00055TK-1
OOP 00055TS-5
OOS 020-0030RG-2
OOS 020-0030RS-5
OOS 020-0031TG-2
OOS 020-0031TS-6
OOS 2030047
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 85/06/2)
OOP BAB2-01
OOS DAN01
OOS EXPRES263
OOS EXPRES295C
OOS EXPRES367E
OOS EXP285
OOS EXP295F
OOS JOYCE07
OOS MSPTEST005
OOS MSPTEST011
OOS MSPTEST017
OOS MSPTEST023
OOS MSPTEST029
OOS MSPTEST035
OOP MSP12
OOP MSP18
OOP MSP23
OOP MSP29
OOP MSP34
OOP MSP6
OOP OB14
OOP SEMINAR02
OOP ST. JOE-S01
OOP ST. JOE-S07
OOS TESTST093
OOP TM15
OOS TXTSD02
OOP WV14
OOP OOOS4RS-1
OOP 00054RS-5
OOP 00055TG-2
OOP OOOS5TS-6
OOS 020-0030RG-3
OOS 020-0030RS-6
OOS 020-0031TS-1
OOS 020-0031TS-7
OOP 2080062
OOS BEAST
OOP DAN1
OOS EXPRES284
OOS EXPRES295E
OOS EXP259
OOS EXP287
OOS EXP367A
OOP LEE1
OOS MSPTEST006
OOS MSPTEST012
OOS MSPTEST018
OOS MSPTEST024
OOS MSPTEST030
OOS MSPTEST036
OOP MSP13
OOP MSP19
OOP MSP24
OOP MSP3
OOP MSP35
OOP MSP7
OOP OB15
OOP SM11
OOP ST. JOE-S02
OOP ST. JOE-SOS
OOS TEST001A
OOP TXD000804104D02
OOS TXTSD03
OOP MV15
OOP 00054RS-10
OOP 00054RS-6
OOP 00055TS-1
OOP 00055TS-7
OOS 020-0030RS-1
OOS 020-0030RS-7
OOS 020-0031TS-2
OOS 020-0031TS-8
OOP 2080063
OOS BLCK001
OOS DOHNGRAD
OOS EXPRES285
OOS EXPRES295F
OOS EXP260
OOS EXP288
OOS EXP367B
OOS MSPTEST001
OOS MSPTEST007
OOS MSPTEST013
OOS MSPTEST019
OOS MSPTEST025
OOS MSPTEST031
OOS MSPTEST037
OOP MSP14
OOP MSP2
OOP MSP25
OOP MSP30
OOP MSP36
OOP MSP8
OOP PANAMA CITY
OOP SM12
OOP ST. JOE-S03
OOP ST. JOE-S09
OOS TEST002A
OOP TXD000804104D03
OOS TXTSD04
OOS 0
OOP 00054RS-11
OOP 00054RS-7
OOP 00055TS-2
OOP 00055TS-8
OOS 020-0030RS-2
OOS 020-0030RS-8
OOS 020-0031TS-3
OOS 1
OOP 2080065
OOS BLONDIE
OOS EXPRES259
OOS EXPRES287
OOS EXPRES367A
OOS EXP262
OOS EXP295B
OOS EXP367D
OOS MSPTEST002
OOS MSPTEST008
OOS MSPTEST014
OOS MSPTEST020
OOS MSPTEST026
OOS MSPTEST032
OOP MSP1 ;
OOP MSP15
OOP MSP20
OOP MSP26
OOP MSP31
OOP MSP37
OOP MSP9
OOP PHIL!
OOP SM14
OOP ST. JOE-S04
OOP ST. JOE-S10
OOP TM11
OOP TXD000804104D041
OOS UPGR AD
OOP 00054RG-1
OOP 00054RS-2
OOP 00054RS-8
OOP 00055TS-3
OOS 01041934
OOS 020-0030RS-3
OOS 020-0030RS-9
OOS 020-0031TS-4
OOS 2080044
. '? PRIMARY STATIONS FOR THIS AGENCY: 108
... OF EE~'.^:D;\RY STATIONS FOR THIS AGENCY: 113
-------
PGM=INDEX, PAGE 3-9 A LISTING OF THE STATION HEADER INFORMATION
> *PGM=INDEX,
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,S=PHIL1,S=LEE1,
*A=21IOWA,S=32505A,S=975005,
*
*
*
PAGE NO. 5
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
PGM=INDEX - VERSION OF JULY 06,1987
PAGE
AGENCY ST-CO COUNTY STATE
PRIME STN NO SECONDARY STATION NUMBERS
LAT/LONG/PREC STORED DATE
STATION TYPE CODE
RIVER MILE ( IF )
INDEX ( PRESENT )
LOCATION NAME
MINOR BASIN
MAJOR BASIN
BASIN CODE
DEPTH
HYDRO UNIT+SEG
MILEPOINT ON?
11TRAIN
SEMINAR01
24031 MONTGOMERY
MARYLAND
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2 STORED 870606
/TYPA/AMBNT/STREAM/BIO
INDEX 0214001 000600 00070 0110
MILES 16.37 18.31 29.55 4.28
POTOMAC RIVER
NORTH ATLANTIC
0050 0120
5.40 7.80
021400
DEPTH
DATA LOCKED AFTER 5001
02070010030
0006.420 OFF
24021 FREDERICK
39 24 18.0 077 33 10.0
/TYPA/AMBNT/STREAM
MARYLAND
3 STORED 870606
PHIL'S HOUSE USED FOR TESTING
POTOMAC RIVER
NORTH ATLANTIC DEPTH
DATA LOCKED AFTER 5001
021400
02070008
-HOViA
."2505A
51059 FAIRFAX VIRGINIA
BEAST BLONDIE
38 53 45.0 077 14 00.0 3 STORED 870606
/TYPA/AMBNT/STREAM
LEE'S HOUSE (USED AS SEMINAR EXAMPLE)
POTOMAC RIVER
NORTH ATLANTIC DEPTH
DATA LOCKED AFTER 5001
021400
02070010044
0018.900 OFF
19013 BLACK HAWK IOWA
381000000792
42 32 30.0 092 27 00.0 3 STORED
/TYPA/AMBNT/STREAM
HWY 218 BR AT CEDAR FALLS
CEDAR
IOWA
T89NR14WSEC02 071091
DEPTH 0
07080205027
0006.540 HQ
21ICUA
775005
19167 SIOUX IOWA
981500008405
43 04 45.0 096 27 20.0 3 STORED
/TY PA/AMBHT/STREAM
CO RD B40 BR .25 M ABOVE MOUTH
BIG SIOUX-ROCK RIVER T95NR47WSEC06 090791
MISSOURI RIVER DEPTH 0
10170203011
0009.260 HQ
-------
•-INVENT
PAGE 3-2
INVENTORY OF THE PARAMETRIC DATA AT A STATION
PAGE NO. 6
88/11/06
-> »PGM=INVENT, *
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01, *
Kg*:*****************************************
STCRET Si-TRT.EVA!.. OATE 87/11/05
.'•' .ttJT/STRE AN/BIO
PGM=INVENT
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
•-OV30
'..I.^.^'DE
...V..1CL
i,7,"OM
PARAMETER
UM NA.DISS
uM K.TOT
TE S04-TQT
F, TOTAL
TOTAL
B.DISS
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
UG/L
MEDIUM
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
BOTTOM
CORE
DREDGE
PORE
VERT
WATER
C3.TOT
IRON
. 1103-TOT
:r?,Diss
C'J,DISS
ri.TOT
SPEC
UG/L WATER
DRY KGT WATER
UG/L
L'G/L
UG/L
UG/L P
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
RMK
K
L
U
TOT
L
U
TOT
L
TOT
K
L
TOT
L
TOT
K
L
U
TOT
NUMBER
2
68
70
68
68
2
1
1
4
2
2
4
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
2
3
138
13
15
15
181
70
19
63
17
2
17
DATA LOCKED AFTER 50/01.
MEAN VARIANCE STAN DEV
10.00000 .0000000 .0000000
30.67900 43.67000 6.608300
115.7400 140030.0 374.2100
1.057500 .6453200 .8033200
18.51200 9.425100 3.070000
394.0000 28800.00 169.7100
322.0000
405.0000
378.7500 11058.00 105.1600
207.0000 16928.00 130.1100
335.0000 2738.000 52.32600
271.0000 12017.00 109.6200
219.0000 6498.000 80.61000
185.0000
207.6700 3634.400 60.28600
294.0000
675.0000
484.5000 72581.00 269.4100
401.0000
264.5000 220.5000 14.84900
310.0000 6321.000 79.50500
272.7900 8080.900 89.89400
345.6200 16083.00 126.8200
289.3300 19375.00 139.1900
250.6000 9463.600 97.28100
277.5500 9889.800 99.44700
10.41700 466.1000 21.58900
95.40700 116000.0 340.5800
48.32400 114.7900 10.71400
93.56100 105410.0 324.6700
15.02000 .0000000 .0000000
87.29700 88530.00 297.6200
MAXIMUM
10.00
42.90
3200
2.10
23.5
514
322
405
514
299
372
372
276
185
276
294
675
675
401
275
401
525
663
665
405
665
135
1500.00
67
1352
15
1241
MINIMUM
10.00
21.90
32
.07
12.5
274
322
405
274
115
298
115
162
185
162
294
675
294
401
254
254
43
231
62
103
43
3
2.34
34
1
15
2
BEG DATE
72/03/15'
70/01/03-'
70/01/03
70/01/03
70/01/03
78/01/05
81/09/13
79/05/02
78/01/05
79/02/23
78/07/13
78/07/13
78/10/01
82/11/161
78/10/01
79/01/05
77/09/18
77/09/18
79/08/18
78/04/08
78/04/08
01/01/02
76/01/05
76/03/28
76/07/13
01/01/02:
70/01/03-
72/03/15
70/01/03
85/01/01
72/03/15
85/01/01
-------
PSM-'ALLPARM, PAGE 3-4 A DUMP OF THE DATA FOR A STATION
*********************************************
> *PGM=ALLPA!?M, *
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01, *
*********************************************
PAGE NO. 7
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
/TYPA/AMBNT/STREAM/BIO
PGM=ALLPARM PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
DATA LOCKED AFTER 50/01.
IK
**r>
rr
Fl
~ ^
- ; 1 ft
'.'ii
\5
.' ' '• *
'I '- » o
•-».•: "i
t'O'.os
02'..;^
0050C
00505
COS 10
00610
Pt!612
00619
0102'.
5161 ,
3167.:
C2'J£S
..TIAL DATE
.r.-.TAL. TIME
•of'ACE OR
T t r.*
> 1 * .*" T I1 ! ' ' _
::.V:EK
1-UYfER
ST"EAM
STREAM
DO
DO
PH
LAS
RESIDUE
.CSSIDUE
RESIDUE
N!i: .:»!!«-
L^;-;;oH7.D
•J\-IOMZO
.;2r!ON
"^C COLI
'.:;?TREP
!!ATIO
TiME-STATISTICAL FUNC
,
80/01/14
1300
WATER
15
,3ER OF SAMPLES
TEMP
TEMP
FLOW
FLOW,
SATUR
PH
TOTAL
TOT VOL
TOT FIX
N TOTAL
NH3-N
KH3-NH3
B.DISS
MFM-FCBR
MrKFAGAR
FEC COL
CENT
FAHN
CFS
INST-CFS
MG/L
PERCENT
SU
SU
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
UG/L
/100ML
/100ML
FEC STRP
_NITIAL DATE
•y
'?>'
;i3
IT:
ITIAL TIME
-~YiCE CR
mjr*
i'T :--T(SMK
3.2
37.8$
210
14.7
89.5
5.80
7.1
352
.067
331
329
551
.5
80/05/13
TIME-STATISTICAL FUNC
)
WATER
5
rlNA . ',YTE(UMK)
FINA... J:ME-NUMBER OF
:-uio
01?,
. • w > ' V 0
>AM!-"..'i'
* ! jr
!•;. ,'••'.:.
o . i. :.-.r!
CONTINUED
TEMP
TEMP
FLOW
ON NEXT
SAMPLES
CENT
FAHN
CFS
PAGE)
5.6
42.1$
80/01/14
1300
CP-B-AVE
WATER
80/01/31
1200 20
3.2
37.8$
210
14.7
89.5
5.80
7.1
352
.067
331
329
551
.5
80/05/13
0800
CP-S-AVE
WATER
80/05/22
1700 32
5.6
42.1$
80/02/28
0300
CP-S-MAX
WATER
80/02/28
0600 04
4.2
39.6$
331
12.8
97.7$
8.20
7.8
359
337
2$
80/06/18
1400
WATER
5
80/02/28
WATER
0
4.2
39.6$
331
12.8
97.7$
8.20
7.8
359
337
2$
80/06/18
1400
CP-B-AVE
WATER
80/06/23
1600 31
6.3
43.3$
80/03/18
WATER
4.7
40.5$
840
12.9
100.8$
7.60
7.7
123
292
.450
.002$
.003$
384
610
176
3$
80/07/21
WATER
8.7
47.7$
410
80/03/18
1400
CP-T-MIN
WATER
80/03/25
1300 15
4.7
40.5$
840
12.9
100.8$
7.60
7.7
123
292
.450
.002$
.003$
384
610
176
3$
80/07/30
1200
WATER
80/04/15 80/04/1
1500 1400 :
WATER WATER
4.9
40.8$
502
11.8
98.3 85. (
8.20
8.4
65
240
.650
.061
.015$
274K
407
445
4 :
80/07/21 80/08/,
1500 1200
CP-T-MIN
WATER WATER
80/07/30
1200 12
8.7 14.'
47.7$ 58.)
410 23;
-------
FGM=RET,
PAGE 3-3 TABULAR LISTING OF THE RAW DATA
PAGE NO. 8
88/11/06
**********************************
*PGM=R ET , S AMPTYPE = A L L , COMPSTAT= AH LS , *
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01, *
*P=940,P=60,P=300,P=1002,P=10, *
*P=625,P=1020,P=500,P=610, *
*****************************************
STC3:.:T RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
' '.:-,./^.'INT/STREAM
PGM=RET
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
-.
...,
•^
• •
y:'.
• C'./.
/VC' , ,:
~F(J. '
77. '7. ./Do
77/ ..-/23
77/;.'/30
77/0; /:<•:•
7/ .'.'!/'-
f »
•*•,
..0
:;'
:-,'( v')-"'
7:
7
• '
r
TiriE
)F
,r r:us:uM
••_-.
^ ... ...v. :
•. '/ • -j. :
1;_C'. .'.!-.?
1 ~". ,. IOM
•. . . . AVER
..:"' !,,!,TEF!
?" .. . .;.;TER
•j?;". ;:ATER
'MOO JJATER
..350
AVE WATER
«AX
.'.600
163C WATER
2200 WATER
0300 WATER
UOO WATER
1400 PORE
0930 WATER
*:oo WATEr:
1JOO BOTTOM
-VE WATER
-,AX
T- .1
.1,
"• rt
;C BOTTOM
.003 BOTTOM
1600 WATER
SMK
OR
DEPTH
(FT)
3
7
12
18
10
10
3
12
18
3
7
12
18
7
3
18
5
10
10
10
00940
CHLORIDE
TOTAL
MG/L
318
658
318
377
391
189
267
287
318
278
256
303
170
243
278
00060
STREAM
FLOW
CFS
244
214
214
424
521
114
208
381
189
278
108
804
00300
DO
MG/L
18.3
14.8
12.6
14.3
18.3
18.4
12.5
10.3
16.3
14.3
12.3
18.5
17.3
12.6
15.9
14.3
01002
ARSENIC
AS, TOT
UG/L
13
14
15
17
19
13
13
14
14
15
11
20
16
14
16
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
3.4
4.9
3.5
4.1
14.6
15.6
14.3
5.7
5.8
6.2
13.9
15.7
6.5
6.9
7.3
8.3
13.9
9.3
5.5
4.7
4.1
6.8
2.5
1.6
15.6
14.8
15.8
00625
TOT KJEL
N
MG/L
1.700
2.300
1.400
3.100
3.100
3.100
1.100
1.400
1.700
1.600
3.100
3.000
1.500
3.900
1.400
2.400
3.100
1.300
1.600
01020
BORON
B,DISS
UG/L
294K
299L
405U
401
514K
372U
328
297K
285L
298U
448
675L
255K
445
274K
308
396
278
200
00500
RESIDUE
TOTAL
MG/L
692
732
639
412
672
552
408
448
591
471
622
442
432
229
377
489
502
379
288
00610
NH3+NH4
N TOTAL
MG/L
.661
.81i
.771
.45i
.341
.72i
.65<
.38i
.71i
.6H
.591
.62i
.78i
.741
.75i
-------
PCH=STAND, PAGE 3-8 COMPARES RETRIEVED DATA WITH CRITERIA ESTABLISHED
IN THE RETRIEVAL REQUEST
*******************************************************
> *PGM=STAND,SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A, *
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,P=76,LC=40,HC=120,P=300,LC=14, *
*P=400,HC=8.6,LC=7.9,P=1000,HC=18,P=1022,HC=600, *
*P=1027,HC=1200,REPORT=EXCEPTION, *
*******************************************************
PAGE NO. 9
88/11/06
STC2;:T RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
VIC... .7IONS ONLY
/ .'•;". ,/A!i3NT/STREAt1/BIO
00076
TURB
,~:; !-'TU
00300
DO
MG/L
STAND - VERSION OF JAN. 1987
STN
00400 01000
PH ARSENIC
AS.DISS
SU UG/L
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
01022 01027
BORON CADMIUM
B.TOT CD,TOT
UG/L UG/L
t :. i i
~a.- 1,..- IT;
J.voi:/03
L 1/0-V13
1 i/05/23
71/06/03
71/07/0':
71/08/2.
71/09/2:
71/10/01.
71/1. './US
7I/'. ,'./Q4
71/J.::/23
"=". -"::/03
.-/IS
.'>/13
^J/23
.• . S/03
7'.V v7/Q4
'/;V.../23
j A
.^ '.
i
• i
,.J1
'.?:;!
j.2.01
1221
1201
1201
1231
1 ': j !
::oi
1221
'.201
1201
i.Ol
1221
1220
1201
1201
1201
1000
1201
1101
1221
1201
1201
10.60*
35.40* 12.30*
25.40*
33.40* 12.30*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40* 12.30*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40* 12.30*
25.40*
35.40* 12.30*
32.40*
35.40*
^5.40* 12.30*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40* 12.30*
9.80*
25.40*
35.40* 12.30*
32.40*
35.40*
7.300*
23.00*
20.00*
21.00*
24.00*
20.00*
21.00*
24.00*
7.300*
23.00*
20.00*
21.00*
24.00*
20.00*
21.00*
21.00*
24.00*
7.300*
1.700*
23.00*
20.00*
21.00*
24.00*
667.0*
667.0*
667.0*
667.0*
667.0*
-------
EXAMPLE OF PSM=PLOT GOES HERE PAGE NO. 10
-------
PAGE 3-5 STATISTICAL SUMMARIES OF THE DATA
PAGE NO. 11
88/11/06
*PGM=MEAN, *
»A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,P=940,P=300,P=76,P=95, *
*P=545,P=1020,P=1030,P=310,DG=qY,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,*
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
/T YPA/A: ISNT/STREAM/BIO
PATE
7I./3VC1
UMBER
AN'IMUM
.TNIMUM
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
72/06/3C
72/07/01
QUARTER
72/09/30
72/10/0.'
QUARTER
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
NUMBER
MAXIMU."!
MEAN
72/1C/31
72/" "JJ.
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
SEMINAROl TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
00940
CHLORIDE
TOTAL
MG/L
4
277.000
17.0000
208.750
3
303.000
303.000
305.000
3
318.000
237.000
286.000
3
318.000
237.000
286.333
13
318.000
17.0000
266.692
00300
DO
MG/L
4
15.3000
9.80000
12.9250
3
20.3000
12.3000
17.6333
3
19.3000
12.3000
16.3000
3
20.3000
17.3000
18.9666
13
20.3000
9.80000
16.1846
00076
TURB
TRBIDMTR
HACH FTU
3
45.4000
35.4000
41.4000
3
41.4000
25.4000
34.0666
3
35.4000
32.4000
34.4000
3
41.4000
32.4000
36.4000
12
45.4000
25.4000
36.5666
00095
CNDUCTVY
AT 25C
MICROMHO
3
1900.00
1400.00
1700.00
3
2100.00
1500.00
1836.67
3
2300.00
1400.00
1870.00
3
2300.00
1400.00
1933.33
12
2300.00
1400.00
1835.00
00545
RESIDUE
SETTLBLE
ML/L
3
235.000
2.50000
80.3333
3
7.50000
4.50000
5.50000
3
315.000
4.50000
109.333
3
315.000
7.50000
110.333
12
315.000
2.50000
76 . 3750
01020
BORON
B.DISS
UG/L
3
384.000
274.000
319.000
3
374.000
264.000
312.333
3
334.000
299.000
311.000
3
334.000
264.000
299.333
12
384.000
264.000
310.416
01030
CHROMIUM
CR.DISS
UG/L
3
48.0000
37.0000
41.6667
3
67.0000
47.0000
55.0000
3
62.0000
34.0000
49.0000
3
62.0000
34.0000
47.6667
12
67.0000
34.0000
48.3333
00310
BOD
5 DAY
MG/L
3
8.50000
6.50000
7.50000
3
8.10000
7.50000
7.83333
3
8.90000
7.50000
7.96666
3
8.90000
7.50000
8.16666
12
8.90000
6.50000
7.86666
-------
PG;1=REG, PAGE 3-13 CORRELATION ANALYSIS OF ONE PARAMETER WITH
ANOTHER ONE AT THE SAME SITE OR AT A
DIFFERENT SITE
PAGE NO. 12
88/11/06
STORET j.ETRIEVAL DAT: 81/09/02 - RES MODULE
*****************************************
> *PGM=REG,SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A, *
*A=21IOWA,S=325070,P=10,P=300, *
*REGPARMS=BEGIN, *
*PLOT,S=325070,P=1,P=2, *
*STOPREG, *
*****************************************
SUMMARY PAGE
ANALYSIS TWO QUALITY PARAMETERS SAME SITE.
."!':,': 325070 HWY 18 BR AT CHARLES CITY
'-JDE ,.: LONGITUDE: 43 05 10.8 092 40 31.8 2
PA::A,.'2TER: 00010
? AfAi-li-TER : 00300
WATER
DO
TEMP
CENT
MG/L
r,;CM: 1963/ 1 TO: 1979/ 2
CI1- 1963/ 1/15 TO: 1979/ 2/21
LINE:
.o
Y=
12.210
-0.13666X
COEFFICIENT: -o.6i
. ~ DETERMINATION: 0.37
3T ABOARD ERROR OF ESTIMATE:
STANDARD ERROR OF INTERCEPT:
STANDARD ERROR OF SLOPE:
T VALUE FOR INTERCEPT:
T VALUE FOR SLOPE:
1.76491 *
0.47489 *
0.03059 *
25.71199 *
4.46671 *
,H POINTS:
35
-------
-T^T RETRIEVAL DATE 31/09/02 - RES MODULE
15.900 +-
13.700
x
I
+
I x
,.300
7.1C!::
> *PGM=REG,SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A, *
*A=21ICWA, 3=325070, P=10,P=300, *
*REGPARMS=BEGIN, *
*PLOT, 5=325070, P=1,P=2, *
#STOPREG, *
PAGE NO. 13
88/11/06
X X
X
X
X
X X
1 + + x-X X
C.C 7.2POO 14.5000 21.7500 29.0000
WATER TEMP CENT
-------
EXAMPLE OF A PGM=LOC MAP GOES HERE PAGE NO.
-------
EXAMPLE OF THE CROSS REFERENCE PAGE FOR P6M=LOC GOES HERE PAGE NO. 15
-------
AN EXAMPLE OF PGM=MSP CALCOMP PLOT GOES HERE PAGE NO. 16
-------
PCM=MSP,
STCRET SYSTEM 12/20/SO
MILES
2.17E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
3
5
7
PAGE 3-12 PARAMETRIC STATISTICS PLOTTED AS AS FUNCTION
OF STATION LOCATION (STREAM PROFILES)
i.i :E.7*
6
7
0
9
3
1
2
3
4
3
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
20 40
MULTIPLE STATION PLOT (MSP)
FROM 830101 TO 831201
60 80 100
120
140
****************************************************
*PGM=MSP,A=11TRAIN,S=MSP22,S=MSP16,S=MSP19,S=MSP24,*
*S=MSP13,S=MSP12,S=MSP11,S=MSP17,S=MSP23,S=MSP25, *
*S=MSP21,S=MSP18,S=MSP20,S=MSP15,S=MSP14, *
*P=300,60=800101,SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A, *
*MSPARMS=BEGIN, *
*PLOT,RIGHT1,MEAN=S,SEG=OOC416-001014/. *
*LEFT1,MEAN=W,SEG=000101-000415/001015-001231/, *
*SAMSCL,LINMIL, *
*STOPMSP *
****************************************************
H
M - I f-, C
20 40
S S
60 80 100 120 140
PAGE NO. 17
88/11/06
PLOT NO. 1
MILES
2.19E+01
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
1
1.83E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
1.46E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3
1.10E+01
M 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
7.35E+00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
S5
3.70E+00
MIXES
0
0
3
0
0
D
0
M
G
/
L
RAKSE
-------
3TC:V V3TEM 03/29/0^
LET Y,',,CIA3LE 00300
i I USER-STATION NO.
.0: '...TRAIN MSP22
.0.0' .M TRAIN MSP16
iS.Cl ilTRAIN MSP19
lO.O; IlTRAIN MSP24
"3.01 1U::,MN MSP13
~.0' 1!T"AIN MSP12
.' IlTRAIN MSP11
. ," 11TKAIN MSP17
• ..1'.' IlTRAIN MSP23
J1TRAIN MSP25
IlTRAIN MSP21
3 IlTRAIN MSP18
'.:.0 UTRAIt! MSP20
'.TO 11TRAZM MSP15
1.cO IlTRAIN MSP1<+
DO
MULTIPLE STATION PLOT (MSP)
FROM 830101 TO 831201
MS/L
PAGE NO. 18
PLOT NO. 1
MEAN
2.19E+01
1.66E+01
2.01E+01
1.84E+01
1.88E+01
1.44E+01
1.72E+01
9.25E+00
9.50E+00
1.05E+01
8.73E+00
1.06E+01
1.41E+01
9.42E+00
1.07E+01
MILU
L30
160
r.p.:.:. 00300
: :?-GTATIOH NO.
I:T:..M;. MSP22
UTR-Mf! MSP16
UTrA."' MSP19
: '.'•:•; .. . MSPIS
' .,' MSP12
T\' MSP11
'If:.A' .3P23
irrr; r.:-;i'25
in; . :'SP2i
IITC.M:: MSP is
HT.r:.:: MSP20
11?:-,.MM MSP15
IlTRAIN MSPKt
DO
MULTIPLE STATION PLOT (MSP)
FROM 830101 TO 831201
M6/L
MEAN
1.32E+01
9.87E+00
1.04E+01
9.70E+00
9.93E+00
6.87E+00
8.13E+00
3.70E+00
4.78E+00
5.53E+00
5.53E+00
3.83E+00
4.03E+00
PLOT NO. 1
-------
T[rE r'HF;VlCUS PAGE" '-'.QXZO THE OUTPUTS FOR THE VARIOUS PAGE NO. 19
;!EII?I!;VAL FORMATS AVAILABLE TO THE USERS OF THE STORET 88/11/06
C.37EM. IN -:»••-:!;,.., THERE ARE 5 SEPARATE SECTIONS TO
;HE OUTPUT ; . . i-rrsrEVAL. THE JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE
;JCD A;:. . ...-"TEH MESSAGES; THE STORET SUMMARY SEC-
TION; Ti!. .:.jrj_;; SIUT/SING THE FIXED FORM RETRIEVAL CARDS,
WHICH ALIJ CONTAINS ;i STATION COUNTj THE RETRIEVAL OUT-
PUT; AMD AH ECHO OF T,'.2 RETRIEVAL REQUEST. THE FOLLOWING
!'ASF.S ARE EXAMPLES Or THESE SECTIONS:
-------
ESS JOB LOG — SYSTEM EPA2 — NODE NCCIBM1
PAGE NO. 20
88/11/06
.'•ICH70001I GJH
;iA3P373 GJH92
LAST ACCESS AT 09:43:04 ON WEDNESDAY, JUNE 26, 1985
STARTED - INIT 2 - CLASS A - SYS EPA2
STORET ACCOUNTING
.•<+
19.5'
' O -,/•
JOS
JOB
JOS
JOS
JOB
1492
3492
1492
1492
1492
1492
J492
1492
NODULE
XEQ
PARMASK
£+$$ RETRIV
S+SC ALLPARtl
SUMPAGE
WQROOT
COST
.50
.32
.95
.84
.47
.04
CPU TIME
.80 SEC
.46 SEC
1.59 SEC
.19 SEC
.76 SEC
.04 SEC
1.
I/O COUNT
54 EXCP
53 EXCP
85 EXCP
152 EXCP
49 EXCP
10 EXCP
**TOTAL - $
3.11 4.85 SEC
$ 1.25 IF AT PRIORITY 1
«+$$
£+$0 STORET ACCOUNTING
NCC005I « JOB GJH92 ENDED 06/26/85 AT
SHASP395 CJK92 ENDED
CORE
556 OK
5560K
556 OK
5560K
5560K
556 OK
403 EXCP 5560K
MEM. PAGING
131 PGSEC
86 PGSEC
420 PGSEC
237 PGSEC
156 PGSEC
2 PGSEC
1031 PGSEC
9:54:07, PRTY=04, CC=0000
OFFLINE DISK
TAPE
JE32 JOB
?.<: T : '.-.•• JOB EXECUTION DATE
SINT RECORDS
: SYr^rr PUNCH RECORDS
1.17 MIHt'ThS EXECUTION TIME
-------
THE "••.Lev-lit:? ?V;E is AN EXAMPLE OF THE JESS LOG FOR A JOB THAT FAILED.
PLEACM !!OTZ i;:<.. THE COMPLETION CODE 'CC=' IS NOT EQUAL TO "0000", AND
THZ\:'J. is A BO:: TUNTAIHINS THE ER;;OR MESSAGE NUMBER THAT THE JOB GENERATED.
JES2 JOB LOG -- SYSTEM EPA2 ~ NODE NCCIBM1
PAGE NO. 21
88/11/06
09.02.18 JOB
09.02.18 JOB
39.02.35 JOB
r.'?.3C.35 JOB
..">.!?£. 35 JOB
0. . ;:2.37 JOB
.29 JOB
,<;Z JOB
.42 JOB
."•'!<: JOB
JOB
JOB
•-,;: JOB
42 JOB
'|2 JOB
'i" J03
>:: JOS
' : J03
. JOB
: JOB
-... JOB
910 &ICH70001I GJH LAST ACCESS AT 08:37:18 ON MONDAY, MARCH 11, 1985
910 SHASP373 GJH10 STARTED - INIT 1 - CLASS A SYS EPA2
STORET ACCOUNTING
MODULE -
09..,:
09.31'
09.0"
09.05
09.0;;
09.0-
09.^'.
NO STATIONS FOUND
REFER TO DATASET NAMED
.02 SEC
5.37 7.04 SEC
2.15 IF AT PRIORITY
'STORET.HELP.SYSTEM.ABEND.CODES' *
11 EXCP 2116K 3 PGSEC
1156 EXCP 2116K
1693 PGSEC
03/11/85 AT 9:03:45, PRTY=04, CC=S3E7
OFFLINE DISK
TAPE
STATISTICS
13
,'33 EXECUTION DATE
31AD
S?V SYSO'JT PRINT RECORDS
0 SYSCIT PUNCH RECORDS
1 . . , .UMUTES EXECUTION TIME
-------
96?
***X":f-:i-HX-96969596«K5<
9-96
95*
X*
95-6
PAGE NO. ZZ
88/11/06
?*9fX»96**95***96****96*X*96*96*969S9696*****^
9:95
.•-.it
95
95
95
*
95
95
::••*
?.-•*
96**X*
95 X
X
9596*95*
*
96 X
9fXX*X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
95
X
*
*
*
XXXX96
X
**
X 95
X
*
*
X
X
*95
X *
X *
X
X
X
X
95*
X *
X 96
X
X
X
*
XX
X 95
X
X
96
X
***
95
X
95
X
*******
X
95
X
*
X
X
******
95
X
XXXXXX
* 95
95 X
X
X
X
X
* X
* 95
95 X
X X
X
95
X
95*
95
95
**** STORE! SUMMARY SECTION 95959595
FOLLOWING IS A RETRIEVAL OF DATA FROM THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY'S STORET SYSTEM,
A DATABASE OF SAMPLING SITES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED QUALITY DATA. THE INFORMATION WAS
RETRIEVED USING SPECIFIC STORET INSTRUCTION SETS IN COMBINATION TO SELECT ONLY THE DATA
REQUESTED FOR THIS RETRIEVAL. BRIEF EXPLANATIONS OF THE INSTRUCTION SETS ARE INCLUDED BELOW.
QUESTIONS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE STORET USER ASSISTANCE SECTION AT
(202) 382-7220 OR (800) 424-9067.
969595959595959696959695
95
96
95
95
95
95C?
£•95
FOLLOWING IS THE FORMAT FOR THE STATION HEADER INFORMATION WHICH APPEARS
ON EACH PAGE OF THE RETRIEVAL UNLESS STATION AGGREGATION WAS PERFORMED
95
STATION NUMBER(S) 95
LATITUDE/LONGITUDE PRECISION CODE 95
STATION LOCATION 95
STATE/COUNTY CODE STATE NAME COUNTY NAME 95
MAJOR BASIN NAME MAJ/MIN/SUB BASIN CODE 95
MINOR BASIN NAME 95
AGENCY CODE HYDROLOGIC UNIT CODES *
STA. DEPTH STA. STORED DATE ARCHIVE CLASS CSN-RSP95
X
95
*
95
X
X
X
^STATION TYPE
X
X
DRIVER MILE INDEX
*
959595;
96
9596*-
95
95
96
959595;
96
95
959595
95
96
969595-
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE(S)
-------
RETRIEVAL PROGRAM
PGI'.^ET
T:-:IS IS A TABULAR LISTING OF ACTUAL SAMPLE VALUES FOR SELECTED PARAMETERS
A BEGINNING DATE OF (YY/MM/DD) 72/01/01 WAS REQUESTED
AN ENDING DATI: OF (YY/MM/DD) 77/12/31 WAS REQUESTED
STATION SELECTION WAS BY:
AGENCY CCDE(S) AND STATION NUMBER(S) FOR THE FOLLOWING AGENCY(S):
11TRAIN
STATE OS COUNTY-STATE AS FOLLOWS:
INVALID STATE/COUNTY CODE 2402* MONTGOMERY CO. - MARYLAND (24031)
PAGE NO. 23
88/11/06
,: .N? SELECTED WERE RESTRICTED TO:
-...,•..;;. TYPE(S) AND/OR SPECIFIC PARAMETER COVERAGE
T. TACTS FOR AGENCY CODES RETRIEVED:
*.•:!: I'~Y PRIMARY CONTACT NAME
• •; ::.', KCELMAN, LOUIS
ORGANIZATION
USEPA HQ
PHONE NUMBER(S)
(202)382-7220 (FTSJ382-7220
vrr-c
AMSTEH CODES AND ABBREVIATIONS
CHROMIUM SEDMG/KG DRY WGT
PH SU
01027
00300
CADMIUM CD, TOT
DO
UG/L
MG/L
00010 WATER
For? i;:-". FOLLOWING PARAMETERS, DATA WAS SELECTED ONLY WHEN THE DATA VALUES HAD NO REMARK CODES-.
PARAMETER CODES & ABBREVIATIONS
01029 CHROMIUM SEDMG/KG DRY WGT 010E7 CADMIUM CD, TOT UG/L 00010
DATA RESTRICTIONS:
TKL; rir;3T 2 PARAMETERS REQUESTED WERE REQUIRED PRESENT TO SELECT THE SAMPLE
S/.:!7L'S WERE RESTRICTED BY PARAMETER LOW AND HIGH VALUES AS FOLLOWS:
PARAMETER LOWER LIMIT UPPER LIMIT
00310 WATER TEMP CENT 2 20
WATER
TEMP
TEMP
DEPTH INDICATOR RESTRICTIONS WERE SPECIFIED - COMPUTATIONS WILL
.-ERFORI^a WITHOUT REGARD TO DEPTH INDICATORS
-------
PAGE NO. 24
88/11/06
**HOTE*»
NC GRAB/COMPOSITE RESTRICTIONS MERE SPECIFIED, SO BOTH GRAB AND COMPOSITE SAMPLE TYPES MAY HAVE
BEEN INCLUDED - COMPUTATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED WITHOUT REGARD TO SAMPLE TYPE
*«NOI'S**
NO COMPOSITE SAMPLE RESTRICTIONS WERE SPECIFIED - COMPUTATIONS WILL INCLUDE STATISTICAL FEATURES OF
THE COMPOSITING PROCESS, PRODUCING VALID RESULTS ONLY WHEN SOPHISTICATED COMPOSITES ARE NOT ENCOUNTERED.
SPECIFY COMPOSITE HANDLING KEYWORDS "ANC" AND/OR "DSROC" IF NEEDED
INTENSIVE SURVEYS MERE EXCLUDED
END OF SUMMARY SECTION *****
-------
STO:-:. .;TRin',V-.L DATE 85/06/26
P
Rl
H N
:SCXT
Y
.SIPOTC.'.A
A11TRAIH
IOOOOOC999999;"?rOJ7712310NLYU
''1 0102? 01027 00010 00400 00300
. . .HT
:•: r-o T. ro -IE+SO
..,. ' .. :3 FOR CC .;;!'Y:024
PAGE NO. 25
88/H/06
********
77777777 F
02
ie+50
PERFORMED
. ..IN
'"'. :tr '
83
-------
'-•TORET ."ETFUEVAL D.-'.T.'Z 07/12/02
/TYPA/Af iBNT/STR E AM/DIO
PGM=RET
PAGE NO. 26
S8/11/06
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC 021400
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
TC',
MEDIUM
I'YfER
: ,TEi?
SMK
OR
DEPTH
(FT)
0
01029
CHROMIUM
SEDMG/KG
DRY WGT
20.90
01027
CADMIUM
CD, TOT
UG/L
9
135
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
8.0
00400
PH
SU
8.20
1.70
00300
DO
MG/L
15.3
9.8
-------
OC.,
PAGE NO. 27
B5/C-V26 - ECHO OF ORIGINAL REQUEST 88/11/06
Z';W. ,3TCO=24031,CNLYA=31POTOMA,BD=720101,ED=771231,
OCO'J ZC? J.;:.l'ATTf;=AM3»T A!:1: STREAM AND (P1029 OR P1027) ,R=*,P=1029,P=1027,P=10,
•-3C -^5? r:---.,'"f >P='+00,P=:
-------
PAGE NO. 28
3 STATIONS EXAMINED 88/11/06
3 STATIONS LOCK!:.C BY OWNER
-------
AFTES T9F CUTPUT FORMAT HAS BEEN CHOSEM USING THE "PGM" KEYWORD, THE
STATir.'u :-'!iC3r DATA ARE TO BE EXAMINED ARE SELECTED. THIS is PROBABLY
THE MOST IMPORTANT STEP BECAUSE .TT NARROWS THE SCOPE OF THE RETRIEVAL TO
THC3E STAT.XVt.'; tJESIRGt; FOR THE ANALYSIS. THE FOLLOWING ARE THE ELEVEN
METHODS OF SPUCIFYINS THE STATIONS FOR THE RETRIEVAL:
PAGE NO. 29
83/11/06
1. STATIONS MAY EE SELECTED BY THEIR AGENCY CODE
AND STATION Nl.TOER WHETHER SPECIFYING INDIVIDUAL
STATIONS OR A RANGE OF STATION NUMBERS. EITHER
PRIMARY AND/OR SECONDARY NUMBERS MAY BE USED.
2. STATIONS WITHIN A SPECIFIED STATE OR STATES MAY
PE RETRIEVED.
^. STATIONS MAY BE SELECTED BY WHAT COUNTY OR COUNTIES
TKIIY ARE IN.
-------
SELECTOR!;
A=,S=,SRANGE=
RELATING STATION SELECTORS AND RESTRICTORS
(DESCRIPTIONS)
< AGENCY/STATION >
PAGE NO. 30
88/11/06
RESTRICTORS
ONLYA=
NOTA=
NOTS=,NOTSRANGE=
STC= < STATE > ONLYSTC
STCO= < STATE/COUNTY > ONLYSTCO=
HUC= <- U.S.G.S. HYDROLOGIC DRAINAGE AREAS-> ONLYHUC=
ATTR= <- STATION TYPES/PARAMETER COVERAGE -> ONLYATTR=
?OLY=LLRET,L= < LATITUDE/LONGITUDE POLYGON
HADIUS=N,L= < CIRCLE SEARCH
RHA:;K < HYDROLOGIC SELECTION BY REACH
BS= < EPA BASINS
ECOEEG < ECOREGIONS
Aq < AQUIFERS
Ai'iE;,-- < SEC 208 AREAS, REACHES
TILL !JP' #
> * *
THE BUCKET * * 83 STATIONS SELECTED
tf »
tt ff. .
It ........... .9. ..
. . BUCKET OF .......
9 . SELECTED STATIONS . . .». .
* *
8 S
» g
8 . . » . .
« \ /
\ / 'FILTER1
| | <
I I SELECTED STATIONS
I I
l_l
3 STATIONS EXAMINED
'HITS' FILE
(STATIONS TO BE RETRIEVED)
-------
T!:~ ;••: :r;'ii!G is A SUMMARY OF THE STATION SELECTION AND
ST.\:'!0;! FtESTRICTICiN KEYWORDS:
PAGE NO. 31
88/11/06
A,3,S!?ANSE
STC
STCO
ATTR
?OLY=LLRET,
HADIUS=NNN,
'.,L
HUC
STATION SELECTION KEYWORDS
SELECT STATIONS BY AGENCY/STATION NUMBERS
SELECT STATIONS BY STATE CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY COUNTY CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY PARAMETER PRESENCE,
STATION TYPE OR OTHER ATTRIBUTE
INITIATES A POLYGON SEARCH FOR STATIONS
INITIATES A RADIUS SEARCH FOR STATIONS
SPECIFIES LAT/LONG FOR ABOVE
SELECT STATIONS BY HYDROLOGIC UNIT AREA
SELECT STATIONS BY HYDROLOGY
SELECT STATIONS BY BASIN CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY ECOREGION
SELECT STATIONS BY AQUIFER CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY 208 AREA
ALLCMS A STATION TO BE SELECTED MORE THAN
ONCE IN A RETRIEVAL
STATION RESTRICTION KEYWORDS
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC AGENCY
EXCLUDE STATIONS FOR A SPECIFIC AGENCY
EXCLUDES SPECIFIC STATIONS
SPECIFIES TYPE OF RANGE FOR STATION EXCLUSION
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC STATE
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC COUNTY
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC USGS HUC CODE
RESTRICT STATIONS TO THOSE WITH A SPECIFIC
STATION TYPE OR PRESENCE OF CONSTITUENTS
HAND BOOK
PAGE NO.
4-13
4-20
4-22
4-29
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-32
4-39
4-24
4-34
4-36
4-26
4-38
4-76
4-76
4-76
4-76
4-72
4-74
4-78
32
33
33
34
37
37
37
38
39
53
54
54
55
55
58
58
58
58
59
59
59.
60
-------
A "A" IS USES TO SPECIFY THE AGENCY WHEN SELECTING STATIONS BY
HQ-RETA.-..3 IND.IV.U. .At STATION NUMBERS OR BY A RANGE OF STATION NUMBERS.
IT M-J3T PRECEDE THE "S" KEYWORD WHICH IS USED TO SPECIFY
THE STATIONS WHICH ARE TO BE USED BY THE RETRIEVAL.
3 THE "S" KEYWORD IS USED TO SPECIFY THE INDIVIDUAL STATION
MQ-RETA4-13 NUMBERS OR A RANGE OF STATION NUMBERS TO BE RETRIEVED FOR
THE ASENCY CODE SPECIFIED BY THE PRECEDING "A" KEYWORD. THE
STATION NUMBERS SPECIFIED MAY BE EITHER PRIMARY OR SECONDARY.
UP TO 1000 "S" KEYWORDS MAY BE ENTERED PER RETRIEVAL.
S=ALL, "S=ALL," IS A SPECIAL OPTION OF THE "S" KEYWORD AND IS USED
TO SELECT ALL OF THE STATIONS FOR THE PRECEDING AGENCY CODE.
CARE MUST BE EXERCISED WITH THIS OPTION WHEN USED WITH AN
AGENCY WITH A LARGE NUMBER OF STATIONS, SUCH AS THE U.S.G.S.
C112WRD), BECAUSE SOME OF THE INTERMEDIATE FILES MAY NOT BE
LARGE ENOUGH TO HOLD ALL OF THE STATIONS AND/OR DATA RETRIEVED
CAUSING THE JOB TO FAIL.
SRANGE THIS IS USED TO INDICATE THAT A RANGE OF STATIONS IS TO BE
(B) RETRIEVED OR TO INDICATE SPECIFIC STATIONS AFTER A RANGE
KGS-EETA+-13 HAS BEEN PREVIOUSLY SPECIFIED. THE RANGE MUST BE FROM THE
LOWEST STATION NUMBER TO THE HIGHEST STATION NUMBER. AL-
PHABETIC CHARACTERS ARE LOWER THAN NUMBERS. "SRANGE11 MUST
FOLLOW THE "A11 KEYWORD SPECIFYING THE AGENCY CODE AND COME
BEFORE THE "S" KEYWORD AND STAYS IN EFFECT UNTIL ITS OPERAND
IS CHANGED. THE VALID OPERANDS FOR "SRANGE" ARE:
PAGE NO. 32
88/11/06
SRANGE=P, SELECT STATIONS VIA A RANGE OF
PRIMARY STATION NUMBERS.
SRANGE=S, SELECT STATIONS VIA A RANGE OF
SECONDARY STATION NUMBERS.
:;KANGE=B, SELECT STATIONS VIA A RANGE OF BOTH
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY STATION NUMBERS.
SRANGE=OFF, USED TO TURN OFF THE STATION RANGE
SELECTION TECHNIQUE AND TO BEGIN
SELECTING INDIVIDUAL STATIONS.
DEFAULT: "SRANGE=OFF," SELECT BY INDIVIDUAL STATION NUMBERS.
EXAMPLE
PRINT THE STATION HEADER INFORMATION FOR THE STATIONS WITH PRIMARY
STATION NUMBERS OF PHIL1 THROUGH TUT1 FOR AGENCY CODE 11TRAIN,
PEC'JNOARY STATION NUMBERS 061700009610 THROUGH 061800009610 FOR
ASENClf CODE 21 IOWA, AND THE INDIVIDUAL STATIONS JOYCE06 AND LEE1
FOR ASENCY CODE 11TRAIN.
PGM-'INDEX,
> A~-11TRAIN,SRANGE=P,S=PHIL1,S=TUT1,
> A~mOWA,SRANGE=S,3=061700009610,5=061800009610,
A-llTfJAIH,SRAN!GE=OFF,S=JOYCE06,S=LEEl,
-------
STC "; VC" IS UiiED TO RETRIEVE STATIONS WITHIN A STATE BY PAGE NO. 33
1 :r:-RET/4-20 SETTING IT EWAL TO THE 2 CHARACTER NUMERIC FIPS STATE 88/11/06
C-JDE OR THE £ CHARACTER ALPHABETIC POSTAL CODE. IT
CAN BE USED AS MANY TIMES AS IS REQUIRED.
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE ALL OF THE STATIONS THAT ARE LOCATED IN THE STATE OF
DELAWARE C>0). THE OUTPUT FORMAT IS TO BE AN "INDEX".
PG!'1=INDEX,
> i>TC=10,
SICO THE "STCO" INSTRUCTION IS USED TO SELECT STATIONS BY
(CO) COUNTY. IT IS SET EQUAL TO A FIVE CHARACTER OPERAND
Wq-RET/4-£2 WITH THE FIRST TWO CHARACTERS BEING THE STATE CODE AND
THE LAST THREE DIGITS REPRESENTING THE COUNTY CODE.
FOR THE STATE CODE, EITHER THE ALPHABETIC OR NUMERIC
FIPS CODE MAY BE USED. THE COUNTY CODE MUST BE THE
THREE DIGIT NUMERIC FIPS CODE WHICH CAN BE FOUND IN
APPENDIX C OF THE STORET HANDBOOK OR BY USING THE
STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE "XFIPSCODE".
EXAMPLE
••; ;v::.invt ALL OF THE STATION THAT ARE LOCATED IN SACRAMENTO (067) OR
:r.!^:7AJC3 (017) COUNTIES IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (06). THE OUTPUT
IU TO EE AN INVENTORY.
PGM=INVENT,
> STCO=Q6017,STCO=06067,
-------
ATTC THE "ATTR" KEYWORD IS USED TO SELECT STATIONS BY A CHARACTER- PAGE NO.
(MAS:;? isTir -? A I;ROUP OF CHARACTERISTICS FOR THE STATION. THE CHAR- sa/ii/06
WQ-!7ET/.i-''.9 ACTERISTICS THAT CAN BE USED WITH THIS SELECTION TECHNIQUE ARE
THE STATION TYPE AND/OR THE PRESENCE OF A PARAMAMETER OR GROUP
OF PARAMETERS. THE "ATTR" KEYWORD WORKS WITH SYSTEM MASKS WHICH
ARE LIKE A STRING OF SWITCHES WITH ONE SWITCH FOR EACH STATION
IN TUP. ?Y«;T£!1. THESE STRINGS OF SWITCHES ARE CALLED BIT STRINGS
Wit,. * ..;v FOR EACH STATION IN THE SYSTEM. THERE IS A MASK
(BIT :, ,.^.Ji3) FOR EACH PARAMETER CODE NAMED "PXXXXX" WHERE "XXXXX"
IS THE PARAMETER CODE. FOR EACH PARAMETER MASK, EACH STATION
IS ASKED THE QUESTION "DO YOU HAVE AT LEAST ONE VALUE FOR THIS
PARAMETER?". IF THE ANSWER IS YES, THE SWITCH IS TURNED ON (BIT
HAS A VALUE OF ONE) AND IF THE ANSWER IS NO, THE SWITCH IS TURNED
OFF (BIT HAS A VALUE OF ZERO). THE OTHER SYSTEM MASKS THAT HAVE
BEEN ESTABLISHED ARE ONE FOR EACH OF THE STATION TYPES AND FOR
CERTAIN GROUPS OF PARAMETERS. THE "ATTR" INSTRUCTION IS SET
EQUAL TO A SERIES OF THESE MASKS LINKED BY THE LOGICAL OPERATORS
"AND" AND/OR "OR" TO FORM THE SELECTION CRITERION FOR THE
RETRIEVAL. THE STATIONS SELECTED WILL BE THOSE THAT MEET ALL
OF THE CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFIED BY THE "ATTR" STATEMENT. THESE
LOGICAL OPERATORS SHOULD HAVE SPACES BEFORE AND AFTER THEM AND
THOSE MASKS LINKED WITH THE LOGICAL "OR" SHOULD BE ENCLOSED
WITHIN PARAENTHESES. TO EXCLUDE THOSE STATIONS WITH A CHAR-
ACTERISTIC, THE WORD "NOT" IS PLACED BEFORE THE MASK NAME. WHEN
USING THE "NOT" CAPABILITY WITH MORE THAN ONE MASK, CARE MUST
BE EXERCISED SO THE PROPER MEANING IS ASSIGNED TO THE "ATTR"
STATEMENT. "ATTR=NOT LAKE AND NOT RESERV," HAS THE SAME MEANING
AS "ATTR=NOT (LAKE OR RESERV)," IN THAT BOTH WILL EXCLUDE FROM
THE RETRIEVAL ALL LAKE AND RESERVOIR STATIONS. WHEREAS "ATTR=
NOT (LAKE AND RESERV)," AND "ATTR=NOT LAKE OR NOT RESERV," WILL
HAVE NO EFFECT ON WHICH STATIONS WILL BE USED BY THE RETRIEVAL.
t;-.-.LP?UL '!A7A SET: "STORET.HELP.RETRIEVE.PARGROUP"
EXAMPLE
DO KiO INVENTORY RETRIEVAL OF ALL OF THE STATIONS IN THE SYSTEM THAT HAVE
SAMPLED LITHIUM (iiso) OR MOLYBDENUM (1062) IN A CANAL.
PGM=INVENT,
> ATTR=(P1130 OR P1062) AND CANAL,
EXAMPLE
DO AN "r.NOnX" RETRIEVAL FOR ALL OF THE NON-GROUND WATER STATIONS THAT
ARE oAMPLIUS LEAD (1052), ZINC (1090), IRON (1046), AND NICKEL (1065).
PGM=INDEX,
> ATTR=NOT (SPRING OR WELL) AND P1046 AND P1052
> AND P1090 AND P1065,
-------
TM£ FOUOHING IS AM EXAMPLE OF SYSTEM MASKS AMD HOW THEY ARE USED WITH
THE "Am" IliJiTRUCTIOM.
MASKING CONCEPTS
PAGE NO. 35
88/11/06
rCSN
23456 7 89 10
PARAMETERS
SAMPLED
10
60
300
400
STATIC::
TYPES
AMBNT
STR'-AM
WE'
SP:.
i i
1 0
i .
a o
i i
i i
0 "
0
1 1
- 0
. 1
', 0
1 1
1 0
0 1
r o
i
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
EXAMPLES
MINI STORET
CSN
1
Z
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
AGENCY
21ILL
11COELMN
11EPALES
112WRD
11FWS
113FORS6
21MNDNR
21MICH
21PA
21NYDEC1
STATION
160128
GI3A
1706C1
07289000
106
21020321
69-378
360050
KCK0002
03 L006
i ' . ..0 AMD P4QO,
;r-rc7 OR
•'») ATTR-AH3MT AND STREAM,
5) ATTn=AKSNT AMD MOT STREAM,
f,r::; -vr. .IF.TERS AMD TYPES -
i.) . Tx "10 AMD P60 AMD AMBNT AND STREAM,
7 , -3-P10 AK3 (P300 OR P^OO) AND AMBNT AND (WELL OR SPRING),
C) ATTR=?1Q AND P60 AND (WELL OR SPRING),
-------
THE FCU'J'.UUG Af>E THE STATIONS WHICH WILL BE SELECTED BY PAGE NO. 36
THE '.'.' ::.'izc, (?N THE PREVIOUS PAGE. ss/n/os
i. c..:!':; i, 3, AND 9.
2. N-J SVATIOHS.
3. A!.!. 3TATICNS.
-------
POLY THE "POLY" KEYWORD IS USED TO INITIATE A POLYGON
l!.T) SK.V:r;> OF T!!5 MATER QUALITY FILE. IT IS SET EQUAL
K?,-n::TA,-:.6 ru "i.:.:?cT" A:;J is FOLLOWED BY PAIRS OF "L" KEYWORDS
!•:!.!:,.. A,7E TO TO SPECIFY THE LATITUDE AND LONGI-
TUDE !;,'• T!K' ,'ERTICES OF THE POLYGON TO BE SEARCHED.
RADIUS "RADIUS" IS USED TO TELL THE SYSTEM THAT IT IS TO
(LT=N,) SELECT ALL OF THE STATIONS THAT ARE LOCATED WITHIN A
,::3-RET/4-:6 SPECIFIED DISTANCE OF A POINT. IT IS SET EQUAL TO A
NUMBER WHICH REPRESENTS THE RADIUS OF THE SEARCH AREA
IN METERS. IT IS FOLLOWED BY ONE PAIR OF "L" KEYWORDS
WHICH IS USED TO SPECIFY THE LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE
OF THE CENTER OF THE CIRCLE THAT IS TO BE SEARCHED.
L "L" IS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE "POLY" OR THE
K3~-".T/ HAI)IUS=10000,L=392015,L=10825307,
-------
!",'C "iX'C" IS USED TO SELECT STATIONS BY U.S.G.S. HYDROLOGIC PAGE NO. 38
'!'.? •?.•!: F/',-32 DRAINAGE AREAS. THE COUNTRY HAS BEEN DIVIDED INTO DRAINAGE 88/11/06
AHSAS WHICH ARE OF FOUR SIZES. FROM THE LARGEST TO THE
SMALLEST TliESE DRAINAGE AREAS ARE: REGION, SUB-REGION,
ACCCUNTIK3 UNIT, AND CATALOGING UNIT. THE HIERARCHY OF THE
EIGHT DIGIT HUC CODE MATCHES THESE AREAS. THE FIRST TWO
DIGITS APE FOR THE REGION, THE SECOND TWO DIGITS ARE FOR
THE SUB-REGION, THE THIRD TWO DIGITS ARE FOR THE ACCOUNTING
UNIT, AND THE FOURTH TWO DIGITS ARE FOR THE CATALOGING UNIT.
THE "HUC" KEYWORD IS SET EQUAL TO EITHER 2, 4, 6, OR 8 DIGITS.
THE MORE DIGITS SPECIFIED THE SMALLER THE AREA THAT WILL BE
RETRIEVED. DUE TO THE LARGE NUMBER OF STATIONS IN A REGION,
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT AT LEAST 4 DIGITS SHOULD BE SPECIFIED
WHICH WILL SELECT ALL OF THE STATIONS IN A U.S.G.S. SUB-
REGION. THIS IS STILL A LARGE NUMBER OF STATIONS.
EXAMPLE
-.' A-! r"'i:: RETPIEVAL OF THE STATIONS IN THE ACCOUNTING UNIT
•;:: . ::i •« ::s IN THE EASTERN PART OF TENNESSEE AND INCLUDES
!!." "P .JiJAfJE POn THE CLINCH AND LITTLE TENNESSEE RIVERS AND
-------
THE EPA ?IVER REACH FILE WAS CHEATED TO FACILITATE THE RETRIEVAL AND PAGE NO. 39
A;I;,!,YS:':~ or MATER QUALITY DATA FROM THE STORET SYSTEM. THE U.S.G.S. 88/11/06
;:A3 DIV1L;!' THE COUNTRY INTO APPROXIMATELY 2100 DRAINAGE AREAS NAMED
•:A7ALOS.l!-!S U.'J.TTS AND HAVE ASSIGNED 8 DIGIT NUMBERS TO EACH OF THEM IN
THE FORM RRSSAACC, WHERE I?R IS THE REGION NUMBER, SS IS THE SUB-REGION
NUMBER, AA IS THE ACCOUNTING UNIT NUMBER, AND CC IS THE CATALOGING
UNIT HIT13SR. THE 8 DIGIT CODE IS REFERRED TO AS THE HYDROLOGiq UNIT
CODE O:V~ CODE). EPA HAS FURTHER IDENTIFIED, WITHIN THESE CATALOGING
UNITS, J.iJfc'AM SEGMENTS AND HAVE ASSIGNED NUMBERS TO THEM CALLED REACH
NUMBERS itolCH CONSIST OF THE 8 DIGIT CATALOGING UNIT CODE AND A 3
DIGIT STREAM SEGMENT NUMBER. THE LENGTH OF THESE SEGMENTS ARE KNOWN
AND THE SEGMENTS ARE LINKED BY THE COMPUTER WITHIN THE REACH FILE
:iYDROLOSICALLY WHICH ALLOWS FOR THE RETRIEVAL OF SAMPLING SITES HYDRO-
LOGICALLY. THIS MEANS THAT ALL STATIONS ABOVE A POINT, BELOW A POINT
OR BETWEEN 2 PO~f!TS OH THE MAIN-STEM ONLY OR ON THE MAIN-STEM AND ALL
OF ITS TRIEUTA;:::.. CAN ss SELECTED FOR USE BY THE RETRIEVAL. THE MAP
ON TilE rOLLOHitt; PAGE REPRESENTS THE HYPOTHETICAL CATALOGING UNIT
O.IC20304 AIM ZTS RIVER REACH STRUCTURE. THE DASHED LINE REPRESENTS
•illE OATALCSINS UNIT BOUNDARY, I.E., ALL OF THE WATER FLOWS TO A SINGLE
F;:iHT. Ti-:E MAIN-STEM (PRIMARY STREAM) WITHIN THE CATALOGING UNIT IS
REPRESENTED 3Y THE STREAM SEGMENTS 001, 005, AND 009. THERE ARE 2
SECCMD LEVEL STREAMS REPRESENTED BY SEGMENTS 002 AND 00*, AND SEGMENTS
.>ns AKl1 OCia. THERE ARE 2 THIRD LEVEL STREAMS WITH THE FIRST REPRE-
' .. -!: BY a 03 AND THE SECOND BY SEGMENT 007. THE NEXT MAP SHOWS THE
.7.5 I•'.,.< EACH OF THE SEGMENTS REPRESENTED BY THE NUMBER OUSTSIDE OF
.'.ACES ALONG WITH 18 POINTS OF INTEREST WHICH ARE LABELLED A THROUGH
•(;" A '.IGX'S IN DEPTH DISCUSSION OF THE REACH FILE AND ITS CAPABILITIES,
::ZZ .I ~ CA.'A SET "STORET.HELP.REACH.RETRIEVL" WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED BY
•.;.;••:; ir.f. "XSPR.TKT" COMMAND PROCEDURE OR BY CALLING STORET USER ASSISTANCE.
rc.;.i -r.ir* K.:TH T:;E -XSPRINT" COMMAND, SEE THE SEMINAR DOCUMENTATION "AGENDA",
:vr:. '.-..•;, Ai;3 KJTRODUCTION TO TSO". FOLLOWING THE MAPS is A DISCUSSION
;!z: ir;i ::,:";T::ONS REQUIRED TO SELECT STATIONS UTILIZING THE REACH
-------
REACH HAP HO. ONE GOES HERE PAGE NO. 40
-------
REACH HAP HO. TKO GOES HERE PAGE NO.
-------
DEAKHN, "I'.-.ACHN,", WHERE "H" IS A DISIT, INITIATES A REACH PAGE NO.
EML.J3EACH, RETRIEVAL INSTRUCTION SET WHICH CONTAINS ONE OR MORE 88/11/06
wq-r:HT/4-39 or THE FOLLOWING KEYWORDS AND "ENDREACH," WHICH is
USED TO CONCLUDE AN INSTRUCTION SET. A RETRIEVAL
CAN HAVE MULTIPLE INSTRUCTION SETS WITH EACH INSTRUC-
TION SET STARTING WITH "REACHN," AND THE NUMBER
REPRESENTED BY THE "N" INCREMENTED BY ONE FOR EACH
INSTRUCTION SET. EACH INSTRUCTION SET MUST CONCLUDE
WITH THE "ENDREACH" KEYWORD.
EACH REACH RETRIEVAL INSTRUCTION SET MUST INFORM THE SYSTEM WHERE TO START
THE C-.ARCHINS OF THE DATA BASE FOR THE STATIONS OF INTEREST, AND IN MOST
CAS!.:.., WHERE TO STOP THE SEARCH. ONE OF THE POINT DESIGNATOR KEYWORDS
SHC!.:! 3i£LOM IS USED TO SPECIFY AT WHAT POINT THE SEARCH IS TO BEGIN, AND
.::-' U;i2D IN A "STOPWHEN" EXPRESSION, WHERE TO STOP THE SEARCH.
RCHMIL=RRSSAACCNNN/MM.M,
WQ-RET/4-42
"RCHMIL" IS USED IN A "REACHN,...ENDREACH," INSTRUCTION
SET TO DESIGNATE THE STARTING POINT FOR A REACH RETRIEVAL,
01? WHEN USED IN A "STOPWHEN" EXPRESSION, THE ENDING POINT
/OR A REACH RETRIEVAL. THE OPERAND IS THE 11 DIGIT REACH
DUMBER, AND IF A BEGINNING POINT OTHER THAN THE DOWNSTREAM
END OF THE SEGMENT IS TO BE USED, THE MILES UP THE REACH ARE
SPECIFIED BY ENTERING A SLASH (/) FOLLOWED BY THE MILES UP
THE REACH. IF NO MILES ARE SPECIFIED, ZERO MILES (THE DOWN-
STREAM MOST POINT OF THE REACH) ARE ASSUMED. IF NO OTHER
INSTRUCTIONS ARE ENTERED IN THE INSTRUCTION SET, THEN ONLY
THE ONE REACH IS SEARCHED FOR SAMPLING SITES FROM THE SPECI-
FIED MILEAGE TO THE UPSTREAM TERMINUS OF THE REACH. IF THE
ENTIRE REACH IS NOT TO BE SEARCHED, THEN THE SPECIAL FORM OF
THE "RCHMIL" STATEMENT IS USED AS FOLLOWS:
"RCHMIL=RRSSAACCNNN/MM.M/EE.E,".
WHERE THE "EE.E" IS THE ENDING MILE POINT ON THE REACH AND
MUST BE GREATER THAN THE BEGINNING MILE POINT SPECIFIED
WITH THE "MM.M". TO RETRIEVE STATIONS FROM MORE THAN ONE
REACH, THE "SEARCH" KEYWORD MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE IN-
STRUCTION SET.
EXAMPLE
PERFORM AN INDEX RETRIEVAL FOR ALL OF THE STATIONS ON
REACH 010Z0304001 FROM POINT A WHICH IS 4.8 MILES UP
THE REACH TO THE TERMINUS OF THE REACH. THIS WILL RET-
TRIEVF. STATIONS A AND B.
PGM=INDEX,
> REACHl,RCHMIL=01020304001/4.8,ENDREACH,
-------
OTHER M::.HODS OF SPECIFYING BEGINNING AND ENDING POINTS FOR A REACH RETRIEVAL PAGE NO.
ARE BY ir.ILIZING CERTAIN "IHS" DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DATA FILES WHICH HAVE 68/11/06
BEEN INTERFACED WITH THE STORET SYSTEM AND ARE MAINTAINED BY THE WATER
QUALITY ANALYSIS BRANCH (HQAB). THE FILES AVAILABLE ARE THE INDUSTRIAL
FACILITIES DISCHARGE FILE (IFD), DRINKING WATER SUPPLY FILE, AND THE STREAM
GAGE FILE. THESE FILES CONTAIN LOCATION INFORMATION FOR THE FACILITY (REACH
NUMBER AND MILEAGF.) AND ONE OF THE SITES CAN BE SPECIFIED AS A STARTING POINT
OR A STOPPING POINT FOS A REACH RETRIEVAL OF STATIONS FROM STORET. TO USE
THIS CAPABILITY, ONE OF THE FOLLOWING POINT DESIGNATOR INSTRUCTIONS IS USED
TO INVOKE THE INTERFACE BETWEEN STORET AND THE "IHS" FILES. FOR MORE IN-
FORMATION CONCERNING THESE FILES AND HOW TO ACCESS THEM, CALL THE WQAB ON
202-383-7046.
FACID=NNNNNNNNN(P)/FACILITY ID TYPE,
WQ-RET/4-43
• THE "NNNNNNNNN" REPRESENTS THE DISCHARGE FACILITY NUMBER AS
IT IS IN THE "IFD" FILE, AND IF NOTHING ELSE IS SPECIFIED,
THE NUMBER WILL BE CONSIDERED AN NPDES NUMBER. IT WILL
ALSO BE THE FIRST PIPE FOR THE FACILITY. IF ANOTHER PIPE
FOR THE FACILITY IS TO BE USED AS THE BEGINNING POINT,
THEN THE PIPE NUMBER IS APPENDED TO THE END OF THE FACI-
LITY NUMBER ENCLOSED IN PARENTHESIS. IF THE FACILITY
NUMBER IS A DUN AND BRADSTREET NUMBER, THEN A SLASH (/)
AND THE CHARACTERS "D4B" ARE APPENDED TO THE NUMBER, AND
IF THE NUMBER REPRESENTS A "NEEDS" SURVEY NUMBER, THEN A
SLASH (/) AND THE WORD "NEEDS" IS APPENDED TO THE NUMBER.
EXAMPLE
AT pi.i:::-.T E CM THE MAP, THERE is A DISCHARGE PIPE FOR A FACILITY
'.'!.:V. i. DUN AND BRADSTREET NUMBER OF 071938725. IT IS THE
S:.-r.J!lD PIPE FOR THE FACILITY AND ALL OF THE STATIONS ON THAT
•j;:ACH ABOVE POINT E AND INCLUDING POINT E ARE TO BE RETRIEVED
U3ING THE INVENT FORMAT. SITES E, F, AND G WILL BE RETRIEVED.
PGM=INVENT,
> REACH1,FACID=071938725(2)/D£B,ENDREACH,
-------
DRiNKrr:;rsiPxixsx), PAGE NO.
Nq-RET/[~W
88/11/06
THE "IHS" SYSTEM HAS ACCESS TO THE FEDERAL REPORTING DATA
SYSTEM (FRDS) WHICH CONTAINS LOCATION INFORMATION FOR
DRINKING WATER SUPPLIES. WHEN UTILIZING THE "DRINK" OPTION
TO EFFECT A SELECTION OF SAMPLING SITES VIA THE REACH CAPA-
BILITY, "DRINK" IS SET EQUAL TO THE "FRDS" DRINKING WATER
SUPPLY NUMBER. IF NOTHING ELSE IS ENTERED, THE POINT USED
WILL BE FOR THE FIRST INTAKE FOR THE FIRST PLANT FOR THE
PRIMARY SOURCE OF THE FACILITY. IF ANOTHER POINT IS TO BE
USED, THE INFORMATION IS APPENDED TO THE "FRDS" NUMBER EN-
CLOSED IN PARENTHESIS WITH THE PLANT NUMBER FOLLOWING THE
"P", THE INTAKE NUMBER FOLLOWING THE "I", AND THE SECONDARY
SOURCE NUMBER FOLLOWING THE "S".
EXAMPLE
LOCATED AT POINT M ON THE MAP IS THE THIRD INTAKE PIPE FOR
THE SECOND PLANT FOR THE DRINKING WATER SUPPLY WITH A "FRDS"
NUM3EF! OF NC1010013. THE PLANT IS THE SECOND SOURCE FOR
THE
STAT
:.\YER SUPPLY. DO AN INVENTORY RETRIEVAL FOR ALL OF THE
::?!,'S ON THE REACH ABOVE THE PLANT. SITES M AND N WILL
PGM=INVENT
REACH1,DRINK=NC1010013(P2I3S2),ENDREACH,
IF A FLOW GAGE SITE NUMBER IS KNOWN, IT CAN BE USED TO SPEC-
IFY A STARTING POINT FOR A REACH SELECTION OF STATIONS. IT
USES THE "IHS" INTERFACE WITH THE FILE THAT CONTAINS THE LO-
CATION INFORMATION FOR GAGES AND ITS FORMAT IN THE "GAGE" IN-
STRUCTION IS THE AGENCY NAME WITH THE GAGE NUMBER APPENDED TO
IT.
EXAMPLE
THE U.S.G.S. GAGE 02286710 IS LOCATED AT POINT Q ON THE MAP.
DO A!! INDEX RETRIEVAL FOR ALL OF THE STATIONS FROM THE GAGE
TO T!!E HEADWATERS OF THE REACH. SAMPLING SITES Q AND R WILL
BE RETRIEVED.
PGI1=INDEX,
•> REACH1,GAGE=USGS02286710,ENDREACH,
" DEVIOUSLY I:;;NTIONED, THESE KEYWORDS ARE USED TO SPECIFY THE BEGINNING POINT
. A SELECTION OF STATIONS BY REACH, OR IN SOME CASES, THE ENDING POINT. IF
-,/fiiIMS ELSE IS SUPPLIED, ONLY ONE REACH IS SEARCHED FOR SAMPLING SITES FROM THE
,J.JJ.Nr SPECIFIED TO THE UPSTREAM END OF THE REACH EXCEPT WHEN TWO MILEAGES ARE
'VJPf-.-IEO IN A "RCHMIL" INSTRUCTION.
-------
THE "SEARCH" INSTRUCTION IS USED TO TELL THE SYSTEM THAT MORE
THAN ONE REACH IS TO BE EXAMINED TO SELECT SAMPLING SITES FOR
A RETRIEVAL AND WHETHER ONLY THE MAIN-STEM IS TO BE EXAMINED
OR WHETHER THE MAIN-STEM AND ITS TRIBUTARIES ARE TO BE SEARCHED
FOR SAMPLING SITES. THE "SEARCH" INSTRUCTION HAS TWO OPERANDS,
"SEARCH=UPSTREAM,", WHICH WILL START AT THE POINT INDICATED BY
ONE OF THE POINT DESIGNATORS AND WILL SELECT ALL STATIONS ABOVE
THE POINT (UNLESS A "STOPWHEN" INSTRUCTION SET IS USED) INCLUDING
THOSE STATIONS ON ALL OF THE TRIBUTARIES UPSTREAM FROM THE POINT
ALL THE WAY TO THE HEADWATERS OF THE STREAM SYSTEM. THE OTHER
OPERAND IS "SEARCH=DOWNSTREAM,", WHICH WILL START AT THE INDI-
CATED POINT AND RETRIEVE ALL OF THE SITES BELOW THE POINT ON THE
TRANSPORT PATH UNTIL THE MOUTH OF THE STREAM SYSTEM IS REACHED
UNLESS A "STOPWHEN" STATEMENT IS USED. THE "UPSTREAM" OPERAND
SEARCHES THE MAIN-STEM AND ALL OF THE TRIBUTARIES AND THE"DOWN-
STREAM" OPERAND SEARCHES ONLY THE MAIN-STEM. CARE MUST BE EXER-
CISED WHEN USING THE "SEARCH" CAPABILITY WITHOUT A "STOPWHEN"
EXPRESSION BECAUSE ALL OF THE STATIONS EITHER ABOVE THE POINT OR
BELOW THE POINT WILL BE RETRIEVED UNTIL THE STREAM SYSTEM IS
EXHAUSTED, E.G., AN UPSTREAM SEARCH MAY START AT THE MOUTH OF THE
MISSISSIPPI RIVER, AND IF THERE IS NO "STOPWHEN" INSTRUCTION, THE
SYSTEM WILL TRY TO RETRIEVE ALL OF THE STATIONS ALONG THE MISSISSIPPI
AND ALL OF ITS TRIBUTARIES. THIS IS A PROHIBITIVELY LARGE NUMBER
OF STATIONS. THE RETRIEVED STATIONS WILL BE PRESENTED IN AN UPSTREAM
ORDER, EVEN THOUGH A DOWNSTREAM SEARCH IS SPECIFIED. TO CHANGE
THIS ORDER, THE "ANALYSIS" INSTRUCTION IS USED.
EXAMPLE
D'3 AH INVENTORY OF ALL OF THE SAMPLING SITES ABOVE POINT C ON
TKE MAP INCLUDING THOSE SITES THAT ARE ON ANY OF THE TRIBU-
TARIES. POINT C IS 5.2 MILES UP THE REACH.
PGH=INVENT,
REACHl,RCHMIL=01020304005/5.2,
----- > SEARCH=UPSTREAM,
ENDREACH,
THIS WILL RETRIEVE STATIONS C, M, N, Q, R, 0, P, D, E, F, AND G.
DO AN INDEX RETRIEVAL FOR THE STATIONS BETWEEN POINTS A AND E ON
T.HE MAP THAT ARE ON THE MAIN-STEM ONLY. POINT E IS 16.2 MILES UP
THE REACH. THIS WILL RETRIEVE STATIONS A, B, C, D, AND E.
PGM=INDEX,
REACH1,RCHMIL=01020304009/16.2,
----- > SEARCH=DOWNSTREAM,
ENDREACH,
PAGE NO. 45
88/11/06
-------
CJTOPWHEM PAGE NO. 46
;iQ-RET/4-53
88/11/06
THE "STCPKHEN" EXPRESSION IS USED TO SPECIFY TO THE SYSTEM WHEN
TO CEASE SEARCHING FOR STATIONS. IF IT IS NOT USED, AND IF A
SEARCH EXPRESSION IS USED, STATIONS WILL BE RETRIEVED UNTIL THE
ENTIRE STREAM SYSTEM IS SEARCHED WHICH CAN BE A VERY LARGE NUMBER
OF STATIONS. THE "STOPWHEN" EXPRESSION MAY CONTAIN ONE OR MORE
OF THE POINT DESIGNATORS WHICH WERE DISCUSSED EARLIER, I.E.,
"RCHMIL", "FACID", "DRINK", OR "GAGE", WHICH EXPLICITLY SPECIFIES
THE ENDING POINT FOR THE STATION SEARCH. OTHER METHODS THAT CAN
BE USED TO TELL THE SYSTEM WHEN TO STOP SEARCHING ARE SHOWN BELOW.
EXAMPLE
m AN INDEX RETRIEVAL FOR ALL OF THE STATIONS (BOTH ON
•<,,'-. TRIBUTARIES AND THE MAIN-STEM) BETWEEN POINTS C AND D.
fOINT C IS 5.2 MILES UP THE REACH AND POINT D IS 5.8 MILES
U.' ITS REACH. THE STATIONS THAT WILL BE SELECTED ARE C,
M, N, <7, R, 0, P, AND D.
PGM=INDEX,
REACH1,RCHMIL=01020304005/5.2,SEARCH=UPSTREAM,
> STOPWHEN(RCHMIL=0102030
-------
MILES PAGE NO. 47
MQ-RET/4-54
88/11/06
THE "MILES INSTRUCTION IS USED TO SPECIFY THE NUMBER OF STREAM
MILES FROM THE STARTING POINT THAT ARE TO BE EXAMINED FOR STATIONS.
FOR A DOWNSTREAM SEARCH, ONLY THE MAIN-STEM AND ASSOCIATED SHORE
LINE REACHES ARE EXAMINED UNTIL THE DISTANCE SPECIFIED IS SATISFIED.
FOR AN UPSTREAM SEARCH, NOT ONLY IS THE MAIN-STEM EXAMINED, BUT
ALSO ALL OF THE TRIBUTARIES THAT ARE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED DISTANCE
ARE SEARCHED. EVEN WHEN GOING UP A TRIBUTARY, THE DISTANCE IS
MEASURED FROM THE STARTING POINT AND NOT THE MOUTH OF THE TRIBUTARY,
I.E., WITH "MILES=50,", IF A TRIBUTRARY'S MOUTH IS 48 MILES FROM
THE STARTING POINT, ONLY 2 MILES OF THE TRIBUTARY IS EXAMINED FOR
STATIONS.
EXAMPLE
STARTING AT POINT A, WHICH IS 4.8 MILES UP SEGMENT 001, RETRIEVE
ALL OF THE STATIONS THAT ARE WITHIN 50 MILES UPSTREAM OF THE POINT.
THE OUTPUT SHOULD BE IN THE INDEX FORMAT. THE STATIONS RETRIEVED
ARE: A, B, H, I, J, C, M, AND D.
PGM=INDEX,
REACH1,RCHMIL=01020304001/4.8,SEARCH=UPSTREAM,
> STOPWHEWMILES=50),ENDREACH,
EXAMPLE
STARTING AT POINT P, RETRIEVE THE STATIONS ALONG THE TRANSPORT
PATH FUR 60 MILES. THE OUTPUT FORMAT SHOULD BE AN INVENTORY.
THE STATIONS SELECTED WILL BE C, M, N, 0, AND P. POINT P IS
19.7 illLES UP SEGMENT NUMBER 008.
PGM=INVENT,
REACH1,RCHMIL=01020304008/19.7,SEARCH=DOWNSTREAM,
> STOPWHEN(MILES=60),ENDREACH,
-------
I.EVCHN'G PAGE NO. 48
HQ-RET/4-54
88/11/06
"LEVCHHS" IS UTILIZED TO SPECIFY THE NUMBER OF STREAM LEVELS TO
BE EXAMINED FOR STATIONS BEFORE THE SEARCH IS ENDED. "LEVCHN6=0,"
INDICATES THAT ONLY THOSE STATIONS ON THE SAME LEVEL AS THE
STARTING POINT ARE TO BE RETRIEVED. "LEVCHNG=1," WILL SEARCH
FOR STATIONS ON THE STREAM WHERE THE STARTING POINT IS LOCATED
AND THE NEXT LEVEL, E.G., "LEVCHNG=1" WITH THE STARTING POINT ON
A LEVEL 3 STREAM AND WITH "SEARCH=UPSTREAM," WILL RETRIEVE ALL OF
THE STATIONS UPSTREAM OF THE POINT ON THE LEVEL 3 STREAM AND ON ALL
THE LEVEL 4 STREAMS THAT ARE TRIBUTRARY TO THE LEVEL 3 STREAM. FOR
A DOWNSTREAM SEARCH STARTING ON A LEVEL 3 STREAM WITH A "LEVCHNG=1,"
THE SEARCH WILL BEGIN AT THE INDICATED STARTING POINT AND GO
DOWNSTREAM ALL THE WAY TO THE CONFLUENCE OF THE LEVEL 2 STREAM
WITH THE LEVEL ONE STREAM AND SELECT STATIONS ALONG THIS PATH.
EXAMPLE
STARTING AT POINT C, WHICH IS ON A LEVEL 1 STREAM AND IS 5.2
MILES UP THE SEGMENT NUMBER 005, SELECT ALL OF THE STATIONS
UPSTREAM THAT ARE ON A LEVEL ONE OR A LEVEL TWO STREAM. THE
STATIONS RETRIEVED WILL BE C, M, N, 0, P, D, E, F, AND G. THE
OUTPUT SHOULD BE IN THE INDEX FORMAT.
PGM=INDEX,REACHl,RCHMIL=01020304005/5.2,
SEARCH=UPSTREAM,
> STOPWHEN(LEVCHNG=1),ENDREACH,
EXAMPLE
STARTING AT POINT L, WHICH IS ON A LEVEL 3 STREAM AND IS 14.3
I^'JLJ-S UP THE SEGMENT 003, RETRIEVE ONLY THOSE STATIONS THAT ARE
C:j THE TRANSPORT PATH AND DOWN TO THE MOUTH OF THE LEVEL 2
STREAM. THE OUTPUT FORMAT SHOULD BE AN INDEX. THE STATIONS
SELECTED HILL BE L, I, AND H.
PGM=INDEX,REACH1,RCHMIL=01020304003/14.3,
SEARCH=DOWNSTREAM,
> STOPWHEN(LEVCHNG=1),ENDREACH,
-------
DRAREA PAGE NO. 49
KQ-RET/4-54
88/11/06
"DRAREA" IS USED IN A "STOPWHEN" EXPRESSION TO TELL THE SYSTEM TO
CEASE SELECTING STATIONS WHEN THE DRAINAGE AREA FOR A REACH OF A
SPECIFIC SIZE WITH RELATION TO THE REACH CONTAINING THE STARTING
POINT IS ENCOUNTERED. THE VALUE ASSIGNED TO "DRAREA" IS A MULTI-
PLICATION FACTOR PRECEDED BY AN ASTERISK (*), AND FOR AN UPSTREAM
SEARCH, IT MUST BE LESS THAN ONE (A PERCENTAGE OF THE DRAINAGE AREA
OF THE STARTING REACH). WHEN A REACH THAT CONTAINS A DRAINAGE AREA
OF A SIZE THAT IS LESS THAN THAT PERCENTAGE OF THE STARTING AREA
FOR THE STARTING REACH IS ENCOUNTERED, THE RETRIEVING OF STATIONS IS
TERMINATED. FOR A DOWNSTREAM SEARCH, THE MULTIPLICATION FACTOR MUST
BE GREATER THAN ONE INDICATING THAT NO REACH HAVING A DRAINAGE AREA
GREATER THAN THE STARTING REACH TIMES THE FACTOR IS EXAMINED FOR
SAMPLING SITES.
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE ALL OF THE STATIONS THAT ARE ABOVE SEGMENT NUMBER 001 THAT
ARE ON REACHES THAT HAVE NO LESS THAN 10 PERCENT OF THE DRAINAGE
AREA OF THE BEGINNING REACH. THE BEGINNING REACH 001 HAS AN AREA OF
445 SQUARE MILES. THEREFORE, ANY REACH WITH AN AREA LESS THAN 44.5
WILL BE IGNORED. THE OUTPUT SHOULD BE AN INVENTORY. THIS WILL
RETRIEVE THOSE STATIONS THAT ARE ON SEGMENTS 001, 002, 005, 006,
007, AND 009. SEE THE MAP WITH THE DRAINAGE AREAS ON IT.
PGM=INVENT,REACH1,RCHMIL=01020304001,
SEARCH=UPSTREAM,
> STOPWHEN(DRAREA=*.1),ENDREACH,
EXAMPLE
DO AH INDEX RETRIEVAL FOR ALL OF THE STATIONS DOWNSTREAM OF A
POINT 23 MILES UP SEGMENT NUMBER 007 UNTIL A REACH IS ENCOUNTERED
WITH A DRAINAGE AREA OF NOT MORE THAN 6 TIMES THAT OF THE SEGMENT
007. STATIONS ON SEGMENTS 005, 006, AND 007 WILL BE SELECTED.
SEE THE MAP WITH THE DRAINAGE AREAS ON IT.
PGM=INDEX,REACH1,RCHMIL=01020304007/23,
SEARCH=DOWSTREAM,
> STOPWHENlDRAREA=*6),ENDREACH,
WITHIN A "STOPWHEN" EXPRESSION, MORE THAN ONE OF THE OPERANDS
MAY BE USED AND ARE LINKED EITHER WITH AN "AND" OPERATOR OR AN
"OR" OPERATOR. WHEN USING THE "AND" OPERATOR, A GREAT DEAL OF
CARE MUST BE EXERCISED BECAUSE AN IMPOSSIBLE "STOPWHEN" CONDI-
TION MAY BE CREATED WHICH WOULD RESULT IN A PROHIBITIVELY LARGE
RETRIEVAL. "OR" IS THE OPERATOR THAT GENERALLY SHOULD BE USED.
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE ALL OF THE STATIONS STARTING AT POINT A THAT ARE WITHIN
50 MILES OF THE POINT OR ARE ON THE SAME LEVEL OR ARE ON ONE LEVEL
GREATER Ti-IAN POINT A. THE OUTPUT FORMAT SHOULD BE AN INVENTORY.
PGM=INVENT,REACH1,RCHMIL=01020304001/4.8,
SEARCH=UPSTREAM,
> STOPWHEN(MILES=50 OR LEVCHNG=1),ENDREACH,
-------
'.\INAG;- HAP GOES HERE PAGE N0- 50
-------
EBMi PAGE NO. 51
WtJ-RET/^-65
88/11/06
"EBM" IS USED TO INFORM THE SYSTEM THAT SAMPLING SITES WITH
BLANK MILEAGES ARE NOT TO BE RETRIEVED (ELIMINATE BLANK MILES).
IF "EBM" IS NOT SPECIFIED, BOTH STATIONS WITH MILEAGES AND
THOSE WITHOUT MILEAGES WILL BE RETRIEVED AND THOSE WITH BLANK
MILES WILL BE ORDERED AS IF THEY WERE AT THE DOWNSTREAM END OF
THE REACH.
EXAMPLE
DO AN INDEX RETRIEVAL FOR ALL OF THE STATIONS ABOVE POINT H WHICH
IS 3.8 MILES UP THE REACH WHICH HAVE A MILEAGE ASSIGNED TO THEM.
DO NOT RETRIEVE ANY STATIONS THAT HAVE NO MILEAGE.
PGM=INDEX,REACHl,RCHMIL=01020304002/3.8,
SEARCH=UPSTREAM,
> EBM,
ENDREACH,
EOR,
WQ-RET/4-65
"EOR" IS USED TO SPECIFY THAT ONLY THOSE SAMPLING SITES THAT
WERE STORED AS BEING ON THE REACH ARE TO BE INCLUDED IN THE
RETRIEVAL. IF THIS IS NOT USED, THEN BOTH STATIONS LOCATED
ON THE REACH AND OFF THE REACH WILL BE USED BY THE RETRIEVAL.
EXAMPLE
FOR THE ABOVE RETRIEVAL, RETRIEVE ONLY THOSE STATIONS THAT NOT
C.ILY HAVE A MILEAGE BUT THEY ALSO MUST BE ON THE REACH.
PGM=INDEX,REACHl,RCHMIL=01020304002/3.8,
SEARCH=UPSTREAM,EBM,
> EOR,
ENDREACH,
-------
ANALYSIS
WQ-RUT/4-65
THE "ANALYSIS" INSTRUCTION IS USED TO SPECIFY THE ORDER IN WHICH
THE RETRIEVED STATIONS ARE TO BE PRINTED. IF THIS IS NOT USED,
THE STATIONS WILL BE PRINTED IN AN UPSTREAM ORDER WHICH ENTAILS
GOING UP THE MAIN-STEM TO THE FIRST CONFLUENCE AND THEN GOING UP
THAT STREAM EITHER TO ITS HEADWATERS, THE "STOPWHEN" EXPRESSION
IS SATISFIED, OR ANOTHER CONFLUENCE IS ENCOUNTERED. IT WILL THEN
60 UP THE NEW TRIBUTARY UNTIL ONE OF THE ABOVE CONDITIONS IS MET.
AFTER IT EXHAUSTS THAT SET OF STREAMS, IT GOES BACK TO THE MAIN-
STEM AND CONTINUES UP IT UNTIL ANOTHER CONFLUENCE IS ENCOUNTERED,
THE "STOPWHEN" EXPRESSION IS SATISFIED, OR THE HEADWATERS ARE
REACHED. IF "ANALYSIS=DOWNSTREAM," IS USED, THE REVERSE OF THE
ABOVE IS DONE. REMEMBER, THE "SEARCH" INSTRUCTION DETERMINES
WHETHER ONLY THE STATIONS ALONG THE MAIN-STEM (SEARCH=DOWNSTREAM,)
ARE RETRIEVED OR WHETHER THE STATIONS ON THE TRIBUTARIES AS WELL
AS THOSE ON THE MAIN-STEM ARE TO BE SELECTED (SEARCH=UPSTREAM,).
THE "ANALYSIS" KEYWORD DETERMINES THEIR ORDER OF PRINTING.
EXAMPLE
DO AN INDEX RETRIEVAL OF ALL OF THE STATIONS DOWNSTREAM OF POINT
G THAT ARE ON THE MAIN-STEM ONLY. POINT G IS 44.7 MILES UP THE
r/iACH. THE STATIONS SHOULD PRINT IN A DOWNSTREAM ORDER.
PGM=INDEX,REACHl,RCHMIL=01020304009/44.7,
SEARCH=DOWNSTREAM,EOR,
> ANALYSIS=DOWNSTREAM,
ENDREACH,
THE STATIONS SELECTED WILL BE A, B, C, D, E, F, AND G BUT THEY
WILL PRINT IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER: G, F, E, D, C, B, AND A. AS
MENTIONED BEFORE, THE DEFAULT SORT ORDER IS UPSTREAM, AND IF ALL
OF THE STATIONS ABOVE POINT C ARE TO BE SELECTED AND THE ANALYSIS
KEYWORIJ IS NOT USED, THE STATIONS WILL PRINT IN THE FOLLOWING
ORD"!: C, M, N, q, R, 0, P, D, E, F. AND G.
PAGE NO. 52
88/11/06
-------
STORET IS ABLE TO RETRIEVE STATIONS BY ENTERING A WATERBODY IDENTIFIER
AND THE SYSTEM HILL BUILD A REACH STATION SELECTION SET OF INSTRUCTION
FOR THAT WATERBODY SYSTEM. THE WATERBODY SYSTEM IS DESCRIBED IN GREAT
DETAIL IN THE MANUAL "SECTION 305(b) WATERBODY SYSTEM USER'S GUIDE".
TO SET A COPY OF THE MANUAL, CALL CHRIS FAULKNER ON (202-382-7056).
THE FOLLOWING ARE THE STORET INSTURCTIONS REQUIRED TO EFFECT A RETRIEVAL
UTILIZING THE WATERBODY SYSTEMS CAPABILITIES:
WBNN THE "WBNN" INITIATES A WATERBODY RETRIEVAL REQUEST WHERE
"NN" IS A TWO DIGIT NUMBER TO IDENTIFY THE SET OF WATER
BODY INSTRUCTIONS. UP TO 99 SETS OF INSTRUCTIONS MAY BE
USED IN A RETRIEVAL.
WBID IF THE WATERBODY IDENTIFIERS ARE KNOWN, WBID IS SET EQUAL
TO A WATERBODY IDENTIFIER. THE IDENTIFIER MUST BE EXACTLY
AS IT IS IN THE WATERBODY SYSTEM. THIS INSTRUCTION MUST
COME AFTER A "WBNN" INSTRUCTIONS AND MAY BE USED AS MANY
TIMES AS IS NECESSARY.
HBSTATE IS USED TO SPECIFY THAT ALL SITES IN A STATE THAT HAVE BEEN
IDENTIFIED AS BELONGING TO A SPECIFIC WATERBODY ARE TO BE
SELECTED FOR THE RETRIEVAL. IT IS SET EQUAL TO THE STATE
MAIL ABBREVIATIONS.
M3HUC THIS IS USED TO SPECIFY THAT ALL THE SITES IN AN U.S.G.S.
AREA ARE TO BE SELECTED FOR THE RETRIEVAL. "WBHUC" IS
SET EQUAL TO 2, 4, 6, OR 8 DIGITS. THE MORE DIGITS USED,
THE SMALLER THE AREA THAT IS RETRIEVED. IF TWO DIGITS
ARE USED, THEN EVERYTHING IN A REGION IS SELECTED; IF FOUR
DIGITS ARE USED, A SUB-REGION IS SPECIFIED; IF SIX DIGITS
ARE USED, THEN AN ACCOUNTING UNIT IS BEING SEARCHED; AND
IF EIGHT DIGITS ARE USED, THEN A CATALOGING UNIT IS SEARCHED.
THIS IS THE SMALLEST AREA.
WBPOLY THIS IS SET EQUAL TO EITHER "ALL", WHICH MEANS THAT ONLY
THOSE WATERBODIES THAT ARE ENTIRELY IN THE DESCRIBED AREA
ARE TO BE SEARCHED OR TO "PART" WHICH WILL SELECT THOSE
THAT ARE EITHER ENTIRELY IN THE POLYGON OR ONLY PARTLY IN
THE POLYGON. AFTER THIS IS ENTERED, PAIRS OF LATITUDE/
LONGITUDE VERTICES ARE ENTERED USING THE "L" INSTRUCTION
FOR EACH LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE.
ENDNB THIS IS USED TO END THE WATERBODY INSTRUCTION SETS AND
ONE IS NEEDED FOR EACH "WBNN" USED.
PAGE NO. 52.1
90/01/25
-------
WHEN U;;iM~ THE HATER30DY PROCEDURES TO CREATE MAPS, THE FOLLOWING PAGE N0. 52.2
INSTRUCT/:,:.:3 ARE USED TO ENHANCE THE MAP. 90/01/24
PEN THIS MUST APPEAR BETWEEN A "WBNN" AND "ENDWB" SET OF
INSTRUCTIONS AND IS SET EQUAL TO A NUMBER BETWEEN ONE
AND rDL'R. THIS WILL SPECIFY WHICH PEN IS TO BE USED
WHEN PLOTTING ALL OF THE WATERBODIES SELECTED BY THE
INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS "WBNN" SET. IF OTHER SETS OF
WATERBCDIES ARE TO BE DRAWN USING ANOTHER PEN, THEY
MUST BE IN ANOTHER "WBNN" SET. PEN COLORS ARE SPECIFIED
BY USING THE "PLOTMSG" INSTRUCTION.
COLORONLY THIS INSTRUCTION MUST APPEAR BETWEEN THE "WBNN" AND
"ENDWB" INSTRUCTIONS AND SPECIFIES THAT NO WATER QUALITY
SITES ARE TO BE SELECTED. THE MAP IS TO CONTAIN ONLY
THE WATERBODIES SELECTED VIA ONE OF THE PREVIOUS
METHODS.
-------
BS THE "BS" KEYWORD IS USED TO SELECT STATIONS BY THE EPA PASE N0 53
Wq-RET/4-24 BASIN THAT THEY ARE IN. IT IS SET EQUAL TO MMNNSS, WHERE 88/11/06
MM IS THE MAJOR BASIN CODE, NN IS THE MINOR BASIN CODE,
AND SS IS THE SUB-BASIN CODE. IF SS IS LEFT OFF, THEN
ALL OF THE STATIONS IN THE MAJOR/MINOR BASIN INDICATED
ARE SELECTED? IF NN AND SS ARE NOT INDICATED, THEN ALL OF
THE STATIONS IN THE MAJOR BASIN SHOWN ARE SELECTED. A LIST
OF THE BASIN CODES IS CONTAINED IN APPENDIX D OF THE STORET
IN FEBRUARY, 1988, THE EPA BASIN BECAME AN OPTIONAL ITEM
OPTIONAL ITEM WHEN ESTABLISHING A NEW SAMPLING SITE, AND
THEREFORE, STATIONS STORED SINCE THEN MIGHT NOT BE RETRIEVED
WHEN USING THIS STATION SELECTION TECHNIQUE.
ADDITIONAL HELP: DATA SET "STORET.HELP.BASIN.CODES"
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE AN INDEX OF THE STATIONS IN THE SACRAMENTO RIVER
BASIN (09) WHICH IS IN THE CALIFORNIA MAJOR BASIN (14).
PGM=INDEX,
> BS=1409,
-------
ECOREG THE UNITED STATES HAS BEEN DIVIDED INTO AREAS OF HOMOGENEOUS PAGE NO
WQ-RET/4-34 ECOSYSTEMS NAMED ECOREGIONS. THESE ECOREGIONS WERE DELINEATED 88/11/06
BY ERA'S LABORATORY IN CORVALLAS, OREGON, AND TO OBTAIN A
COPY OF THE ECOREGION MAP, CALL JIM OMERNICK (503-753-6221).
WHEN ESTABLISHING A NEW STATION, THE ECOREGION CAN BE STORED
AS PART OF THE SITE LOCATION INFORMATION. STATIONS CAN BE
SELECTED USING THIS ECOREGION CODE, BUT SINCE IT IS NOT A
REQUIRED STORAGE ITEM, NOT ALL STATIONS WILL HAVE THESE
CODES. THEREFORE, WHEN SELECTING STATIONS USING THIS METHOD,
NOT ALL STATIONS WILL BE RETRIEVED. THE OPERAND FOR "ECOREG"
CAN BE ONE OF 3 FORMATS. FIRST, "ECOREG=99,", WHERE "99" IS
THE ECOREGION CODE AND WILL SELECT ALL OF THE SAMPLING SITES
THAT HAVE BEEN STORED WITH AN ECOREGION CODE OF 99, WHETHER
GENERALLY TYPICAL OF THE REGION OR MOST TYPICAL OF THE AREA.
THE OTHER TWO OPERANDS ARE "99M", WHICH WILL RETRIEVE THOSE
STATIONS THAT HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AS "MOST TYPICAL" OF THE
REGION OR "996" WHICH WILL RETRIEVE ONLY THOSE SITES THAT
HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AS "GENERALLY TYPICAL" OF THE REGION.
ADDITIONAL HELP: DATA SET 'STORET.HELP.ECO.REGIONS'
EXAMPLE
CO AN INVENTORY RETRIEVAL FOR ALL OF THE STATIONS THAT ARE IN
nCOREGICIl 56 AND THAT ARE MOST TYPICAL OF THAT ECOSYSTEM.
PSM=INVENT,
> £COREG=56M,
AQ "ACT IS USED TO RETRIEVE STATIONS BY THEIR STORED AQUIFER
-:.'f:T/4-3& CODE WHICH IS MADE UP OF THE GEOLOGIC AGE CODE AND AQUIFER
NAME CODE. THESE CODES ARE MAINTAINED BY THE U.S.G.S. AND
CAN BE OBTAINED BY USING THE COMMAND PROCEDURE "XPRNTAQ".
THE FIRST THREE CHARACTERS ARE THE GEOLOGIC AGE CODE AND ARE
NUMERIC AND THE AQUIFER NAME CODE IS UP TO FOUR ALPHABETIC
CHARACTERS IN LENGTH. WHEN USED WITH THE "AQ" INSTRUCTION,
THEY ARE CONCATENATED INTO ONE STRING OF CHARACTERS. IF ONLY
THE FIRST THREE DIGITS OF THE AQUIFER CODE ARE ENTERED, STATIONS
LOCATED IN ANY AQUIFER STARTING WITH THE 3 SPECIFIED DIGITS
WILL BE SELECTED. SINCE THIS IS A NEW CAPABILITY AND AND IS
AND OPTIONAL FIELD WHEN STORING A NEW STATION, NOT ALL OF THE
STATIONS WILL HAVE THESE CODES, AND THEREFORE, NOT ALL OF THE
STATIONS IN THE AQUIFER WILL BE SELECTED WHEN USING THIS TYPE
OF STATION SELECTION.
ADDITIONAL HELP: STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE "XPRNTAQ"
EXAMPLE
DO AN INDEX RETRIEVAL FOR ALL OF THE STATIONS IDENTIFIED
AS BEING IN THE AQUIFERS 112SNTF OR 210MNCS.
PGM=INDEX,
> AQ=112SNTF,AQ=210MNCS,
-------
AREA THE "AREA" KEYWORD IS USED TO RETRIEVE ALL STATIONS PAGE NO. 55
WQ-SKTAi-26 IN A DESIGNATED 208 PLANNING AREA. IT IS SET EQUAL 88/11/06
TO ONE OF THE RECOGNIZED 208 NAMES DEFINED TO STORET.
THESE 208 AREAS HAVE LAT/LONG POLYGONS DEFINED FOR THEM.
THEREFORE, ONLY THOSE STATIONS WITH A CORRECT LAT/LONG
NILL BE RETRIEVED.
ADDITIONAL HELP: DATA SET "STORET.HELP.SEC208.AREAS"
EXAMPLE
RUN AH INVENTORY FOR ALL OF THE STATIONS IN THE CAPE COD, MASS.,
2OS AfiEA.
PGM=INVENT,
> AREA=CAPECOD,
ANOTHER OPTION OF THE "AREA" KEYWORD IS ITS USE WITH A
RIVER REACH NUMBER. "AREA" IS SET EQUAL TO AN 11 DIGIT
REACH NUMBER, AND THE SYSTEM WILL SELECT THOSE STATIONS
ENCLOSED IN THE LAT/LONG WINDOW DEFINED FOR THAT REACH.
BECAUSE THESE WINDOWS ARE RECTANGULAR, SOME OF THE RETRIEVED
STATIONS MAY NOT BE ON THE SPECIFIED REACH. THIS METHOD OF
SELECTING STATIONS IS A STOP GAP PROCEDURE AND WILL BE
ELIMINATED WHEN ALL STATIONS HAVE BEEN ASSIGNED SEGMENT
NUMBERS.
EXAMPLE
F.-7IMT AN INDEX LISTING OF THE STATIONS THAT ARE ON THE
.;-'..:H 02070010030.
PGM=IMDEX,
> AREA=02070010030,
DUPL ONCE A STATION HAS BEEN SELECTED FOR THE RETRIEVAL, IT WILL
Wq-RET/4-38 NOT BE RETRIEVED AGAIN EVEN THOUGH IT MIGHT MEET A SECOND
STATION SELECTION CRITERION. HOWEVER, IN SOME CASES, THIS
MIGHT BE DESIRABLE. IN ORDER TO FORCE THE SYSTEM TO RETRIEVE
A STATION MORE THAN ONCE IN THE RETRIEVAL, THE "DUPL" INSTRUC-
TION IS USED AND IT IS SET EQUAL TO "OFF", I.E., "DUPL=OFF,".
-------
SELECTORS
A=,S=,SRANGE=
STC=
STCO=
HUC=
ATTR=
POLY=LLRET,L=
RADIUS=N,L=
REACH
BS=
ECOSEG
Af3EA=
RELATING STATION SELECTORS AND RESTRICTORS
(DESCRIPTIONS)
AGENCY/STATION
PAGE NO. 56
88/11/06
< -------------- STATE --------------- >
< ----------- STATE/COUNTY ----------- >
<- U.S.G.S. HYDROLOGIC DRAINAGE AREAS->
<- STATION TYPES/PARAMETER COVERAGE ->
< ---- LATITUDE/LONGITUDE POLYGON
< ---- CIRCLE SEARCH
< ---- HYDROLOGIC SELECTION BY REACH
< ------------ EPA BASINS
< ------------ ECOREGIONS
< ------------- AQUIFERS
< ------ SEC 208 AREAS, REACHES
'FILL UP1
THE BUCKET
It * 83 STATIONS SELECTED
» ft
ft .......... 8. .
ft ........... .tt. ..
. . BUCKET OF .......
* . SELECTED STATIONS . . .«. .
* .......... *
RESTRICTORS
ONLYA=
NOTA=
NOTS=,NOTSRANGE=
ONLYSTC
ONLYSTCO=
ONLYHUC=
ONLYATTR=
\ /
\ / 'FILTER1
I I < ............ - ......
! I SELECTED STATIONS
I I
3 STATIONS EXAMINED
'HITS' FILE
(STATIONS TO BE RETRIEVED)
-------
T!!r-!(E ARE TOO TYP=S OF STATION RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS. THEY ARE STATION PAGE NO. 57
!5ELECTCS KEYWORDS ,.f!P STAYJ.ON RESTRICTOR KEYWORDS. THE SELECTOR 88/11/06
KEYWORDS ARE: A, SRANGE, J, STC, STCO, ATTR, POLY, RADIUS, HUC,
REACHN, BS, ECOSE'J, A3, AND AREA. EACH RETRIEVAL MUST HAVE AT LEAST
ONE SELECTOR. TKF.SE STATION SELECTORS PUT STATIONS IN THE BUCKET.
AFTER THE SYSTEM HAS SELECTED ALL OF STATIONS THAT MEET THE STATION
SELECTION CRITERION, THE STATION RESTRICTORS ARE OPERATED UPON TO
ELIMINATE THOSE STATIONS THAT DO NOT MEET THIS FURTHER STATION
SCREENING INVOKED VIA THE STATION RESTRICTOR KEYWORDS WHICH ARE:
ONLYA, NOTA, NOTS, NOTSRANGE, ONLYSTC, ONLYSTCO, AND ONLYATTR. THESE
OPERATORS GO TO THE BUCKET AND NOT TO THE DATA BASE. THESE KEYWORDS
ARE USED TO FURTHER RESTRICT THE STATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN SELECTED BY
THE STATION SELECTION KEYWORDS. THE STATION SELECTION KEYWORDS GO TO
THE DATA BASE AND PUT STATIONS THAT MEET THE SELECTION CRITERION IN
A HOLDING FILE (THE BUCKET). THE STATION RESTRICTION KEYWORDS ARE
THEN USED AGAINST ONLY THOSE STATIONS IN THE BUCKET. STATION
RESTRICTOR KEYWORDS PERFORM A SECOND LEVEL EXAMINATION OF THE
STATIONS AND ELIMINATE THOSE THAT DO NOT MEET THE ADDITIONAL RE-
STRICTION. SEE PAGE Wq-RET/4-8 FOR A FURTHER DISCUSSION OF THE
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN STATION SELECTORS AND STATION RESTRICTORS.
-------
OMLYA WHEN ONE OR MORE OF THE STATION "SELECTOR" INSTRUCTIONS (POLY, RADIUS, PAGE NO. 58
(U) AREA, REACHN, BS, STC, STCO, HUC.ECOREG, OR AQ) ARE USED, ALL STATIONS 88/11/06
WG1-RET/4-76 THAT MEET THE SELECTION CRITERIA ARE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE RETRIEVAL
(PUT IN THE BUCKET) REGARDLESS OF THE AGENCY RESPONSIBLE FOR THEM. IF
THIS IS NOT DESIRABLE, THEN THE "ONLYA" RESTRICTOR IS USED TO SPECIFY
WHICH OF THE SELECTED AGENCIES1 DATA ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR THE RETRIEVAL.
IT WILL ELIMINATE ALL OF THE SAMPLING SITES FOR THOSE AGENCIES NOT
SPECIFIED. "ONLYA" ONLY LOOKS AT THOSE STATIONS THAT WERE PUT INTO
THE "BUCKET" BY ONE OF THE "SELECTOR" KEYWORDS. THE "A" INSTRUCTION
WHICH IS A SELECTOR, IS USED WITH THE "S" KEYWORD TO SELECT STATIONS
WHILE "ONLYA" IS USED TO FURTHER DEFINE THE STATIONS TO BE USED.
EXAMPLE
IN THE POLYGON DESCRIBED BELOW, RETRIEVE A SUMMARY OF THE
DATA ONLY FOR THOSE STATIONS STORED FOR AGENCY 1110NET.
PGM=INVENT,
POLY=LLRET,
L=3840,L=8620,L=3840,L=8720,
L=3920,L=8720,L=3920,L=8620,
> ONLYA=1UONET,
NOTA THIS KEYWORD IS USED AS A RESTRICTOR WITH ANY OF THE STATION
(NOTU) SELECTION METHODS TO ELIMINATE THE STATIONS FOR ONE OR MORE
WQ-RET/4-76 AGENCIES FROM THE RETRIEVAL. "NOTA" IS SET EQUAL TO THE AGENCY
CODE WHOSE STATIONS ARE TO BE EXCLUDED FROM THE RETRIEVAL.
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE A SUMMARY OF THE DATA FOR THE STATE OF MARYLAND (24) AND
ELIMINATE ALL STATIONS FOR AGENCIES 112WRD AND 1110NET.
PGM=INVENT,STC=24,
> NQTA=112WRD,NOTA=1110NET,
NOTS "MOTS" IS USED TO EXCLUDE SPECIFIC STATIONS OR RANGES OF STATIONS
Wq-RET/4-76 FROM THE RETRIEVAL.BUT NOT ALL OF THE STATIONS FOR AN AGENCY. IT
MUST FOLLOW A "NOTA" KEYWORD AND ONLY THE STATIONS SPECIFIED WITH
THE "NOTS" KEYWORD WILL BE EXCLUDED.
NOTSRANGE TO SPECIFY A RANGE OF STATIONS TO BE EXCLUDED, THE "NOTSRANGE" KEY-
Kq-RET/4-76 WORD IS USED FOLLOWED BY PAIRS OF "NOTS" KEYWORDS SPECIFYING THE
RANGES OF STATIONS TO BE EXCLUDED. "NOTSRANGE" IS SET EQUAL TO ONE
OF THE FOLLOWING: "P" FOR PRIMARY STATION NUMBERS, "S" FOR SECONDARY
STATION NUMBERS, "B" FOR BOTH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY STATION NUMBERS,
AND "OFF" TO TURN OFF THE RANGE OPTION.
EXAMPLE
PERFORM AN "INDEX" RETRIEVAL FOR THE STATIONS IN THE HYDROLOGIC
CATALOGING UNIT 16020305. EXCLUDE FROM THE RETRIEVAL THE STATIONS
"491882 THROUGH 491886 AND THE STATION 496025 FOR THE AGENCY 21UTAH.
PGt1=INDEX,HUC=l6020305,
> NOTA=21UTAK,NOTSRANGE=P,NOTS=491882,NOTS=491886,
> NOTSRANGE=OFF,NOTS=490625,
-------
ONLYSTC THE "OS'LYSTC" INSTRUCTION IS USED TO RESTRICT THE STATIONS PRE- PAGE NO. 59
(3T) VIOUSLY SELECTED BY A STATION SELECTOR, SUCH AS THE STATIONS IN 88/11/06
WQ-RET/4-72 A CATALOGING UNIT (HUC=99887766,), TO THOSE THAT ARE ALSO IN A
PARTICULAR STATE. "ONLYSTC" SPECIFIES THAT THE RETRIEVAL IS NOT
TO CONTAIN ALL OF THE STATIONS IN THE CATALOGING UNIT, BUT ONLY
THOSE STATIONS THAT ARE BOTH IN THE CATALOGING UNIT AND IN THE
STATE SPECIFIED WITH THE "ONLYSTC" KEYWORD. "ONLYSTC" IS A STA-
TION "RESTRICTOR" AND ONLY EXAMINES THE STATIONS THAT WERE PUT
IN THE "BUCKET" BY A STATION "SELECTOR". IT CAN BE USED WITH
ANY OF THE STATION SELECTION KEYWORDS TO FURTHER DEFINE WHICH
STATIONS ARE TO BE USED BY THE RETRIEVAL. IT IS SET EQUAL TO
EITHER THE FIPS STATE CODE OR THE ALPHABETIC POSTAL ABBREVIATION
AND IT CAN BE USED AS MANY TIMES AS REQUIRED.
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE AN INVENTORY FOR THE STATIONS THAT ARE IN THE
NEBRASKA (31) PORTION OF THE NORTH PLATTE RIVER BASIN (09 09).
PGM=INVENT,
DS=0909,
—> ONLYSTC=31,
ONLYSTCO THE "ONLYSTCO" INSTRUCTION, WHICH IS A STATION "RESTRICTOR" MEANING
(STCNTY) THAT IT WORKS WITH THE STATIONS WHICH WERE PUT INTO THE "BUCKET" BY
Kq-RET/<-74 A STATION "SELECTOR", FURTHER RESTRICTS THE STATIONS TO BE USED BY
THE RETRIEVAL TO THOSE IN A PARTICULAR COUNTY. AS PREVIOUSLY
MENTIONED, IT IS USED WITH STATION "SELECTORS" AND IT ONLY OPERATES
ON THE STATIONS THAT WERE PUT INTO THE "BUCKET" TO ELIMINATE THOSE
STATIONS THAT ARE NOT IN THE SPECIFIED COUNTY OR COUNTIES, E.G., DO
NOT RETRIEVE ALL OF THE STATIONS ON A STREAM SEGMENT, BUT ONLY THOSE
STATIONS FOR THE PART OF THE SEGMENT THAT IS IN A PARTICULAR COUNTY.
IT ELIMINATES ALL OF THE SITES FROM THE "BUCKET" THAT DO NOT MEET
THIS FURTHER COUNTY RESTRICTION.
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE ONLY THE STATIONS IN THE U.S.G.S. ACCOUNTING UNIT 020700
THAT ARE ALSO IN FAIRFAX COUNTY (059) VIRGINIA (51), MONTGOMERY
(031) OR PRINCE GEORGES (033) COUNTIES MARYLAND (24). THE OUT-
PUT FORMAT IS TO BE AN "INDEX".
PGM=INDEX,HUC=020700,
> ONLYSTCO=Z4031,ONLYSTCO=24033,
> ONLYSTCO=51059,
-------
ONLYNUC THE STATION RESTRICTOR "ONLYHUC11 IS USED TO FURTHER PAGE NO. 59.1
DEFINE THE STATIONS TO BE USED IN THE RETRIEVAL 91/05/30
REQUEST. AFTER A STATION SELECTOR IS USED TO RETREIVE
STATIONS (PUT INTO THE BUCKET), "ONLYHUC" IS USED TO
EXTRACT FROM THE BUCKET ONLY THOSE SITES THAT ARE ALSO
IN A SPECIFIC USGS HYDROLOGIC UNIT WHETHER IT BE A
REGION (JUST THE FIRST TWO DIGITS ARE USED), A
SUB-REGION (JUST THE FIRST FOUR DIGITS ARE USED), AN
ACCOUNTING UNIT (SIX DIGITS ARE USED), OR A CATALOGING
UNIT (ALL 8 DIGITS ARE USED). THIS RESTRICTION METHOD
IS GENERALLY USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH EITHER A STATE OR
STATE/COUNTY SELECTION WHEN ONLY THOSE STATIONS IN A
STATE OR COUNTY ARE TO BE USED THAT ARE ALSO IN A
PARTICULAR HYDROLOGIC UNIT.
EXAMPLE
PERFORM AN "INDEX" RETRIEVAL TO IDENTIFY ALL OF THE SAMPLING
SITES IN RITCHIE COUNTY (085), WEST VIRGINIA (54) THAT ARE
ALSO IN THE USGS HYDROLOGIC CATALOGING UNIT 05030203.
PGM=INDEX,
STCO=54085,
> ONLYHUC=05030203,
-------
STATIC.'1? MAY BE RESTRICTED TO THOSE THAT HAVE A CERTAIN ATTRIBUTE, PAGE NO. 60
.I.E., /. PARTICULAR STATION TYPE OR TYPES OR WHETHER THE STATION 88/11/06
HAS A PARTICULAR PARAMLTHS OR GROUP OF PARAMETERS. EACH STATION
TYPE AND PARAMETER CODE iN THE SYSTEM HAS HAD A MASK CREATED FOR
IT. A MASK IS LIKE A STRINS OF SWITCHES WITH ONE SWITCH FOR EACH
STATION .CN THE SYSTEM. FOR EACH MASK, EVERY STATION IS ASKED THE
QUESTION, "DO YOU MEET THIS ATTRIBUTE?" IF THE ANSWER IS "YES",
THE SWITCH IS TURNED. THEN WITH THE "ONLYATTR" KEYWORD, THESE
MASKS (STRING OF SWITCHES) CAN BE LINKED TOGETHER WITH THE OPERA-
TORS "AND" AND/OR "OR" TO GET ONLY THOSE STATIONS THAT CAN ANSWER
"YES" TO ALL OF THE CONDITIONS IN THE "ONLYATTR" STATEMENT. THE
OPERATOR "NOT" CAN ALSO BE USED TO EXCLUDE THOSE STATIONS WITH A
PARTICULAR CHARACTERISTIC OR CHARACTERISTICS. WHEN USING THE "OR"
OPERATOR, PARENTHESIS SHOULD BE USED TO ENSURE THE PROPER MEANING
OF THE "ONLYATTR" STATEMENT.
ONLYATTR STATION MASKS HAVE BEEN CREATED FOR EACH OF THE STATION
(EXTRACT) TYPES IN THE SYSTEM. EACH MASK INDICATES WHICH STATIONS
Xq-RET/ ARE THAT TYPE. THE "ONLYATTR" KEYWORD IS USED TO RESTRICT
4-73 THE RETRIEVAL OF STATIONS TO THOSE OF A SPECIFIC TYPE OR
TYPES. IN THE ONLYATTR STATMENT, MASKS MAY BE LOGICALLY
AND'ED AND/OR OR'ED. THERE SHOULD BE SPACES SURROUNDING
THE OPERATORS "AND" AND "OR".
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE AN INVENTORY FOR ALL OF THE AMBIENT STATIONS IN
WISCONSIN (55) THAT ARE SAMPLING IN A LAKE.
PGM=INVENT,STC=55,
> CNLYATTR=LAKE AND AMBNT,
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE ALL OF THE STATIONS IN THE HUC CODE 05130103 THAT
ARE MOT SAMPLING IN A RESERVOIR. THE OUTPUT FORMAT SHOULD
BE A" INDEX PROGRAM.
PGM=INDEX,HUC=05130103,
> ONLYATTR=NOT RESERV,
-------
STATION MASKS HAVE BEEN CREATED FOR EACH OF THE PARAMETERS IN THE PAGE NO. 61
SYSTEM INDICATING THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF DATA FOR THAT PARAMETER 88/11/06
AT EACH STATION. MASKS HAVE ALSO BEEN CREATED FOR EACH GROUP OF
PRIORITY TOXIC POLLUTANTS. THEY ARE NAMED AS FOLLOWS:
PRIPOLIN INORGANIC
PRIPOLOR ORGANIC
PRIPOLME METALS
PRIPOLPE PESTICIDES
TO RETRIEVE STATIONS CONTINGENT ON THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF DATA
FOR A PARAMETER, WHETHER IN ONE OF THE PRIORITY POLLUTANT MASKS OR
AN INDIVIDUAL PARAMETER MASK, THE NAME OF THE MASK IS SPECIFIED IN
AN "ONLYATTR" STATEMENT. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THIS IS USED TO
RETRIEVE STATIONS, AND IT DOES NOT SPECIFY WHICH PARAMETERS ARE TO
BE RETRIEVED.. THIS IS ACCOMPLISHED WITH THE "P" KEYWORD WHICH IS
DISCUSSED IN THE DATA SELECTION SECTION.
EXAMPLE
PERFORM AN INDEX RETRIEVAL FOR THE STATIONS IN THE WABASH
RIVER MINOR BASIN (17) OF THE OHIO RIVER MAJOR BASIN (05)
THAT ARE SAMPLING EITHER PARAMETER 310 OR 300, AND PARAMETER
600. THE STATIONS MUST ALSO CONTAIN DATA FOR AT LEAST ONE
OF THE INORGANIC PRIORITY POLLUTANTS.
PGM=INDEX,85=0517,
> CNLYATTR=(P310 OR P300) AND P600 AND PRIPOLIN,
ADDITIONAL HELP: DATASET "3TORET.HELP.RETRIEVE.PARGROUP"
?j[:!~E MASKS CAN BE OPERATED ON BY THE COMPUTER VERY EFFICIENTLY AND
~:::::z THEY ENSURE THAT THE STATIONS PASSING THROUGH THE MASKING SCREEN
'!.. ;: 7!IS ATTRIBUTE DESIRED (EITHER THE PROPER STATION TYPE OR THE
•."-C..EMCE OF THE DESIRED CONSTITUENTS), IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE
"L.:.YATT!7" KEYWORD BE INCLUDED IN ALL RETRIEVAL REQUEST THAT ARE
RETRIEVING DATA.
-------
ARCLASS TO ELIMINATE THE RETRIEVAL OF CERTAIN CLASSES OF STATIONS PAGE NO. 6Z
HQ-RET/4-83 FROM THE REQUEST, SOME STATIONS HAVE BEEN ASSIGNED TO AN 88/11/06
ARCHIVE CLASS. THE "ARCLASS" KEYWORD ALLOWS THE RETRIEVAL
OF ARCHIVED STATIONS AND THEIR DATA. IT IS SET EQUAL TO
ONE OR MORE OF THE ARCHIVE CLASSES WITH EACH CLASS SEPA-
RATED BY A SLASH "/" OR TO THE OPERAND "ALL" WHICH MAKES
ALL OF THE CLASSES OF STATIONS AVAILABLE TO THE RETRIEVAL.
ONCE THE KEYWORD IS USED, ONLY THE STATIONS IN THE CLASS
OR CLASSES SPECIFIED WILL BE RETRIEVED.
ARCLASS=01/02, OR ARCLASS=ALL,
THE FOLLOWING ARE THE CURRENT ARCHIVE CLASSES AND THE
TYPES OF DATA STORED IN THEM:
CLASS TYPE OF DATA
00 THE DEFAULT CLASS (THE STATIONS
THAT WILL BE RETRIEVED UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
01 OKLAHOMA OIL WELL DATA AND OREGON
FISH AND GAME DATA
02 US6S WELL AND SPRING DATA
03 ORSANCO CONTINUOUS MONITORING DATA
AND CALIFORNIA WELL DATA
04 NATIONWIDE URBAN RUNOFF PROGRAM DATA
RETIRED THE STATIONS FOR THOSE AGENCIES THAT DO NOT HAVE A POINT
HQ-RETA+-85 OF CONTACT HAVE HAD THEIR DATA RETIRED, I.E., TAKEN OFF
LINE SO THAT THEY DO NOT APPEAR IN RETRIEVAL UNLESS THEY
ARE REQUESTED. IN ORDER TO GET THEIR DATA, THE "RETIRED"
KEYWORD IS REQUIRED. IT HAS THE FOLLOWING 3 OPERANDS:
1. "YES" WHICH WILL RETRIEVE BOTH RETIRED
AND REGULAR DATA.
2. "ONLY" WHICH WILL RETRIEVE ONLY RETIRED
DATA.
3. "NO" WHICH IS THE DEFAULT AND WILL RETRIEVE
ONLY ON-LINE DATA.
ADDITIONAL HELP: STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE "XCONTACTS"
-------
THE FOLLOWING IS A SUMMARY OF THE STATION SELECTION AND
STATION RESTRICTION KEYWORDS:
PAGE NO. 63
88/11/06
A.S.SRANGE
STC
STCO
ATTR
POLY=Ll.RETf
RADIUS=NNN,
L,L
KUC
REACHN
5S
ECCREC5
AQ
AREA
B'JPL
CNLYA
NOTA
NOTC
NOTS2AN3E
CNLYSTC
CNLYSTCO
ONLYH'JC
ONLYATTR
STATION SELECTION KEYWORDS
SELECT STATIONS BY AGENCY/STATION NUMBERS
SELECT STATIONS BY STATE CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY COUNTY CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY PARAMETER PRESENCE,
STATION TYPE OR OTHER ATTRIBUTE
INITIATES A POLYGON SEARCH FOR STATIONS
INITIATES A RADIUS SEARCH FOR STATIONS
SPECIFIES LAT/LONG FOR ABOVE
SELECT STATIONS BY HYDROLOGIC UNIT AREA
SELECT STATIONS BY HYDROLOGY
SELECT STATIONS BY BASIN CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY ECOREGION
SELECT STATIONS BY AQUIFER CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY 208 AREA
ALLOWS A STATION TO BE SELECTED MORE THAN
ONCE IN A RETRIEVAL
STATION RESTRICTION KEYWORDS
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC AGENCY
EXCLUDE STATIONS FOR A SPECIFIC AGENCY
EXCLUDES SPECIFIC STATIONS
SPECIFIES TYPE OF RANGE FOR STATION EXCLUSION
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC STATE
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC COUNTY
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC USGS HUC CODE
RESTRICT STATIONS TO THOSE WITH A SPECIFIC
STATION TYPE OR PRESENCE OF CONSTITUENTS
HAND BOOK
PAGE NO.
4-13
4-20
4-22
4-29
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-32
4-39
4-24
4-34
4-36
4-26
4-38
4-76
4-76
4-76
4-76
4-72
4-74
4-78
32
33
33
34
37
37
37
38
39
53
54
54
55
55
58
58
58
58
59
59
59.
60
-------
s.; LECTORS
A=,S=,SRANGE=
RELATING STATION SELECTORS AND RESTRICTORS
(DESCRIPTIONS)
AGENCY/STATION
PAGE NO. 64
88/11/06
RESTRICTORS
ONLYA=
NOTA=
NOTS=,NOTSRANGE=
STC= < STATE > ONLYSTC
STCO= < STATE/COUNTY > ONLYSTCO=
HUC= <- U.S.G.S. HYDROLOGIC DRAINAGE AREAS-> ONLYHUC=
ATTR= <- STATION TYPES/PARAMETER COVERAGE -> ONLYATTR=
POLY=LLRET,L= < LATITUDE/LONGITUDE POLYGON
RADIUS=N,L= < CIRCLE SEARCH
REACH < HYDROLOGIC SELECTION BY REACH
BS- < EPA BASINS
ECC:;ZG < ECOREGIONS
AQ ^ AQUIFERS
AREA= < SEC Z08 AREAS, REACHES
I
„ _ „ „ I ™ .._ — —_ — — _ — — ™__ — ___•.«, _________ _________________ _________________
I
I
I
I 'FILL UP' *
> tt g
THE BUCKET * * 83 STATIONS SELECTED
* 8
9. ........ .9. .
9 ........... .9. ..
. . BUCKET OF . . .8. . .
* . SELECTED STATIONS . . .«. .
9 9
9 9
9 9
9 . . 9 . .
9 \ /
\ / 'FILTER'
I I <-
I I SELECTED STATIONS
3 STATIONS EXAMINED
'HITS' FILE
(STATIONS TO BE RETRIEVED)
-------
EXAMPLES
'JSE THE PROGRAM SELECTION KEYWORDS AND STATION RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS TO
"SRFORM HIE FOLLOWING RETRIEVALS:
1. RETR....VS AN INVENTORY OF THE SAMPLING SITES THAT ARE SAMPLING
AMBIE;:T WATER IN A LAKE FOR THE FOLLOWING COUNTIES IN THE
STAVE OF MICHIGAN WHOSE STATE CODE IS (26):
KALAMAZOO (077)
MUSKEGON (121).
£. PERFORM AM "INDEX" RETRIEVAL FOR THE STATIONS IN THE U.S.G.S.
CA7ALOSING UNIT 05030202. EXCLUDE ALL LAKE STATIONS AND ALL
THil '.TiATIONS BELONGING TO THE AGENCY 112WRD.
;:. pai.NT AN INVENTORY OF THE DATA FOR EACH OF THE STATIONS IN THE
POLYGON SHOWN BELOW THAT BELONG TO THE MONITORING NETWORK
ESTABLISHED BY REGION 9 OF THE FOREST SERVICE WHOSE AGENCY
COCE IS 14AGNFS9.
PAGE NO. 65
88/11/06
38 29 10.3
82 58
M ------
38 *
63 41 01 \
38 29 10.3
79
----- *
\
\
\
\
*
/
38
77 52 18.4
37 15 12
82 58
----- *
37 15 12
79
-------
A: T,' • ' ",~ RETRIEVAL FORMAT AND THE STATIONS FOR THE RETRIEVAL HAVE BEEN
5, ..;.:. ), THE CONSTITUENTS THAT ARE TO BE USED BY THE RETRIEVAL MUST BE
a^rlNt/.;. THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF DATA SPECIFICATION KEYWORDS. THE FIRST
TYPE; ^f:rfRs TO AN INDIVIDUAL PARAMETER OR GROUPS OF PARAMETERS (PARAMETER
LEVEL), AND THE SECTTJ TYPE PERTAINS TO ALL OF THE PARAMETERS (SAMPLE
LEVfL). IIITII THE EXCEPTION OF THE "R" KEYWORD, PARAMETER LEVEL KEYWORDS
FOLLI:M THE KEYWORD TO WHICH THEY APPLY AND ONLY APPLY TO THAT PARAMETER.
ALSO, THE CORE INSTRUCTIONS USED, THE LESS DATA RETRIEVED. THE FOLLOWING
IS A I.T3T OF THE DATA SPECIFICATION KEYWORDS DIVIDED INTO PARAMETER LEVEL
AND S' .:>LE LEVEL KEYWORDS:
PARAMETER LEVEL SELECTORS AND MANIPULATORS
SELECTS PARAMETERS FOR RETRIEVALS
,LV,HV SETS LIMITS FOR ACCEPTABLE PARAMETER VALUES
,.!.T SPECIFIES ALTERNATE EQUIVALENT PARAMETER
,,-,:;:-:i, PARKS CHANGES FIRST TWO LINES OF PARAMETER HEADER
PAR'J CHANGES UNITS IN PARAMETER HEADING
PC',.'" ALLOWS THE ADDING OR COMBINING OF VALUES
FROM TWO OR MORE PARAMETERS
'.23 ADDS A CONSTANT TO THE DATA VALUE
•I'JLTSY SUPPLIES MULTIPLICATION FACTOR
SPECIFIES PRINT FORMAT FOR DATA VALUES
RESTRICTS RETRIEVED DATA BY REMARK CODES
SAMPLE LEVEL DATA SELECTORS AND RESTRICTORS
SPECIFIES TYPE OF SAMPLES TO BE RETRIEVED
USED TO SPECIFY TYPE OF COMPOSITE VALUE TO
BE RETRIEVED
PRESENCE OF PARAMETER REQUIRED FOR THE
SAMPLE TO BE RETRIEVED
PARAMETER MUST BE PRESENT AND BE IN A SPECIFIC
RANGE FOR THE SAMPLE TO BE RETRIEVED
SPECIFIES DATE RANGES FOR SAMPLES TO BE RETRIEVED
RETRIEVES SAMPLES BY TIME OF YEAR
RETRIEVES SAMPLES FOR SPECIFIC TIME PERIODS
SPECIFIES SAMPLE DEPTHS ACCEPTABLE FOR RETRIEVAL
SPECIFIES DEPTH UNITS
RESTRICTS SAMPLES BY TYPE OF WATER MEDIUM
RESTRICTS SELECTED SAMPLES BY THE SAMPLE'S MEDIUM
RESTRICTS SELECTED SAMPLES BY THE SAMPLE'S SMK CODE
RESTRICTS SELECTED SAMPLES BY THE SAMPLE'S UMK CODE
CONTROLS RETRIEVAL OF INTENSIVE SURVEY SAMPLES
CONTROLS RETRIEVAL OF SAMPLES BY GEOLOGIC
AGE AND AQUIFER CODE
ALLOWS RETRIEVAL OF LOCKED DATA 4-139
PAGE NO. 66
88/11/06
SAMf-'TYPE
COMPSTAT
>;?Eq,AV,l_v,HV
EG, EG
BT,ET
AD,LD,UQ
D
BOT
MED
ASMK»LSMK,HSMK
UMK
IS
Aq'JIFER
UK
4-90
4-102
4-93
4-106
4-106
4-96
4-104
4-104
4-109
4-98
67
67
68
68
68
70
72
72
74
77
4-113
4-115
4-117
4-119
4-121
4-124
4-126
4-128
4-130
4-131
4-133
4-135
4-137
4-141
4-143
80
80
82
82
83
84
84
86
86
86
87
87
87
88
88
89
-------
P THE "P" KEYWORD IS USED TO SELECT THE CONSTITUENTS TO BE USED PAGE NO. 67
WQ-SI:T/*-90 BY THE RETRIEVAL. WHEN USING THE "P" KEYWORD, LEADING ZEROS 88/11/06
NEED NOT BE ENTERED. UP TO 50 PARAMETERS MAY BE ENTERED FOR
RET, STAND, MSP, AND MEAN, AND UP TO 10 FOR PLOT, AND REG,
AND UP TO 6 FOR PUNCH. PARAMETERS MUST BE SPECIFIED FOR ALL
RETRIEVALS THAT RETRIEVE DATA EXCEPT ALLPARM AND INVENT FOR
WHICH THEY ARE OPTIONAL. SINCE THE PROGRAMS STA, INDEX, AND
LOC DO NOT RETRIEVE DATA, THE "P" IS NOT USED WITH THEM.
WITH THE PROGRAM "LOC", IF A PARAMETER IS SPECIFIED, THE
"LOC" PROGRAM WILL PLOT A DIFFERENT SYMBOL FOR A SAMPLING
SITE DEPENDENT UPON THE NUMBER OF VALUES FOR THE PARAMETER
AT THAT SAMPLING SITE. TO GET A LIST OF THE VALID PARAMETER
CODES, THE "XBATCH" COMMAND IS USED WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING
OPERANDS: PARMALFA, PARNUMER, PARGROUP, OR PARNOBS. SEE THE
DOCUMENTATION NAMED "STORET.HELP.SEMINAR.DOC.OVERVIEW.TSO"
FOR AN EXPLANATION OF THE "XBATCH" COMMAND PROCEDURE. THE
CONSTITUENTS WILL PRINT IN COLUMNS TEN TO A PAGE AND IN THE
ORDER THAT THEY WERE SPECIFIED. IF A BLANK COLUMN IS DESIRED
IN THE OUTPUT, SET "P=0," FOR THAT POSITION.
ADDITIONAL HELP: SEE THE "XBATCH" COMMAND TO OBTAIN PARAMETER CODES.
STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE "XPARABB"
EXAMPLE
::•_•;;.: . TABULAR LISTING OF THE RAW DATA FOR PARAMETERS 60,
30ir -.„.;, JOO, 620, 940, 1020, AND 1022 FOR STATIONS SEMINAR01,
-:-:i_l AI:3 LEE1 FOR AGF.NCY CODE 11TRAIN. LEAVE A BLANK COLUMN
\r!£° PARAMETER 500.
FGM=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,S=PHIL1,S=LEE1,
> P=60,P=300,P=100,P=500,P=0,P=620,P=<""
> .1=1020,P=1022,
AV.'.V.KV "AV", "LV" AND "HV" ARE USED TO EXCLUDE DATA VALUES FOR A CON-
WQ-R_"',/';-102 STITUENT FROM THE RETRIEVAL AND THEY APPLY ONLY TO THE PARAMETER
THAT THEY IMMEDIATELY FOLLOW. WHEN USED IN THIS MANNER, THEY
ARE PARAMETER LEVEL INSTRUCTIONS. MORE THAN ONE "AV" MAY BE USED
OR MORE THAN ONE RANGE MAY BE SPECIFED WITH PAIRS OF "LV'S" AND
"HV'S", BUT IF MORE THAN ONE RANGE IS TO BE USED, OR IF "AV" IS
TO BE USED WITH "LV" AND "HV", "LV" AND "HV" MUST BE ENTERED IN
PAIRS. "AV" IS SET EQUAL TO THE VALUE WHICH IS ACCEPTABLE, "LV"
IS SET EQUAL TO THE LOWEST ACCEPTABLE VALUE FOR A RANGE, AND "HV"
IS SET EQUAL TO THE HIGHEST ACCEPTABLE VALUE FOR A RANGE.
EXAMPLE
FOR THE ABOVE RETRIEVAL, PRINT THE VALUES FOR PARAMETER 400 WHEN
THEY ARE LESS THAN 4 OR GREATER THAN 10; PRINT THE VALUES FOR PARA-
METER 300 WHEN THEY ARE GREATER THAN 15; AND FOR PARAMETER 60, PRINT
THE VALUE WHEN IT IS EXACTLY 10 OR BETWEEN 50 AND 100. FOR THE
REMAINING PARAMETERS, ALL OF THE DATA VALUES ARE TO BE USED.
PGM=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,S=PHIL1,S=LEE1,
P=60,AV=10,LV=50,HV=100,
P=300,LV=15.001,
P=400,LV=0,HV=3.999,LV=10.001,HV=9999,
P=500,P=0,P=620,P=940,P=l020,P=1022,
-------
PALT AT SOME SAMPLING SITES, THE SAME CONSTITUENT MAY HAVE BEEN
(Ptt) ANALYZED USING DIFFERENT TECHNIQUES, I.E., FOR ONE PERIOD OF
H3-RET/4-93 TIME ONE METHOD IS USED AND FOR ANOTHER PERIOD OF TIME A
DIFFERENT METHOD IS USED. IN STORET, TWO PARAMETER CODES
WILL BE ASSIGNED TO THE CONSTITUENT. IN ORDER TO RETRIEVE
ALL OCCURRENCES OF THE POLLUTANT, THE "PALT" KEYWORD IS USED
IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE "P" KEYWORD. "PALT" IS SET EQUAL TO
THE ALTERNATE PARAMETER CODE. THE PARAMETERS ARE SPECIFIED IN
THE ORDER OF PREFERENCE WITH THE "P" KEYWORD USED TO SPECIFY
THE MOST PREFERRED FORM OF THE CONSTITUENT. THE COLUMN HEADINGS
FOR THE CONSTITUENT WILL BE THE ONE ASSOCIATED WITH THE PARAMETER
SPECIFIED WITH THE "P" KEYWORD. THE PARAMETER HEADINGS AND THE
UNITS MAY BE CHANGED BY THE USE OF THE "PARH1", "PARH2", AND
"PARU" KEYWORDS. IF THESE ARE USED, THEY MUST COME IMMEDIATELY
AFTER THE "P" KEYWORD. AN ASTERISK "*" IS PLACED NEXT TO THE
PARAMETER CODE IN THE HEADING REFERRING THE USER TO A FOOTNOTE
AT THE BOTTOM OF THE PAGE WHICH INDICATES THAT SOME OF THE
VALUES IN THE COLUMN MAY NOT BE STORED VALUES FOR THE PARA-
METER IN THE HEADING. TO DETERMINE WHEN AN ALTERNATE VALUE
IS BEING USED, ALL OF THE SUBSTITUTE PARAMETERS WILL HAVE TO
BE RETRIEVED AND THE VALUES COMPARED FROM COLUMN TO COLUMN.
pAr::i THESE KEYWORDS ARE USED TO CHANGE THE TEXT IN THE COLUMN
PA!;;": HEADING FOR THE PARAMETER THAT THEY IMMEDIATELY FOLLOW.
PA;,. "PARKl" AND "PARH2" REPLACE THE FIRST AND SECOND LINES OF
WQ-RET/'':~i06 THE TEXT RESPECTIVELY, AND "PARU" REPLACES THE LINE CON-
TAINING THE UNITS FOR THE PARAMETER. UP TO 8 CHARACTERS
CAN BE SPECIFIED, AND THE PARAMETER NUMBER CANNOT BE CHANGED.
EXAMPLE
•ft) DEMONSTRATE THE "PALT" CAPABILITY, RETRIEVE PARAMETERS 400 AND
V:'.' AND PRINT THEM IN COLUMNS 1 AND 2. IN COLUMN 3, MAKE PARAMETER
.JO THE PREFERRED CONSTITUENT, AND IF IT IS NOT PRESENT IN THE
SAMPLE, SUiSSTTTUTE 403 FOR IT. IN COLUMN 4, MAKE 403 THE PREFFERED
•Vr.AMETER, AND IN ITS ABSENCE, SUBSTITUTE 400 FOR IT. IN COLUMN 5
.J,M'J 6, PRINT PARAMETERS 31615 AND 31616. IN COLUMN 7 MAKE 31615
I',',Z PRINCIPAL CONSTITUENT, AND IF IT IS NOT PRESENT IN THE SAMPLE,
SUBSTITUTE 31616 FOR IT. IN POSITION 8, MAKE 31616 PREFERRED PARA-
METER, AND IF IT IS NOT THERE, USE 31615 AS THE ALTERNATE. DO THIS
FOR THE STATION SEMINAR01 AND CHANGE THE COLUMN HEADINGS.
PGM=nET,A=llTRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,P=400,P=403,
> P=400,PARH1= PALT,PARH2=EXAMPLE,PALT=403,
> P=403,PARH1= PALT,PARH2=EXAMPLE,PALT=400,
P=31615,P=31616,
> p=3I615,PARHl= PALT,PARH2=EXAMPLE,PALT=31616,
> P=31616,PARH1= PALT,PARH2=EXAMPLE,PALT=31615,
PAGE NO. 68
68/11/06
-------
*PGM=i:>E:,A=im!,V-N,S=SEMINAR01>P=400,P=403,
-> *P=400,PARH1= PALT,PARH2=EXAMPLE,PALT=403,
-> *P=403,PARH1= PALT,PARH2=EXAMPLE,PALT=400,
*P=31615,P=31616,
-> *P=31615,PARH1= PALT,PARH2=EXAMPLE,PALT=31616,
-> «P=31616,PARH1= PALT,PARH2=EXAMPLE,PALT=31615,
^SAMPTYPE=SRAB,
PAGE NO. 69
88/11/06
*
*
*
)RHT RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
/TY?A/AME;-;T/STRE AM/BIO
PGM=RET
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC 021400
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
TIME
C'l*
JAY
SMK
OR
DEPTH
MEDIUM (FT)
. 3-.Y2V
.:„•/1. /.'."
•.:/:. .'./or
31/00/13
81/29/13
81/10/14
81/11/05
82/01/C2
32/- /IS
82/ '01
C2/« 10
82/3 //i:
82/0.-J, '73
82,-".",V'£3
8C/1./27
1H.-0
1100
1600
0900
osoo
13CO
1000
0900
2000
1500
MATER
I'tiTER
,.ATER
V'ATER
WATER
MATER
WATER
WATER
MATER
HATER
HATER
WATER
BOTTOM
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
HATER
MATER
WATER
VERT
OSEDSE
MATER
HATER
COKE
MATER
DREDGE
4
2
10
2
00400
PH
SU
7.20
7.90
8.30
80
90
70
20
20
8.90
8.60
7.30
8.10
70
90
30
80
30
90
60
8.20
7.90
7.40
00403
LAB
PH
SU
7.7
8.2
8.9
7.0
7.1
8.7
7.5
8.3
7.9
8.2
8.1
7.9
6.2
7.9
7.5
7.6
* 00400
PALT
EXAMPLE
SU
7.20
7.90
8.30
8.90
6.80
6.90
7.70
7.20
7.20
8.90
8.60
7.30
8.10
7.90
8.20
8.10
7.70
6.90
6.30
7.80
7.30
5.90
7.60
7.60
8.20
7.90
7.40
* 00403
PALT
EXAMPLE
SU
7.7
7.9
8.2
8.9
7.0
6.9
7.7
7.1
7.2
8.9
8.7
7.5
8.3
7.9
8.2
8.1
7.9
6.9
6.2
7.9
7.5
5.9
7.6
7.6
8.2
7.9
7.4
31615
FEC COLI
MPNECMED
/100ML
308
274
320
218
417
288
314
217
314
284
325
232
422
393
258
218
332
31616
FEC COLI
MFM-FCBR
/100ML
271
328
319
228
419
510
481
278
275
327
235
199
518
248
239
* 31615
PALT
EXAMPLE
/100ML
308
274
328
320
218
417
228
419
288
314
510
481
217
314
284
275
325
232
199
518
422
393
248
239
258
218
332
* 31616
PALT
EXAMPLE
/100ML
308
271
328
319
218
417
228
419
288
314
510
481
217
314
278
275
327
235
199
518
422
393
248
239
258
218
332
INFORMATION IN THIS COLUMN MAY HAVE BEEN MODIFIED DURING RETRIEVAL DUE TO USER REQUEST.
-------
PSUM FOR EACH PHASE (SUSPENDED, DISSOLVED, TOTAL, ETC.) OF A CON- PAGE NO. 70
WQ-HET/4-96 STITUENT, A SEPARATE PARAMETER CODE IS ASSIGNED. THIS CAN 88/11/06
POSE A PROBLEM WHEN TRYING TO CALCULATE STATISTICS FOR A CON-
STITUENT THAT HAS BEEN STORED USING DIFFERENT PHASES OVER A
PERIOD OF TIME, I.E., "TOTAL" FOR ONE TIME FRAME, SUSPENDED
AND DISSOLVED OVER ANOTHER TIME FRAME. IN ORDER TO HAVE A
COMPLETE SET OF DATA FOR THE CALCULATIONS, IT IS NECESSARY TO
BE ABLE TO ADD THE DISSOLVED AND SUSPENDED VALUES TOGETHER TO
GET A TOTAL VALUE WHEN THERE WAS NO TOTAL VALUE STORED. THE
"PSUM" KEYWORD IS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH "P" AND "PALT" KEY-
WORDS TO EFFECT THIS SUMMING. "P" IS SET EQUAL TO THE PARAMETER
CODE FOR THE TOTAL PHASE, "PALT" IS SET EQUAL TO ONE OF THE
PARTIAL PHASES, AND "PSUM" IS SET EQUAL TO THE OTHER PARTIAL
PHASE PARAMETER CODE. THIS WILL CAUSE THE TWO PARTIAL VALUES
TO BE ADDED TOGETHER AND PLACED IN THE "TOTAL" POSITION IN THE
RETRIEVAL WHEN THERE IS NO VALUE FOR THE TOTAL PHASE IN THE
SAMPLE. THIS WILL GIVE THE SYSTEM A MORE COMPLETE SET OF DATA
TO PASS TO THE ANALYTICAL PROGRAMS. THE COLUMN CONTAINING THE
CALCULATED VALUES WILL HAVE AN ASTERISK IN ITS HEADING REFERRING
TO A FOOTNOTE WHICH STATES THAT SOME OF THE VALUES IN THE COLUMN
MAY HAVE BEEN MODIFIED. THE CALCULATED VALUES WILL BE INDICATED
WITH A "$" NEXT TO THEM.
EXAMPLE
rr .'"^.iCY/STATION 11TRAIN/SEMINAR01 THREE DIFFERENT PHASES WERE STORED FOR
;::us OVER A PERIOD OF TIME (TOTAL 665, DISSOLVED 666, AND SUSPENDED
C.r, . TO DEMONSTRATE THE "PSUM" CAPABILITY, RETRIEVE THE DATA AS FOLLOWS:
~t! . J.7IOIIS 1 THROUGH 3, SHOW THE DATA AS IT IS STORED FOR PARAMETERS 665,
6iC, AN3 667. IN THE FOURTH POSITION, USE THE "PSUM" CAPABILITY TO SUBSTITUTE
Y:I!U OI:;-!IATIOM OF THE TWO PARTIAL PHASES OF PHOSPHORUS WHEN TOTAL PHOSPHORUS
13 NJT IN A SAMPLE.
PGM=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
P=665,P=66G,P=667,
> p=665,PALT=666,PSUM=667,
-------
*PGM=RET,A=HTRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
*P=665,P=666,P=667,
-> *P=665,PALT=666,PSUM=667,
PAGE NO. 71
88/11/06
STORE! RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
,'. YPA/AMBNT/STREAM/BIO
PGM=RET
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
AVE TIME
• ,r.;M OF
TO MAY
..:. , voi
0::, ,/jl
z~: ./or.
•>2. v' Jl
* •> / ' ^ •
i •) / f ' t r '
.":.• «'. . '
£/ '.)C/ ? I
:_/' V. / .1 •
w2/.' . .'"1
32/1. .-'31
02/.V./01
S3/CV01
V3/02/0.'.
/3/C3/01
fSS/O'i/Ol
83/05/01
83/C6/0!
83/07/10
83/C-V01
83/0 VOI
33/1 0/0 i
SMK
OR
DEPTH
MEDIUM (FT)
WATER
WAVE:?
HATER
HATER
!ATER
:ATER
JATEil
JATE:?
.'.-,' ~^
'.'. "•..?
t .• .1
KATES
HATER
'•'ATE'!
WATER
IWTER
HATER
HATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
00665
PHOS-TOT
MG/L P
2.800
3.500
4.200
4.700
4.600
2.100
3.800
4.100
2.200
2.900
3.100
3.700
3.800
3.500
4.100
00666 00667 * 00665
PHOS-DIS PHOS-SUS PHOS-TOT
MG/L P
1.400
1.300
2.100
3.100
2.400
2.300
1.100
MG/L P
1.700
2.100
2.100
1.700
1.100
1.200
3.400
MG/L P
800
500
100$
200
700
400$
600
100
4.200$
3.
4.
4.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
.800
.100
.800$
.200
.900
.500$
.100
.700
.500$
.800
.500
4.500$
4.100
I::"'J.;MATION IN THIS COLUMN MAY HAVE BEEN MODIFIED DURING RETRIEVAL DUE TO USER REQUEST.
-------
Am THE USER CAN AD!) A CONSTANT TO THE RETRIEVED VALUES BY PAGE NO. 72
W9-R"V '.-IC'i THE USE OF THE "ADD" KEYWORD. IT MUST FOLLOW THE PARA- 88/11/06
METER TO HHICH IT APPLIES AND IS APPLIED TO ALL OF THE
VALUES FOR THE PARAMETER. IT CAN BE USED WITH THE "MULTBY"
INSTRUCTION TO PERFORM TRANSFORMATIONS AND CALCULATIONS.
WHEN USED, AN ASTERISK (*) WILL APPEAR IN THE COLUMN
HEADING REFERRING TO A FOOTNOTE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE PAGE
INDICATING THAT SOME OF THE VALUES MAY HAVE BEEN MODIFIED
AT THE USER'S REQUEST.
tttJLTBY THE "MULTBY" INSTRUCTION IS USED TO SUPPLY A MULTIPLICATION
(PAIJF) FACTOR BY WHICH THE VALUES FOR A PARAMETER ARE TO BE MULTI-
WQ-RLITAi-m PLIED. IT FOLLOWS THE PARAMETER TO WHICH IT APPLIES AND THE
COLUMN HEADING WILL CONTAIN AN ASTERISK (*) REFERRING TO THE
FOOTNOTE THAT SOME OF THE DATA MAY HAVE BEEN MODIFIED AT THE
USER'S REQUEST. IT CAN BE USED WITH THE "ADD" KEYWORD TO
PERFORM TRANSFORMATIONS AND CALCULATIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS
MANNER, THE CALCULATIONS ARE PERFORMED SEQUENTIALLY FROM LEFT
TO RIGHT. IF "ADD" AND "MULTBY" ARE USED, THE "PARU", "PARH1",
AND "PARH2" KEYWORDS SHOULD BE USED TO DISPLAY THE NEW UNITS
AND TO CHANGE THE COLUMN HEADINGS.
EXAMPLE
•O.E/CY/STATIGN UTRAIN/SEMINAROI, PRINT OUT THE DATA FOR PARAMETER
(,:!Mr.:;nE TOTAL IN MG/D IN POSITION ONE AND IN POSITION TWO, APPLY
FC..VJWXHS rCRML'LA TO CONVERT THE VALUES TO SALINITY IN PARTS PER
."J/Wr: (V,.M
-------
*PGI1=R I: T, A= 11 TRAIN, S=SEMINAR 01, SAMPTYPE=GR AB,
*P=9 *P=9 *PARHl=COriP!JTSD,PARH2=SALINITY,PARU= P.P.T.,
PAGE NO. 73
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 86/01/27 PGM=RET
,'7YPA/AMBNT/3TP!EAM
INDEX O21'i:31 000600 00070 0110 0050 0120
MILES C^li.J? 0018.31 029.55 004.28 005.40 007.80
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MONTGOMERY
021400
24031 MARYLAND
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 850111
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
0005 FEET DEPTH
DATA LOCKED AFTER 50/01.
DATE
FR'JM
'•'•
7C/.;
70/x,.
70/o:v
-------
HJ^Pr THE "DECPT" KEYWORD CONTROLS THE PRINT FORMAT OF THE DATA PAGE NO. 74
' '! VALUES WHEN THEY PRINT OUT. IT APPLIES ONLY TO THE PARA- 88/11/06
!••: p=9*0,DECPT=0,MULTBY=1.803,ADD=0.03,MULTBY=0.001,
PARH1=COMPUTED,PARH2=SALINITY,PARU= P.P.T.,
> p=940,DECPT=3,MULTBY=1.803,ADD=0.03,MULTBY=0.001,
PARH1=COMPUTED,PARH2=SALINITY,PARU= P.P.T.,
> p=9<*0,DECPT=5,MULTBY=1.803,ADD=0.03,MULTBY=0.001,
PARH1=COMPUTED,PARH2=SALINITY,PARU= P.P.T.,
-------
•:fF'GM=!?ET,A=UTRAIN>S=SEMINAR01,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
-> *P=940,DECPT=0,MULTBY=1.803,ADD=0.03,MULTBY=0.001,
*PARI!1=COMPUTED,PARH2=SALINITY,PARU= P.P.T.,
-> -:sp=940,DECPT=3,MULTBY=1.803,ADD=0.03,MULTBY=0.001,
*PARH1=COMPUTED,PARH2=SALINITY,PARU= P.P.T.,
-> *P=940,DECPT=5,MULTBY=1.803,ADD=0.03,MULTBY=0.001,
*PARH1=COMPUTED,PARH2=SALINITY,PARU= P.P.T.,
*P=940,
*
*
*
*
*
*
»
PAGE NO. 75
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 86/02/07
STREAM
P6M=RET
If!?H?: 02140C1
; .i:i.!;S 0 '„'!£>. 37
000600 00070 OHO 0050 0120
OOIP.31 029.55 004.28 005.40 007.80
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 850111
MONTGOMERY
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
0005 FEET DEPTH
DATA LOCKED AFTER 50/01.
"AYE Tli'lF.
SMK
OR
C? DEPTH
,V; K'.3.TUf1 (FT)
./05 ir..1 ;?,TErj
r'o/o-i/.:.. :;c
70/03/2,
ro/09/2.:-
70/KVU2
70/12/23
71/01/03
71/02/03
71/03/0'-';
71/04/13
71/05/2.-.
71/06/Oli
71/C7/04
71/3', /23
71/UV03
71/1. ,/03
1221
1201
1201
1201
1201
1201
1201
1101
1221
1201
1201
1101
1221
1220
WATER
WATER
^!ATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WAVER
WATER
* 00940 * 00940
COMPUTED COMPUTED
SALINITY SALINITY
P.P.T. P.P.T.
4922E-04
4832E-04
4994E-04
5553E-04
5463E-04
548»E-04
4273E-04
5733E-04
5463E-04
5481E-04
4273E-04
5733E-04
4922E-04
4832E-04
4994E-04
5553E-04
5463E-C4
5481E-04
4273E-04
5733E-04
5463E-04
5481E-04
5481E-04
4273E-04
.49
.48
.49
.55
.54
.54
.42
.57
.54
.54
.42
.57
.49
.48
.49
.55
.54
.54
.42
.57
.54
.54
.54
.42
* 00940 00940
COMPUTED CHLORIDE
SALINITY TOTAL
P.P.T. MG/L
.4922
.4832
.4994
.5553
.5463
.5481
.4273
.5733
.5463
.5481
.4273
.5733
.4922
.4832
.4994
.5553
.5463
.5481
.4273
.5733
.5463
.5481
.5481
.4273
273
268
277
308
303
304
237
318
303
304
237
318
273
268
277
308
303
304
237
318
303
304
304
237
irtFU.: ,.VJN IN THIS COLUMN MAY HAVE BEEN MODIFIED DURING RETRIEVAL DUE TO USER REQUEST.
-------
THE FOLLOWING IS A PAGE FROM THE PARAMETER CODE LISTINS WHICH WAS
GENERATED UTILIZING THE STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE "XBATCH" AND IS IN
OflDER BY PARAMETER CODE. FOR AN EXPLANATION OF THE "XBATCH" COMMAND
AKD AN EXAMPLE OF THE TSO COMMANDS REQUIRED TO GET THE ENTIRE LIST OF
PARAMETER CODES, SEE PAGES 24 THROUGH 27 OF THE SEMINAR DOCUMENTATION
NAMED AGENDA, OVERVIEW, AND INTRODUCTION TO TSO.
PAGE NO. 76
88/11/06
EPA/STOSET SYSTEM 64/03/20 VERSION OF 84/02/17
CODE COMPUTER DECIMAL PARAMETER DESCRIPTION
PRINTOUT POINT ANALYSIS
ABBREVIATION LOCATION MAJOR GROUP
TISSUE
AQC REF.
PARAMETER CHANGES
ENTERED REVISED
REQUESTER ACTION
NUMBER XI970-1971
STORET X1965-196'
OBSERV XBEFORE 6!
0094?
0946
00948
00949
K MUO
DRY WGT
MG/KG-K
POTASILtt
TOT.REC.
MG/L
CULCSIDE
TOTAL
MG/L
JLRE TOT
S'JLFAT :
S04-TOT
MG/L
SULFATE
S04-DISS
MG/L
ASBESTOS
WHL SAMP
CNT/LITR
F MUD
DRY WGT
MS/KG-i-
.'LUORIDE
F.DISS
MG/L
FL'JCRIDSE
F, TOTAL
MG/L
XXXXX.XX POTASSIUM IN BOTTOM DEPOSITS (MG/KG AS K DRY WGT)
(OS)METAL
XXXXXXXX POTASSIUM,TOTAL RECOVERABLE IN WATER AS K
(OS)METAL
XXXXXXXX CHLORIDE,TOTAL IN WATER
(06)GENERAL INORGANIC
XXXXXXXX CHLORIDE, DISSOLVED IN WATER
(06JGENERAL INORGANIC
XXXXX.XX CHLORIDE, SLUDGE, TOTAL, DRY WEIGHT
(Q6JGENERAL INORGANIC
XXXXXXXX SULFATE, TOTAL (MG/L AS S04)
(06)GENERAL INORGANIC
XXXXXX.X SULFATE, DISSOLVED (MG/L AS S04)
(06)GENERAL INORGANIC
XXXXXX.X ASBESTOS,WHL SAMP, COUNT/LITER WITH LENGTH/WIDTHM
«06)GENERAL INORGANIC
XXXXX.XX FLUORIDE IN BOTTOM DEPOSITStMG/KG AS DRY WGT)
(06)GENERAL INORGANIC
XXXXX.XX FLUORIDE, DISSOLVED (MG/L AS F)
(06)GENERAL INORGANIC
XXXXX.XX FLUORIDE, TOTAL (MG/L AS F)
(06)GENERAL INORGANIC
213
100
; K
MG/L
*AQC
MG/L
*AQC
IGTH/WI
!Y WGT)
*AQC
*AQC
72/10
F-TVA
MG/L
81/04
F-GS
65/07
E-STORET
84/10
S-IL
MG/KG
87/03
S-WI
65/07
E-STORET
73/11
E-R05
DTH>1
74/04
E-R01
77/06
E-R04
65/07
E-STORET
65/07
E-STORET
2012027 24
25
50
974366 29
29
41
71603 37
35
27
7 100
8 75
25
435519 28
31
40
85148 43
29
26
-------
K "R" IP USED TO INFORM THE SYSTEM HOW REMARKED VALUES ARE TO BE PAGE NO. 77
WC?-F^VA}-':s HANDLED BY THE RETRIEVAL. "R=*," WILL RETRIEVE ONLY THOSE VALUES 88/11/06
THAT DO HOT HAVE A REMARK CODE. "R=ALL," WILL RETRIEVE ONLY THOSE
VALUES THAT HAVE A REMARK CODE. "R" MAY ALSO BE SET EQUAL TO ONE
OR MORE OF THE VALID REMARK CODES, AND ONLY THOSE VALUES WITH ONE
OF THE INDICATED REMARK CODES WILL BE RETRIEVED. THE REMARK
RESTRICTION APPLIES TO ALL OF THE PARAMETERS THAT FOLLOW THE "R"
SPECIFICATION OR UNTIL ANOTHER "R" KEYWORD IS ENCOUNTERED. "R=OFF,"
WILL TURN OFF THE REMARK RESTRICTION FOR THE PARAMETERS THAT FOLLOW
IT AND IT WILL CAUSE ALL VALUES TO BE RETRIEVED WHETHER REMARKED OR
NOT. IF THE "R" KEYWORD IS NOT USED, THEN BOTH REMARKED AND UNRE-
MARKED VALUES WILL BE RETRIEVED. IF DATA ARE GOING TO BE USED BY
ONE OF THE ANALYTICAL PROGRAMS, CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN AS
TO HOW TO HANDLE REMARKED DATA. SEE PAGE 78 FOR A CURRENT LIST OF
THE REMARK CODES. ALSO, SEE THE INSTRUCTION "SETRXX" FOR ANOTHER
METHOD OF HANDLING REMARKED DATA.
EXAMPLE
FOR THE AGENCY/STATION 11TRAIN/PHIL1, GENERATE A TABULAR LISTING
OF THE RAM DATA AS FOLLOWS: IN POSITION 1 PRINT THE VALUES FOR
PARAMETER 1020 THAT HAVE A REMARK CODE OF K; IN POSITION 2 PRINT
THE vA!.'.::~:s FOR PARAMETER 1020 THAT HAVE A REMARK CODE OF L; IN
POSITIC,, '.. PRINT THE VALUES FOR PARAMETER 1020 THAT HAVE NO REMARK
CODES; I.-.; POSITION 4 PRINT THE VALUES FOR PARAMETER 1020 THAT HAVE
ONLY KZKi&K. CODES; IN POSITION 5 PRINT ALL OF THE DATA FOR PARAMETER
1020 WHETHER REMARKED 03 NOT; AND IN POSITION 6 PRINT THE VALUES
FOR PARAMETER 1020 THAT HAVE REMARK CODES K OR L.
PGM=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR02,S=PHIL1,
SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A,
> R=K,P=1020,R=L,P=1C20,
> R=*,p=1020,R=ALL,P=1020,R=OFF,P=1020,R=KL,P=1020,
-------
REMARK CODES PAGE NO. 78
88/11/06
'i VALUE REPORTED IS THE MEAN OF TWO OR MORE DETERMINATIONS.
RESULTS BASED UPON COLONY COUNTS OUTSIDE THE ACCEPTABLE RANGE.
C VALUE CALCULATED.
D INDICATES FIELD MEASUREMENT.
E INDICATES EXTRA SAMPLES TAKEN AT COMPOSITE STATIONS.
F IN THE CASE OF SPECIES, F INDICATES FEMALE SEX.
G VALUE REPOP.TED IS THE MAXIMUM OF TWO OR MORE DETERMINATIONS.
H VALUE BASED ON FIELD KIT DETERMINATION; RESULTS MAY NOT BE ACCURATE.
J ESTIMATED VALUE; VALUE NOT ACCURATE.
K ACTUAL VALUi- IS KNOWN TO BE LESS THAN VALUE GIVEN.
U ACTUAL VALUE IS KNOWN TO BE GREATER THAN VALUE GIVEN.
: PRSSSNCe OF MATERIAL VERIFIED BUT NOT QUANTIFIED. IN THE CASE
fir TEMPE". .TUBS OR OXYGEN REDUCTION POTENTIAL, M INDICATES A
NEGATIVE '.'ALUE. IN THE CASE OF SPECIES, M INDICATES MALE SEX.
-------
REMARK CODES CONT'D PAGE NO. 78.1
91/06/27
M ~"ESUMPTIVE EVIDENCE OF PRESENCE OF MATERIAL.
C SAMPLED, BUT ANALYSIS LOST OR NOT PERFORMED.
P TOO NUMEROUS TO COUNT.
q SAMPLE HELD BEYOND NORMAL HOLDING TIME.
R SIGNIFICANT RAIN IN THE PAST 48 HOURS.
S ' ORATORY TEST.
VALUE REPORTED IS LESS THAN CRITERIA OF DETECTION.
INDICATES MATERIAL WAS ANALYZED FOR BUT NOT DETECTED. IN THE
CASE OF SPECIES, U INDICATES UNDETERMINED SEX.
V IMOICATES THE ANALYTE WAS DETECTED IN BOTH THE SAMPLE AND
ASSOCIATED METHOD BLANK.
W VAt.'j:. 03SERVED IS LESS THAN LOWEST VALUE REPORTABLE UNDER "T"
coot.
X V/.:.JE IS QUASI VERTICALLY-INTERGRATED SAMPLE.
Y LAHO^ATORY ANALYSIS FROM UNFRESERVED SAMPLE. DATA
'V.Y !!CT BE ACCURATE.
Z TOO rWXY COLONIES HERE PRESENT TO COUNT (TNTC), THE
•;u:;c"J - VALUE REPRESENTS THE FILTRATION VOLUME.
MQ-RET
4-67
-------
*PGH=:RET,A=11TRAIN,S=PHIL1,SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A, *
-> aR=K,P=1020,R=L,P=1020,R=*>P=1020, *
-> *R=ALL,P=1020,R=OFF,P=1020,R=KL,P=1020, *
***********************************************************
PAGE NO. 79
88/11/06
5TORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/06
/TYPA/AMBNT/STREAM
PGM=RET
PAGE:
PHIL1
39 24 18.0 077 33 10.0 3
PHIL'S HOUSE USED FOR TESTING
24021 MARYLAND FREDERICK
NORTH ATLANTIC 021400
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606 02070008
0000 FEET DEPTH
CA\ "
™, .1
TIME
OF
DAY
MEDIUM
SMK
0!?
DEPTH
(FT)
01020
BORON
B,DISS
UG/L
01020
BORON
B.DISS
UG/L
01020
BORON
B,DISS
UG/L
01020
BORON
B,DISS
UG/L
01020
BORON
B.DISS
UG/L
01020
BORON
B.DISS
UG/L
-"> / ^ f f •*. -
82
82
•••
V-.
Vv./ .' ..
' I. . -
"... '..
. •;, ji /;
7 •;/?:•.•.'.
79/3 .'.'
79/1 1.VZ
.79/1. './?.,
^9/1::."
'80/0 ;./ .
80/OC/c.
80/03/KJ
80/04/15
80/05/13
80/06/13
80/07/2!
80/03/10
CQ/OVY27
8C ,0/lS
-'--
12CO
rji'.c'0
CSC"
' ..0
:7ci
'.LOO
!7CO
.'.500
0930
1400
'.300
15?9
1400
1200
1600
MiTEi?
conn
DRED'J.i
PORE
CO^E
BOTTOM
VERT
BOTTOM
PORE
CORE
PORE
POSE
WATER
WATER
WATER
HATER
WATER
HATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2
15
0
i>
s
4
2
294K
514K
299L
228L
274K
299L
167L
80
276
401
328
331
337
384
303
334
108
298U
294K
299L
405U
514K
228L
372U
274K
299L
217U
167L
80
298U
276
294K
299L
405U
401
514K
228L
372U
328
331
337
384
274K
299L
303
334
217U
167L
108
294K
299L
514K
228L
274K
299L
167L
-------
ALL OF THE :TrVIOUS DATA SPECIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS PERTAINED TO EITHER
0!": PARAI1E7 . OR A GROUP OF PARAMETERS (PARAMETER LEVEL KEYWORDS). THE
R^'iAININS DaTA SPECIFICATION KEYWORDS, WHICH FOLLOW, APPLY TO ALL OF
Trie PARAMETERS IN THE RETRIEVAL (SAMPLE LEVEL KEYWORDS).
SAMPTYPE STORET ALLOWS FOR THE ENTERING OF DATA FROM COMPOSITE SAMPLES AS WELL
(US30C) AS GRAB SAMPLES. WHEN STORING A COMPOSITE SAMPLE, STATISTICS FROM THE
XQ-RET/4-113 SAMPLE ARE STORED AND THIS MAY POSE A PROBLEM IF THE DATA RETRIEVED
ARE BEING PASSED TO AN ANALYTICAL PROGRAM SINCE ONE OF THE STATISTICS
THAT CAN BE STORED IS THE SUM OF SQUARES. THEREFORE, IT IS HIGHLY RE-
COMMENDED THAT THE "SAMPTYPE" KEYWORD BE USED TO CONTROL THE TYPES OF
SAMPLES TO BE USED BY THE RETRIEVAL. "SAMPTYPE=GRAB," WILL RETRIEVE
ONLY GRAB SAMPLES, "SAMPTYPE=COMP," WILL RETRIEVE ONLY COMPOSITE
SAMPLES, AND "SAMPTYPE=ALL,", WHICH IS THE DEFAULT, WILL RETRIEVE BOTH
GRAI3 AND COMPOSITE SAMPLES. WHEN USING THE LAST TWO, THE "COMPSTAT"
KEYWORD SHOULD BE USED IF THE DATA ARE TO BE PASSED TO AN ANALYTICAL
PROGRAM TO CONTROL THE VALUE TYPES FROM A COMPOSITE THAT ARE TO BE
RETRIEVED.
cf.:::?3TAT WHEN DATA FROM A COMPOSITE SAMPLE ARE STORED, VARIOUS STATISTICAL
iAMC) VALUES MAY BE STORED FROM THE SAMPLE. "COMPSTAT" IS USED TO SPECIFY
:v-,-^T/4-115 MUCH OF THE STATISTICS ARE TO BE INCLUDED IN THE RETRIEVAL. IF
"COI1PSTAT" IS NOT USED, ALL OF THE STATISTICAL TYPES ARE RETRIEVED
WHICH COULD CAUSE A PROBLEM IF THE DATA IS BEING USED IN AN ANALYTICAL
PROGRAM. THEREFORE, IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED THAT THE "COMPSTAT" KEY-
WORD BE USED WHEN COMPOSITE SAMPLES MAY BE PRESENT IN THE RETRIEVED
DaTA. WHEN USED, IT IS SET EQUAL TO ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING:
COMPSTAT^A, MEAN VALUES
COMPSTAT=H, MAXIMUM VALUES
COMFSTAT=L, MINIMUM VALUES
COMI'STAT=N, THE NUMBER OF SAMPLES
COMPRISING THE COMPOSITE
COMPSTAT=S, STANDARD DEVIATION VALUE
COnPSTAT=U, SUM OF SQUARES
COMPSTAT=V, VARIANCE
COHPSTAT=C, COEFFICIENT OF ERROR
COMPSTAT=X, COEFFICIENT OF VARIANCE
COMPSTAT=E, SKEWNESS
COMPSTAT=F, KURTOSIS
COMPSTAT=Z, NUMBER OF SAMPLES IN COMPOSITE
EXCEEDS ESTABLISHED LIMIT
COMPSTAT=X, PRECISION
COMPSTAT=$, ACCURACY
COMPSTAT=D, REPLICATE SAMPLES
COMPSTAT=B, NONE OF THE ABOVE
THE DATA HAD TO HAVE BEEN STORED USING THE
QUALIFIED COMPOSITE STORAGE PROCEDURES.
EXAMPLE
FOR CTA.TON SEMINAROZ, RETRIEVE BOTH GRAB AND COMPOSITE SAMPLES. FOR
COMPCI". ,'E SAMPLES, PRINT ONLY THE MEAN, MAXIMUM, MINIMUM, AND SUM OF
SQUARES VALUE TYPES. THE PARAMETERS TO BE PRINTED ARE: 605, 608, 1010,
1025, A!!Q 1027.
PGM=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR02,
----- > 5AMI'TYPE=ALL,
----- > COMPSTAT=AHLU,
P=605,P=603,P=1010,P=1025,P=1027,
PAGE NO. 80
88/11/06
-------
»PGM::RETiA=llT.'; , ' =3EMINAR02, *
-> *SAMPTYPE=ALL, *
-> *COMPSTAT-AKLU, *
*P=605,P=60e,?:=1010,P=1025,P=1027, *
PAGE NO. 81
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/06
,'TYPA/AM3NT/STREAM
PGM=RET
PAGE:
SEMINAR02 TEST002A JOYCE07
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.428 OFF
SATE TIME
FHOM OF
TO DAY
•;•;.. i,:.'n. '.BOO
'v ' "' . -™
"\ ';-^I'AV°
il.'.X
MIN
~S
V3' 1500
- v/E
;•„.;'.
HIM
33
•3/02/01 1300
33/OH/in ZSOO
83/0"/14 1500
SMK 00605
OR ORG N
DEPTH N
MEDIUM (FT) MS/L
HATER
WATER
WATER
MATER
WATER
WATER
8
2
7
14
2
1743
6
11
3
6064
14
3
.500
.100
.500
.300
.300
.000
.800
.300
.700
.000
.700
.300
00608
NH3+NH4-
N DISS
MG/L
11
4
12
23
4
4844
11
18
4
2223
19
2
.400
.800
.400
.900
.300
.000
.700
.300
.200
.000
.900
.400
01010
BERYLIUM
BE, DISS
UG/L
830.
95.
800.
1750.
75.
00
00
00
00
00
3100E+05
923.
1453.
321.
00
00
00
1400E+05
750.
318.
00
00
01025
CADMIUM
CD, DISS
UG/L
316
13
312
482
15
1940000
195
387
78
860000
302
194
01027
CADMIUM
CD, TOT
UG/L
272
32
285
395
38
1830000
208
245
178
730000
415
183
-------
?.'.E1 T!!E "PREQ" KEYWORD IS A SAMPLE RESTRICTOR AND IS USED TO SPECIFY PAGE NO. 82
(;v.::oMi.Y) I:;AT A PARTICULAR PARAMETER MUST BE PRESENT IN THE SAMPLE BEFORE 88/11/06
(OUTSIDE) THAT SAMPLE IS RETRIEVED. "PREQ" MAY BE USED MORE THAN ONCE, AND
!!!?-RET/4~117 V\"-M USED MORE THAN ONCE, ALL OF THE SPECIFIED PARAMETERS MUST BE
I!J THE SAMPLE OR THE ENTIRE SAMPLE IS REJECTED. IF "PREQ" IS USED
WITH THE "PALT" KEYWORD, THE SAMPLE WILL BE USED IF EITHER OF THE
PARAMETERS ARE IN THE SAMPLE. THE USE OF "PREQ" WILL ENSURE THE
PRESENCE OF KEY PARAMETERS FOR THE ANALYSIS. IT MUST BE UNDER-
STOOD THAT THE "PREq" INSTRUCTION IS USED TO SELECT SAMPLES FOR
THE RETRIEVAL. TO GET THE VALUES TO PRINT, THE AFOREMENTIONED "P"
KEYWORD IS USED. IF ONLY CERTAIN VALUES FOR THE CONSTITUENT ARE
TO BE USED BY THE RETRIEVAL, THEN "P" IS USED WITH "AV", "LV", AND
"HV". WHEN THIS IS DONE, THE SAME "AV", "LV", AND "HV" RESTRICTIONS
SHOULD BE SPECFIED WITH THE "PREQ" KEYWORD TO ENSURE THAT THERE IS
DATA FOR THE KEY PARAMETER IN THE PRINTED SAMPLE. IF THIS IS NOT
DONE, SOME OF THE SAMPLES MAY NOT HAVE THE VALUES FOR THE CRITCAL
PARAMETER SINCE THE SAMPLE CHECKING IS PERFORMED BEFORE THE VALUES
FOR THE PARAMETERS ARE CHECKED.
EXAMPLE
rC?i THE TTATIONS PHIL1 AND LEE1, PRINT THE SAMPLE ONLY IF THERE
•.:;: n/.TA rr?ESENT FOR PARAMETERS 1020, 300, AND EITHER 400 OR 403.
FG.-i-RET»A=llTRAIN,S=PHILl,S=LEEl,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
pREQ=1020,PREq=300,PREQ=400,PALT=403,
P=6Q,P=940,P=3CO,P=1020,P=400,PALT=403,
'-.'. LV.HV WHEN "AV", "LV" AND "HV" ARE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE "PREQ"
f.y.PHV) INSTRUCTION, THEY SPECIFY THAT NOT ONLY MUST THE CONSTITUENT
v:q--,1JV.">-119 BE PRESENT IN THE SAMPLE FOR THE SAMPLE TO BE RETRIEVED, BUT
THE VALUE FOR THE CRITICAL PARAMETER MUST HAVE A PARTICULAR
VAL'JE(S) OR BE IN A SPECIFIC RANGE OR RANGES. "LV" SPECIFIES
THE LOWEST ACCEPTABLE VALUE, "HV" SPECIFIES THE HIGHEST ACCEPT-
ABLE VALUE, AND "AV" IS SET EQUAL TO AN ACCEPTABLE VALUE.
THESE INSTRUCTION MUST COME IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE "PREQ" KEY-
WORD TO WHICH THEY ARE TO APPLY, AND SINCE THEY ARE SAMPLE
LEVEL INSTRUCTIONS WHEN ASSOCIATED WITH THE "PREQ" KEYWORD,
THE ENTIRE SAMPLE IS REJECTED IF THE KEY CONSTITUENT'S VALUE
IS NOT WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE OR RANGES. IF MORE THAN ONE
RANGE IS TO BE USED, OR IF COMBINATIONS OF "AV'S", "LV'S" AND
"HV'S" ARE TO BE USED, "LV" AND "HV" MUST BE SPECIFIED IN
PAIRS AND THE RANGES SHOULD NOT OVERLAP.
EXAMPLE
FCr? THE SAME STATIONS SHOWN ABOVE, RETRIEVE PARAMETERS 300, 400, 60,
,••:!>. .'.C20, 620, AND 10 WHEN THE VALUE FOR PARAMETER 940 IS BETWEEN
:^Q A; 13 290, THE VALUE FOR PARAMETER 620 IS EQUAL TO 4, AND THE VALUE
•1553 PARAMETER 400 IS BETWEEN 4 AND 7 OR 9 AND 14.
PGM=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=PHIL1,S=LEE1,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
----- > pREq=940,LV=240,HV=290,PREQ=620,AV=4,
..... > PnEQ=400,LV=4,Hy=7,LV=9,HV=14,
?=300,P=400,P=60,P=940,P=1020,P=620,P=10,
-------
£3,^ "~0" ,»:!D "ED">ARE USED TO SPECIFY THE DATE RANGE(S) FOR PAGE NO. 83
MGt-R.'T." r: TrlE DATA THAT ARE TO BE RETRIEVED. IF THESE ARE NOT 88/11/06
USED, THE ENTIRE PERIOD OF RECORD IS RETRIEVED. "BD"
IS USED TO SPECIFY THE BEGINNING DATE (EARLIEST DATE)
AND "EC" IS USED TO SPECIFY THE ENDING DATE (LATEST
DATE), AND THE DATES ARE SPECIFIED IN YEAR, MONTH, DAY
ORDER (YYMMDD). IF MORE THAN ONE RANGE IS TO BE USED,
"BD" AND "ED" MUST BE ENTERED IN PAIRS, AND THE DATE
RANGES CANNOT OVERLAP.
EXAMPLE
FOR STATIONS PHIL1 AND SEMINAR01, PRODUCE A TABULAR LISTING FOR THE DATA
SAMPLED FROM JANUARY 1, 1970, THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1971, AND FROM JANUARY
1, 1930, THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1981, FOR PARAMETERS 10, 60, 400, 500, 625,
AND 1020.
PGM=RET,A=.UTRAIN,S=PHIL1,S=SEMINAR01,
SAMPTYPE=GRAB,P=10,P=60,P=400,P=500,P=625,P=1020,
••-• BD=700101,ED=711231,BD=S00101,ED=811231,
-------
EG,EG "3S" AND "EG" ALLOW THE SELECTING OF DATA FOR SPECIFIC PAGE NO.
WC!-RET/.'+-124 DATE PERIODS WITHIN A YEAR. THEY WILL CAUSE THE EXCLUSION 88/11/06
OF THE OTHER DATA. "B6" IS SET EQUAL TO THE BEGINNING
MONTH AND DAY, AND "EG" IS SET EQUAL TO THE ENDING MONTH
AND DAY. THESE KEYWORDS MUST BE ENTERED IN PAIRS AND
"BG" MUST BE SET EQUAL TO A SMALLER NUMBER THAN THE "EG"
KEYWORD. THEREFORE, TO RETRIEVE ONLY DATA THAT WERE
SAMPLED IN THE WINTER, "BG" AND "EG" MUST BE USED TWICE.
EXAMPLE
FOR STATIONS PHIL!. AND SEMINAR01, PRODUCE A TABULAR LISTING FOR THE
DATA THAT !!A3 SAMPLED FROM NOVEMBER 5, 1976 THROUGH MARCH 18, 1980.
THE ONLY IJATA TO BE PRINTED IS THAT WHICH WAS SAMPLED DURING THE
WINTER WHia: 23 DEFINED AS NOVEMBER 5TH THROUGH MARCH 18TH.
PGM=RET,A=.VlTRAIN,S=PHILl,S=SEt1INAR01,
3A:;FTYPE=GHAB,P=10,P=60,P=400,F=500,P=625,P=1020,
LVJ--761!05,ED=800318,
--> SG=11C5,EG=1231,BG=:0101,EG=0318,
ST.ET THESE ARE USED TO RESTRICT THE RETRIEVING OF THE DATA TO
V.. :-: .:/ff-126 THOSE THAT WERE SAMPLED DURING A SPECIFIC RANGE OF TIME
DURING THE DAY. IT WILL EXCLUDE SAMPLES TAKEN DURING OTHER
HOUKS OF THE DAY. "BT" IS SET EQUAL TO THE BEGINNING TIME
AND "ET" IS SET EQUAL TO THE ENDING TIME. THE 2* HOUR CLOCK
IS USED, AND ALL <\ DIGITS MUST BE USED. IF MORE THAN ONE
TIME PERIOD IS TO BE SPECIFIED, THEY MUST BE ENTERED IN
PAIRS AND THE RANGES SHOULD NOT OVERLAP.
EXAMPLE
EN Titt. ,',30VE EXAMPLE, PRINT DATA THAT WAS SAMPLED BETWEEN THE HOURS
J!: i:;,3,V! ,iND 10:OOAM, OR BETWEEN 3:OOPM AND 6:30PM.
PSri-~:-T,.A=llTRAIN,S=PHILl,S=SEMINAR01,
SAM1. .-^=GRAB,P=10,P=60,P='*00,P=500,P=625,P=1020,
BQ=76MC5, £0=800318,
Bl?=-l 155,£6=1231 ,BS=0101,£6=0318,
tr=0&30,ET=1000,B7=1500,ET=1830,
-------
«PSM=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=PHIL1,S=SEMINAR01, *
*SAMPTYPE=SRAB,P=10,P=60,P=400,F=500,P=625,P=1020, *
-> *BD=761105,ED=S00318, *
-> *3G=1105,EG=1231,BG=0101,EG=0318, *
-> *BT=0630,ET=1000,BT=1500,ET=1830, *
**********************************************************
PAGE NO. 85
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/17
/TYP/./A: :3NT/STREAN/BIO
PGM=RET
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
DA"!'!:
;:r;cM
TO
75/12/0'
'?"/o:./2.
'"7/OC/R':
../.,,._,.,..
'.'.oi/n.
".•T71/32
:,•!;.'
'-','.
'. . /K
7G.-»./or.
7S/". ,'OV
•3/o:;/oo
.V02/23
./I I/OS
TT.ME
OF
3AY
iffo!;
• ' .0
'.7, ">
i^
r.Owj
1500
07? 3
i';:o
::.':o
'../,. 3
soc
15...
09'JC
0930
MEDIUM
WATER
WATER
WATER
50TTCM
!ATER
IATER
.'AVER
1A7ER
BOTTOM
BOTTOM
HATER
HATER
CORE
CORE
SMK
OR
DEPTH
(FT)
12
7
12
10
10
3
3
5
10
10
10
10
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
6.
4.
3.
14.
15.
14.
5.
9.
4.
15.
15.
14.
4.
5.
00060
STREAM
FLOW
5
9
5
6
8
3
7
3
7
6
8
3
9
6
CFS
214
214
278
804
218
424
00400 00500 00625 01020
PH RESIDUE TOT KJEL BORON
TOTAL N B.DISS
SU
9.10
6.90
7.80
7.80
6.50
7.30
6.20
7.20
8.70
7.80
6.50
7.30
6.90
6.10
MG/L
238
732
639
672
432
377
732
552
MG/L
1
2
1
3
1
1
2
3
.500
.300
.400
.100
.500
.400
.300
.100
UG/L
329U
299L
405U
514K
255K
274K
299L
372U
-------
AB.LD.UD "AD", "LD", AND "UD" ARE USED TO RESTRICT THE RETRIEVED PAGE NO. 86
nt;-r':iT/4-i2s SAMPLES TO THOSE THAT WERE TAKEN BETWEEN CERTAIN DEPTHS es/n/06
OR AT A SPECIFIC DEPTH. "AD" IS SET EQUAL TO A DEPTH
AMD ONLY THOSE SAMPLES TAKEN AT THAT DEPTH ARE RETRIEVED.
"LD" AND "UD" ARE USED TO SPECIFY A RANGE OF DEPTHS WITH
"LD" SET EQUAL TO THE LOWER DEPTH (DEEPEST) AND "UD" IS
SET ERUAL TO THE UPPER DEPTH (SHALLOWEST). MORE THAN
ONE DEPTH OR RANGE OF DEPTHS MAY BE SPECIFIED. HOWEVER,
CARE MUST BE EXERCISED SO THAT THERE IS NO OVERLAP. WHEN
THESE KEYWORDS ARE USED, THE SAMPLES WITH A BLANK DEPTH
ARE EXCLUDED. TO GET THOSE SAMPLES WHICH DO NOT HAVE A
DEPTH ASSOCIATED WITH THEM ALONG WITH THOSE AT SPECIFIC
DEPTHS, "AD" IS SET EQUAL TO THE WORD "BLANK" ALONG WITH
THE OTHER VALUES FOR THE KEYWORDS "AD", "UD", AND "LD".
EXAMPLE
FT< STATIONS SE11INAR01 AND PHIL1 PRINT A TABULAR LISTING FOR PARAMETERS
10 SCO, 400, 625, AND 1020 THAT WERE SAMPLED BETWEEN 2 AND 4 FEET OR
-T:: SEN a AND 10 FEET OR AT 12 OR is FEET OR THAT HAVE A BLANK DEPTH.
PGM=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,S=PHIL1,
SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A,
P=10,P=500,P=400,P=625,P=1020,
> AD=BLANK,UD=2,LD=4,UD=8,LD=10,AD=12,AD=18,
D "D" IS USED TO SPECIFY THE DEPTH UNITS THAT WILL APPEAR ON
MQ-RET/4-130 THE OUTPUT (D=F FOR FEET, AND D=M FOR METERS). IT ALSO
SPECIFIES THE UNITS THAT ARE BEING USED WITH THE "LD". "UD".
AND "AD" KEYWORDS. "FEET" IS THE DEFAULT.
EOT "BOT" IS USED TO CONTROL THE RETRIEVING OF SAMPLES BY THE
yq-RET/'i-.'.Sl TYPE OF DEPTH QUALIFIERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE SAMPLE. IF IT
IS NOT USED, ALL TYPES OF DEPTHS WILL BE RETRIEVED. "BOT"
IS SET EQUAL TO ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING:
B BOTTOM SAMPLE
C CORE SAMPLE
D DREDGE SAMPLE
P PORE SAMPLE
V VERTICALLY INTEGRATED SAMPLE
W WATER SAMPLE
EXAMPLE
rOF! THE ABOVE EXAMPLE, PRINT ONLY THOSE SAMPLES THAT ARE IDENTIFIED
AS POKE OR CORE SAMPLES THAT HAVE A LENGTH OF 1 TO 2 METERS.
PGM=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=LEE1,S=PHIL1,
SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
P=10,P=500,Pr BOT=PC,
-------
MED THE "I!EO" KEYWORD RESTRICTS THE SAMPLES RETRIEVED TO THOSE
WQ-RETAf-133 BELONGING TO SPECIFIC MEDIA OTHER THAN WATER RELATED MEDIA.
"MED" IS SET EQUAL TO ONE OR MORE MEDIA WITH EACH MEDIUM
SEPARATED SY A SLASH "/" AND THE LAST ONE MUST HAVE A SLASH
AFTER IT. IF THE "MED" KEYWORD IS NOT USED, DATA FROM ALL
MEDIA WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE RETRIEVAL.
PAGE NO. 87
88/11/06
ADDITIONAL HELP:
DATA SET "STORET.HELP.MEDIA.SMK"
"GROUND-WATER DATA MANAGEMENT WITH STORET"
ASMK
LSMK
HSMK
WQ-RET/4-135
UMK
WQ-KET/4-137
THESE KEYWORDS ARE USED TO RESTRICT THE SAMPLES RETRIEVED BY
THE SYSTEM MULTI-PURPOSE KEY (SMK). IF DATA FOR A SPECIFIC
SMK IS TO BE SELECTED, "ASMK" IS SET EQUAL TO THE SMK CODE
TO BE RETRIEVED. IF DATA IS TO BE SELECTED FROM A RANGE OF
SMK'S, "LSMK" IS SET EQUAL TO THE LOWEST ACCEPTABLE VALUE
AND "HSMK" IS SET EQUAL TO THE HIGHEST ACCEPTABLE SMK. A
LIST OF THE SMK CODES FOR GROUNDWATER DATA CAN BE FOUND IN
THE MANUAL "GROUND-WATER DATA MANAGEMENT WITH STORET" MAIN-
MAINTAINED BY THE OFFICE OF GROUND-WATER PROTECTION WHOSE
TELEPHONE NUMBER IS (202-382-7077).
"UMK" IS USED TO SELECT SAMPLES BY THE VALUE STORED FOR THE
USER MULTI-PURPOSE KEY (UMK) FIELD. ANY NUMBER OF UMK CODES
MAY BE SPECIFIED FOLLOWING THE "UMK" KEYWORD, AND EACH ONE
MUST BE SEPARATED BY A SLASH "/", AND THE LAST ONE MUST BE
FOLLOWED BY A SLASH. THE "UMK" KEYWORD ALLOWS THE SELECTION
OF DATA BY THE VALUE CONTAINED IN THE INDIVIDUAL COLUMNS OF
THE UMK CODE. AN ASTERISK ("*") IN A COLUMN IS A WILD CARD
WHICH MEANS THAT ANY CHARACTER IN THAT POSITION IS ACCEPTABLE.
IF A SPECIFIC CHARACTER IS ENTERED IN ONE OF THE POSITION,
ONLY THOSE SAMPLES THAT HAVE THAT CHARACTER IN THAT POSITION
WILL BE SELECTED, E.G., TO SELECT THE SAMPLES WITH A "Z" IN
POSITION 3 OF THE UMK FIELD ENTER THE FOLLOWING: UMK=**Z/,.
ONLY THOSE SAMPLES WITH A "Z" IN THE THIRD POSITION OF THE
UMK WILL BE SELECTED. THE UMK CODES ARE MAINTAINED BY THE
INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBLE FOR THE AGENCY AND TO FIND OUT WHO THE
CONTACT FOR AN AGENCY IS, USE THE STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE
"XCONTACTS".
EXAMPLE
FOR THE STATION MSP1, RETRIEVE ONLY THE DATA THAT HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AS
RCnA GROUND WATER THAT HAS AN SMK CODE OF 211000 OR ONE THAT IS IN THE
SANGE 300000 THROUGH 399999 AND WITH A UMK CODE THAT HAS A 3 IN POSITION
2 A!:0 THE LETTER P IN POSITION 5.
PGM=ALLPARM,A=11TRAIN,S=MSP1,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
> MED=RCRAGW/,
> ASMX=211000,
> LSMK=300000,HSMK=399999,
> UMK=*3**P/,
-------
IS SOME DATA IN THE SYSTEM WERE COLLECTED DURING AN INTENSIVE SURVEY. PAGE NO. 88
WQ-EST/4-Kfl THESE SURVEYS ENTAIL GATHERING A GREAT DEAL OF DATA OVER A SHORT 88/11/06
PERIOD OF TIME. THE "IS" KEYWORD IS USED TO CONTROL THE SELECTION
OF THESE DATA. IT ONLY WORKS FOR THOSE SAMPLES THAT HAVE BEEN
IDENTIFIED AS INTENSIVE SURVEY SAMPLES VIA THE USE OF PARAMETER
CODE 116. "IS" CAN BE SET EQUAL TO ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
IS=YYSSNN, WHICH IS THE UNIQUE SURVEY NUMBER MADE UP OF THE LAST
2 DIGITS OF THE YEAR, THE 2 CHARACTER FIPS STATE CODE, AND THE
SURVEY NUMBER. IF DATA FROM 2 OR MORE SURVEYS ARE DESIRED, THEN
THE SEPARATE SURVEY NUMBERS ARE ENTERED FOR THE "IS" KEYWORD
SEPARATED BY SLASHES, E.G., IS=YYSSNN/YYSSNN,. THIS LIMITS THE
RETRIEVED DATA TO THAT COLLECTED DURING A SPECIFIC SURVEY OR
GROUP OF SURVEYS.
IS=NOT, WHICH ELIMINATES ALL DATA FROM INTENSIVE SURVEYS FROM
THE RETRIEVAL.
IS=ONLY, WHICH SELECTS ONLY THAT DATA ASSOCIATED WITH AN
INTENSIVE SURVEY.
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE PARAMETERS 10,410,310,400 AND 31616 FOR STATION 230040 FOR AGENCY 1110NET.
PRINT THE DATA THAT WAS SAMPLED AS PART OF THE INTENSIVE SURVEY 781903.
PGM=RET,A=1110NET,5=230040,SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A,
> 15=781903,P=iO,P=410,P=310,P=400,P=31616,
AC.'JTFER SCI1E SAMPLES TAKEN AT GROUND WATER SITES ARE IDENTIFIED BY THEIR
WS-nr.T/4-1'13 GEOLOGIC AGE CODE (PARAMETER 84000) AND AQUIFER CODE (PARAMETER
34001). THE "AQUIFER" KEYWORD IS USED TO CONTROL THE SELECTION
OF THESE DATA. "AQUIFER" IS SET EQUAL TO ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
"AQl)IFER=ONLY," WILL RETRIEVE ONLY SAMPLES THAT HAVE BEEN
IDENTIFIED BY BOTH GEOLOGIC AGE AND AQUIFER LAYER. IT WILL
ELIMINATE ALL OTHER SAMPLES.
"A<3UIFER=NOT," WILL ELIMINATE ALL THOSE SAMPLES IDENTIFED BY
GEOLOGIC AGE AND AQUIFER CODE FROM THE RETRIEVAL.
"AQUIFER=GEOLOGIC AGE AND AQUIFER CODE," WILL RETRIEVE SAMPLES
IDENTIFED BY SPECIFIC CODE OR CODES. IF MORE THAN ONE PAIR OF
CODES ARE TO BE ENTERED, THE PAIRS ARE SEPARATED BY A SLASH,
E.G., "AQUIFER=CODE1/CODE2,". UP TO 20 PAIRS MAY BE ENTERED.
WHEN USING THIS FORM OF THE KEYWORD, NO BLANKS ARE TO BE USED.
THE CODES MUST BE 10 CHARACTERS OR LESS.
EXAMPLE
•c'JP, THE U.S.G.S. (112WRD) STATIONS 350109107022501 AND 350216106383901,
.•BTRIEVE THOSE SAMPLES THAT ARE ASSOCIATED WITH GEOLOGIC AGE AND
AQUIFER C03E C10MNCS OR 112SNTF. FROM THESE SAMPLES, PRINT DATA FOR
!"HE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS: 84000, 84001, 95, 900, 955, AND 410.
PGM=R!IT,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,A=112WRD,
3=350109107022501,8=350216106383901,
> A
-------
UK
WG|-RET/4-i:J9
P
AV.LV.HV
PALT
PARH1.PARH2
PARU
PSUM
ADD
MULT3Y
DECPT
R
3AMPTYPE
COMPSTAT
PI?EP,AV,!.V,HV
'3D , ED
33 » ES
BT,ET
AD,LD,UD
D
BOT
MED
ASMK,LSMK,HSMK
UMK
IS
AQUIFER
UK
THE "UK" KEYWORD IS NEEDED TO RETRIEVE DATA FROM THOSE STATIONS
WHICH HAVE LOCKED DATA. IN ORDER TO RETRIEVE THE DATA, "UK" IS
SET EQUAL TO THE UNLOCKING KEY FOR THAT AGENCY.
SINCE THE DATA FOR STATIONS LEE1, TUT1, PHIL1, SEMINAR01, AND
JOYCE1 ARE LOCKED, THE "UK" KEYWORD IS REQUIRED FOR THE PRE-
CEDING EXAMPLES.
THE FOLLOWING IS A SUMMARY OF THE DATA SELECTION KEYWORDS:
PARAMETER LEVEL SELECTORS AND MANIPULATORS
SELECTS PARAMETERS FOR RETRIEVALS
SETS LIMITS FOR ACCEPTABLE PARAMETER VALUES
SPECIFIES ALTERNATE EQUIVALENT PARAMETER
CHANGES FIRST TWO LINES OF PARAMETER HEADER
CHANGES UNITS IN PARAMETER HEADING
ALLOWS THE ADDING OR COMBINING OF VALUES
FROM TWO OR MORE PARAMETERS
ADDS A CONSTANT TO THE DATA VALUE
SUPPLIES MULTIPLICATION FACTOR
SPECIFIES PRINT FORMAT FOR DATA VALUES
RESTRICTS RETRIEVED DATA BY REMARK CODES
SAMPLE LEVEL DATA SELECTORS AND RESTRICTORS
SPECIFIES TYPE OF SAMPLES TO BE RETRIEVED
USED TO SPECIFY TYPE OF COMPOSITE VALUE TO
BE RETRIEVED
PRESENCE OF PARAMETER REQUIRED FOR THE
SAMPLE TO BE RETRIEVED
PARAMETER MUST BE PRESENT AND BE IN A SPEC
RANGE FOR THE SAMPLE TO BE RETRIEVED
SPECIFIES DATE RANGES FOR SAMPLES TO BE RETRIEVED
RETRIEVES SAMPLES BY TIME OF YEAR
RETRIEVES SAMPLES FOR SPECIFIC TIME PERIODS
SPECIFIES SAMPLE DEPTHS ACCEPTABLE FOR RETI
SPECIFIES DEPTH UNITS
RESTRICTS SAMPLES BY TYPE OF WATER MEDIUM
RESTRICTS SELECTED SAMPLES BY THE SAMPLE'S
RESTRICTS SELECTED SAMPLES BY THE SAMPLE'S
RESTRICTS SELECTED SAMPLES BY THE SAMPLE'S
CONTROLS RETRIEVAL OF INTENSIVE SURVEY SAMPLES
CONTROLS RETRIEVAL OF SAMPLES BY GEOLOGIC
AGE AND AQUIFER CODE
•ALLOWS RETRIEVAL OF LOCKED DATA
PAGE NO. 89
88/11/06
4-90
4-102
4-93
4-106
4-106
4-96
4-104
4-104
4-109
4-98
67
67
68
68
68
70
72
72
74
77
:FIC
•RIEVED
!IEVAL
MEDIUM
SMK CODE
UMK CODE
'LES
4-113
4-115
4-117
4-119
4-121
4-124
4-126
4-128
4-130
4-131
4-133
4-135
4-137
4-141
4-143
80
80
82
82
83
84
84
86
86
86
87
87
87
88
88
4-139
69
-------
MISCELLANEOUS KEYWORDS PAGE NO. 90
68/11/06
T.NCLUD:.: INSERTS A PREVIOUSLY CREATED DATA SET INTO A 4-146 91
STORET RETRIEVAL
C FUNCTION SHORT HAND METHOD OF SPECIFYING PARAMETERS FOR 4-150 92
STORET RETRIEVALS
N02CMO ELIMINATES THE PRINTING OF RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS 4-148 92
EC1IP USED AFTER "NOECHO" TO CAUSE THE RETRIEVAL 4-148 92
KEYWORDS TO BE PRINTED
-------
::-T:'.UDE "INCLUDE" is USED AS A SHORT HAND METHOD OF INSERTING PAGE NO. 91
-;..../•;-146 RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS IN A STORET RETRIEVAL REQUEST. THE 88/11/06
KEYi'C.:QS MUST 3E IN A CATALOGUED DATA SET. THE DATA
SET !i.YGHT CONTAIN A POLYGON WITH A LARGE NUMBER OF
VESTIGES OR A RETRIEVAL REQUEST WITH MANY KEYWORDS
WHICH IS TO BE USED REPEATEDLY. IT MAY BE A USER OWNED
DATA SET OR ONE CREATED AND MAINTAINED BY STORET USER
ASSISTANCE. "INCLUDE" MAY BE USED AS MANY TIMES AS IS
REQUIRED, BUT THE INCLUDED DATA SET CAN NOT HAVE AN
"INCLUDE" KEYWORD IN IT. WHEN USING A STORET OWNED
DATA SET, THE NAME IS ENCLOSED IN PARENTHESES. WHEN
USING A USER OWNED FILE, THE FULLY QUALIFIED NAME MUST
BE USED. WHEN USING ONE OF THE STORET FILES OR A FILE
CONTAINING THE LATITUDE/LONGITUDE OF VERTICES OF A POLY-
GON, IT MUST BE PRECEDED BY "POLY=LLRET,".
ADDITIONAL HELP: DATA SET "STORET.HELP.NAMES.FOR.INCLUDE"
SEE "PGM=LOC" AND "POLY=MAPCHECK,"
EXAMPLES
DO AN INVENTORY RETRIEVAL FOR THE STATIONS ALONG THE GOLD DIGGER
PIVEn. THE POLYGON SURROUNDING THE GOLD DIGGER RIVER IS IN A
'.:.\'f,\ SET NAMED "GOLD.DIGGER" IN A USER LIBRARY OWNED BY THE USER
N1TI! A USER ID OF III AND ACCOUNT NUMBER AAAA.
PGM=INVENT,
> POLY=LLRET,INCLUDE=IIIAAAA.GOLD.DIGGER,
THE STORET LIBRARY CONTAINS A DATA-SET NAMED "SNAKE" WHICH CON-
TAINS A POLYGON AROUND THE SNAKE RIVER. LIST ALL OF THE STATION
HEADER INFORMATION FOR THE STATIONS ALONG THE SNAKE RIVER.
PGM=INDEX,
-> POLY=LLRET,INCLUDED SNAKE),
STORET MAINTAINS A FILE FOR EACH OF THE U.S.G.S. CATALOGING UNITS
CONTAINING THE LAT/LONG VERTICES FOR THE POLYGON SURROUNDING THE
AREA OF THE CATALOGING UNIT. CREATE A MAP SHOWING ALL OF THE SITES
IN THE CATALOGING UNIT 02070010.
PGM=LOC,
POLY=LLRET,
> INCLUDED 02070010),
-------
C FUNCTION STOHET HAS THE CAPABILITY TO SPECIFY PARAMETERS FOR A pASE NO. 92
IJ9-RET/4-150 RETRIEVAL BY PARAMETER GROUP, MEDIUM, PHASE, AND/OR 88/11/06
C.A.S. NUMBER WITHOUT HAVING TO SPECIFY INDIVIDUAL
PARAMETER NUMBERS. THE "C" FUNCTION IS USED TO DO
THIS. THE "C" FUNCTION UTILIZES BOOLEAN OPERATORS TO
LINK GROUPS, PHASES, ETC., TOGETHER. SINCE EACH GROUP
AND EVEN EACH MEDIA OR PHASE WITHIN A GROUP MAY CONTAIN
HUNDREDS OF PARAMETERS, AND SINCE MOST OF THE STORET
RETRIEVAL FORMATS ALLOW ONLY 50 PARAMETERS, THE GROUPS
MUST BE SPLIT INTO SUB-GROUPS USING THE FOLLOWING FORMAT:
C(METALS:1:50) WHICH WILL RETRIEVE THE FIRST 50 METAL
PARAMETERS, C(METALS:51:50) WILL SKIP THE FIRST 50 METAL
PARAMETERS AND GET THE SECOND 50, ETC. ANOTHER EXAMPLE
OF ITS USE IS C(METALS AND WATER AND TOTAL) WHICH WILL RE-
TRIEVE THOSE PARAMETERS MEASURING TOTAL AMOUNTS OF METALS
IN WATER. THE "C" FUNCTION CAN BE USED WITH THE "ATTR"
AND "ONLYATTR" KEYWORDS TO SPECIFY THAT THE STATIONS TO
BE RETRIEVED MUST HAVE THE CRITICAL PARAMETERS, PHASE,
MEDIUM, ETC. TO FIND THE NUMBER OF PARAMETERS IN A GROUP
OR CATEGORY, THE STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE "PRTPAR" IS USED.
ADDITIONAL HELP: DATA SET "STORET.HELP.RETRIEVE.PARGROUP"
EXAMPLE
RETRIEVE THE FIRST 50 PARAMETERS BELONGING TO THE ORGANIC GROUP
THAT ARE MEASURED IN WATER FOR THE STATIONS ALONG THE GOLD DIGGER
RIVER AND PRINT THE RAW DATA FOR THE YEARS 1971 THROUGH 1980.
PGM=RET,
POLY=LLRET,INCLUDE=IIIAAAA.GOLD.DIGGER,
> p=c(WATER AND OGAN:1:50),
> ONLYATTR=C(WATER AND OGAN:1:50),BD=710101,ED=801231,
K'OECHO, WHEN A RETRIEVAL IS SUBMITTED FOR PROCESSING VIA THE "XSCAN"
ECHO, COMMAND PROCEDURE, EACH LINE OF THE REQUEST IS PRINTED OUT
Wq-RET/4-148 (ECHOED) ON YOUR TERMINAL. IN ORDER TO SUPPRESS EXCESSIVELY
LONG PRINTOUTS WHEN SUBMITTING A LONG RETRIEVAL OR WHEN USING
"INCLUDE" OR THE "C" FUNCTION, THE "NOECHO" KEYWORD MAY BE
USED. IT WILL SUPPRESS THE PRINTING UNTIL AN "ECHO" KEYWORD
IS ENCOUNTERED. "ECHO" IS THE DEFAULT FOR ALL RETRIEVALS. IF
"NOECHO" IS THE FIRST KEYWORD IN AN "INCLUDE" DATA SET, THE
PRINTING OF ALL THE RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS INCLUDED WILL BE SUP-
PRESSED. WHEN "NOECHO" IS USED, THE IDENTIFICATION OF SYNTAX
ERRORS WILL BE IMPOSSIBLE. THEREFORE, IT SHOULD BE USED WITH
CARE.
EXAMPLE
IN THE ABOVE RETRIEVAL, SUPPRESS THE PRINTING OF THE POLYGON BUT NOT
THE REST OF THE RETRIEVAL REQUEST.
PGM=RET,
> NOECHO,
POLY=LLRET,INCLUDE=IIIAAAA.GOLD.DIGGER,
> ECHO,
P=C(WATER AND OGAN:1:50),
ONLYATTR=CtWATER AND OGAN:1:50),BD=710101,ED=801231,
-------
FRT
SHIFT
HEAD
S
PRTLQCK
SGROUP
AGGR
PRINT CONTROL KEYWORDS
CONTROLS PRINTING OF RAW DATA AND PARAGRAPH
SHIFTS THE STATION HEADER TO THE LEFT
ALLOWS THE ENTERING OF DESCRIPTIVE INFO
ALLOWS COMMENTING RETRIEVAL REQUEST
SHOWS LIST OF LOCKED STATIONS IN RETRIEVAL
GROUPS RETRIEVED STATIONS BY USER REQUEST
AGGREGATES THE DATA ACCORDING TO SPECIFIC
GROUPS
4-156
4-158
4-159
4-161
4-163
4-166
4-164
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
94
94
94
94
94
96
96
93
-------
THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS ARE USED TO INVOKE THE PRINT CONTROL AVAILABLE
FOR STORET RETRIEVALS.
PRT "PRT" IS USED TO CONTROL WHICH PARTS OF THE RETRIEVAL ARE TO BE
WQ-RET/4-156 PRINTED. IF IT IS NOT USED, THE SYSTEM WILL PRINT CERTAIN PIECES
Of THE RETRIEVAL DEPENDING UPON THE "PGM" VALUES BEING USED.
THE FOLLOWING ARE THE VALUES THAT CAN BE ASSIGNED TO "PRT" AND
THE RESULTS OF THAT VALUE:
PAGE NO. 94
88/11/06
PRT=PAR,
PRINTS ONLY THE DESCRIPTIVE PARAGRAPH AND THE STATION
HEADER.
PRT=DATA, PRINTS STATION HEADER INFORMATION AND THE RAW DATA. THIS
IS THE DEFAULT FOR PGM=RET, AND PGM=ALLPARM. IN ORDER TO
GET THE RAW DATA TO PRINT FOR THE ANALYTICAL PROGRAMS,
"PRT" MUST MUST BE SET EQUAL TO "DATA".
PRT=BOTH, PRINTS THE RAW DATA AND THE DESCRIPTIVE PARAGRAPH.
PRT=NO, ELIMINATES THE RAW DATA PRINT FOR RET WHEN CREATING A
MACHINE READABLE FILE. "PRT=NO," IS THE DEFAULT FOR
MEAN, STAND, PLOT, REG, AND MSP.
SHIFT, "SHIFT" CAUSES THE STATION HEADER INFORMATION TO BE MOVED
WC3-RET/4-15S FROM THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE PAGE TO THE LEFT SIDE. THIS IS
USEFUL IF YOUR TERMINAL HAS LESS THAN 132 PRINT POSITIONS
TO PREVENT THE STATION HEADER INFORMATION FROM WRAPPING
AROUND.
HEAD "HEAD" IS USED TO ENTER UP TO 5 LINES OF HEADER IDENTI-
W3-RET/4-159 FICATION INFORMATION WHICH WILL BE PRINTED AT THE TOP
LEFT HAND CORNER OF EACH PAGE. IF "SHIFT" IS USED, THE
HEADING SPECIFIED WITH "HEAD" WILL PRINT ON THE RIGHT
SIDE. EACH LINE CAN HAVE UP TO 7
-------
PAGE NO. 95
*PGM-RET,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01, * 88/11/06
> *pRj=PAR, *
> *SHIFT, *
> *HEAD=EXAMPLE OF HEAD KEYWORD, *
> *HEAD=ABCDEFGIIIJKLMNOPqRSTUVWXYZ.ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ, *
_ > *HEAD=123436789.123456789.123456789.123456789.123456789.123456789., *
**«*•:'-********#**************************** ************************************
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 07/11/19 STATION DESCRIPTION PAGE:
SEI1INAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06 EXAMPLE OF HEAD KEYWORD
39 0;. 16.3 077 02 15.0 2 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ.ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
SUGP CSEEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGIM6 TRACK BRIDGE 123456789.123456789.123456789.123456789.123456789.123456789
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC 021400
POTOMAv; SIVES /TYPA/AMBNT/STREAM/BIO
'.II^AIH 870606 02070010030 0006.420 OFF
l'r!!5 .''JET DEPTH
ii-; .;-;•: 0214001 ooosoo 00070 0110 ooso 0120
MA ' 1 '.',.37 0018.31 029.55 004.28 005.40 007.80
DESCRIPTIVE PARAGRAPH
ESTABLISHED TO DEMOSTRATE STORAGE PROCEDURES AND AS A TEST STATION FOR
SOFTWARE TESTING ETC
THIS LINE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
-------
3GROUP THE "SGROUP" KEYWORD IS USED TO GROUP THE RETRIEVED DATA PAGE NO. 96
MCJ-RET/4--166 BEFORE IT IS PRINTED OR PASSED TO ONE OF THE ANALYTICAL PRO- 88/11/06
GRAMS. "SGROUP" IS SET EQUAL TO A NAME UP TO Z3 CHARACTERS IN
LZNSTH (15 FOR "REG") AND IS FOLLOWED BY ANY OF THE DESIRED
STATION SELECTION TECHNIQUES. THE DATA FOR EACH GROUPING WILL
BE TREATED AS IF IT ALL CAME FROM ONE STATION. "SGROUP" CAN
BE USED MORE THAN ONCE, AND IF A STATION RESTRICTOR IS USED,
IT APPLIES TO ALL OF THE GROUPS IN THE RETRIEVAL. "SGROUP"
CANNOT BE USED WITH: RET, ALLPARM, LOC, INDEX, OR STA.
EXAMPLE
AN INVENTORY RETRIEVAL FOR THE STATIONS MSP01 THROUGH MSP20
-J AGENCY CODE 11TRAIN. THE FIRST 10 STATIONS WERE TAKEN ALONG THE
,:;:;=HT BANK AND SHOULD BE GROUPED TOGETHER, AND THE SECOND 10 STATIONS
'F..?E SAMPLE ON THE LEFT BANK AND SHOULD BE GROUPED TOGETHER.
PSM=INVENT,
:• JGSOUP=RIGHT BANK STATIONS,
A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,SRANGE=P,S=MSP01,S=MSP10,
> 3GROUP=LEFT BANK STATIONS,
A=11TRAI»,UK=CHQOCHOO,SRANGE=P,S=MSP11,S=MSP20,
AGGN THIS KEYWORD IS USED TO FURTHER CONTROL THE OUTPUT FROM
WQ-.'?tT/<'»-164 A JOB. IT CAUSES THE RETRIEVED DATA TO BE AGGREGATED
AS IF IT ALL CAME FROM ONE STATION ACCORDING TO ONE OF
THE FOLLOWING GROUPINGS BY SETTING IT EQUAL TO ONE OF
THE VALUES BELOW:
STATE AGGR=STATES,
COUNTY AGGR=COUNTIES,
MAJOR BASIN AGGR=MAJORBASIN,
MINOR BASIN AGGR=MINORBASIN,
SUB BASIN AGGR=SUBBASIN,
REACH AGGR=REACHES,
CATALOGING UNIT AGGR=CATUNITS,
ACCOUNTING UNIT AGGR=ACCTUNITS,
USGS SUB REGION AGGR=SUBREGIONS,
USGS REGION AGGR=REGIONS,
AGENCY CODE AGGR=AGENCIES,
LAT/LONG CELL AGGR=CELLAAAAAXBBBBB,
ALL STATIONS AGGR=ALL,
WHEN USING AGGR=CELLAAAAAXBBBBB, AAAAA IS IN
SECONDS OF LATITUDE AND BBBBB IS IN SECONDS
OF LONGITUDE.
-------
**«f*«K«******#*K3Hf *****************************
*PGM=INVENT, *
-> *SG!?OUP=RIGHT BANK STATIONS, *
*A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,SRANGE=P,MSP=01,MSP=10,*
-> *SGROUP=LEFT BANK STATIONS, *
*A= 11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCKOO,SRANGE=P,MSP=11,MSP=20,*
****#*•****************#************************
PAGE NO. 97
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 85/07/15
RIGHT BANK STATIONS
10 STATIONS PROCESSED IN THIS GROUP
PAGE:
PARAMETER
1 C 'ATEH
11 ;,VT£R
210 COD
.-:i!J RESIDUE
?'»0 CHLORIDE
;."; SILICA
-Ci> 71' CO LI
. " T r COLI
TEMP
TEMP
5 DAY
DISS-105
TOTAL
DISOLVI-D
MPN COHF
HPN CONF
CENT
FAHN
MG/L
C MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
/100ML
TUBECODE
MEDIA
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
RMK
NUMBER
100
50
100
100
100
100
101
102
MEAN
12.000
36.500
83.500
77.200
5026.8
827.80
32165.
45636.
VARIANCE STAN DEV
17.576
8.4184
1056.6
733.70
24951000.
788380.
6557700.
5513E+05
4.1923
2.9014
32.506
27.087
4995.1
887.91
20163.
23479.
MAXIMUM MINIMUM
18.0
41.0
128.0
120
15000
3200.0
68647
90358
5.0
32.0
25.0
35
1367
140.0
5496
12441
BEG D.
75/03.
75/01.
75/03.
75/03,
75/03.
75/03.
76/07.
76/07,
-------
THE DATA STORED IN THE PERMIT COMPLIANCE SYSTEM (PCS) CAN BE ACCESSED PAGE NO. 97.1
VIA A STORET HATER QUALITY SYSTEM (WQS) RETRIEVAL REQUEST. IN 90/01/2*
ORDER TO ACCOMPLISH THIS, THE USER'S "USERID" MUST BE AUTHORIZED
TO USE PCS BY CALLING PHIL TAYLOR (202-:582-7046). AFTER THIS IS
DONE, THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS AND SPECIAL AGENCY CODES MAY BE
USED TO ACCESS THE DATA.
PCS THIS ALLOWS DATA TO BE RETRIEVED FROM BOTH PCS AND STORET. IF
SPECIFIC FACILITIES ARE TO BE SELECTED, THE "A" INSTRUCTION IS
SET EQUAL TO "PCS" AND THE "S" INSTRUCTION IS SET EQUAL TO A
NPDES FACILITY NUMBER, E.G., A=PCS,S=SS0011223,.
PCl'ONLY THIS INDICATES THAT DATA ARE TO BE RETRIEVED ONLY FROM PCS.
IF THIS IS USED, THE RETRIEVAL OF DATA FROM STORET IS NOT
PERFORMED.
OTHER STATION SELECTION AND STATION RESTRICTION METHODS MAY BE
USED SUCH AS BY STATE (STC=26,PCS,). THE PREVIOUS STATEMENT WILL
RETRIEVE ALL THE STATIONS IN MICHIGAN WHETHER THEY ARE IN PCS OR
STORET. IF THE FOLLOWING IS USED (STC=26,PCSONLY,), ONLY THOSE
FACILITIES IN PCS WILL BE RETRIEVED.
SPECIAL AGENCIES HAVE BEEN SET UP IN STORET TO ACCOMODATE EFFLUENT
3ATA IN THE FORMAT "EFSSEPA" WHERE "SS" IS THE STATE CODE. IF
".-\=£!FSSEPA," IS SPECIFIED, ONLY DATA IN STORET WILL BE EXAMINED.
H2'-!3VEn, TC "A=EBSSEPA," IS ENTERED BOTH STORET AND PCS WILL BE
(•XA.*.:-;^. THE "EB" INVOKES THE PCS KEYWORD AUTOMATICALLY.
-------
EXAMPLES PAGE NO. 97.2
90/02/18
DO AN INVENTORY OF ALL OF THE DATA IN THE U.S.S.S CATALOGING UNIT
02010007. SEARCH BOTH PCS AND STORET.
PGM=INVENT,HUC=02010007,
> PCS,
FOR THE ABOVE REQUEST, RETRIEVE ONLY THE DATA IN PCS.
PGM=INVENT,HUC=02010007,
> PCSONLY,
DO AN "ALLPARM" RETRIEVAL FOR THE EFFLUENT DATA IN STORET FOR
THE FACILITY PA0000421.
PGM=ALLPARM,
> A=EFPAEPA,S=PA0000241,
FOH THE SAME FACILITY, SEARCH BOTH STORET AND PCS FOR DATA.
PGM=ALLPARM,
> A=E3PAEPA,S=PA0000241,
-------
EXAMPLES PAGE NO. 98
88/11/06
THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES ARE TO BE PERFORMED USING THE DATA SELECTION
AND DATA RESTRICTION KEYWORDS:
1. DO A RAH DATA RETRIEVAL FOR PRIMARY STATIONS 020386 THROUGH
020396 FOR AGENCY 14AGNFS9. THE POLLUTANTS TO BE LISTED ARE
TEMPERATURE (10), PH (400), "DO" (300), AND BORON (1022). THE
DATA SHOULD BE RESTRICTED TO THE DATES APRIL 01, 1957 THROUGH
SEPTEMBER 30, 1973. PRINT ONLY SUMMER TIME DATA WHICH IS CON-
SIDERED TC BE APRIL THROUGH SEPTEMBER. FOR "DO", CHANGE THE
PRINT FORMAT TO XX.XXXXX.
C. RETRIEVE THE DATA FOR PARAMETERS 300, 70, 10, 310, 530, AND
70507 FOR STATION 24040381 WHICH IS STORED BEHIND AGENCY
21FLA. THE ONLY DATA TO BE RETRIEVED IS THAT WHICH HAS BEEN
SAMPLED BETWEEN 2 AND 10 FEET. PRINT ONLY THOSE SAMPLES WHICH
CONTAIN DATA FOR PARAMETERS 70507 AND 530.
3. PRINT THE RAW DATA FOR PARAMETERS 10, 11, 60, 300, 400, 310,
AND 70507 FOR STATION 020386 STORED BEHIND AGENCY 14AGNFS9.
FOR PARAMETER 70507, CHANGE THE UNITS TO MICROGRAMS PER LITER
ANC AI'f'LY A MULTIPLICATION FACTOR OF 1000. FOR PARAMETER 300,
;:;!I7Hi;-:V5 ONLY UNREMARKED DATA.
-------
THE PRECEDING INSTRUCTIONS ARE GENERAL KEYWORDS IN THAT THEY
ARE VALID f-'CR ALL OF THE RETRIEVAL FORMATS WHICH RETRIEVE
DATA. THEY ARE USED TO PERFORM THE FIRST FOUR STEPS OF A WQS
RETRIEVAL WHICH ARE:
1. SELECT FORMAT FOR THE RETRIEVAL. (PGM= )
2. IDENTIFY STATIONS OF INTEREST. (POLY= )
3. SELECT THE DESIRED PARAMETRIC DATA. (P= )
4. SPECIFY THE WANTED PRINT CONTROL. C PRT= )
THE FIFTH STEP IS TO CHOOSE THE PROGRAM SPECIFIC KEYWORDS
REQUIRED TO GENERATE THE DESIRED OUTPUT. THE FOLLOWING IS
A DISCUSSION OF THEM:
PAGE NO. 99
88/11/06
-------
THE FOLLQHIMS IS AN EXAMPLE OF THE OUTPUT FROM AN INVENTORY PROGRAM
(pGr:=i!iy;NT,). THE -INVENT" FORMAT SHOWS ALL OF THE CONSTITUENTS
CONTAINED AT EACH OF THE STATIONS RETRIEVED AND PRODUCES SOME BASIC
STATISTICS FOR EACH OF THEM. IT IS USEFUL WHEN EXAMINING AN UN-
FAMILIAR AREA BECAUSE IT GIVES A SUMMARY OF ALL OF THE DATA IN THE
RETRIEVED AREA AND THUS IT CAN BE DETERMINED IF THE DATA OF INTEREST
ARE AVAILBLE AT THE RETRIEVED SAMPLING SITES.
PAGE NO. 100
88/11/06
********************************************
-> *PGM=INVENT, *
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01, *
********************************************
3TORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
/TYPA/A11BNT/STRF.AM/BIO
PGM=INVENT
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
1
-J56
'JZO
FAR
. ;"!
.,.-.:;\~~
-'I.VC3IDE
SILICA
BCKCJt;
AriETER
riA.DISS
K3TOT
SO'; -TOT
T, TOTAL
IOTAL
3,DISS
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
ME/L
MG/L
UG/L
MEDIUM
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
BOTTOM
CORE
DREDGE
PORE
VERT
WATER
.1027 CADMIUM CD,TOT UG/L WATER
::;;£; o:;.7c;iiUM SEDMS/KG DRY NST WATER
":•'.". ;;!PCMXUM CR,DISS UG/L WATER
';orjFi£r; CU,DISS UG/L WATER
IRON F£,TOT UG/L WATER
. J r:UOS-TQT SPEC UG/L P WATER
RMK
K
L
U
TOT
L
U
TOT
L
TOT
K
L
TOT
L
TOT
K
L
U
TOT
NUMBER
2
68
70
68
68
2
1
1
4
2
2
4
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
2
3
138
13
15
15
181
70
19
68
17
2
17
DATA LOCKED AFTER 50/01.
MEAN VARIANCE STAN DEV
10.00000 .0000000 .0000000
30.67900 43.67000 6.608300
115.7400 140030.0 374.2100
1.057500 .6453200 .8033200
18.51200 9.425100 3.070000
394.0000 28800.00 169.7100
322.0000
405.0000
378.7500 11058.00 105.1600
207.0000 16928.00 130.1100
335.0000 2738.000 52.32600
271.0000 12017.00 109.6200
219.0000 6498.000 80.61000
185.0000
207.6700 3634.400 60.28600
294.0000
675.0000
484.5000 72581.00 269.4100
401.0000
264.5000 220.5000 14.84900
310.0000 6321.000 79.50500
272.7900 8080.900 89.89400
345.6200 16083.00 126.8200
289.3300 19375.00 139.1900
250.6000 9463.600 97.28100
277.5500 9889.800 99.44700
10.41700 466.1000 21.58900
95.40700 116000.0 340.5800
48.32400 114.7900 10.71400
93.56100 105410.0 324.6700
15.02000 .0000000 .0000000
87.29700 88580.00 297.6200
MAXIMUM
10.00
42.90
3200
2.10
23.5
514
322
405
514
299
372
372
276
185
276
294
675
675
401
275
401
525
663
665
405
665
135
1500.00
67
1352
15
1241
MINIMUM
10.00
21.90
32
.07
12.5
274
322
405
274
115
298
115
162
185
162
294
675
294
401
254
254
43
231
62
103
43
3
2.34
34
1
15
2
BEG DATE
72/03/15
70/01/03
70/01/03
70/01/03
70/01/03
78/01/05
81/09/13
79/05/02
78/01/05
79/02/23
78/07/13
78/07/13
78/10/01
82/11/16
78/10/01
79/01/05
77/09/18
77/09/18
79/08/18
78/04/08
78/04/08
01/01/02
76/01/05
76/03/28
76/07/13
01/01/02
70/01/03
72/03/15
70/01/03
85/01/01
72/03/15
85/01/01
-------
IliVBRK
PSA
S?
TRAHSALL
PSM=INVENT KEYWORDS
'SPECIFIES THE BREAK POINTS FOR CALCULATIONS
PRINT STATION HEADER ALWAYS
SUPPRESSES THE PRINTING OF INDIVIDUAL
STATIONS. PRINTS ONLY THE GROSS
SPECIFIES PARAMETERS FOR INVENTORY
SPECIFIES THAT TRANSFORMATIONS ARE TO BE
CALCULATED AND PRINTED
5-12
5-14
5-17
5-15
5-19
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
101
102
102
102
102
103
-------
INVBRK ;iMCE THE INVENTORY PROGRAM PRINTS SOME BRIEF STATISTICS FOR
Wq-RET/S-i;-. J/.CH OF THE PARAMETERS FOUND, THE SYSTEM SEGREGATES THE DATA
BY MEDIUM AND REMARK CODE. THIS IS DONE SO AS NOT TO MIX APPLES
AND ORANGES WHEN THE STATISTICS ARE CALCULATED, I.E., DO NOT
COMBINE TISSUE DATA WITH WATER DATA WHEN DETERMINING THE MEAN OF
A CONSTITUENT. TO CHANGE THE DEFAULT BREAK POINTS IN AN INVENTORY
RETRIEVAL, THE "INVBRK" KEYWORD IS SET EQUAL TO ONE OR MORE OF
THE FOLLOWING:
DEFAULT: INVBRK=MR, SEGREGATE BY MEDIUM AND REMARK CODE
INVBRK=NONE, BREAK ONLY WHEN THE PARAMETER CHANGES. THIS
CAN GIVE MIS-LEADING RESULTS SINCE REMARKED
AND UNREMARKED DATA WILL BE MIXED ALONG WITH
DATA FROM VARIOUS MEDIA, SMK'S, AND COMPOSITE
VALUE TYPES WHEN CALCULATING THE STATISTICS.
THIS SHOULD BE USED ONLY FOR THOSE INVENTORIES
THAT CONTAIN A LARGE NUMBER OF STATIONS WITH A
LARGE NUMBERS OF PARAMETERS.
INVBRK=M, SEGREGATE THE DATA FOR A PARAMETER BY MEDIUM.
INVBRK=R, SEGREGATE THE DATA FOR A PARAMETER BY THE
REMARK CODE.
INVBRK=C, SEGREGATE THE DATA FOR A PARAMETER BY THE
COMPOSITE VALUE TYPE.
INVBRK=S, SEGREGATE THE DATA FOR A PARAMETER BY THE
SYSTEM MULTI-PUROSE KEY.
INVBRK=Z, SEPARATE THE SAMPLES WITH A VALUE OF ZERO
BEFORE THE BRIEF STATISTICS ARE CALCULATED.
PSA, THIS WILL CAUSE THE STATION HEADER INFORMATION TO BE PRINTED
MSj-BET/5-14 EVEN THOUGH A STATION DOES NOT HAVE ANY DATA STORED FOR IT.
IT IS SPECIFIED ONLY ONCE.
SP, "SP" CAUSES THE PRINT FOR THE INDIVIDUAL STATIONS TO BE SUPRESSED
WQ-RET/5-17 FOR AN INVENTORY RETRIEVAL AND HAVE ONLY THE GROSS SUMMARY PRINTED.
THIS IS A SUMMARY OF ALL OF THE DATA FOR ALL OF THE STATIONS.
P FOR INVENTORY RETRIEVALS, INDIVIDUAL POLLUTANTS MAY BE SPECIFIED
WQ-RET/5-15 USING THE "P" KEYWORD WHICH MAY BE USED UP TO 1200 TIMES. IF IN-
DIVIDUAL PARAMETERS ARE SPECIFIED, ONLY THOSE SPECIFIED WILL BE
PRINTED. FOR INVENTORY RETRIEVALS, "P" MAY BE SET EQUAL TO "ALL"
WHICH IS USED AFTER SOME PARAMETER LEVEL RESTRICTOR HAS BEEN
APPLIED TO CERTAIN PARAMETERS TO SPECIFY THAT ALL OF THE REMAINING
PARAMETERS ARE TO BE RETRIEVED UNRESTRICTED.
EXAMPLE
PAGE NO. 102
88/11/06
.» AH INVENTORY RETRIEVAL FOR THE RANGE OF STATIONS LEE1 TO SEMINAR02.
JC NOT Pf.'INT THE DATA FOR THE INDIVIDUAL STATIONS. THE DATA ARE TO
:H c!-c:;?-t;ATED BY MEDIA ONLY.
PGM=INVENT,A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,SRANGE=P,
S=LEE1,S=SEMINAR02,
-> SP,
-> INVBRK=M,
-------
TRANSALL=NO, THE "INVENT" PROGRAM WILL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING DATA TRANS- PAGE NO. 103
WCJ-RET/5-19 FORMATIONS IF THE INGREDIENT CONSTITUTENTS ARE PRESENT IN 88/11/06
THE SAMPLE: TEMPERATURE IN DEGREES CELSIUS TO DEGREES
FAHRENHEIT AND VICE VERSA, DO SATURATION PERCENTAGE, UN-
IONIZED AMMONIA, COLIFORM TO STREP COUNT RATIO, AND HARDNESS.
FOR A LIST OF THE INGREDIENT PARAMETERS, SEE PAGES 124
THROUGH 125 BELOW. IF A VALUE HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN STORED
FOR THE RECEIVING PARAMETER, IT IS THE ONE THAT IS USED AND
NOT THE CALCULATED ONE, AND IF THE CALCULATED VALUE IS THE
. ONE USED, A "S" IS PLACED IN THE REMARK FIELD OF THE OUTPUT.
T IF THESE CALCULATIONS ARE NOT TO BE PERFORMED, "TRANSALL=NO,"
IS USED TO SUPPRESS THEM.
EXAMPLE
FOR THE STATION SEMINAR01, DO NOT HAVE THE SYSTEM PERFORM ALL
OF THE TRANSFORMATIONS.
PGM=INVENT,A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,S=SEMINAR01,
> TRAN5ALL=NO,
-------
*PGM=INVENT,A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOCCHOO, *
*B=P,S=LEE1,S=SEMINAR02,ONLYATTR=STREAM, *
> *SP, *
> *INVBRK=M, *
********************************************
PAGE NO. 104
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/19
42 TOTAL STATIONS PROCESSED
PGM=INVENT
GROSS
PAGE:
PARAMETER
0061C
JV'ilS
','.)! 5
.3:'.19
'I f>
CC..."
00630
00653
00665
'". 16
:\. i7
- .': J?
'« " r
(V,
CO'.
1 ^
. .- t .'. y
:9;.o
13937
.<'U3+NH4-
'JN-IONZD
:;J2-N
:J:;-IO;:ZD
N03-H
VOT KJEL
M028N03
T "04
PKC3-TOT
oj-jn-..[> r2
PHC3-KUS
PHCE-7QT
i' arts c
.rr HARD
;.:LCIUM
..S::SIUH
JODIUM
SCCIt'M
PTSSIUM
N TOTAL
NH3-N
TOTAL
NH3-HH3
TOTAL
N
N-TOTAL
F04
HYDRO
C
CAC03
CA-TOT
MS, TOT
MA, TOT
NA.DIS3
K.TOT
MG/L
MG/L
MS/L
MG/L
MS/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MS/L P
MS/ 1. P
MS/L P
MS/L P
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MEDIUM
PORE
VERT
WATER
WATER
WATER
CORE
PORE
WATER
BOTTOM
CORE
DREDGE
PORE
VERT
WATER
BOTTOM
CORE
DREDGE
PORE
VERT
WATER
WATER
MATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
RMK
NUMBER
6
4
253
21
136
3
2
17
6
6
2
6
4
196
6
6
2
6
4
224
136
139
161
12
12
136
136
140
136
136
136
2
136
MEAN
.6700000
.3950000
.7028000
5.041800
.7250000
.4500000
.0670000
.0470000
2.866700
3.266700
3.600000
2.950000
2.300000
2.712900
1.966700
2.366700
2.300000
2.133300
2.450000
2.244600
2.164700
.5641700
1.023500
2.091700
1.941700
.4321700
5.426500
281.5900
17.30900
38.47100
276.4600
10.00000
30.67900
VARIANCE
.0050404
.0040333
.5307800
503.9600
.0318210
.0000000
.0000000
.0004475
.4666800
.3546900
.0000000
.8870100
.0000000
1.762400
.7706700
.3946700
.0000000
.5946700
.5633400
.4853300
.3001000
.0492660
1.231300
.5917500
.8190300
.0297900
3.971600
3408.000
5.252200
17.66400
6012.600
.0000000
43.34800
STAN DEV
.0709960
.0635080
.7265500
22.44900
.1783800
.0000000
.0000000
.0211540
.6831400
.5955600
.0000000
.9418100
.0000000
1.327600
.8778800
.6282300
.0000000
.7711500
.7505600
.6966600
.5478100
.2219600
1.109600
.7692500
.9050000
.1726000
1.992900
58.37800
2.291800
4.202900
77.54100
.0000000
6.583900
MAXIMUM MINIMUM
.810 .620
.
8.
103.
.
.
.
.
3.
4.
3.
4.
2.
14.
3.
3.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3
4.
3.
3.
.
450
200
000
900
450
067
085
700
000
600
000
300
500
100
100
300
000
100
900
.30
.87
700
200
700
741
8.7
337
2
2
3
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
20.5
42.1
334
10
42
.00
.00
.90
.340
.230
.017
.400
.450
.067
.023
.200
.700
.600
.800
.300
.200
.400
.700
.300
.100
.800
.100
1.40
.02
.330
.100
.900
.221
2.7
105
13.5
31.1
111.00
10.00
21.90
BEG DATE
77/09/18
78/04/08
01/01/02
80/04/15
70/01/03.
82/09/23-
80/01/14 '
80/01/14
78/01/05
78/07/13
78/10/01
77/09/18
78/04/08
68/07/20
78/01/05
78/07/13
78/10/01 ,
77/09/18
78/04/08
70/01/03
70/01/03
68/07/20
70/01/03
82/03/01
82/03/01
70/01/03
70/01/03
70/01/03
70/01/03
70/01/03
70/01/03
72/03/15
70/01/03
-------
THE FOLLCNIN3 IS AN EXAMPLE OF THE "ALLPARM" PROGRAM (PGM=ALLPARM,) WHICH
IS A DUMP OF ALL OF THE DATA FOR THE STATIONS RETRIEVED AND IT ALSO PERFORMS
CF.RTAIN DATA TRANSFORMATIONS. IT IS VALUABLE AS A METHOD OF CHECKING DATA
WHICH HAVE BEEN STORED. HOWEVER, SINCE IT DOES PRINT ALL OF THE DATA FOR
ALL OF THE STATIONS, IT MUST BE USED WITH CARE SO THAT TOO MUCH PRINTED
OUTPUT IS NOT PRODUCED.
PAGE NO. 105
88/11/06
-> *PGM=ALLPARM, *
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01, *
a********************************************
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
/TYPA/AMBNT/STR EAM/BIO
PGM=ALLPARM PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
DATA LOCKED AFTER 50/01.
INITIAL DATE
INITIAL TIME
CP-SPACE OR
MEDIUM
80/01/14
1300
TIME-STATISTICAL FUNC
DEPT.'J-.'TCSMK)
WATER
15
FINAL CATEtUMK)
FINAL TIME-NUMBER OF
BOO 10 WATER
00011 WATER
00060 STREAM
00300 DO
00301 DO
00400 PH
00403 LAB
00610 NH3+NH4-
00612 UN-IONZD
00619 UN-IONZD
01020 BORON
31616 FEC COLI
31673 FECSTREP
82028 RATIO
INITIAL DATE
INITIAL TIME
CP-SPACE OR
flEDIUM
TEMP
TEMP
FLOW
SATUR
PH
N TOTAL
NH3-N
NH3-NH3
B.DISS
MFM-FCBR
MFKFAGAR
FEC COL
SAMPLES
CENT
FAHN
CFS
MG/L
PERCENT
SU
SU
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
UG/L
/100ML
/100ML
FEC STRP
3.2
37. 8$
210
14.7
89.5
5.80
7.1
.067
331
329
551
.5
80/05/13
TIME-STATISTICAL FUNC
DEPTH-FT(SMK)
WATER
5
FINAL DATE(UMX)
FINAL TIME-NUMBER OF
00010 WATER
00011 WATEff
00060 STREAM
TEMP
TEMP
FLOW
SAMPLES
CENT
FAHN
CFS
5.6
42.1$
80/01/14
1300
CP-B-AVE
WATER
80/01/31
1200 20
3.2
37.8$
210
14.7
89.5
5.80
7.1
.067
331
329
551
.5
80/05/13
0800
CP-S-AVE
WATER
80/05/22
1700 32
5.6
42.1$
80/02/28
0300
80/02/28
80/03/18
CP-S-MAX
WATER
WATER
0
WATER
80/02/28
0600
4
39
12
97
8.
7
04
.2
.6$
.8
.7$
20
.8
337
2$
80/06/18
1400
WATER
5
4.2
39.6$
12.8
97.7$
8.20
7.8
337
2$
80/06/18
1400
CP-B-AVE
WATER
80/06/23
1600 31
6.3
43.3$
4.7
40.5$
840
12.9
100.8$
7.60
7.7
.450
.002$
.003$
384
610
176
3$
80/07/21
WATER
8.7
47.7$
410
80/03/18
1400
CP-T-MIN
WATER
80/03/25
1300 15
4.7
40.5$
840
12.9
100.8$
7.60
7.7
.450
.002$
.003$
384
610
176
3$
80/07/30
1200
WATER
80/04/15
1500
WATER
4.9
40.8$
502
11.8
98.3
8.20
8.4
.650
.061
.015$
274K
407
445
4
80/07/21
1500
CP-T-MIN
WATER
80/07/30
1200 12
8.7
47.7$
410
80/04/;
1400
WATER
85.i
80/08/
1200
WATER
14.
58..
23,
(SAMI-I.G CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
-------
PGH=ALLPARM KEYWORDS PAGE NO. 106
88/11/06
SQUASH COMPRESS THE OUTPUT OF AN "ALLPARM" RETRIEVAL 5-22 107
P=ALL, RETRIEVE THE REMAINDER OF THE PARAMETERS FOR "ALLPARM" 5-23 107
TRANSALL=NO, SUPPRESSES THE THE CALCULATION OF THE DATA 5-24 107
TRANSFORMATIONS
-------
P^ALL, THE "ALLPARM" PROGRAM IS USED TO DUMP ALL OF THE DATA AT PAGE NO. 107
WQ-RET/5-23 A STATION. IF REMARK RESTRICTIONS ARE DESIRED FOR SOME 88/11/06
OF THE PARAMETERS, THE "R" KEYWORD IS USED FOLLOWED BY
THE PARAMETERS TO WHICH IT IS TO APPLY. AFTER THEY HAVE
BEEN SPECIFIED, "R=OFF," FOLLOWED BY "P=ALL," WILL RE-
TRIEVE THE REST OF THE PARAMETERS FOR THE SELECTED STATIONS
WITH NO REMARK RESTRICTIONS. THE "P=ALL," WAS DEVELOPED
SO EACH INDIVIDUAL PARAMETER WOULD NOT HAVE TO BE SPECIFIED.
REMEMBER, THE "ALLPARM" PROGRAM WILL PRINT ALL OF THE DATA
FOR A STATION UNLESS THE "P" KEYWORD HAS BEEN USED.
EXAMPLE
FOR THE STATION TUT1, RETRIEVE ONLY UNREMARKED DATA FOR PARA-
METERS 1020, 1000, AND 1002, AND FOR THE REST OF THE PARAMETRIC
.1ATA, RETRIEVE ALL OF THE VALUES.
PSM=ALLPARM,
A=11TRAIN,S=TUT1,R=*,P=1020,P=1000,P=1002,
> R=OFF,P=ALL,
TRAMJ:ALL=NO, THE "ALLPARM" PROGRAM WILL AUTOMATICALLY PERFORM THE
Mq-RET/5-2''+ FOLLOWING DATA TRANSFORMATIONS IF THE PROPER INGREDIENT
CONSTITUENTS ARE PRESENT IN THE SAMPLE: TEMPERATURE IN
DEGRESS CELSIUSE TO DEGREES FAHRENHEIT AND VICE VERSA;
DO SATURATION PERCENTAGE; UN-IONIZED AMMONIA; COLIFORM
TO STREP COUNT RATIO; AND HARDNESS. SEE PAGES 120 THROUGH
125 BELOW FOR A LIST OF THE INGREDIENT PARAMETERS FOR EACH
OF THESE TRANSFORMATIONS. THE CALCULATED VALUES WILL BE
INDICATED WITH A DOLLAR SIGN ($) NEXT TO THEM AND IF THERE
IS A STORED VALUE FOR THE RECEIVING PARAMETER, IT WILL BE
THE ONE USED. "TRANSALL=NO," WILL SUPPRESS THE PERFORMANCE
OF THESE CALCULATIONS.
EXAMPLE
FOR THE STATION SEMINAR01, DO NOT HAVE THE SYSTEM PERFORM
THE TRANSFORMATIONS.
PGM=ALLPARM,A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,S=SEMINAR01,
> TRANSALL=NO,
SQUASH, "SQUASH" WILL COMPRESS THE OUTPUT OF THE "ALLPARM" PRO-
WQ-RET/5-22 GRAM SO MORE THAN ONE STATION MAY BE PRINTED ON A PAGE.
IT IS EFFECTIVE WHEN THERE ARE A SMALL NUMBER OF VALUES
FOR A SMALL NUMBER OF PARAMETERS AT A LARGE NUMBER OF
SAMPLING SITES.
-------
-> *PGM=ALLPARM, *
*A=1115GLSB,B=P,S=ROCH 01,S=ROCH 70,P=680, *
*BD=810101iED=811231, *
-> *SQUASH, *
*********************************************
PAGE NO. 108
88/11/06
STORE! RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/19
I ASZNCY !
* LOCATION NAME
!lll::3LS3l ROCH 01
-.sCZNuSEE RIVER
OBtSC T ORG C C
ImSGLSBl ROCH 01
sOENESEE RIVER
OOiS3 T 036 C C
I1115SLSB) ROCH 01
SGENSSE!: RIVER
0062C '.' ORG C C
|111L:".. •.'! "OCH 02
PGM=ALLPARM
STATION NUMBERS
# MAJOR BASIN NAME
0066C !
~IVER
.:-!s c
0068'! ' :?.(. •:
11111;.:!., „• -,o::a 03
SGEN^SZS H-TVi-I!
ooieo T O:;G ..;
IniiiSLCBl r:oc:: o
-------
"PSK=LVDEX," PROVIDES A LISTING OF THE STATION HEADER INFORMATION FOR THE
SAMPLING s.rres RETRIEVED, >\ND IF THE STATIONS ARE RETRIEVED VIA THE REACH
PROCEDURES, IT WILL PRODUCE A LIST OF THE STREAM RELATED POINTS FROM THE
VARIOUS WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS BRANCH'S FILES. "PGM=INDEX," CAN ALSO CREATE
A FILE CONTAINING STATICN CHANGE TRANSACTIONS.
*******************************************************
y. »PGM=INDEX, . *
*REACH1 ,RCHMIL=04080204005/0.00, *
*STOPKHENCMILES=30),SEARCH=UPSTREAM,ENDREACH, *
*******************************************************
PAGE NO. 109
88/11/06
STCRET RETRIEVAL DATE 85/07/02
INDEX - VERSION OF JAN 02,1985
PAGE
AGENCY ST-CO COUNTY STATE
PRIME STN NO SECONDARY STATION NUMBERS
LAT/LONG/PREC STORED DATE
STATION TYPE CODE
RIVER MILE ( IF )
INDEX ( PRESENT )
EFMIEPA
1110022390
LOCATION NAME
MINOR BASIN
MAJOR BASIN
BASIN CODE
DEPTH
HYDR.UNIT CODE
MILES ON REACH
26145 SAGINAW MICHIGAN
HID980001671 260902001
43 14 40.0 083 43 10.0 2 STORED 830122
/TYPA/MUN/TREATD/OUTFL/PIPE
BIRCH RUN WASTE TRMT PLT
RECVG STRM-SILVER C
BIRCH RUN
210400
DEPTH
04080204005
0015.200 OFF
21MICH
730021
26049 GENESEE
43 12 18.2 083 52 40.6
/TYPA/AMBNT/STREAM
MICHIGAN
3 STORED 821127
LAKE ROAD RIVER STATION
SAGINAW RIVER
LAKE HURON
210400
DEPTH
21MICH
730237
26145 SAGINAW
43 15 12.0 083 52 00.0
MICHIGAN
2 STORED 780818
PINE RUN AT MORSEVILLE RD.5
MIN BASIN: SAGINAW RIVER
MAJ BASIN: LAKE HURON
04080204005
0015.650 ON
TAYMOUTH TWP, SEC 22
0408 210400
DEPTH 0
/TYPA/AMBNT/STR EAM
04080204005
0016.820 ON
26145 SAGINAW
43 14 08.0 083 52 07.0
/TYPA/AMBNT/STR EAM
MICHIGAN
FLINT R AT E BURT RD BR; TAYMOUTH TWP, SEC 27
MIN BASIN: SAGINAW RIVER 0342 210400
MAJ BASIN: LAKE HURON DEPTH 0
115LHRES
FE0003
26049 GENESEE
43 11 22.8 083 51 55.1
MICHIGAN
3 STORED 821127
RAGONE WWTP DISCHARGE
SAGINAW RIVER
LAKE HURON
04080204005
0017.800 ON
210400
DEPTH 0
/TYPA/MUN/TREATD/OUTFL/PIPE
04080204005
0018.030 ON
-------
3T:2!-:T RETRIEVAL DATE 35/07/02 - REACH/MILEAGE LOCATION LISTING - PAGE NO. 110
HATER QUALITY MONITORING SITES, NPDES DISCHARGE PIPES, GAGING STATIONS, AND DRINKING WATER INTAKES
'REACH ===>
LENGTH ==
SEARCH
MILES ON?
7
7
7
7
•>
f
•t
7
7
7
7
7
7
1.30
1.84
2. SO
4.42
5. CO
6.00
9.64
11.67
.'.1.77
13.15
15.20
15.20
15.65
,16.82
B7.80
18.03
10.13
18.70
18.90
20.30
22. K
22. 6E
?.Z.~j
..'. ' '.'
J-'..'i'.
° ' CO
". -' - Ov*
?. 9.^1
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OH
ON
Of,'
ON
OH
OFF
OK'
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
w.'l-
01;
CM
OFF
'JN
III
'.", 1
N
I
;
•'!
.•
.::;-•
04080204005/000.00 ===>
=> 41.5 LEVEL ===> 4 TYPE
===> FROM MILE-POINT 0.00
TYPE EPA ID CODES
GAGE
GAGE
PIPE
PIPE
PIPE
PIPE
PIPE
PIPE
WQMON
WQMON
WQMOH
MQMON
WQMON
WQMON
WQMON
WQMON
MQMON
GAGE
: :C>MON
MQMON
UQMON
WQMCN
WQMON
PIPE
HQMON
MQMON
I'JQMON
WQMON
WQMOJ;
HOMOH
: ;<3MON
;WION
MQMOH
HQMON
HQtiGll
PIPS
SAGc
p ~" n -r
:o:;i':o;i
MCiMOM
WMO;!
I.1QMO* 1
w-r:c!:
Mt;;;;.
U3GS0414S720
WEG04080204005
MI000161?(001
MI0029106(001
MI0029114(001
MI0029149(001
MI0029505(001
MI003642H001)
EFMIEPA MI0029106
EFMIEPA MI0029114
EFMIEPA MI0029149
EFMIEPA MI0029505
EFMIEPA MI0036421
21MICH 730243
115LHRES FR0016
21MICH 730169
115LHRES FR0015
USGS04149000
115LHRES FR0021
115LHRES FROC14
115LHRES FR0019
115LHRES FR0017
115LHRES FR0013
MI0022390(001)
EFMIEPA MI0022390
115LHRES FR0016
21MICH 730237
21MICH 730021
115LHRES FE0003
115LHRES FR0012
115LHRES FR0011
21MICH 250321
115LHRES FR0025
21MICH 250312
21MICH 250317
1110001597(014)
(JSGS04148500
i!I0022977(001)
EFMIEPA MI0022977
•15LHRES FR0024
.'.15LHRES FR0010
01 MICH 250313
:..,i1ICH 250034
• ,.;i..i«ES FR0023
FLINT R CHECK DIGIT =
===> R REGULAR REACH
TO MILE-POINT 30.00
NAME OF SITE
BRENT RUN NEAR MONTR
ARTIFICIAL GAGE - FLOW CHARACTERISTICS
GMC-AC SPARK PLUG DIV.
WHITE BIRCH PARK INC
MEADOWBROOK MANOR INC
FLUSHING MOBILE HOME ESTATES IN
OAKRIDGE MOBILE HOMES-OAKRIDGE
MOBIL OIL CORP-FLINT TERMINAL
WHITE BIRCH PARK INC /MORRISH RD
MEADOWBROOK MANOR INC /G 7280 W MT
FLUSHING MOBILE HOME ESTATES/7416 GILLETT
OAKRIDGE MOBILE HOMES-OAKRID/11315 EAST R
MOBIL OIL CORP-FLINT TERMINA/G 5340 N DOR
FLINT R. AT FERGUSON BAYOU; SPAULDING TWP
CRESSWELL ROAD RIVER STATION
FLINT R. AT AMBROSE RD.; SPAULDING TWP.,
M-13 RIVER STATION
FLINT RIVER NEAR FOS
SHERIDAN ROAD RIVER STATION
SILVER CREEK TRIBUTARY
BIRCH RUN ROAD RIVER STATION
PINE RUN TRIBUTARY
EAST BURT ROAD RIVER STATION
BIRCH RUN WASTE TRMT PLT
BIRCH RUN WASTE TRMT PLT /
LAKE ROAD RIVER STATION
PINE RUN AT MORSEVILLE RD.; TAYMOUTH TWP,
FLINT R AT E BURT RD BR; TAYMOUTH TWP, SE
RAGONE WWTP DISCHARGE
BRENT RUN TRIBUTARY
VIENNA ROAD RIVER STATION
FLINT RIVER AT WILLARD RD.; MONTROSE TWP.
ARMSTRONG CREEK TRIBUTARY AT MCKINLEY ROA
FLINT RIVER AT UTAH DAM.; CITY OF FLINT
FLINT R. AT 6363 FLUSHING RD.; FLINT TWP.
GMC-BUICK MOTOR DIV
FLINT RIVER NEAR FLI
GENESEE COUNTY DIST «2
GENESEE COUNTY DIST »2 /MCKINLEY i F
BRENT CREEK TRIBUTARY
MT. MORRIS ROAD RIVER STATION
FLINT R AT 1AMFS PHI F Rl VR RP -P RANK TN
1 l-All 1 n Ml «JMI ICO \f^J^C, DLVU. DK • K DM|1I\ All
FLINT R3 MOUNT MORRIS RD; FLUSHING TWP SE
COLE CREEK TRIBUTARY
==> 6
LATITUDE
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
10
•>
01
15
04
03
14
00
15
04
03
14
00
21
19
19
18
18
17
10
15
15
14
14
14
12
15
14
11
11
10
13
09
02
02
03
02
11
11
07
06
01
07
03
12
18
00
30
30
20
30
00
30
30
20
30
30
10
12
29
30
55
37
21
07
13
40
40
18
12
08
22
12
49
17
33
49
37
05
20
45
45
30
37
14
03
55
LONGITUDE
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
063
083
083
083
083
084
083
084
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
083
50
7
41
47
49
51
55
42
47
49
51
55
42
00
59
00
57
57
56
53
52
52
52
48
48
52
52
52
51
51
52
52
51
40
47
40
46
52
52
52
51
41
51
51
03
00
30
40
30
10
40
30
40
30
10
40
05
32
15
15
13
09
20
30
23
06
10
10
40
00
07
55
50
35
58
51
22
33
32
10
05
05
29
34
19
38
48
RECEIVING W.
TR TO FLINT
BIRCH RN
ARMSTRONG C
FLINT R
PATTEE C
D TO FLINT
RECVG STRM-
RECVG STRM-
RECVG STRM-
RECVG STRM-
RECVG STRM-
MIN BASIN: !
SAGINAW RIVI
MIN BASIN: !
SAGINAW RIVI
SAGINAW RIVI
SAGINAW RIVI
SAGINAW RIVI
SAGINAW RIV;
SAGINAW RIVI
SILVER C
RECVG STRM-:
SAGINAW RIVI
MIN BASIN: !
MIN BASIN: :
SAGINAW RIVI
SAGINAW RIVI
SAGINAW RIVI
MIN BASIN: 1
SAGINAW RIV
MIN BASIN: :
MIN BASIN: :
FLINT R
FLINT R
RECVG STRM-I
SAGINAW RIVI
SAGINAW RIV
MIN BASIN: '.
MIN BASIN: !
SAGINAW RIVI
-------
PGM=INDEX KEYWORDS PAGE N0.
88/11/06
PRT^NO, USED WITH "CARDOUT" TO ELIMINATE PRINTED 5-6 112
OUTPUT FROM "PG!1=INDEX,"
REACHLIST COHTROLS OUTPUT FROM INDEX FORMAT 5-7 H2
CARDOUT CREATES A DATA SET CONTAINING STATION CHANGE 5-3 113
TRANSACTIONS
ADDKUC.CHGHUC CREATES DATA SET WITH CHANGE TRANSACTIONS FOR APP-5 A-
-------
PRT "PRT" IS USED TO CONTROL THE TYPE AND AMOUNT OF PRINT
WQ-RET/5-6 GENERATED BY "PGM=INDEX,". WITH THE INDEX PROGRAM, IT
CAN Be SET EQUAL TO "NO" WHICH WILL SUPPRESS THE PRINTING
OF THE STATION HEADER INFORMATION WHEN USING THE "CARDOUT"
CAPABILITY. IT ALSO CAN BE SET EQUAL TO "PAR" WHICH WILL
CAUSE THE INDEX FORMAT TO PRINT THE DESCRIPTIVE PARAGRAPH
ALONG WITH THE OTHER STATION HEADER INFORMATION.
REACHLIST WHEN THE "REACH. . .ENDREACH" STATION SELECTION TECH-
HQ-RET/5-7 HIQUE IS USED TO RETRIEVE THE STATIONS FOR THE INDEX
PROGRAM, THE OUTPUT WILL CONTAIN NOT ONLY THE STATION
HEADER INFORMATION FOR THE SELECTED STATIONS, I.E.,
THOSE THAT HAVE REACH DATA THAT MATCH THE REQUEST,
BUT ALSO WATER RELATED POINTS OF INTEREST FOR THE
SPECIFIED REACHES THAT ARE IN ANCILLARY FILES MAIN-
TAINED BY THE WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS BRANCH. IF THE
USER DESIRES TO SUPPRESS THE PRINTING OF THE DATA
FROM THESE FILES, "REACHLIST" IS SET EQUAL TO "NO".
ADDITIONAL HELP: DATA SET "STORET. HELP. IHS. FILES-
EXAMPLE
GENERATE AN INDEX PROGRAM LISTING FOR THE STATIONS WITHIN
30 MILES FRCN THE EPA REACH 04080204005. DO NOT LIST THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE WQAB ANCILLARY FILES.
PAGE NO. 112
8S/11/06
REACH1,RCHMIL=04080204005/0.00,STOPWHEN(MILES=30),SEARCH=UPSTREAM,
EN'DREACH,
-> REACHLIST=NO,
-------
CAROOUT, "CARCP'JT" IS USED TO TELL THE SYSTEM TO GENERATE EITHER A PAGE NO. 113
K3-RET/5-8 DATA SET OR A DECK OF CARDS CONTAINING STORET STORAGE CARDS 88/11/06
RZCIUIHEB TO CHANGE EXISTING STATION HEADER INFORMATION.
WHEN USED, THE JCL SHOWN BELOW IS REQUIRED.
EXAMPLE
CREATE A DATA SET CONTAINING STATION HEADER CHANGE
TRANSACTIONS FOR THE STATIONS IN WAPELLO COUNTY, IOWA,
THAT BELONG TO AGENCY CODE 21IOWA.
PGM=INDEX,STCO=19179,ONLYA=21IOWA,
-> CARDOUT,
./III JOB (AAAASTORP,Mill),STORET,NOTIFY=III,TIME=5,
./ MSGLEVEL=(1,1),PRTY=1
**ROUTE PRINT HOLD
**JOBPARM LINES=10
-> ./CARDOUT DD UNIT=DISK,DISP=<.CATLG),
-> ./ DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3200),SPACE=(TRK,(10,10),RLSE),
-> ./ !3SN=IIIAAAA.NAME
THE FOLLOWING IS AN EXAMPLE OF THE CONTENTS OF THE CREATED DATA
3ET, HHICH AFTER THE DESIRED CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE, IS SUBMITTED
FO" PROCESSING BY USING THE "XSTORE" COMMAND PROCEDURE SHOWN ON
:'A?2S 41 THROUGH eM=INCEX,STCO=19015,ONLYA=21IOWA,PRT=NO,
> CARDOUT,
./III JOS (AAAASTCRP,Mill),STORET,NOTIFY=III,TIME=5,
./ MSGLEVEL=(1,1),PRTY=1
**ROUTE PRINT HOLD
**JOBPARM LINES-10,CARDS=1000
> ./CARDOUT DD SYSOUT=B
THESE C/,:?D3 ARE THEN RUN THROUGH THE STORAGE PROGRAMS BY USING THE JOB CONTROL
CONTROL LANGUAGE (JCL) WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED VIA THE "XSTORE" COMMAND AS
r!J!.L?:J3: XSTORE DSN SPECIAL . THE CARDS ARE APPENDED TO THE JCL.
-------
Xn order to :•<>:.- ieva data from the Water quality System (WqS), a data PAGE NO.
•:,-.': contain t ;-.:; iiicj proper keywords must be created. The data set 88/11/06
;;1~. iiius'i hava a legitimate Job Card attached to it. The STORET
co,i!..!?.nd procedure "XRET" will aid the user in creating the data set.
"X^ST" will put the user into the quick Editor (QED), and after the
d'jta set -is completed, it will attach a proper Job Card to it. After
the data t;ct is saved , it is submitted for processing via the STORET
command procedure "XSCAN" uhich checks it for syntax errors, and if
it is error free, "XSCAN" will submit the retrieval request for pro-
cessing. After getting the "READY" prompt, the following sequence of
commands is issued:
F1EADY
Xret ("XRET" is a STORET command procedure which enables
the user to build a retrieval in working space.
Enter 'help ret' to get the on-line documentation for
the XRET command procedure. )
HELCQME TO STORET
ENTER YOUR RETRIEVAL REqUEST AFTER THE PROMPTING LINE NUMBERS.
TO TERMINATE INPUT, ENTER A -NULL LINE- (CARRIAGE RETURN)
IN RESPONSE TO LINE NUMBER PROMPT.
ENTEK A NAME PCS THE WORKING STORAGE - retrievl
INPL'T
OCOiO p:-;>!)=rat>s=serninar01 ,uk=choochoo,
OOCr.C p-i'OCl,p=60,p=50Q,p=400,p=620,p=940,p=1020,p=1022,
000:;S ?..T=791231,
000-V3 ~zr> (A null line is entered to exit the input mode.)
us-: .,:;r EDT.TINS COMMANDS DESIRED.
u;: v,-it • xscAN1 COMMAND TO SUBMIT THIS RETRIEVAL
AFT'.:? YC'J HAVE 'SAVED' IT.
i !:;,•:•-,:.: :s STORAGE is NAMED
QED ("QED" is the prompt for the "quick Editor" facility.)
list (List the contents of working space.)
000.-. : PGM=RET,S=SEMINAR01,UK=CHOOCHOO,
000^0 P=300,P=60,P=500,P=<*00,P=620,P=9 (Save a permanent copy of the workspace.)
(Return to TSO. )
-------
READY PAGE NO. 115
/scan s-etrievl (XSCAN is a STORE! command procedure that 88/11/06
syntax chaclts tha retrieval, and if it is
error free, submits it for processing.
Enter 'help scan' to get the on-line doc-
umentation for the XSCAN command procedure. )
SCAN DEGINS ... 99/99/99 99:99:99 ... DATA SET NAME "RETRIEV1"
00000010 PGM=RET,S=SEMINAR01 ,UK=********,
** D46 KEYWORD A MISSING/MISPLACED
00000020 P=3, P,P=60,P=500,P=400,P=620,P=940,P=1020,P=1022,
OOOC0030 EF= ?:231,
**:.. :•?«?!*»
•:;;:• 016 INVALID KEYWORD
•JCr.,3031 ./III JOB (AAAASTORP,MIII),STORET,NOTIFY=III,TIME=10,
!/w!3.?0032 ./ MSGLEVEL=(1,1)>PRTY=1
COOL'5033 ARGUTE PRINT HOLD
OOOCCOZ^v **JOBPARM LINES=20
RETRIEVAL ABORTED OWING TO SYNTAX ERRORS INDICATED ABOVE.
... 99/99/99 99:99:99 ... SCAN OF "RETRIEV1" ENDS ... 9:99 ELAPSED TIME
READY
-------
;:ir..M -the system has identified errors in the retrieval requesti it will PAGE NO. 116
be /; -:':c5sary to correct them before the retrieval can be processed. To 88/11/06
make corrections to a data set, a copy of it is brought into working
spnco. To c!o this, the following sequence of commands is issued:
RF.AUY
edit retrievl (Bring a copy of the data set into working storage
and pass control to the "QED" facility.)
QED ("QED" is the prompt for the Quick Editor facility.)
ica1 10 (Line edit line 10.)
OC310 PGM=
(Tl'.r. above will insert the character string
'a-'.ltrain, ' in front of the 's'.)
00010 P3M=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,UK=CHOOCHOO,
EDIT? (Enter a null line to make the change permanent
and to return to "QED".)
QED
Ice.' 50 <• r> (Line edit line 30.)
nOCIO £,r-. 71231,
EDIT? d (Change the character immediately above the "d"
to a "d".)
CCT'.O ED = ",'9!C31f
I:DI . (Enter a null lina to make the change permanent
and to return to "QED".)
i ' rf
, . •'<:!•> (Save a permanent copy of the corrected data set.)
. .^ (Return to TSO. )
c .* r> v
, '-i-i ~- i
::;-.. f-^trir-! (XSCAN is a STORET command procedure that
syntax checks the retrieval, and if it is
error free, submits it for processing.)
'JCAS: DSGIMr ... 99/99/99 99:99:99 ... DATA SET NAME "RETRIEV1"
00000020 P=300,P=60,P=500,P=^00,P=620,P=940,P=1020,P=1022,
OOOS0030 E0=791231,
00000031 ./III JOB (AAAASTORPUUU, Mill), STORET, NOTIFY=III,TIME=10,
00000032 ./ MSGLEVEL=(1,1),PRTY=1
00000033 *«RCUTE PRINT HOLD
00000034 **JOBPARM LINES=20
NO SYNTAX ERRORS FOUND IN RETRIEVAL
JOB 9999 SUBMITTED (9999 is the job number for the retrieval.)
... 99/9V/99 99:99:99 ... SCAN OF "RETRIEV1" ENDS ... 9:99 ELAPSED TIME
READY
-------
This System Display and Search Facility (SDSF) is used to control the Page No. 116.01
output from 'civ.; job after- it is submitted for processing. In order
to invoke the SDSF facility the following command is entered at the
READY prompt:
?EADY
ispf 3 (This will transfer control from "TSO" to the primary
SDSF menu. The SDSF primary menu is shown below.)
V1R3M1 SDSF PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU - -
COtWAND INPUT ===> SCROLL ===> CRS
;'REF:X=IIT. DEST=(ALD OWNER=*
Ty;:.: 3:1 Option or command and press Enter.
I.C5 - Display the system log
CA - Display active users of the system
I - "isplay jobs in the JES2 input queue
0 - Display jobs in the JES2 output queue
H - Display jobs in the JES2 held output queue
r,T - Display status of jobs in the JES2 queues
,'H - Display JES2 printers on this system
. !!IT - Display JES2 initiators on this system
TUTOS - Short course on SDSF (ISPF only)
•.!iJ - Exit SDSF
','sr '!clp !'.?y for more information.
:•:.--••?• (C! COPYRIGHT IBM CORP. 1981, 1990. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
; i" on the COMMAND INPUT line, the system will display
I.. .-j. i. the user id that are in the input queue. This is
V" -:•. \:1,:? r.axt page.
-------
SnSF INPUT qU
COMMAND INPUT ?•••">
HP J03NAI1E Job-.d
III99 J0350999
III98 J039999S
DISPLAY ALL CLASSES
LINE 0-0 (0)
SCROLL ===> CRS
P C Pos Prt-Dest ASYS Stat Causer Programmer Name
1 F 39 HOLD IIIAAAA.XX
1 F 33 HOLD IIIAAAA.XX
PAGE NO. 116.02
92/01/08
To gat a display of 'the jobs in the output queue (these are jobs
that have L>asn processed)i enter "o" on the COMMAND INPUT line.
-------
so
CO..
M.L CLASSES ALL P
C
A
A
Jcbid Dcr.t
JOS99999 HOLD
J0399998 HOLD
LINES 99,999 LINE 1-2 (2)
SCROLL " = > CRS
Tot-reds Programmer-name Room Device p
745 STORET Mill
865 STORET Mill
PAGE NO. 116.03
92/01/08
To look st thr: output of a completed job> an "s" is placed
n?xt to th;; iot- in tha column labelled NP. The first page
3, the job uill be displayed as shown on the next page.
-------
SDSF DISPLAY III99
COill-IAND IMPUT = ==>
JOB99999 DSID 2 LINE
JES2 JOB LOG
0 COLUMNS 02-81-2 (2)
SCROLL ===> CRS
SYSTEM EPA2 — NOD
PAGE NO. 116.04
92/01/08
E NCCIBM1
11.19.51
11.19.51
11.19.56
11.19.56
11.19.56
11. 20. or;
11.20.09
11.2U.09
K.20.09
il.20.09
11.20.09
11.20.09
ii.20.iy
11.20.1 ,
JOB99999
JOB99999
JOB99999
JOB99999
JOB99999
JOB99999
JOB99999
JOB99999
JOB99999
JOB99999
JCD99999
,;'".': ?T"99
;-1"O<"i'-*
ICH70001I III LAST ACCESS AT 09:43:22 ON TUESDAY, JULY 23
$HASP373 III18 STARTED - INIT 50 - CLASS B - SYS EPA2
+$$ STORET ACCOUNTING
+ $$
+ $$
+ $$
+ $$
+ $$
*$$
+$$
+ $$
+ $$
+ $4
MODULE -
XEQ
ASR
SUMPAGE -
WQROOT
**TOTAL -
STDPFT Arrr
$
$
$
$
$
$
5!J.»
; , NCC802I III18
COST
.10
.05
.07
.01
.23
.12
^TING
ENDED
CPU TIME
.27 SEC
.19 SEC
.25 SEC
.03 SEC
.74 SEC
IF AT PRIORITY 1
07/23/91, CODE
I/O COUNT
83
22
47
14
166
EXCP
EXCP
EXCP
EXCP
EXCP
0, ELAPSED
CORE
6388K
6388K
6396K
6396K
6396K
:20,
, 1991
MEM.
71
38
65
1
175
CPU
PAGING
PGSEC
PGSEC
PGSEC
PGSEC
PGSEC
:01
OFFLINE DISK
TAPE
EXCPS
186
••--: contains one valuable piece of information which
:.: whether the job executed properly. As shown above
J "CODE" is followed by "0". This indicates that the
•.-.-,.: prccer.ssd properly by the computer. If any other
appears liersj, the job did not execute properly.
-------
Sins* t!>s firs! sovernl hundred lines of the output contain
';•:?,.rnr, ';ir,n nbaut thu job such as which program modules Mere
cxe^cc:, syr.tam slloc-stion niansagss and other JCL information
i;|->;-.:ii the user does not need to see, they need to be by-passed.
To accompli shed this, "f 'ret ret1" is entered on the COMMAND
INr'JT line. This will find the first line of the first page
of -Jha STORET report output and print the first 20 lines. This
nor!;r; because, the first lina of each of the pages of the
output contains the characters "STORET RETRIEVAL DATE".
PAGE NO. 116.05
92/01/08
ST23ET RETRIEVAL DATE 99/99/99
/TYPA/'AMBNT/STREAM
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLI60 CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MONTGOMERY
021400
24031 MARYLAND
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 800607
0005 FEET DEPTH
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
CLASS 0
"ATE TIME DEPTH
r;-oM OF
TO DAY FEET
.. 7/20
;~'3 AVE 0100
t\
•;.- . <; 12 01
O/ -H- 1 .'"* 01
00300
DO
MG/L
10.6
14.3
12.3
00060
STREAM
FLOW
CFS
840
830
00500
RESIDUE
TOTAL
MG/L
843
743
00400
PH
SU
8.30
7.30
00620 00940
N03-N CHLORIDE
TOTAL TOTAL
MG/1L MG/L
0.200
1.600
2.600
273
268
': r:orc of the report, the command "down" is entered on
..".'.,1 INFUT line, and the system will page down one page.
-------
;,f . >r examining parts of tha
sp- -d printer by typing "END
winch will causa the system
the jobs in iha output QUEUE
printer or to the main frame
"DEST" field is changed to a
"LOCAL". "LOCAL" will send
it will mailed to the addres
report» it may be sent to a high
on the "COMMAND INPUT" line
to re-turn to the screen showing
To route tha job to a remote
printer, the word "HOLD" in the
remote site number or the word
it to the main frame printer* and
associated with the user id.
PAGE NO. 116.06
SDSF OUTPUT ALL CLASSES ALL FORMS
COMMAND INPUT "=>
NP JOBMAME Jobid Dost C
III99 JOB99999 HOLD A
III98 JOB9999S HOLD A
LINES 99,999
LINE
Tot-reds Programmer-name
745 STORET
865 STORET
1-2 (2)
SCROLL ===> CRS
Room Device p
Mill
Mill
-------
There zr^ *••!:> vcpr.ions of tho "SDSF" facility. The more common one is
the one dr.rc^'.stratod en thn previous pages and works only with full
screen terminals that can accoss "ISPF". The other version shown
below is for line-by-lina terminals emulating a teletype terminal.
After tha job has executed, it is located using the "SDSF" facility. The
following is an example of how to locate the output for a retrieval that
is in th= "HOLD" status:
READY
sdsf ("SDSF" passes control to the "SDSF" facility.)
SDSF ENTER "HELP" FOR COMMAND LIST
SDSF ("SDSF" is the prompt for the "SDSF" facility.)
o ("o" is tha abbreviation for "OUTPUT" and displays
PAGE NO. 117
92/01/08
JOBit JCSNAME
9998 III
9999 III99
SDSF
•-. 9999
the status of the user's output jobs. Type ";"
display input jobs.)
POSITION LINES DESTINATION
17
777
to
QUEUE
TSO USER
OUTPUT
932 HOLD
SDSF
fin-:
("s" is the abbreviation for "SELECT". This allowss
access to the output for job 9999, which is in
"PRINT HOLD". )
JES2 JOB LOG — SYSTEM EPA1 -- NODE
(The first 20 lines are printed. First line above is displayed.)
N C C I B M
'cc=' all-;cr> (List all occurrences of the character string "CC=" which will
display the job's completion code. Four zeors (CC=0000) indicates
that the job ended normally. Other completion codes generally
indicate a problem. The data set 'STORET.HELP.SYSTEM.ABEND.CODES'
has an explanation of these.If you are at the bottom you must type
'top1, find 'cc=' all, and then 'right1 to view the completion code.
Some terminals will wrap around and not require this action.
7 Mn.KM.SS JOB 9999 NCC005I * JOB III99 ENDED MM/DD/YY AT HR:MM:SS, PRTY=04 CC=0000
(The line containing the completion code prints.)
-------
SDSF
find 'ret ret1
(The first line of each page of a retrieval contains
the words 'STORET RETRIEVAL DATE'. This statement
instructs the system to start at the top of the
selected output and find all of the occurrences of the
character string 'RET RET' which will indicate the top
of pages which contain useful information. 20 lines
will print.)
PAGE NO. 118
90/01/16
694 STORET RETRIEVAL DATE YY/MM/DD
743 STORET RETRIEVAL DATE YY/MM/DD
792 SYSrlET RETRIEVAL DATE YY/MM/DD
841 STCKEV SETKIEVAL DATE YY/MM/DD
890 STOREY RETRIEVAL DATA YY/MM/DD
SDSF
(Another 20 lines will print.)
695
696 /TYPA/AMBNT/STREAM
697
693 00300 00060 00500
699 D..TE TIME DEPTH DO STREAM RESIDUE
700 .,..,, OF FLOW TOTAL
701 .0 DAY FEET MG/L CFS MG/L
702 66/07/20
703 CPISJ-G AVF. 0100 10.6
70'} &3/07/20
705 70/01/33 12 01 14.3 840 843
706 70/02/03 12 01 12.3 830 743
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 800607
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
CLASS 0
00400
PH
SU
8.30
7.30
00620
N03-N
TOTAL
MG/1L
0.200
1.600
2.600
00940
CHLORIDE
TOTAL
MG/L
273
268
(The remaining lines would print here.)
EDSF
rout 9999 rraOO (Route job 9999 to the central printer
and print it. The output will be mailed
to the user.)
COMMAND ISSUED
sosr
end (Instructs the system to leave the "SDSF" facility
and return to TSO.)
HEADY
-------
I i:: KEXT SECTION DEALS WITH THE ANALYTICAL CAPABILITIES OF STORET PAGE NO 119
Alii; THE KEYWORDS THAT ARE SPECIFIC TO CERTAIN OUTPUT FORMATS. 88/11/06
TRANSFORMATION AND ANALYTICAL KEYWORDS
:.9AD CAUSES LOADINGS TO BE CALCULATED 4-169 120
uOG CALCULATES THE LOGARITHMS BEFORE 4-171 120
STATISTICS ARE RUN
SETRXX SPECIFIES VALUES FOR REMARKED DATA 4-185 120
HITHER,COMPUTED SPECIFIES WHETHER CALCULATED OR STORED 4-181 122
TRANSFORMATIONS ARE TO BE USED 4-183
.10 CAT METHOD OF CALCULATING DO SATURATION 4-174 124
;;A;> .^LSS METHOD OF CALCULATING HARDNESS 4-iss 124
\?.:-.s:r, *M METHOD OF CALCULATING UN-IONIZED AMMONIA 4-176 125
COL1FORM/STREP METHOD OF CALCULATING THE COLIFORM/STREP 4-178 125
COUNT RATIO
-------
:,.'4-169
THE "LCAI.V KEYWORD WHEN PLACED RIGHT AFTER A PARAMETER CODE PAGE NO. 120
HILL CAUSE LOADINGS IN POUNDS PER DAY TO BE CALCULATED FOR 88/11/06
THAT PARAMETER. IN ORDER FOR A LOADING TO BE COMPUTED, THE
SANFLf; MUST CONTAIN A VALUE FOR ONE OF THE FLOW PARAMETERS
WHICH ARE: 59, 60, 61, 74020, 50050, 58, 50051, 50053, 72033,
AND 72034. THE FLOW PARAMETER DOES NOT HAVE TO BE RETRIEVED.
PGM=MEAN,A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,S=LEE1,
SAMPTYPE=GRA3,PRT=DATA,P=60,P=300,
P=940,LOAD,P=1020,LOAD,
THE "!.CG" KEYWORD CAUSES THE LOGARITHMS OF THE VALUES TO BE
CCM:-DTED BEFORE THE ANALYSIS is PERFORMED WHICH ALLOWS FOR
THE COMPUTATION OF GEOMETRIC STATISTICS. HOWEVER, BEFORE THE
VALUE 1C PRINTED, THE ANTI-LOG IS CALCULATED AND PRINTED. THE
"LOG" KEYWORD MUST COME IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE PARAMETER TO
WHICH IT IS TO APPLY.
EXAMPLE
r-'Gft -MEAN, A= 11TRAIN, UK=CHOOCHOO,
J-I.'JEl,S,'iMPTYPE=GRAB,P=10,P=400,
> n=.500,LOS,P=1020,LCG,
£0=750101,=0=801231,PRT=DATA,
-:r.5
"CETRXX" IS USED TO ASSIGN A VALUE TO THE DATA THAT HAVE A
EPECr.'TC REMARK CODE. IT APPLIES TO THE PARAMETERS THAT
FOLS.O:,' IV AND IT CAN BE USED MULTIPLE TIMES IN A RETRIEVAL.
ITS FORMAT IS "SETRXX=NN,", WHERE "XX" REPRESENTS ONE OR
rirSE OF THE VALID REMARK CODES, AND "NN" IS THE VALUE TO
F. .. ASSIGNED TO THE DATA WITH THE SPECIFIED REMARK CODE.
••••..r!XX" CAN BE SET EQUAL TO "NO" WHICH SPECIFIES THAT THE
DMA WITH THE SPECIFIED REMARK CODES ARE TO BE EXCLUDED FROM
THE RETRIEVAL. "SETRXX" MAY BE SET EQUAL TO "OFF" WHICH
TURNS OFF THE OPTION FOR THE PARAMETERS THAT FOLLOW IT.
EXAMPLE
TO OEKONoTBATE THE "SETRX" CAPABILITY, DO THE FOLLOWING TO THE REMARKED
;AT.'. FC3 PARAMETER 1020: IN POSITION 1, ASSIGN THE VALUE OF 5 TO THE
"ATA THAT fiAVi-l A REMARK CODE OF K; IN POSITION 2, PRINT THE DATA AS THEY
.,SE STORED; IN POSITION 3, ASSIGN A VALUE OF 500 FOR THOSE VALUES THAT
:)AVE AM I. REMARK CODE; IN POSITION 4, PRINT ONLY UNREMARKED DATA; IN
POSITICX 5, ELIMINATE DATA WITH A REMARK CODE OF K OR U; AND IN POSITION
6, A^ISN A VALUE OF 2 TO DATA THAT HAVE A REMARK CODE OF K OR U AND A
VALUE OF 400 TO DATA WITH A REMARK CODE OF L.
PGI1=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,
>SE7!xK=5,P=1020,SETRK=OFF,P=1020,SETRL=500,P=1020,
>3ETRL=OFF,R=*,P=1020,R=OFF,SETRKU=NO,P=1020,
>SETRKU=2,SETRL=400,P=1020,
-------
*PrM-rET,A=llTnAIN,S=SEMINAR01, *
->wSETRK=5,P=102Q,SETRK=OFF,P=1020,SETRL=500,P=1020, *
->*Si;TnL=OFF,R=;f,P=1020,R=OFF,SETRKU=NO,P=1020, *
->«SETRKU=2,SETRL=400,P=1020, *
#*»•»**»**«*#»*****#*********************************
PAGE NO. 121
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 88/03/16
.'TYPA/A'TvilT/STREAM/BIO
PGM=RET
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
UATE
FRON
TO
. :i/i4
;./ic
,'i-
. 'IZ
•'.. ,;vi:.
)0/ :;•/£!.
;:o/ 03/13
S'J/rV£7
3 a/: o/i e
80/11/05
SO/IE/OS
31/01/12
81/02/13
oU/03/15
Bl/04/0.1.
Bl/05/.'.V
81/06/:
31/07/:.
8i/o::/i.
01/09/15
81/10/1*.
81/11/05
81/12/13
TIME
OF
DAY
1300
1 ^09
w.
1200
1600
OSOO
1100
1500
:ioo
J600
0900
OSOO
MEDIUM
WATEH
WATEiJ
WATER
',- ATE:?
: ;.TER
. Ai'ER
'.• ATER
UATER
HATER
KATcF!
WATEH
WAT El!
WATER
WATEFJ
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
BOTTOM
WATER
WATER
WATER
SMK
OR
DEPTH
(FT)
15
5
5
4
2
0
2
0
0
2
3
* 01020
BORON
B.DISS
UG/L
331
384
5K
299L
303
334
217U
167L
108
103U
5K
411L
263
62
249U
223L
98
264
5K
322L
117
154
242U
01020
BORON
B.DISS
UG/L
331
384
274K
299L
303
334
217U
167L
108
103U
334K
411L
263
62
249U
223L
98
264
231K
322L
117
154
242U
* 01020
BORON
B,DISS
UG/L
331
384
274K
500L
303
334
217U
500L
108
103U
334K
500L
263
62
249U
500L
98
264
231K
500L
117
154
242U
01020
BORON
B,DISS
UG/L
331
384
303
334
108
263
62
98
264
117
154
* 01020
BORON
B,DISS
UG/L
331
384
299L
303
334
167L
108
411L
263
62
223L
98
264
322L
117
154
* 01020
BORON
B.DISS
UG/L
331
384
2K
400L
303
334
2U
400L
108
211
2K
400L
263
62
2U
400L
98
264
2K
400L
117
154
2U
IN THIS COLUMN MAY HAVE BEEN MODIFIED DURING RETRIEVAL DUE TO USER REQUEST.
-------
THE STREET SYSTEM WILL PERFORM CERTAIN DATA TRANSFORMATIONS AND COMPU- PAGE NO. 122
TATIP:!.. USING INGREDIENT PARAMETERS IN THE SAMPLE. TO PERFORM THESE 88/11/06
TRAN:;R,::IIATIONS, THE INGREDIENT PARAMETERS HAVE HAD TO HAVE BEEN STORED,
AND Till: RETRIEVAL MUST CONTAIN THE RESULTANT PARAMETER SO THE CALCU-
LATED VALUE HAS A POSITION IN THE RETRIEVAL TO PRINT THE RESULT OF THE
CALCULATIONS. IF THE "EITHER" OR "COMPUTED" INSTRUCTIONS ARE NOT USED,
THE INGREDIENT CONSTITUENTS MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE RETRIEVAL AND IT
WILL TREAT THE RESULTING CALCULATIONS AS IF THE "EITHER" OPTION WAS
USED. THE FOLLOWING KEYWORDS AND PROCEDURES ARE USED TO EFFECT THESE
TRANSFORMATIONS:
EITHER "EITHER", WHICH FOLLOWS THE PARAMETER TO WHICH IT APPLIES,
M3-RET/4-1B1 IS USED TO INFORM THE SYSTEM TO USE EITHER THE STORED
VALUE OR THE CALCULATED VALUE. IF THE VALUE HAS ALREADY
BEEN STORED FOR THE RESULTANT PARAMETER, IT IS THE ONE
USED, I.E., THE STORED VALUE TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER THE
CALCULATED VALUE. IF THERE IS NO STORED VALUE AND IF
THE INGREDIENT CONSTITUENTS ARE PRESENT IN THE SAMPLE,
THE VALUE WILL BE COMPUTED AND PRINTED IN THE PLACE RE-
SERVED BY THE RESULTANT PARAMETER CODE. COMPUTED VALUES
ARE ASSIGNED A REMARK CODE OF A DOLLAR SIGN (S).
COMPUTED "COMPUTED", WHICH FOLLOWS THE PARAMETER TO WHICH IT APPLIES,
Mq-RET/4-103 IS USED TO TELL THE SYSTEM TO USE ONLY THE COMPUTED VALUES,
I.E., DO NOT USE THE STORED VALUES EVEN IF ONE IS PRESENT.
THE STORED VALUE IS NOT USED EVEN THOUGH ONE CAN NOT BE
CALCULATED DUE TO THE LACK OF INGREDIENT PARAMETERS IN THE
SAMPLE. IF THE REQUIRED INGREDIENT PARAMETERS ARE PRESENT
IN THE SAMPLE, THE VALUE WILL BE COMPUTED AND PRINTED IN
THE COLUMN WHERE THE RESULTANT PARAMETER IS LOCATED AND THE
VALUE WILL BE REMARKED WITH A DOLLAR SIGN ($).
EXAMPLE
TC SSriONSTRATE THIS CAPABILITY, HAVE THE SYSTEM CALCULATE THE DO SAT,
AND .TM THE FIRST POSITION, USE EITHER THE STORED OR THE CALCULATED
VALUE! IN POSITION 2 HAVE THE SYSTEM USE ONLY THE CALCULATED VALUE; AND
IN POSITION 3 SHOU ONLY THE STORED VALUE. IN POSITIONS 4 THROUGH 6, DO
THE SAr;,i FOR UK-IONIZED AMMONIA, AND IN POSITIONS 7 THROUGH 9, USING
THE SAMS SCHEME, DISPLAY THE COLIFORM/STREP COUNT RATIO.
PGM=RET,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,SAMPTYPE=6RAB,
> p=301,EITHER,P=301,COMPUTED,P=301,
> p=619,EITHER,P=619,COMPUTED,P=619,
> p=820R8,EITHER,P=82028,COMPUTED,P=82028,
-------
*PGn=RET,A-.llTRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,SAMPTYPE=GRAB, *
> *P=30.l,EITMER,P=301, COMPUTED, P=301, *
> efp=619,ElTHER,P=619, COMPUTED, P=619, *
> *p=S2028, EITHER, P=3202S, COMPUTED, P=82028, *
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/19
/TYPA/AM3NT/STR EAM/BIO
PGM=RET
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
PAGE:
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
.'32/05/01
k.>2/06/10
132/07/31
82/00/03
82/09/23
82/10/27
82/11/16
82/lC/iS
85/0?./l.
85/07/2.;
DAY MEDIUM
WATER
:-!ATER
. IATER
.ATER
. I.'.TER
BOTTOM|
MATER
WATER
HATER
WATER
HATER
WATER
WATER
VERT
DSEDGE
WATER
WATER
CORE
WATER
DREDGE
MATER
HATER
NATEi?
0300
1300
1000
0900
2000
1500
13CO
1000
1403
SMK
OR
DEPTH
(FT)
0
0
2
3
1
0
10
2
7
5
6
0
0
0
00301
DO
SATUR
PERCENT
77.
92.
82.
97.
68.
112.
121.
111.
99.
91.
110.
87.
96.
67.
60.
64.
59.
65.
128.
81.
110.
82.
56.
3$
2$
0
1$
0$
4$
8$
2$
2
4$
4$
3
7$
6$
0$
1$
0$
3
9$
7$
7$
4$
7$
00301
DO
SATUR
00301
DO
SATUR
PERCENT PERCENT
77.
92.
103.
97.
68.
112.
121.
111.
113.
91.
110.
108.
96.
67.
60.
64.
59.
100.
128.
81.
110.
82.
56.
3$
2$
6$ 82.0
1$
0$
4$
8$
2$
0$ 99.2
4$
4$
0$ 87.3
7$
6$
0$
1$
0$
9$ 65.3
9$
7$
7$
4$
7$
00619
UN-IONZD
NH3-NH3
MG/L
.0008$
.002$
.124$
.088$
.004$
.018$
.009$
.008$
.037
.004$
.0005$
.074
.003$
.002$
.0002$
.015$
.004$
.450
.003$
.002$
.002$
00619 00619
UN-IONZD UN-IONZD
NH3-NH3 NH3-NH3
MG/L MG/L
.0008$
.002$
.124$
.088$
.004$
.018$
.009$
.008$
.006$ .037
.004$
.0005$
.0004$ .074
.003$
.002$
.0002$
.015$
.004$
.019$ .450
.003$
.002$
.002$
82028
RATIO
FEC COL
FEC STRP
3$
.9$
3
2$
2$
1$
1$
2$
.5
.8$
2$
3
2$
2$
3$
.3$
.7$
4
.4$
2$
1$
82028
RATIO
FEC COL
FEC STRP
3$
.9$
1$
2$
2$
1$
1$
2$
.7$
.8$
2$
.7$
2$
2$
3$
.3$
.7$
1$
.4$
2$
1$
82028
RATIO
FEC COL
FEC STRI
-------
DO SATURATION CALCULATION PAGE NO. 124
KQ-RET/4-174 88/11/06
THE STORET SYSTEM WILL CALCULATE THE DISSOLVED OXYGEN SATURATION
IF THE INGREDIENT PARAMETERS ARE IN THE SAMPLE. THE REQUIRED
INGREDIENT PARAMETERS ARE: 10 (TEMP C), OR 11 (TEMP F), 299 OR
300 (DO). ALSO, IF THE SAMPLE CONTAINS PARAMETER 480 (SALINITY),
THE CORRECTION FOR SALINITY IS MADE, AND IF THE STATION'S ALTITUDE
HAS BEEN STORED FOR PARAMETER CODE 42 AT THE SPECIAL DATE 010101,
THE CORRECTION FOR ALTITUDE IS APPLIED. TO GET THE SYSTEM TO DO THE
COMPUTATION, THE PARAMETER CODE 301 (DO SAT) MUST BE INCLUDED IN
THE RETRIEVAL. THIS IS THE PLACE WHERE THE SYSTEM WILL PLACE THE
CALCULATED VALUE, AND IT WILL BE REMARKED WITH A DOLLAR SIGN ($)
TO INDICATE THAT THE VALUE SHOWN IS A CALCULATED VALUE. IN ORDER
FOR THE COMPUTATION TO BE PERFORMED EITHER THE "EITHER" OR "COMPUTED"
KEYWORDS MUST BE USED OR THE INGREDIENT CONSTITUENTS MUST BE INCLUDED
IN THc RETRIEVAL. "EITHER" AND "COMPUTED" INDICATE WHETHER STORED OR
CALCULATED VALUES ARE TO BE USE. THE CALCULATION IS PERFORMED AS
SHOWN ON PAGE 5-179 OF THE "NATIONAL HANDBOOK OF RECOMMENDED METHODS
FOR WATER QUALITY ACQUISITION".
EXAMPLE
PGM=PLOT,A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,S=LEE1,
SA:ii'TYPE=GR AB, PRT=DATA,
> p=301,EITHER,P=301,COMPUTED,
THE SYSTEM WILL CALCULATE HARDNESS (CAC03 MG/L) IF THE SAMPLE CONTAINS
DATA FOR CALCIUM (EITHER PARAMETER 915 OR 916) AND MAGNESIUM (EITHER
PARAMETER 925 OR 927). THE RESULTANT HARDNESS PARAMETER 46570 MUST BE
INCLUDED I!! THE RETRIEVAL AND THE CALCULATED VALUE WILL BE PLACED IN
THE POSITION RESERVED BY THAT PARAMETER WITH THE CALCULATED VALUE BEING
FLAGGED WITH A DOLLAR SIGN ($). "EITHER" OR "COMPUTED" IS USED TO
SPECIFY HOW THOSE SAMPLES WITH A STORED VALUE FOR HARDNESS ARE TO BE
HAiVUED. SEE THE DISCUSSION ABOVE ON THEIR USE. IF THEY ARE NOT USED,
T:;r;r! THE INGREDIENT CONSTITUENTS MUST BE SPECIFIED IN THE RETRIEVAL.
THE CALCULATION IS PERFORMED AS PER THE "STANDARD METHODS", 16TH
1L7ITION, 1985, PAGE 209 AND THE FORMULA IS AS FOLLOWS:
HARDNESS (CAC03, MG/L) = 2.497(CA, MG/L) + 4.118(MG, MG/L).
EXAMPLE
PSM=PI.OT,A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,S=LEE1,
A:;PTYPE=GRAB,PRT=DATA,
..70, EITHER, P=46570, COMPUTED,
-------
UN-.TONIZ2::) .•-••"•'?rT: CALCULATION PAGE NO. 125
HQ-RE7/V-176 88/11/06
THE AMOUNT OF UN-ICNIZED AMMONIA CAN BE CALCULATED IF THE FOLLOWING
IN3EEDIENT PARAMETERS ARE IN THE SAMPLE AND IF PARAMETER 612 AND/OR
619 (UN- IONIZED) AMMONIA IS INCLUDED IN THE RETRIEVAL:
TEMPERATURE (PARAMETER 10 AND/OR 11)
PH (PARAMETER 400 AND/OR 403)
AMMONIA (PARAMETER 608 AND/OR 610 AND/OR
71845 AND/OR 71846)
THE "EITHER" OR "COMPUTED" KEYNORD MUST FOLLOW THE RESULTANT
PARAMETER TO CONTROL WHETHER THE CALCULATED VALUE ONLY OR EITHER
THE CALCULATED OR STORED VALUE IS TO BE USED. SEE THE PREVIOUS
WRITE-UP ON THE "EITHER" AND "COMPUTED" KEYWORDS FOR THEIR
FUNCTION. THE CALCULATION IS PERFORMED USING THE TABLE PROVIDED
BY TH'JRSTON, ET AL, 1974, AND THE LIMITS OF COMPUTATION ARE
BETWEEN 5 AND 30 2EGREES CELSIUS AND 6 AND 10 PH UNITS. IF
"EITHER" OR "COMPUTED" ARE NOT USED, THE INGREDIENT PARAMETERS
MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE RETRIEVAL.
EXAMPLE
PGM=PLOT,A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,S=LEE1,
OAMPTYPE=GRAB,P=10,P=11,P=400,P=610,P=300,
> P=6.\9,EITHER,P=619,COMPUTED,
!',;:::(V;::/S.T::KP COUNT RATIO CALCULATION
THE COLIFORM/STREP COUNT RATIO WILL BE CALCULATED BY THE ANALYTICAL
['RCSSAMS IF PARAMETER 82028 IS SPECIFIED AND IF ONE OF THE COLI-
!t!".. AND CKE OF THE STREP PARAMETERS ARE PRESENT IN THE RETRIEVAL.
7H.I CfJLIFORH PARAMETERS ARE: 74055, 31625, 31613, 31616, 31641,
-)£!?, 3:618, 31617, 31640, 31614 AND 31615. THE STREP PARAMETERS
ARE: 31073, 31670, 31677, 31678, 31676, 31679, 31675, 31671, AND
31672. THE "EITHER" OR "COMPUTED" KEYWORDS ARE USED TO DETERMINE
KNETKin THE STORED VALUE OR THE CALCULATED VALUE IS TO BE USED. IF
"EITHER" OR "COMPUTED" ARE NOT USED, THEN THE INGREDIENT PARAMETERS
NUST BE INCLUDED IN THE RETRIEVAL.
EXAMPLE
"GM=MEAN,A=11TRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,S= LEE1,
3AMPTYPE=GRAB,PRT=DATA,P=31616,P=31673,DG=S,
> P=S2023,EITHER,P=32023,COMPUTED,
-------
::s lu :.;• ,::;;AMPLE OUTPUT FROM THE "STAND" PROGRAM (PGM=STAND, ).
...j" I? UTIL:.Z;EC 10 COMPARE THE STORED VALUE FOR A POLLUTANT AGAINST
,.-:.:, J.RIO!! FOR TI!E CONSTITUENT AND TO INDICATE THOSE VALUES THAT
..;:. .!.'; CRITERION. THE CRITERIA FOR THE CONSTITUENTS ARE SPECIFIED
:JN ..'.t SETKIEVAL is BEINS BUILT AND THERE ARE THREE PRINT FORMATS
AVAILABLE.
PAGE NO. 126
88/11/06
-> *PGM=STAND,
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
*P=76,LC=40,HC=120,P=300,LC=14,
*P=400,HC=8.6,LC=7.9,P=1000,HC=18,P=1022,HC=600,
*P=1027,HC=1200,
-> *REPORT=SAMPLE,
STORET Rci:?.r.EVAL DATE 87/11/05
VIOLATIONS WITH SUPPORTING PARAMETERS
/TYPA/At ,'SNT/STR E AM/BIO
STAND - VERSION OF JAN. 1987
STN
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
CAT*
00076 00300
TUR3 DO
TRBIDMTR
TIME HACH FTU MG/L
00400 01000
PH ARSENIC
AS.DISS
SU UG/L
01022 01027
BORON CADMIUM
B.TOT CD,TOT
UG/L UG/L
68/0 7/C
70/02/0
70/00/1:
70/OS/2:'
70/06/0"
70/07/0"
pc/io/oj
70/11/: .
70/12/21
71/cr/:'
71/'J'/I
7i/;.. ',..
Tl/'Ji'/1)
. '01
1 . '.' 1
1 ' C 1
1221
1201
1201
1221
1201
1201
.'.201
1201
1 1C1
'.221
.:. :ioi
•J'~~ 1221
V1/1 I/O-': 1201
".'1/12/2:. 1201
'.'•2/02/0:. r.::oi
7K/03/;." i.;OT
72/04/1' 1201
72/05/7.. '.Ji:
'.72/06/3?, 1221
72/07/C4 1201
72/08/£r, 1201
35.40*
25.40*
35.40*
41.40
32.40*
35.40*
41.40
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
25.40*
35.40*
41.40
32.40*
35.40*
41.40
41.40
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
25.40*
35.40*
41.40
32.40*
35.40*
10.60*
12.30*
20.30
12.30*
20.30
17.30
19.30
20.30
17.30
19.30
12.30*
20.30
12.30*
20.30
17.30
12.30*
20.30
20.30
17.30
19.30
12.30*
9.80*
20.30
12.30*
20.30
17.30
19.30
7.300*
6.300
8.100
8.100
8.100
7.900
8.100
8.100
7.900
7.300*
8.300
8.100
8.100
8.100
8.100
8.100
8.100
8.100
7.900
7.300*
1.700*
8.300
3.100
8.100
8.100
7.900
11.00
23.00*
20.00*
21.00*
11.00
24.00*
21.00*
11.00
24.00*
11.00
23.00*
20.00*
21.00*
11.00
20.00*
21.00*
21.00*
11.00
24.00*
11.00
23.00*
20.00*
21.00*
11.00
24.00*
467.0
567.0
406.0
367.0
401.0
667.0*
367.0
401.0
667.0*
467.0
567.0
406.0
367.0
401.0
406.0
367.0
367.0
401.0
667.0*
467.0
567.0
406.0
367.0
401.0
667.0*
8.
3.
8.
7.
6.
6.
7.
6.
6.
8.
3.
8.
7.
6.
8.
7.
7.
6.
6.
8.
135.
3.
8.
7.
6.
6.
-------
LC
HC
REPORT=SAHPLE,
REPORT=EXCEPTION,
REPORT=SUMMARY,
PGM=STAND KEYWORDS
SETS LOWER LIMIT FOR CRITERIA CHECK
SETS UPPER LIMIT FOR CRITERIA CHECK
"STAND" PRINT CONTROL KEYWORD
"STAND" PRINT CONTROL KEYWORD
"STAND" PRINT CONTROL KEYWORD
PAGE NO. 127
88/11/06
5-28
5-28
5-30
5-30
5-30
128
128
128
128
128
-------
LC THIS 15 USED TO SET THE LOWER CRITERION AGAINST WHICH PAGE NO. 128
U.V) THE VALUES FOR THE PARAMETER ARE TO BE CHECKED. IT 88/11/06
MQ-RET/5-28 i APPLIES TO THE PARAMETER IT FOLLOWS.
HC "HC" SETS THE UPPER LIMIT AGAINST WHICH THE PARAMETER'S
(HV) VALUES ARE TO BE CHECKED. IT APPLIES ONLY TO THE PARAM-
!-:3-RET/5-23 ETER IT FOLLOWS.
THE FOLLOWING KEYWORDS ARE USED TO SPECIFY WHICH OF THE THREE PRINT OPTIONS
ARE TO BE INCLUDED IN THE OUTPUT:
REPORT^SAMPLE, THIS WILL CAUSE THE ENTIRE SAMPLE TO BE PRINTED WHEN
(f-'SA=T,) ANY OF THE POLLUTANTS IN THE SAMPLE ARE IN VIOLATION.
SW-RET/5-30 THE VALUES EXCEEDING THE CRITERIA WILL BE INDICATED
WITH AN ASTERISK.
REPORT=EXCEPTION, THIS WILL CAUSE ONLY THOSE VALUES THAT ARE IN VIOLATION
(?SO=T,) TO BE PRINTED. THE VALUES WILL BE PRINTED WITH AN
W-3-RET/5-30 ASTERISK AFTER THEM.
REPORT=S'JMMARY, THIS WILL CAUSE A SUMMARY TABLE OF THE VIOLATIONS TO
(PVS=T,) , BE PRINTED.
»q-RET/5-30
DEFAULT: HEPORT=SUMMARY, AND REPORT=EXCEPTION, WHICH WILL GIVE THE
SUMMARY TABLE AND A LIST OF THOSE VALUES IN VIOLATION.
EXAMPLE
SEMINAR01 STORED BEHIND AGENCY 11TRAIH, THE FOLLOWING
. , .XTERIA ESTABLISHED FOR THE INDICATED PARAMETERS:
!•>.',
', . 1HTER
UO.Vo
o?'»ej
OJOPO
01022
01027
LOW CRITERIA
40
7.9
-
-
-
HIGH CRITERIA
120
8.6
18
600
1200
HAVE THE SYSTEM IDENTIFY THOSE VALUES THAT EXCEED THESE LIMITS.
PRINT ALL THREE OF THE OUTPUT FORMATS.
PGM^STAND , A= 1 1TRAIN , S=SEMINARO 1 , SAMPTYPE=GRAB ,
---- > P=76 , LC=40 ,HC=120 ,P=300 , LC=14,
---- > P=400,HC=S.6,LC=7.9,P=1000,HC=18,P=1022,HC=600,
---- > P=1027,HC=1200,
---- > REPORT=EXCEPTION,REPORT=SAMPLE,REPORT=SUMMARY,
-------
*PSM=STAND,
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEI1INAR01,SAI1PTYPE=GRAB,
*P=76,LC=40,HC=120,P=300,LC=14,
*P=400,HC=8.5,LC=7.9,P=1000,KC=18,P=1022,HC=600,
«P=1027,HC=1200,
*REPORT=SAMPLE,
PAGE NO. 129
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
VIOLATIONS WITH SUPPORTING PARAMETERS
/TYPA/AM3NT/STREAM/BIO
STAND - VERSION OF JAN. 1987
STN
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
DATE TIME
• ^/••s-v's^
•: 1201
... 1201
•;• . .-.•- ::ci
: •; 'or '.?.":
. "..•'•;:• :::0i
. JO/E:. :20i
•(X-.-OV/21: :ioi
nviivos 1221
70/1.1/3* 1201
70/12/23 1201
71/02/03 1201
71/04/13 1201
,71/05/23 1101
[71/06/03 1221
71/07/04 1201
71/08/23 1201
71/09/2;- 1:01
71/10/01 :221
71/11/02 1220
71/11/04 1201
71/12/23 1201
72/02/03 1201
72/03/15 1000
72/04/13 1201
72/05/23 1101
72/C.V03 1221
72/.T//04 1201
72/OS/23 1201
00076
TUR3
TRBIDMTR
HACH FTU
3.5. 40*
25.40*
35.40*
41.40
32.40*
35.4CK
35.40*
41.40
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
25.40*-
35.40*
41.40
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
41.40
41.40
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
25.40*
35.40*
41.40
32.40*
35.40*
00300
DO
M6/L
10.60*
12.30*
20.30
12.30*
20.30
17.30
19.30
12.30*
20.30
17.30
19.30
12.30*
20.30
12.30*
20.30
17.30
19.30
12.30*
20.30
20.30
17.30
19.30
12.30*
9.80*
20.30
12.30*
20.30
17.30
19.30
00400
PH
SU
7.300*
8.300
8.100
8.100
8.100
7.900
8.100
8.100
8.100
7.900
7.300*
8.300
8.100
3.100
8.100
7.900
8.100
8.100
8.100
8.100
7.900
7.300*
1.700*
8.300
8.100
8.100
8.100
7.900
01000
ARSENIC
AS.DISS
UG/L
11.00
23.00*
20.00*
21.00*
11.00
24.00*
20.00*
21.00*
11.00
24.00*
11.00
23.00*
20.00*
21.00*
11.00
24.00*
20.00*
21.00*
21.00*
11.00
24.00*
11.00
23.00*
20.00*
21.00*
11.00
24.00*
01022
BORON
B.TOT
UG/L
467.0
567.0
406.0
367.0
401.0
667.0*
406.0
367.0
401.0
667.0*
467.0
567.0
406.0
367.0
401.0
667.0*
406.0
367.0
367.0
401.0
667.0*
467.0
567.0
406.0
367.0
401.0
667.0*
01027
CADMIUM
CD, TOT
UG/L
8
3
8
7
6
6
8
7
6
6
8
3
8
7
6
6
8
7
7
6
6
8
135
3
8
7
6
6
-------
****3fK*x**r*3f *********************************
*FGM=STAND, *
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,SAMPTYPE=GRAB, *
*P=76,LC=40,HC=120,P=300,LC=14, *
*P=400,HC=8.6,LC=7.9,P=1000,HC=18,P=1022,HC=600, *
*P=1027,HC=1200, *
«REPORT=EXCEPTION, *
»****»***«************#******************** ************
PAGE NO. 130
88/11/06
STORE! RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
VIOLATIONS ONLY
/TYPA/A; :.; NT/STR E AM/BIO
STAND - VERSION OF JAN. 1987
STN
DATE TIME
68/07/20
70/02/03 1201
70/04/ir- 1201
70/05/23 1101
70/06/03 1221
70/07/04 1201
70/08/23 1201
70/09/23 1101
70/10/03 1221
70/11/04 1201
70/12/23 1201
71/02/03 1201
71/04/13 1201
,71/05/23 1101
(n/06/03 1221
71/07/04 1201
71/08/23 1201
71/09/23 1101
71/10/03 1221
71/11/03 1220
71/11/04 1201
71/12/23 1201
72/02/03 1201
72/03/1S 1000
72/04/13 1201
72/05/21; 1101
72/06/13 1221
72/07/0'; 1201
72/OS/2';. 1201
00076
TURB
HACH TTIJ
35.40*
25.40*
35.40*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
25.40*
35.40*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
25.40*
35.40*
32.40*
35.40*
00300
DO
M6/L
00400
PH
SU
01000
ARSENIC
AS.DISS
UG/L
35.40*
25.40*
35.40*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
25.40*
35.40*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
32.40*
35.40*
35.40*
25.40*
35.40*
32.40*
35.40*
10.60*
12.30* 7.300*
23.00*
12.30* 20.00*
21.00*
24.00*
12.30* 20.00*
21.00*
24.00*
12.30* 7.300*
23.00*
12.30* 20.00*
21.00*
24.00*
12.30* 20.00*
21.00*
21.00*
24.00*
12.30* 7.300*
9.80* 1.700*
23.00*
12.30* 20.00*
21.00*
24.00*
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
01022 01027
BORON CADMIUM
B.TOT CD,TOT
UG/L UG/L
667.0*
667.0*
667.0*
667.0*
667.0*
-------
*PSM=STAND,
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
*P=76,LC=40,MC=120,P=300,LC=14,
*P=400,HC=8.6,LC=7.9,P=10QO,HC=18,P=1022,HC=600,
*P=1027,HC=1200,
-> *REPORT=SUMMARY,
PAGE NO. 131
88/11/06
*
*
*
*
*******************************************************
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 85/07/02 - STAND VERSION OF APR. 1983
STN 1. SUMMARY. 1
JOYCE06
/TYPA/AMBNT/STR EAM
INDE:: 0214001 ooo&oo 00070 0110 ooso 0120
nilZ.' r::6.37 OOIS.31 029.55 004.28 005.40 007.80
SEMINAR01 TEST001A
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC 021400
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 850111 02070010030 0006.420 OFF
0005 FEET DEPTH
DATA LOCKED AFTER 50/01.
SUMMARY OF VIOLATIONS ON SAMPLES COLLECTED FROM 1/01/02 TO 82/12/15
: ..-.Ltns
:.y
, '31.:
' or VIOLS
I-^RCENT VIOL
MINIMUM VIOL
1-iEAN VIOL
MAXIMUM VIOL
MIN CRITERIA
00076
TURB
TRBIDMTR
!!ACH FTU
er
;;6.59
35.40
45
66.
25.40
33.33
35.40
40.00
00300
DO
MG/L
158
15.16
14.80
61
39.
5.90
11.50
13.90
14.00
00400
PH
SU
189
7.620
7.900
102
54.
1.700
7.182
9.300
7.900 **?
01000
ARSENIC
AS.DISS
UG/L
108
17.44
18.20
57
53.
18.10
21.12
24.00
******* **i
01022
BORON
B.TOT
UG/L
108
462.7
430.0
18
17.
601.0
670.9
882.0
******* ***
01027
CADMIUM
CD, TOT
UG/L
69
9.
7.
0
0.
0.
0.
0.
f******
MAX CRITERIA 120.00 *********
-------
PSI1-PL.OT, EXAMPLE GOES HERE PAGE N0- 132
-------
THE "PLOT" PR03RAI1 (PS1-PLOT,) PRODUCES A GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF THE
RAW DATA.
PAGE NO. 133
88/11/06
FACT
SYM
SAMSCL
RECLINE
GRID
PTITLE
LOG
LOAD
NOPLOT
' PGfi=PLOT KEYWORDS
SETS THE SIZE OF THE PLOT 5-36
SELECTS THE SYMBOL TO BE PLOTTED 5-36
CAUSES PLOTS OF LIKE PARAMETERS TO BE 5-39
PLOTTED AT THE SAME SCALE
SPECIFIES THAT A TREND LINE IS TO BE CALCULATED 5-42
AND DRAWN ON THE PLOT
ENHANCES PLOT WITH GRID LINES 5-43
PROVIDES ONE-LINE TITLE FOR PLOTS 5-44
CAUSES THE LOG OF THE PARAMETER TO PLOT 4-171
CAUSES LOADINGS TO BE PLOTTED 4-169
CAUSES CERTAIN PARAMETERS NOT TO PLOT 5-41
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
136
136
-------
THE FCLLQWIH3 IS AN EXPLANATION OF THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR "PGM=PLOT,".
FACT THE "FACT" KEYWORD IS USED TO SPECIFY A MULTIPLICATION
HCJ-RET/5-36 FACTOR WHICH CONTROLS THE SIZE OF THE GENERATED PLOT.
THE SIZE WHICH IS USED AS THE BASE FOR THE "FACT" KEY-
WORD IS 5 1/2 BY 6 1/2 INCHES (FACT=1,K THE BASE SIZE
IS MULTIPLIED BY THE NUMBER SPECIFIED WITH THE "FACT"
INSTRUCTION, E.G., "FACT=2," WILL CAUSE THE SIZE OF THE
PLOT TO BE TWICE AS LARGE AS THE BASE SIZE, I.E., 11 BY
13 INCHES. THE LARGEST ALLOWED FACTOR IS 5.
DEFAULT: "FACT=1.4," WHICH WILL GENERATE A PLOT OF 7 3/4 BY 9 INCHES.
SYM THE "SYM" KEYWORD IS USED TO SELECT THE PLOTTING SYMBOL TO
WCJ-RET/5-36 BE USED FOR THE PLOT. SEE PAGE WQ-RET/6-71 FOR THE PLOTTING
SYMBOL TABLE. IF THE SYMBOL SELECTOR NUMBER IS PRECEDED BY
A MINUS SIGN, NO CONNECTING LINE WILL BE PLOTTED.
DEFAULT: "SYM=2," TRIANGLES CONNECTED BY A LINE.
SAMSCL THE "SAMSCL" KEYWORD IS USED TO FORCE EACH PLOT FOR THE
(SC=A) SAME PARAMETER TO BE PLOTTED WITH THE SAME VERTICAL AND
WQ-RET/5-39 HORIZONTAL AXES FOR ALL STATIONS. IT IS SET EQUAL TO "A".
IF THIS IS NOT USED, EACH PLOT'S AXIS WILL BE MAXIMIZED
FROM STATION TO STATION, AND THEY WILL NOT BE ABLE TO BE
COMPARED WITH EACH OTHER.
RSGLINE, "REGLINE" WILL CAUSE A TREND LINE TO BE CALCULATED AND
I'. :-3ET/5-42 DRAWN ON THE PLOT. IT APPLIES TO ALL OF THE PARAMETERS
, IN THE RETRIEVAL.
(5RID, THE TYPICAL PLOT HAS NO HORIZONTAL GRID LINES AND VERTI-
WQ-RET/5-<+3 CAL GRID LINES ONLY APPEAR AT ONE YEAR INTERVALS. THE
"GRID" KEYWORD IS USED TO ENHANCE THE PLOT WITH HORI-
ZONTAL GRID LINES AND MORE VERTICAL GRID LINES DEPENDING
UPON THE TIME INTERVAL BEING PLOTTED. WHEN USED, IT
APPLIES TO ALL OF THE PLOTS GENERATED.
PTITLE IF THE USER DESIRES TO HAVE A TITLE DISPLAYED AT THE TOP
WQ-RET/5-44 OF THE PLOT, THE "PTITLE" KEYWORD IS USED. UP TO 72
CHARACTERS MAY BE USED, AND IT CAN BE USED ONLY ONCE IN
A RETRIEVAL.
LOG, THE "LOG" KEYWORD, WHICH FOLLOWS IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE
WQ-RET/4-171 PARAMETER TO WHICH IT APPLIES, WILL INSTRUCT THE SYSTEM
TO CALCULATE AND PLOT THE LOGARITHMS OF THE VALUES. THE
VERTICAL SCALE OF THE PLOT WILL LOOK ARITHMATIC BUT THE
VALUES PLOTTED WILL BE LOGARITHMS.
PAGE NO. 134
88/11/06
-------
PLOT SYMBOLS GO HERE PAGE NO. 135
-------
PLOT WITH NO GRID GOES HERE PAGE NO. 135.1
-------
PLOT WITH LOG SCALE GOES HERE PAGE NO. 135.2
-------
LOAD, LOADINGS CAM BE CALCULATED IN POUNDS PER DAY PAGE N0 136
Wq-RET/4-16*.? AMD PLOTTED INSTEAD OF THE RAW DATA VALUES. 88/11/06
IN ORDtn TO DO THIS, THE "LOAD" INSTRUCTION
IS PLACID IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE PARAMETER FOR
WHICH LOADINGS ARE TO BE PLOTTED.
UOPLOT, THIS WILL CAUSE THE PARAMETER IT IMMEDIATELY
Uq~:?ET/5- p=60,NOPLOT,
----- > p=1020,LOAD,
----- > P=400,LOG,
----- > SAMSCL=A,
> REGLINE.GRID,
> PTITLE=EXAMPLE OF PGM=PLOT FOR SEMINAR,
> ;V,::T=!.7,
-------
Tli:; FOLLOWING 13 AN EXAMPLE OUTPUT FROM THE MEAN PROGRAM (PGM=MEAN,). THE
"I',':.,;!" PROGRAM GROUPS THE DATA BY TIME PERIODS AND CALCULATES AND DISPLAYS
S •-.-.riSTICAL VALUES INSTEAD OF THE RAW DATA.
PAGE NO. 137
88/11/06
> *PGM=MEAN,
':A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,P=940,P=300,P=76,P=95,
*P=545,P=1020,P=1030,P=310,DG=<3Y,
STORKT RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/05
/TYPA/,':r.lNT/STRE AM/310
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
DATE
FROM
TO
?2/c:/o:
QUARV::-.
72/c;/:
72/04/8 ".
QUART!:::
72/06/30
72/07/01
QUARTER
72/09/30
7Z/10/01
QUARTER
72/12/3.1
72/01/0..
YEAR
00940
CHLORIDE
TOTAL
MS/L
M','. j;in
niNif!1..'^
'1EAN
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
I1EAN
, . JM3ER
..AXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
277
17.
20S
308
303
305
313
237
286
I
318
237
286
318
17.
266
4
.000
0000
.750
3
.000
.000
.000
3
.000
.000
.000
3
.000
.000
.333
13
.000
0000
.692
00300
DO
MG/L
4
15.3000
9.8COOO
12.9250
3
20.3000
12.3000
17.6333
3
19.3000
12.3000
16.3000
3
20.3000
17.3000
18.9666
13
20.3000
9.80000
16.1846
00076
TURB
TRBIDMTR
HACH FTU
3
45.4000
35.4000
41.4000
3
41.4000
25.4000
34.0666
3
35.4000
32.4000
34.4000
3
41.4000
32.4000
36.4000
12
45.4000
25.4000
36.5666
00095
CNDUCTVY
AT 25C
MICROMHO
3
1900.00
1400.00
1700.00
3
2100.00
1500.00
1836.67
3
2300.00
1400.00
1870.00
3
2300.00
1400. 00
1933.33
12
2300.00
1400.00
1835.00
00545
RESIDUE
SETTLBLE
ML/L
3
235.000
2.50000
80.3333
3
7.50000
4.50000
5.50000
3
315.000
4.50000
109.333
3
315.000
7.50000
110.333
12
315.000
2.50000
76.3750
01020
BORON
B.DISS
UG/L
384.
274.
319.
374.
264.
312.
334.
299.
311.
334.
264.
299.
384.
264.
310.
3
000
000
000
3
000
000
333
3
000
000
000
3
000
000
333
12
000
000
416
01030
CHROMIUM
CR.DISS
UG/L
3
48.0000
37.0000
41.6667
3
67.0000
47.0000
55.0000
3
62.0000
34.0000
49.0000
3
62.0000
34.0000
47.6667
12
67.0000
34.0000
48.3333
00310
BOD
5 DAY
MG/L
3
8.50000
6.50000
7.50000
3
8.10000
7.50000
7.83333
3
8.90000
7.50000
7.96666
3
8.90000
7.50000
8.16666
12
8.90000
6.50000
7.86666
72/12/::
-------
PSM=MEAN KEYWORDS PAGE NO. 138
88/11/06
LV EXCLUDES VALUES LESS THAN THE ONE SPECIFIED 5-73 139
HV EXCLUDES VALUES GREATER THAN THE ONE SPECIFIED 5-73 139
DECPT DECIMAL POINT PLACEMENT FOR PGM=MEAN 5-49 139
DG ASSIGNS THE DATE GROUPINGS FOR THE 5-50 140
STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS
BASE CHANGES THE BEGINNING DATE FOR THE DATA 5-52 140
GROUPINGS FROM THE STANDARD ONES
VD ALLOWS FLEXIBLE DATE GROUPINGS FOR THE 5-52 142
STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS
STAT ASSIGNS THE STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS TO 5-69 144
BE CALCULATED
PCTL SPECIFIES THE PERCENTILES TO BE CALCULATED BY 5-71 144
THE MEAN PROGRAM
HEIFH7SD SPECIFIES THAT THE MEAN PROGRAM IS TO CALCULATE 5-71 144
PERCENTILES USING AN ALTERNATIVE METHOD
SCflV GROUPS THE DATA BEFORE STATISTICS ARE CALCULATED 5-54 146
-------
THE FOLLOWING OPTIONAL KEYWORDS ARE USED WITH PGM-MEAN. PAGE NO. 139
88/11/06
LV "LV" EXCLUDES ANY DATA WHOSE VALUE IS LESS THAN THE VALUE
Hq-RET/5-73 SPECIFIED FROM THE MEAN CALCULATIONS. IT FOLLOWS THE
PARAMETER TO WHICH IT APPLIES.
HV "HV" IS USED TO EXCLUDE VALUES HIGHER THAN THE SPECIFIED
UQ-RET/5-73 VALUE FROM THE MEAN CALCULATIONS. "HV" MUST FOLLOW THE
PARAMETER TO WHICH IT IS TO BE APPLIED.
THE ABOVE INSTRUCTIONS ARE USED TO ELIMINATE EXTREME DATA VALUES
FROM THE STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS.
EXAMPLE
PRODUCE A STATISTICAL SUMMARY FOR PARAMETERS 10, 60, 300, 320, AND 400
XCL'JDING VALUES GREATER THAN 13 FOR PARAMETER 10 AND LESS THAN 20 FOR
.'.WMETER 60 AND LESS THAN 0.5 AND GREATER THAN 6 FOR PARAMETER 320. THE
DEFAULT DATE GROUPINGS ARE TO BE USED.' THE RETRIEVAL IS FOR STATIONS
17JSfcS AND 173811 FOR AGENCY 11140100, AND STATIONS 173864 AND 173863
FOR AGENCY 21IND. PRINT THE RAW DATA.
PGM=MEAN,SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A,
A=l1140100,5=173663,5=173811,
A=21IND,S=173864,S=173863,
_> p=10,HV=13,P=60,LV=20,P=300,P=320,LV=0.5,HV=6,
P=400,PRT=DATA,
DECPT THE "DECPT" KEYWORD IS USED TO SPECIFY THE DECIMAL POINT
(DM) PLACEMENT OF THE CALCULATED VALUES IN THE MEAN PROGRAM.
Wq-RET/ IT APPLIES ONLY TO THE PARAMETER IT IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWS.
5-49
DECPT=0, .XXXE+XX
DECPT=1, XXXXXXXX
DECPT=2, XXXXXX.X
DECPT=3, XXXXX.XX
DECPT=4, XXXX.XXX
DECPT=5, XXX.XXXX
DECPT=6, XX.XXXXX
DECPT=7, X.XXXXXX
DECPT=8, .XXXXXXX
-------
liG IKE "CG" KEYWORD IS USED TO SPECIFY HOW THE DATA ARE PAGE NO.
UQ-R2T/5-5C TO BE GROUPED BEFORE THE STATISTICS ARE CACULATED. IT 88/11/06
CAN BE ASSIGNED ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING VALUES AND
ONCE IT IS USED, ONLY THOSE GROUPINGS SPECIFIED WILL BE
USED WHICH MEANS THAT IF ONE OR MORE OF THE DEFAULTS
ARE TO BE USED ALONG WITH OTHERS, THEN THEY MUST ALSO BE
SPECIFIED. "DG" CAN BE USED ONLY ONCE.
DG=S, PRINTS INDIVIDUAL SAMPLES
DG=M, CALCULATE SUMMARIES BY MONTH
DG=q, CALCULATE SUMMARIES BY QUARTER
DG=Y, CALCULATE SUMMARIES BY YEAR
DG=P, CALCULATE SUMMARIES FOR PERIOD OF
RECORD
DG=G, CALCULATE SUMMARIES BY AGGREGATION
OF ALL DATA RETRIEVED REGARDLESS OF
STATION.
DEFAULT: "DG=YPG," WHICH WILL DO THE SUMMARIES BY YEAR,
PERIOD OF RECORD AND THE GROSS SUMMARY.
EXAMPLE
IN THE EXAMPLE ON THE PREVIOUS PAGE, THE DATA IS TO BE SUMMARIZED
BY MONTH, QUARTER, AND YEAR.
PGM=MEAN,SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A,
A=l1140100,5=173863,5=173811,
A=21IND,8=173864,3=173863,
P=10,HV=13,P=60,LV=20,P=300,P=320,LV=0.5,HV=6,
P=400,PRT=DATA,
-• DG=MQY,
BASE THE DATE GROUPINGS, WHETHER THE DEFAULTS OR THE ONES
Uq-RET/5-52 SPECIFIED WITH THE "DG" INSTRUCTION, START WITH THE
FIRST OF JANUARY (0101) AND ARE PROPAGATED FROM THAT
DATE. THE "BASE" KEYWORD ALLOWS THE USER TO SPECIFY A
DIFFERENT STARTING POINT (BASE) FOR THE DATE GROUPINGS.
"BASE" IS ASSIGNED A VALUE IN MONTH/DAY ORDER WHICH
WILL BE USED AS THE STARTING POINT FOR ALL SUBSEQUENT
DATE GROUPINGS.
DEFAULT: BASE=0101, START THE DATE GROUPINGS JANUARY 1.
EXAMPLE
FOR STATION SEMINAR01 STORED BEHIND AGENCY CODE 11TRAIN, USE THE "MEAN"
PROGRAM TO PRINT QUARTERLY AND YEARLY SUMMARIES STARTING FEBRUARY 15,
1970, AMD ENDING FEBRUARY 14, 1930. DO NOT PRINT THE RAW DATA. THE
POLLUTANTS OF INTEREST ARE: 940, 300, 76, 95, 545, 1020, 1030 , AND 310.
PGM=MEAN,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
A=l1TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,P=940,P=300,P=76,P=95,P=545,
P=1020,P=1030,P=310,
GO=700215,ED=800214,DG=QY,
> BASE=0215,
-------
?fPGM=M£AN,SAMPTYPE=GRAB, *
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEI1INAR01,80=700215,£0=800214,*
*P=940,P=300,P=76,P=95,P=545,P=1020,P=1030,*
*P=310,DG=CJY, *
-> *BASE=0215, *
********************************************
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/19
/TYPA/AMBNT/STRE AM/BIO
DATE
FROM
TO
70/02/15
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
N'Jf'SER
MAXIMUM
.\ NUM3ER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
I MEAN
70/11/14
70/11/15
QUART:" NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
70/8.V1
MEAN
7.V,
70/.,,.
YE;.,.
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
00940
CHLORIDE
TOTAL
MG/L
2
308.000
277.000
292.500
3
304.000
237.000
281.333
4
31S.OOO
237.000
292.500
3
318.000
268.000
286.::.:
1 • s ,-» ii i ;'"
237.000
237.500
00300
DO
MG/L
2
20.3000
15.3000
17.8000
3
20.3000
12.3000
16.6333
4
20.3000
12.3000
17.3000
3
19.3000
12.3000
15.3000
12
20.3000
12.3000
16.7166
00076
TURB
TRBIDMTR
HACH FTU
2
43.4000
25.4000
34.4000
3
41.4000
32.4000
36.4000
4
41.4000
32.4000
36.1500
3
45.4000
35.4000
38.7333
12
45.4000
25.4000
36.5666
00095
CNDUCTVY
AT 25C
MICROMHO
2
1900.00
1500.00
1700.00
3
2300.00
1910.00
2103.33
4
2300.00
1400.00
1927.50
3
1800.00
1400.00
1533.33
12
2300.00
1400.00
1835.00
00545
RESIDUE
SETTLBLE
ML/L
2
235.000
4.50000
119.750
3
315.000
4.50000
109.000
4
315.000
4.50000
83.8750
3
6.50000
2.50000
4.83333
12
315.000
2.50000
76.3750
01020
BORON
B.DISS
UG/L
2
374.000
299.000
336.500
3
300.000
264.000
287.666
4
334.000
264.000
299.250
3
384.000
274.000
330.666
12
384.000
264.000
310.416
01030
CHROMIUM
CR,DISS
UG/L
2
67.0000
40.0000
53.5000
3
51.0000
34.0000
44.0000
4
62.0000
34.0000
48.5000
3
62.0000
37.0000
49.0000
12
67.0000
34.0000
48.3333
00310
BOD
5 DAY
MG/L
2
8.50000
7.90000
8.20000
3
8.10000
7.50000
7.70000
4
8.90000
7.50000
8.00000
3
8.90000
6.50000
7.63333
12
8.90000
6.50000
7.86666
-------
VD "VU" IS USED TO SPECIFY DATE GROUPINGS OTHER THAN THOSE PAGE NO. 1*2
liq-RET/5-32 THAT CAN BE SPECIFIED WITH THE "DG" KEYWORD. "VD" MAY 88/11/06
BE UTILIZED UP TO 20 TIMES PER RETRIEVAL. IN ORDER TO
SPECIFY THE DATE GROUPINGS, THE BEGINNING MONTH AND DAY
OF EACH INTERVAL IS ENTERED. THE SUMMARY WILL RUN FROM
THE SPECIFIED DATE THROUGH THE DAY BEFORE THE BEGINNING
DATE OF THE NEXT DATE RANGE. WHEN "VD" IS USED, THE
DEFAULT DATE GROUPINGS ARE ELIMINATED. HOWEVER, "DG"
AMD "VD" MAY BE USED IN THE SAME RETRIEVAL REQUEST.
EXAMPLE
FOR STATION SEMINAR01 STORED BEHIND AGENCY 11TRAIN, USE THE "MEAN"
PROGRAM TO PRINT SUMMARIES OF THE DATA FROM FEB. 15, 1970, THROUGH
FEB. 1*, 1980. THE DATA SHOULD BE GROUPED FROM FEB. 15, THROUGH
APRIL 1*, APRIL 15, THROUGH AUG. 29, AUG. 30, THROUGH OCT. 20, AND
AMD OCT. 21, THROUGH FEB. 1*. DO NOT PRINT THE RAW DATA. THE PAR-
AMETERS OF INTEREST ARE: 9*0, 300, 76, 95, 5*5, 1020, 1030, AND 310.
PGM=MEAN,A=11TRAIN,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
S=SEMINAR01,P=9*0,P=300,P=76,P=95,P=5*5,P=1020,P=1030,
P=310,BD=700215,ED=80021*,
> VD=0215,VD=0*15,VD=0830,VD=1021,
-------
*PSM=MEAH,A=11TRAIN,SAMPTYPE =GRAB,
*S=SEMINAR01,P=940,P=300,P=76>P=95,P=545,P=1020, *
*P=1030,P=310,BD=700215,ED=800214, *
-> *VD=0215,VD=0415,VD=0830,VD=1021, *
**XXXXX*KXKXXX*XXXX***XXXXXXXXX**X*XXXXXXXXXXXX*XXXXXXX
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
STORET R:TRIEVAL DATE 87/11/19
/TY?A/AKSM7/STREAM/BIO
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLISO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
DATE
FKCtl
TO
70/02/15
YAKl,..:'.E NUMBEH
MAXit;i;:i
MINIMUM
MEAN
70/C4/15
V.V.L-\8LE NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
70, .,V29
VAKL..V_n NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
3/10/20
70/10/21
VARIABLE NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
71/02/14
71/02/ir-
VARIABLE NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
00940
CHLORIDE
TOTAL
MG/L
2
303.000
277.000
292.500
4
313.000
237.000
290.500
2
304.000
303.000
303.500
4
318.000
237.000
274.000
2
308.000
277.000
292.500
00300
DO
MG/L
2
20.3000
15.3000
17.8000
4
20.3000
12.3000
17.3000
2
20.3000
12.3000
16.3000
4
19.3000
12.3000
15.8000
2
20.3000
15.3000
17.8000
00076
TURB
TRBIDMTR
HACH FTU
2
43.4000
25.4000
34.4000
4
41.4000
32.4000
36.1500
2
41.4000
35.4000
38.4000
4
45.4000
32.4000
37.1500
2
43.4000
25.4000
34.4000
00095
CNDUCTVY
AT 25C
MICROMHO
2
1900.00
1500.00
1700.00
4
2300.00
1400.00
1927.50
2
2100.00
1910.00
2005.00
4
2300.00
1400.00
1725.00
2
1900.00
1500.00
1700.00
00545
RESIDUE
SETTLBLE
ML/L
Z
235.000
4.50000
119.750
4
315.000
4.50000
83.8750
2
7.50000
4.50000
6.00000
4
315.000
2.50000
82.3750
2
235.000
4.50000
119.750
01020
BORON
B,DISS
UG/L
2
374.000
299.000
336.500
4
334.000
264.000
299.250
2
299.000
264.000
281.500
4
384.000
274.000
323.000
2
374.000
299.000
336.500
01030
CHROMIUM
CR.DISS
UG/L
2
67.0000
40.0000
53.5000
4
62.0000
34.0000
48.5000
2
51.0000
47.0000
49.0000
4
62.0000
34.0000
45.2500
2
67.0000
40.0000
53.5000
00310
BOD
5 DAY
MG/L
2
8.50000
7.90000
8.20000
4
8.90000
7.50000
8.00000
2
8.10000
7.50000
7.80000
4
8.90000
6.50000
7.60000
2
8.50000
7.90000
8.20000
-------
STAT THE "STAT" KEYWORD IS USED TO SELECT THE STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS TO
(SF) BE CALCULATED BY THE "MEAN" PROGRAM. THE TABLE BELOW SHOWS THE
WQ-RET/5-69 STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS THAT ARE AVAILABLE. IT CAN BE USED ONLY ONCE,
BUT "STAT" CAN BE ASSIGNED ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING. AS WITH
ALL OF THE INSTRUCTIONS, ONCE IT IS USED, THE USER MUST SPECIFY ALL
OF THE DESIRED OPTIONS.
STATIN, DETERMINES NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS
STAT=H, DETERMINES MAXIMUM VALUE IN GROUP
STAT=L, DETERMINES MINIMUM VALUE IN GROUP
STAT=S, CALCULATES SUM OF VALUES
STAT=2, CALCULATES SUM OF SQUARES
STAT=M, CALCULATES MEAN (AVERAGE)
STAT=V, CALCULATES VARIANCE
STAT=D, CALCULATES STANDARD DEVIATION
STAT=C, CALCULATES COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION
STAT=E, CALCULATES STANDARD ERROR
STAT=F, CALCULATES FLOW WEIGHTED AVERAGE. WHEN
USING THIS CAPABILITY, EACH GROUP OF 10
PARAMETERS MUST CONTAIN ONE OF THE FLOW
PARAMETERS.
DEFAULT: STAT=NHLM, WHICH WILL CALCULATE THE NUMBER OF VALUES,
THE HIGHEST VALUE, THE LOWEST VALUE AND THE MEAN.
PCTL THE "PCTL" KEYWORD IS SET EQUAL TO A NUMBER WHICH REPRE-
W?-HET/5-71 SENTS THE PERCENTILE TO BE CALCULATED BY THE "MEAN" PROGRAM.
IT CAN BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE "STAT" KEYWORD TO GET
THE DESIRED STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS. "PCTL" CAN BE USED UP
TO 10 TIMES PER RETRIEVAL. PERCENTILES ARE MEMBERS OF THE
OBSERVATIONS SUCH THAT X PERCENT OF THE OBSERVATIONS ARE
BELCH OS EQUAL TO THE PERCENTILE PRINTED. WHEN USING THE
"PCTL" KEYWORD, NOT ONLY ARE THE SPECIFIED PERCENTILES
CALCULATED, BUT ALSO THE DEFAULT STATISTICS. IF THE OUT-
PUT IS TO HAVE ONLY THE PERCENTILES, THEN "STAT," MUST BE
ENTERED TO ELIMINATE THE DEFAULT STATISTICS FROM THE OUTPUT.
WEIGHTED DUE TO THE NATURE OF PERCENTILES, SOMETIMES THERE IS NO ONE
(PCTLMT) VALUE THAT CAN ACTUALLY REPRESENT THE DESIRED PERCENTILE.
IW-RET/5-71 "WEIGHTED" IS USED TO INSTRUCT THE SYSTEM TO INTERPOLATE BE-
TWEEN THE TWO ADJACENT OBSERVATIONS IN THE ORDERED SET AT THE
BREAK POINT AND TO USE THAT VALUE AS THE DESIRED PECENTILE.
IF THIS IS NOT USED, THEN THE VALUE USED IS THE ONE IN THE
LOWER SET OF NUMBERS.
EXAMPLE
IN THE PREVIOUS EXAMPLE, GROUP THE DATA QUARTERLY AND YEARLY STARTING
WITH FES 15. THE STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS REQUIRED ARE THE SUM OF THE
CriUARES, NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS, COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION AND THE SUM
:::: VALUES ALONG WITH THE 15TH, BOTH, AND 85TH PERCENTILES.
PGM=MEAN,A=11TRAIN,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
S=SEMINAR01,P=940,P=300,P=76,P=95,P=545,P=1020,P=1030,
P=310,DG=QY,BASE=0215,BD=700215,ED=800214,
-> STAT=N2CS,
> PCTL=15,PCTL=50,PCTL=85,
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
-------
*PGtt--!1£,'.N,SAKPTYPE=GRAB,A=llTRAIN,
*3=SEMIMAR01 , P=940 , P=300 , P=76 , P=95, P=545, P=1020 > ,
*P=1030,P=310, 80 = 700215, ED=800214,DG=<3Y,BASE=0215,
-> *STAT=N2CS,PCTL=15,PCTL=50,PCTL=85, *
*•»#*****»*:#*#******«******«***#****#*****#***«*********
*
*
*
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/19
/TYM/AMBNT/STR E AM/BIO
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
DATE
"•\ ',*'.''
TO
73/.:!.yir
i9U/..Tir5;:i
y... ::.'i"
v'J'T.'jR
k
73/02/15
YEAR
1
yr*Ti ' f* i >\ '. )
FCYL -• .T-...0)
PCTL.V;-.;.-')
MI i./-}v.:p
sur:
SL'M-SQJAR
CC'F VAR
?CTI.( 015.0)
PC! L( 030. 3)
PCTH085.3)
NUMBER
SUM
SUM-SQUAR
COEF VAR
PCTL(OIS.O)
PCTL( 050.0)
PCTLt 085.0)
NUMBER
SUM
CJM-SQUAR
C03F VAR
00940
CHLORIDE
TOTAL
MG/L
237.000
304.000
318.000
5
1470.00
436382
.110243
268. OOC
273.000
318.000
3
859.000
247477
.0961787
237.000
303.000
313.000
16
4394.00
.1289E*07
.269724
00300
DO
MG/L
12.3000
19.3000
20.3000
5
89.4999
1647.25
.187799
12.3000
14.3000
19.3000
3
45.9000
728.269
.235650
12.3000
17.3000
20.3000
15
252.500
4408.14
.199402
00076
TURB
TRBIDMTR
HACH , FTU
25.4000
35.4000
41.4000
5
170.000
5915.19
.170993
35.4000
35.4000
45.4000
3
116.200
4567.48
.149059
25.4000
35.4000
41.4000
15
535.000
19534.6
.159476
00095
CNDUCTVY
AT 25C
MICROMHO
1400.00
1910.00
2300.00
5
9210.00
.1755E+08
.209079
1400.00
1400.00
1800.00
3
4600.00
.7160E+07
.150618
1400.00
1900.00
2100.00
15
26830.0
.4953E+08
.185688
00545
RESIDUE
SETTLBLE
ML/L
4.50000
7.50000
315.000
5
340.000
99394.0
2.03072
2.50000
3.50000
8.50000
3
14.5000
90.7500
.665080
3.50000
7.50000
235.000
15
934.000
254124
1.90008
01020
BORON
B.DISS
UG/L
264.000
300.000
374.000
5
1571.00
500529
.132388
274.000
334.000
384.000
3
992.000
334088
.166564
264.000
300.000
374.000
15
4732.00
.1513E+07
.123243
01030
CHROMIUM
CR.DISS
UG/L
34.0000
51.0000
67.0000
5
261.000
14299.0
. 248824
37.0000
48.0000
62.0000
3
147.000
7517.00
.255713
34.0000
51.0000
62.0000
15
760.000
40316.0
.224376
00310
BOD
5 DAY
MG/L
7.50000
7.90000
8.90000
5
39.9000
319.730
.0722082
6.50000
7.50000
8.90000
3
22.9000
177.710
.157934
7.50000
7.90000
8.90000
15
118.700
945.669
.0851579
74/02/1;'
-------
303T TillS CAUSES THE DATA TO BE SORTED OR GROUPED BEFORE THE
WQ-RET/3-54 STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS ARE PERFORMED BY THE "MEAN" PRO-
THRU 5-68 GRAM. THE KEYWORD IS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE "DG"
AND/OR THE "VD" KEYWORDS TO CONTROL THE OUTPUT RESULTS.
SORT MAY BE USED ONLY ONCE PER RETRIEVAL. THE FOLLOWING
ARE THE VALUES THAT MAY BE ASSIGNED TO THE "SORT" KEYWORD
AND THEIR RESULTS:
SORT=SM, "SORT=SM," WILL CAUSE THE SAMPLES TO BE GROUPED BY MONTH
REGARDLESS OF THE YEAR, I.E., ALL OF THE JANUARY DATA WILL
BE TOGETHER, ALL OF THE FEBRUARY DATA WILL BE TOGETHER, ETC.
THE "DG" INSTRUCTION IS USED TO FURTHER SPECIFY HOW THE
DATA ARE TO BE GROUPED. WHEN "DG=S," IS SPECIFIED, THE
SAMPLES ARE FURTHER SORTED IN ASCENDING ORDER BY THE VALUE
OF THE FIRST PARAMETER IN THE SAMPLE WITHIN EACH MONTH.
WHEN USED WITH OTHER DATE GROUPINGS, THE DATA IS GROUPED AS
IF IT ALL CAME FROM THE SAME YEAR BEFORE THE STATISTICAL
CALCULATIONS ARE PERFORMED, E.G., IF DG=Q IS USED, THEN ALL
OF THE JANUARY, FEBRUARY, AND MARCH DATA, REGARDLESS OF YEAR,
ARE GROUPED TOGETHER BEFORE THE CALCULATIONS ARE PERFORMED.
SORT=SI, IF THE "SORT" INSTRUCTION IS TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH
THE "BASE" KEYWORD ("BASE" CHANGES THE DEFAULT STARTING POINT
FOR THE DATE GROUPINGS), "SORT=SI," MUST BE USED INSTEAD OF
"SORT=SM," TO PREVENT THE FRAGMENTATION OF THE DATA. IF
"SORT=SM," IS USED WITH THE "BASE" KEYWORD, THERE WILL BE 2
FIRST QUARTER SUMMARIES AND 2 YEARLY SUMMARIES AND IT WILL
BE UP TO THE USER TO AGGREGATE THESE 2 SEPARATE PIECES OF
DATA. "SORT=SI," INSTRUCTS THE SYSTEM TO PUT THESE PIECES
TOGETHER.
FGi1-MEAN,A=llTRAIN,S=SEMINAROl,S=SEMINAROZ,S=LEEl,S=PHILl,
P-10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60,
3D=S41231,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
--> 30HT=SM,DG=S,
PGM=MEAN,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,S=SEMINAR02,S=LEE1,S=PHIL1,
P=10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60,
ED=S41231,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
--> SORT=SM,DG=SM9,
PAGE NO. 146
88/11/06
-------
**«»»*«*»•**»:-*=«««!****«#**************************************
*PfiM=t1EAN,A=llTRAIN,S=SEMINAROl,S=SEMINAR02,S=LEEl,S=PHILl, *
*P=10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60, *
*ED=841231,SAMPTYPE=GRAB, *
-> *sonT=SM,DG=s, *
PAGE NO. 147
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/20
'.7PA/AMBNT/STREAM
PHIL1
39 24 18.0 077 33 10.0 3
PHIL'S HOUSE USED FOR TESTING
24021 MARYLAND FREDERICK
NORTH ATLANTIC 021400
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606 02070008
0000 FEET DEPTH
00608 00510
NH3+NH4- RESIDUE
N DISS TOT FIX
MG/L MG/L
.620000 468.000
DATE
FRI:M
TO
71/0.. 'OS
Tj.< ;,./r.
73/Ji/OS
oi/oi/:-
.;c/oi/y.
79/0 VO:
77/01/0!.-
76/C.VS:;
73/cv::=
77/0 './::•:•
79/01/1'.
79/OVl!'
71/0;: "J-,
72/C:./03
74/02/03
78/02/15
kJl/02/13
178/02/15
77/02/02
80/02/2S
79/02/23
84/02/01
8V02/15
84/02/15
74/03/04
70/03/04
73/03/15
81/03/15
80/C3/18
76,- ^j/28
"/CV10
!201
;;:ai
^2 0.1
1 -.' r:
~A'0
r>::r>o
li'OO
1?30
0933
1402
1403
1201
1201
1201
0000
1100
0000
1700
0930
1400
1201
1201
0000
1500
0700
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
2.30000
3.20000
3.40000
3.40000
4.70000
4.70000
4.90000
13.2000
14.5000
1.60000
1.80000
2.50000
3.50000
4.20000
4.90000
10.4000
11.6000
12.3000
1.90000
3.10000
4.70000
5.20000
5.70000
00300
DO
MG/L
14
14
14
10
14
18
18
17
17
10
12
12
12
12
14
12
14
13
16
18
15
15
14
12
14
18
.3000
.3000
.3000
.9000
.7000
.3000
.3000
.3000
.3000
.5000
.9000
.3000
.3000
.3000
.8000
.8000
.9000
.5000
.2000
.5000
.3000
.3000
.9000
.9000
.8000
.4000
00301
DO
SATUR
PERCENT
78.9855
89.5000
135.555
135.555
135.156
135.156
99.0566
126.471
97.6000
112.977
97.7099
116.406
119.469
150.000
171.296
110.370
100.781
115.625
147.200
00940
CHLORIDE-
TOTAL
MG/L
273.000
273.000
273.000
318.000
318.000
278.000
278.000
658.000
268.000
268.000
268.000
318.000
658.000
277.000
277.000
198.000
391.000
00095
CNDUCTVY
00400
PH
AT 25C
MICROMHO
1800
1800
1800
1400
1400
1400
1900
1900
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
8
8
8
6
5
7
7
8
8
6
8
7
7
7
7
6
6
5
7
8
6
7
6
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
6
SU
.30000
.30000
.30000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.70000
.70000
.90000
.10000
.50000
.30000
.30000
.30000
.30000
.90000
.80000
.80000
.20000
.90000
.80000
.90000
.10000
.20000
.20000
.80000
.70000
.60000
.20000
.20000
00610
NH3+NH4-
N TOTAL
MG/L
.450000
.450000
.450000
.660000
.660000
.750000
.750000
.810000
.550000
.550000
.550000
.770000
.810000
.650000
.650000
.490000
.450000
.810000
.340000
.520000
596.000
292.000
00060
STREAM
FLOW
CFS
840.000
840.000
840.000
210.000
244.000
244.000
804.000
804.000
830.000
830.000
830.000
214.000
218.000
740.000
740.000
203.000
840.000
214.000
-------
K»X%X*X*><*XXXX%?.#*XXXXX***<:X***********#***#****************
*PGM=MEAN,A=llTRAIN,S=SEMINAROl,S=SEf1INAR02,S=LEEl,S=PHILl,
KP=10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60,
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
*ED=041231,SAMPTYP=GRAB,
-> *SORr=SM,DS=SMQ,
SVORKT RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/20
/;rPA/A!!3NT/STREAM
DATE
FROM
TO
. •;;/!
../I 1330
.'2u
,'5;!
,'01
;:, r-iwisER
MAXIi-VJM
MiM.iK'.;:':
'',".?.'.':
97/0 1/7 :.
8l/0 £,"; •.."!•-
80/OI.V..
82/0;.!." )
97/C;,.7'
:ONT: NV,:?F.S
KAXiri'JM
TMI-'inUM
MEAN
F9?/CS/29
81/":V1E
so/ ,.:,/::
82/;:,/ov
MONT:: r:u?:3ER
•: 7/c: '".
10
15.8000
1.80000
5.52000
8
14.9000
10.9000
12.3000
9
123.000
78.9855
97.4058
LEE1 BEAST
38 53 45.0 077 14 00.0 3
LEE'S HOUSE (USED AS SEMINAR EXAMPLE)
51059 VIRGINIA FAIRFAX
NORTH ATLANTIC 021400
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0000 FEET DEPTH
BLOHDIE
02070010044 0018.900 OFF
00940 00095
CHLORIDE CNDUCTVY
TOTAL AT 25C
MG/L MICROMHO
00400
PH
SU
6.80000
5.80000
7.70000
7.30000
4
7.70000
5.80000
6.89999
6.90000
8.20000
6.90000
3
8.20000
6.90000
7.33333
7.70000
7.60000
6.30000
3
7.70000
6.30000
7.20000
10
8.20000
5.80000
7.11999
00610
NH3+NH4-
N TOTAL
MG/L
.340000
1
.340000
.340000
.340000
.490000
.450000
.890000
3
.890000
.450000
.610000
4
.890000
.340000
.542500
00608
NH3tNH4-
N DISS
MG/L
.620000
.610000
.710000
3
.710000
.610000
.646666
.520000
.490000
2
.520000
.490000
.505000
5
.710000
.490000
.590000
00510
RESIDUE
TOT FIX
MG/L
468.000
519.000
2
519.000
468.000
493.500
596.000
292.000
694.000
3
694.000
292.000
527.333
5
694.000
292.000
513.800
00060
STREAM
FLOW
CFS
210.000
1
210.000
210.000
210.000
203.000
840.000
391.000
3
840.000
203.000
478.000
4
840.000
203.000
411.000
-------
-.:
*"S!l=:HSAN,A=.tlT!?AIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,S=SEMINAR01, *
«[>=61G,P-665,?::ir,P=300>P=510,P=608,COMPSTAT=A,*
-.•'fDS-CJY.BASE-IOOl, *
->KSC3T=S!1, *
PAGE NO. 148.1
89/06/13
STORF.T RETfJHVAL DATE S7/06/06
\ ::,'/AMBNT/STREAM/BIO
.ATE
rSOM
TO
J7/OZ/01
'"•;TER MCTOER
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
11C A!!
!';SAN
.'. ;VO..
.:,",.; .'E^ KISSER
MAXIMUM
M2AN
7/09/30
YEAR NUMBER
97/ltl/P',
.ISA::
;. :::UM
24031
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
00610
NH3+NH4-
N TOTAL
MG/L
31
.890000
31
2.30000
.230000
.738063
37
3.4000C
.290000
.718646
99
3.40000
.230000
.631817
36
3.20000
.340000
.833051
36
8.20000
.340000
.833031
00665
PHOS-TOT
MG/L P
22
3.50000
.350000
1.09681
22
4.70000
.380000
1.52500
24
4.60000
.330000
1.42633
68
4.70000
.330000
1.35235
25
4.10000
.330000
1.35319
25
4.10000
.330000
1.35319
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
43
15.8000
1.60000
7.18137
37
20.3000
1.60000
10.5081
24
21.0000
4.10000
12.7916
104
21.0000
1.60000
9.65958
23
12.7000
3.60000
6.87391
23
12.7000
3.60000
6.87391
00300
DO
MG/L
48
19.3000
7.20000
14.1270
37
21.4000
6.90000
15.4864
41
19.3000
5.10000
14.0292
126
21.4000
5.10000
14.4944
35
20.3000
10.7000
16.8856
35
20.3000
10.7000
16.8856
00510
RESIDUE
TOT FIX
MS/L
6
694.000
292.000
476.833
7
579.000
185.000
313.000
7
588.000
249.000
360.286
20
694.000
185.000
378.700
6
596.000
294.000
422.166
6
596.000
294.000
422.166
00608
NH3+NH4-
N DISS
MG/L
5
.710000
.490000
.590000
8
.920000
.460000
.703749
4
.810000
.570000
.670000
17
.920000
.460000
.662352
.720000
.290000
.598333
6
.720000
.290000
.598333
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
-------
*P6H=H=A^;,-UTRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,S=SEf1INAR01, *
^P=610,P=663,P=10,P-300,P=510,P=608,COMPSTAT=A,*
->*DG=QY,3ASE=1001, *
->*SORT=SI, *
PAGE NO. 148.2
89/06/13
STORE! RETRIEVAL DATE 39/06/06
/7TPV,'. .JMr/STREAM/BIO
SEMINAR01 TEST001A JOYCE06
39 01 16.3 077 02 15.8 2
SLIGO CREEK NEAR LOUIS'S JOGGING TRACK BRIDGE
24031 MARYLAND MONTGOMERY
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0005 FEET DEPTH
GATE
TO
97/1 1/01
SU/.K .'ER
. ,. ,!../01
.'J.-.RTER
98/03/31
98/C'f/Ol
QUARTER
L
p3/06/30
93/07/01
QUARTER
•; . ov/3c.
."'UV3J.
J!
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
!c:;-:?~:?
il', .' I'JM
iV'./viUM
!"!£;' i.'4
NUMBER
MAXItU;M
tUNi:;_"i
MEAN
w.:^n
\'-'-' .i'.-'mn
MINIMUM
i-ir:-'N
00610
NU3+NH4-
N TOTAL
MG/L
36
8.20000
.340000
.833051
31
.890000
.340000
.531612
31
2.30000
.230000
.738063
37
3.40000
.290000
.718646
135
3.20000
.230000
.722146
00665
PH03-TOT
MS/L P
25
4
.
1
3
,
1
4
.
1
4
.
1
4
.
1
.10000
330000
.35319
22
.50000
350000
.09681
22
.70000
380000
.52500
24
.60000
330000,
.42833
93
.70000
330000
.35258
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
23
12
3.
.7000
60000
6.87391
15
1.
7.
20
1.
10
21
4.
12
21
1.
9.
43
.8000
60000
18137
37
.3000
60000
.5081
24
.0000
10000
.7916
127
.0000
60000
15509
00300
DO
MG/L
35
20
10
16
19
7.
14
21
6.
15
19
5.
14
21
5.
15
.3000
.7000
.8856
48
.3000
20000
.1270
37
.4000
90000
.4864
41
.3000
10000
.0292
161
.4000
10000
.0142
00510
RESIDUE
TOT FIX
MG/L
6
596
294
422
694
292
476
579
185
313
588
249
360
694
185
388
.000
.000
.166
6
.000
.000
.833
7
.000
.000
.000
7
.000
.000
.286
26
.000
.000
.731
00608
NH3+NH4-
N DISS
MG/L
6
.720000
.290000
.598333
5
.710000
.490000
.590000
8
.920000
.460000
.703749
4
.810000
.570000
.670000
23
.920000
.290000
.645652
021400
02070010030 0006.420 OFF
-------
SCHT-:3V, THIS WILL SORT THE SAMPLES IN ASCENDING ORDER BY THE PAGE NQ
VALUE OF THE FIRST PARAMETER IN THE RETRIEVAL. IF 88/11/06
THE SAME VALUE WAS MEASURED AT DIFFERENT DATES, THEN
THE DATA IS FURTHER SORTED BY DATE.
PGM=HEAU,A=11TRAIM,S=SEMINAR01,S=SEMINAR02,S=LEE1,S=PHIL1,
P=10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=<»00,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60,
en — n/i 1111 e-AMn-rvrte — r»n AO
ED=041231,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
SCRT=SV,D6=S,
-------
fc-MT'-'^x'V"^^^**^*******************************************
*PSM=Mc/vNiA=m»AIN,S=SEMINAR01fS=SEMINARQ2,S=LEEliS=PHILl, *
*P=10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60, *
PAGE NO. 150
88/11/06
*ED=341231,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
-> *SORT=SV,DG=S,
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/20
/TYPA/AMBNT/STHEAM
PHIL1
39 24 18.0 077 33 10.0 3
PHIL'S HOUSE USED FOR TESTING
24021 MARYLAND
NORTH ATLANTIC
POTOMAC RIVER
11TRAIN 870606
0000 FEET DEPTH
FREDERICK
021400
02070008
DATE
FROM
TO
77/3.VO" 1700
79/03/OL 1700
22/::/;>i
G2/i::/u 1300
JLVJ/VO: oooo
31/1.::."' OSOO
77/i!1 /' 1200
73,' '• J 0000
7?/ :'.../".;> 1200
(jO/?::/23
70/CVl.v OCOO
32/51/23
76/01/03 1500
78/01/05 1500
80/03/13
32/10/27 1500
J7/01/?:. 0930
1/9/02/2 3 0930
W04/15 1500
76/03/20 1500
79/10/23 1500
81/04/01 1500
77/12/18 1100
80/OS/13
77/03/10 0700
79'09/lD 0700
ll-.'rwi 0930
'".'/ ./OS 0930
;;?,: :./i8 1600
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
3.50000
3.50000
3.60000
3.70000
3.90020
3.90000
4.10000
4. 10000
4.10000
4.20000
4.50000
4.600CO
4.70000
4.70000
4.70000
4.70000
4.70000
4.90000
4.90000
5.20000
5.20000
5.30000
5.50000
5.60000
5.70000
5.70000
5.80300
5.30000
5.80000
00300
DO
MG/L
14.8000
14.8000
10.7000
15.8000
14.8000
17.5000
12.8000
11.7000
17.3000
17.3000
12.9000
14.9000
11.8000
14.8000
14.8000
9.90000
10.7000
18.4000
18.4000
12.5000
12.5000
00301
DO
SATUR
PERCENT
112.977
112.977
81.6794
120.611
99.2000
133.588
97.7099
91.4062
135.156
135.156
100.781
116.406
93.3000
115.625
115.625
77.3437
85.6000
, 147.200
147.200
100.000
100.000
00940 00095
CHLORIDE CNDUCTVY
TOTAL AT 25C
MG/L MICROMHO
318.000
318.000
377.000
377.000
278.000
278.000
658.000
658.000
198.000
198.000
243.000
391.000
391.000
189.000
189.000
00400
PH
SU
7.80000
7.80000
7.40000
7.50000
8.80000
7.80000
8.80000
6.10000
8.80000
8.20000
6.80000
7.70000
8.70000
8.70000
7.60000
7.90000
6.90000
6.90000
8.20000
7.20000
7.20000
7.20000
7.80000
6.50000
6.20000
6.20000
6.10000
6.10000
7.90000
00610
NH3+NH4-
N TOTAL
MG/L
.770000
.770000
.780000
.720000
.450000
.450000
.750000
.750000
.450000
.810000
.810000
.650000
.810000
.810000
.340000
.740000
.340000
.340000
.720000
.720000
00608 00510
NH3+NH4- RESIDUE
N DISS TOT FIX
MG/L MG/L
.560000 321.000
.590000 596.000
458.000
.610000 519.000
292.000
.290000
240.000
.750000
.720000 294.000
00060
STREAM
FLOW
CFS
214.000
214.000
335.000
133.000
396.000
804.000
804.000
840.000
218.000
502.000
333.000
318.000
108.000
214.000
214.000
424.000
424.000
-------
SOKT=Ari, "30nT=AM," WILL GROUP ALL OF THE DATA FOR ALL OF THE STATIONS PAGE NO. 151
IN TNI; RETRIEVAL AS IF IT ALL CAME FROM THE SAME STATION. IT 88/11/06
THEN GROUPS THE DATA BY MONTH REGARDLESS OF THE YEAR, I.E.,
ALL OF THE JANUARY DATA IS GROUPED TOGETHER, ALL OF THE FEB-
RUARY DATA IS GROUPED TOGETHER, ETC. THE "OS" INSTRUCTION IS
USED TO FURTHER SPECIFY HOW THE DATA IS TO BE GROUPED BEFORE
THE CALCULATIONS ARE PERFORMED. IF "DG=S," IS USED, THE
SAMPLES ARE GROUPED BY MONTH AND THEN WITHIN THE MONTH, THEY
ARE PUT IN ASCENDING ORDER BY THE VALUE OF THE FIRST PARAMETER.
WHEN USED WITH THE OTHER OPERANDS OF THE "DG" KEYWORD, THE
SAMPLES WILL BE GROUPED AS IF IT ALL CAME FROM THE SAME YEAR
BEFORE THE CALCULATIONS ARE PERFORMED, I.E., IF "DG=MQ,M IS
SPECIFIED, ALL OF THE JANUARY DATA IS GROUPED TOGETHER AND
THE STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS ARE CALCULATED FOLLOWED BY THE
CALCULATIONS FOR ALL OF THE FEBRUARY DATA AND ALL OF THE MARCH
DATA WHICH IS THEN FOLLOWED BY THE CALCULATIONS FOR THE FIRST
QUARTER .
SOST=AI, IF THE "SORT" INSTRUCTION IS TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH
THE "BASE" KEYWORD ("BASE" CHANGES THE DEFAULT STARTING POINT
FOR THE DATE GROUPINGS), "SORT=AI," MUST BE USED INSTEAD OF
"SORT=AM," TO PREVENT THE FRAGMENTATION OF THE DATA. IF
"SORT=AM," IS USED WITH THE "BASE" KEYWORD, THERE WILL BE 2
FIRST QUARTER SUMMARIES AND 2 YEARLY SUMMARIES AND IT WILL
SE UP TO THE USER TO AGGREGATE THESE 2 SEPARATE PIECES OF
DATA. "SORT=AI," INSTRUCTS THE SYSTEM TO PUT THESE PIECES
TOGETHER .
FGN-Mr:AN,A=llTRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,S=SEMINAR02,S=LEEl,S=PHILl,
•,;:!rvrrPE=G3A8,
.•=13,P=300,P=301,P=9<-+0,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60,
~.D=3'(1231,
> 30!?T=AM,DG=S,
PGN=MEAN, A=11TRAIN,3=SEMINAR01 ,S=SEMINAR02 ,S=LEE1 ,S=PHIL1 ,
SAM:JTV!3E=GRAB,
P=:u,F=3CO,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60,
SORT=AM,DG=MQ,
-------
*PG!1--MEAN,A=HTRAIN!S=SEMINAR01,S=SEMINAR02,S=LEE1,S=PHIL1, *
*SAI1PTYPE=GRAB, *
*P=10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60, *
*Et)=S41231, *
> *SORT=AM,DG=S, *
STORIiT RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/20
AGGREGATED BY ALL
PAGE NO. 152
88/11/06
OATE
F-GM
TO
77/C;./2'.
YC:/!::
•vo:/:
•;/oi/:..
. ;/oi/i
;-yo:./'"
/'.vo:.
• /r
••n-
/"' '"»'!!/
••: '-Of:/~
_'0!V2..
",'02/:.
:••,"-'!'
/.;, or/;.,
31/02/1:
•11/02/13
jl/02/13
l/2/02/i;
'76/02/1 '
77/3C/ '
77/CE/
78/0 IV'
80/0 .,
80.'
*'•' ,".
o- .,"!.
Jt/2."
-'03/0 .
/03/r
'/u/03/.
73/0:, •
8i/c;v
31/c:.'.'.:
0?30
"2
•J2
•:03
V:03
.;:oi
'.£01
\?.01
1201
'.201
..v;'0
i 2r;i
07CO
OPOO
11'::'
113!!
1150
0000
00 00
1700
1730
";%oy
.30
0930
0730
l^Cl
:2(3i
S030
O'lOO
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
4.90000
7.30000
13.2000
13.2000
14.5090
14.5000
1.60000
1.60000
1.30000
1.80000
1.60000
2.50000
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
1.
1
?,.
50000
50000
50000
10000
20000
20000
20000
20000
90000
90000
90000
71000
.'0000
10000
00300
DO
MG/L
21.8000
10.5000
10.5000
12.9000
12.9000
12.3000
12.3000
12.3000
12.3000
12.3COO
19.3000
12.3000
14
14
12
12
12
12
14
14
15
15
14
14
.8000
.8000
.8000
.8000
.8000
.3200
.9000
.9000
.3000
.3000
.90CO
.9000
00301
DO
SATUR
PERCENT
178.688
99.0566
99.0566
126.471
126.471
97.6000
97.6000
97.6000
112.977
112.977
97.7099
97.7099
97.7099
97.7099
116.406
116.406
110.370
110.370
00940
CHLORIDE
TOTAL
MG/L
658.000
268.000
268.000
268.000
268.000
268.000
318.000
268.000
318.
318.
658.
658.
277.
277.
000
000
000
000
000
000
00095
CNDUCTVY
AT 25C
MICROMHO
6
7
8
8
7
7
1400.00 7
1400.00 7
1400.00 7
1400.00 7
1400.00 7
1400.00 7
1400.00 7
6
6
6
6
6
5
5
7
7
6
8
8
8
8
6
6
1900.00 8
1900.00 8
7
7
7
7
00400
PH
SU
.90000
.60000
.10000
.10000
.50000
.50000
.30000
.30000
.30000
.30000
.30000
.90000
.30000
.30000
.30000
.90000
.90000
.90000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.10000
.20000
.20000
.20000
.20000
.90000
.90000
.20000
.20000
.80000
.80000
.70000
.70000
00610
NH3+NH4-
N TOTAL
MG/L
.810000
.550000
.550000
.550000
.550000
.550000
.350000
.550000
.770000
.770000
.810000
.810000
.650000
.650000
.490000
.490000
00608 00510
NH3+NH4- RESIDUE
N DISS TOT FIX
MG/L MG/L
00060
STREAM
FLOW
CFS
830.000
830.000
830.000
830.000
830.000
130.000
830.000
.520000
.520000
.520000
596.000
596.000
214.000
214.000
218.000
218.000
740.000
740.000
203.000
203.000
-------
^PGI]"!^/.K,A=llTRAIi,1/J-^.IINAR01,S=SEmNAR02,S=LEEl,S=PHILl, *
*3AMPT.':>l:=ERAB, *
*P=1U,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60, *
*ED=341231, *
-> *SORT=AM,DG=MC!, *
PAGE NO. 153
88/11/06
STORET i.j:niEVAL DATE 87/11/20
AGGREGATED BY ALL
, -.'.I
•'."1
MEAN
97. 02/2 v
97/-J.V01
MONTH NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
'97/03/31
97/01/0!
QUARTER
97/0 :,/:
97/0',/n-
MONTH
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
97/C-V3:
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
29
15.8000
iV.55517
30
13.2000
1.60000
5. 1-16999
39
15.8000
1.90000
9.32304
98
15.8000
1.60000
7.32447
27
15.1000
8.3SS80
00300
DO
MG/L
38
21.8000
7.20000
14.2947
26
19.3000
12.3000
13.9500
41
18.4000
9.80000
14.7926
105
21.8000
7.20000
14.4037
27
20.3000
9.90000
15.8555
00301
DO
SATUR
PERCENT
27
178.688
78.9855
114.518
17
171.296
97.6000
115.864
31
175.961
82.3529
128.300
75
178.688
78.9855
120.519
18
190.196
77.3437
108.436
00940
CHLORIDE
TOTAL
MG/L
20
658.000
273.000
321.500
18
658.000
268.000
334.555
15
391.000
17.0000
264.333
53
658.000
17.0000
309.755
18
346.000
189.000
298.666
00095
CNDUCTVY
AT 25C
MICROMHO
10
1800.00
1600.00
1800.00
12
1400.00
1400.00
1400.00
10
1900.00
1900.00
1900.00
32
1900.00
1400.00
1681.25
10
1500.00
1500.00
1500.00
00400
PH
SU
40
8.70000
5.80000
7.64997
43
8.80000
5.80000
7.30462
50
8.30000
1.70000
7.39195
133
8.80000
1.70000
7.44132
37
9.30000
6.10000
7.98916
00610
NH3+NH4-
N TOTAL
MG/L
23
.810000
.340000
.555652
18
.810000
.350000
.569999
24
.890000
.340000
.614166
65
.890000
.340000
.581230
28
.720000
.230000
.532499
00608
NH3+NH4-
N DISS
MG/L
14
4844.00
.610000
349.656
11
2223.00
.490000
207.284
1
2.40000
2.40000
2.40000
26
4844.00
.490000
276.066
00510
RESIDUE
TOT FIX
MG/L
6
519.000
468.000
493.500
10
694.000
292.000
503.800
16
694.000
292.000
499.937
7
579.000
240.000
385.286
00060
STREAM
FLOW
CFS
24
840.000
210.000
585.916
18
830.000
130.000
568.000
24
840.000
203.000
579.583
66
840.000
130.000
578.727
30
930.000
221.000
636.700
-------
SORT=AV, THIS AGGREGATES THE DATA AS IF IT ALL CAME FROM PAGE NO.
ONE STATION AMD THEN PUTS THE SAMPLES IN ORDER BY 88/11/06
THE VALUE OF THE FIRST PARAMETER. IF THE SAME
VALUE HAS BEEN MEASURED AT DIFFERENT DATES, THE
DATA ARE FURTHER SORTED BY DATE.
PGM=MEAN>A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01 ,S=SEMINAR02,S=LEE1 ,S=PHIL1 ,
SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
?=10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60,
50RT=AV,DG=S,
-------
,A = nTRAi;-J,S=SEMINARQl,S=SEMINAR02,S=LEEl,S=PHILl, *
*SA!1PTYPE=S8AS, *
*P=10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60i *
*ED=341231, *
-> *SORT=AV,DS=S, *
PAGE NO. 155
88/11/06
STCRET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/20
AGGREGATED BY ALL
D.'Vf
FROM
TO
;'8/03/l..
/3/OVI."
1 -?vi;
v. •..-•: L-
•„::./!'
' f vi
* A'>
/i <>
..:/;•'!
••/!<;
... „,/!<•
30/2../31
77/!!./~.
7'//OI/'J.
"9/Cl/Oi
> 7/01/QK.
[77/02/02
77/02/02
79/05/02
79/05/02
82/11/16
82/1' 'It
82/; ./..:
82/r:/l.K
82/.'.;:/;5
so oo
0000
"000
OQCO
1 • • *.
1 " -
; TOO
^300
•;oo
0300
USTO
1700
1700
1700
17CO
13CO
1300
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
1.90000
1.90000
2.30000
2.30000
2.30000
2.50000
2.50000
3.10000
3.10000
3.10000
3.20000
3.20000
3.20000
3.20000
3.40000
3.40000
3.40000
3.40000
3.50000
3.50000
3.50000
3.50000
3.60000
3.60000
3.60000
3.70000
3.70000
00300
DO
MG/L
10.9000
10.9000
10.9000
00301
DO
SATUR
PERCENT
78.9355
78.9855
78.9855
00940 00095
CHLORIDE CNDUCTVY
TOTAL AT 25C
MG/L MICROMHO
7
7
6
6
6
5
00400
PH
SU
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
00610
NH3+NH4-
N TOTAL
MG/L
00608
NH3+NH4-
N DISS
MG/L
.620000
.620000
.620000
00510
RESIDUE
TOT FIX
MG/L
468.000
468.000
468.000
00060
STREAM
FLOW
CFS
5.80000
14.9000
14.9000
14.9000
14.7000
14.7000
14.7000
14.7000
18.3000
18.3000
IS. 3000
18.3000
14.8000
14.8000
14.8000
14.8000
10.7000
10.7000
10.7000
110.370
110.370
110.370
89.5000
89.5000
89.5000
89.5000
135.555
135.555
135.555
135.555
112.977
112.977
112.977
112.977
81.6794
81.6794
81.6794
318.000
318.000
318.000
318.000
318.000
318.000
318.000
318.000
7
7
7
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
.70000
.70000
.70000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.80000
.40000
.40000
.40000
.50000
.50000
.490000
.490000
.490000
.660000
.660000
.660000
.660000
.770000
.770000
.770000
.770000
.560000
.560000
.560000
.590000
.590000
596.000
596.000
596.000
321.000
321.000
321.000
596.000
596.000
203.000
203.000
203.000
210.000
210.000
210.000
210.000
244.000
244.000
244.000
244.000
214.000
214.000
214.000
214.000
-------
SORT=AY, "SOHT=AY," AGGREGATES THE DATA SUCH THAT IT LOOKS LIKE THEY ALL PAGE NO. 156
CAME FROM THE SAME STATION. THE DATA WILL BE IN YEAR/MONTH/DAY 88/11/06
ORDER WHICH IS HOW IT NORMALLY APPEARS FOR AN INDIVIDUAL STATION.
THIS ALLOWS THE SYSTEM TO PERFORM STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS FOR
A GROUP OF STATIONS AND TREAT THEM AS ONE STATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
IF THERE IS A LAKE WITH 10 DIFFERENT SITES SAMPLING THE WATER
IN THE LAKE AND IT IS DESIRABLE TO DETERMINE THE MEAN OF THE
ARSENIC CONCENTRATIONS IN THE LAKE BY MONTH, THE FOLLOWING WOULD
BE SPECIFIED: "SORT=AY,DG=M,".
PGM=MEAN,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,S=SEMINAR02,S=LEE1,S=PHIL1,
P=10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60,
SAMPTYPE=GRA5,ED=841231,
-> SORT=AY,DG=M,
PGM=MEAN,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,S=SEMINAR02,S=LEE1,S=PHIL1,
P=10,P=300,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60,
SAMPTYPE=GRAB,ED=841231,
-> SOHT=AY,DG=S,
-------
•:t «•':«;"•;»« !:::«r-/?••••? ::sK«***3i*Jf ******* JHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHW***********
*PCM"f;LAH,A-i:TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,S=SEriINAR02,S=LEEl,S=PHILl, *
*P=10,P=300,F-301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60, *
*SAHPTYPE=G2AB,ED=e41231, *
-> *SCRT=AY,DG=M, *
PAGE NO. 157
88/11/06
STORET RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/20
AGGREGATED BY ALL
DATF.
FROM
TO
77/C'i/Ol
tlCNO!
'•"7/04/3"
77/05/0 '.
MONTH
7V /31
MONTH
77/06/30
"7/07/5.'.
IIONTH
77/07/31
77/08/0.'.
MONTH
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
i".'N
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
' '.:'3ER
ti" .::I',JM
fU..If!L(M
""!AN
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MSAN
NUMBER
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MEAN
6.
5.
t>.
15
*• .
. :i
20
y.
11
18
8,
13
17
16
17
4
20000
80000
00000
8
.9000
50000
.2500
6
.3000
:,oooo
.9667
4
.9000
50000
.7000
4
.4000
,8000
.1000
00300
DO
MG/L
12
12
12
17
14
15
21
12
16
16
16
16
13
13
13
2
.5000
.5000
.5000
6
.1000
.3000
.9000
4
.4000
.3000
.8500
4
.3000
.1000
.2000
4
.5000
.5000
.5000
00301
DO
SATUR
PERCENT
100
100
100
171
117
150
232
100
166
173
138
156
139
139
139
2
.000
.000
.000
6
.000
.213
.404
4
.609
.820
.714
4
.404
.793
.098
4
.175
.175
.175
00940
CHLORIDE
TOTAL
MG/L
267.
189.
228.
318.
287.
302.
278.
256.
267.
287.
208.
247.
329.
263.
296.
4
000
000
000
4
000
000
500
4
000
000
000
4
000
000
500
4
000
000
000
00095 00400 00610 00608 00510
CNDUCTVY PH NH3+NH4- NH3+NH4- RESIDUE
AT 25C N TOTAL N DISS TOT FIX
MICROMHO SU MG/L MG/L MG/L
77/ 731
4
8.30000
6.10000
7.19999
8
7.40000
6.20000
6.77499
6
8.10000
6.20000
7.06666
4
7.80000
6.10000
6.95000
4
7.10000
6.80000
6.94999
4
.720000
.650000
.685000
4
.710000
.380000
.545000
4
.610000
.590000
.599999
4
.380000
.290000
.335000
4
.630000
.390000
.510000
00060
STREAM
FLOW
CFS
4
521.000
424.000
472.500
2
114.000
114.000
114.000
4
381.000
208.000
294.500
2
227.000
227.000
227.000
2
386.000
386.000
386.000
-------
*PGM=MEAN,A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,S=SEMINAR02,S=LEE1,S=PHIL1, *
*P=10,P=3QO,P=301,P=940,P=95,P=400,P=610,P=608,P=510,P=60, *
*SAMPTYPE=6RAB,ED=841231, *
-> *SQRT=AY,DG=S, *
************* *********************************
PAGE NO. 158
88/11/06
STORE! RETRIEVAL DATE 87/11/20
AGGREGATED BY ALL
DATE
FROM
TO
76/1. VI 5 1300
76/1V1" 13CC
76/:v:" •
76/.V.'.1
77/ ..-'-'.
•7/v./:.1
'•7/01/2: ...
7/51/2: r,..i
V7/OL-/0?. i7;'0
77/1Z/K 17C3
77/0 ;:/i:. ;z?o
77/o::/i,; 1200
77/0 3/0 j 1COQ
77/OVfl.V .1000
77/03/06 14CQ
77/03/06 14CO
,77/03/07 1600
177/03/07 1500
77/03/08 1500
77/0;/OS 1500
77/o::/io 0700
77/CJV1C 0700
"7/04/01 0930
',704/01 0930
"7/04/J8 1400
V 7/04/13 1400
77/05/08 loOO
'7/05/03 1600
00010
WATER
TEMP
CENT
0.40000
.0. 40000
•.EC', C
.. .jtcJ.
j. 40000
3.40000
4.90000
4.90000
3.50000
3.50000
4.10000
4.10000
14.6000
14.6000
10.7000
10.7000
.15.8000
15.8000
14.3000
14.3000
5.70000
5.70000
5.80000
5.80000
6.20000
6.200CO
15.7000
15.9000
00300
DO
MG/L
12.7000
12.7000
19.5000
19.5000
18.3000
18.3000
14.8000
14.8000
12.6000
12.6000
15.9000
15.9000
14.3000
14.3000
18.3000
18.3000
18.4000
18.4000
12.5000
12.5000
16.3000
17.1000
00301
DO
SATUR
PERCENT
106.723
106.723
159.836
159.836
135.555
135.555
112.977
112.977
123.529
123.529
143.243
143.243
143.000
143.000
175.961
175.961
147.200
147.200
100.000
100.000
163.000
171.000
00940 00095
CHLORIDE CNDUCTVY
TOTAL AT 25C
MG/L MICROMHO
401.000
401.000
303.000
303.000
318.000
318.000
658.000
658.000
318.000
318.000
377.000
377.000
391.000
391.000
189.000
189.000
267.000
267.000
00400
PH
SU
6.80000
6.80000
9.10000
9.10000
7.80000
7.80000
6.90000
6.90000
7.80000
7.80000
8.80000
8.80000
7.80000
7.80000
8.30000
8.30000
6.50000
6.50000
7.30000
7.30000
6.20000
6.20000
6.10000
6.10000
8.30000
8.30000
7.40000
7.20000
00610
NH3+NH4-
N TOTAL
MG/L
.530000
.530000
.470000
.470000
.660000
.660000
.810000
.810000
.770000
.770000
.450000
.450000
.340000
.340000
.720000
.720000
.650000
.650000
00608 00510
NH3+NH4- RESIDUE
N DISS TOT FIX
MG/L MG/L
00060
STREAM
FLOW
CFS
308.000
308.000
244.000
244.000
214.000
214.000
214.000
214.000
424.000
424.000
521.000
521.000
-------
T:;:; OUTPUT rr;pi: A STCHET RETRIEVAL CAN BE PUT ONTO A MAGNETIC TAPE OR PAGE NO. 159
A JT3K FILE FOK US; WITH A USER WRITTEN PROGRAM OR TO HAVE IT SENT TO 88/11/06
AETHER COMPL'TEI! FACILITY. IN ORDER TO DO THIS, ONE OF THE "FILEOUT="
3PTIOMS IS USED. WHEN USIUS ONE OF THESE OPTIONS, JCL MUST BE ADDED
TO THE RUN STHEAM TO INFORM THE SYSTEM WHERE TO PUT THE FILE AND TO
TELL THE SYSTEM THE ATTRIBUTES OF THE FILE. THE FIRST EXAMPLE BELOW
IS FOR A TAPE FILE.
ADDITIONAL HELP: DATA SET "STORET. HELP. FILE. FORMATS"
PGM=RET,FILEOUT=FCF4,
PRT=NO,
A=21PA, 3=105993600100319, S=ID599200100320, S=ID5993600 100321 ,
A=2?.NT01:C1,S=05 0001, S=05 0002,5=05 0003,5=05 0005,
P=.t=£ 70101,
'i:.I JOB IAAAASTORP, Mill), STORET, NOTIFY=III,TIME=5,
nSGCLASS=A,MSGLEVEL=( 1 , 1 ) ,PRTY=1
•.;*!IC'JTE PRINT HOLD
:. , C-S,VOL=( PRIVATE, RETAIN, SER=TAPENO), DISP=( , KEEP),
;;..-tRECFM=VB,LRECL=354,BLKSIZE=8854,DEN=3),
,. , ;-;?OT=9Sooo)
:l! 'I1" '. CUTP1JT TM£ FOLLOWING JCL IS REQUIRED:
'.-.:: :."3 '.".'IT-DISK,
•' ..';:'••-::.t..AAAA.TE5T001 ,DISP=( ,CATLG),
' >;-A~':- ". .^:>,r 10,10 ) ,RLSE ) ,DCB=( LRECL=354,BLKSIZE=8854,RECFM=VB)
I1: "FILiiO'JT" OPTIONS CREATE DATA THAT ARE IN FLOATING POINT BINARY WHICH
j READILY READ BY IBM COMPUTERS. IF THE DATA ARE TO BE USED ON A NON
;••; SYSTEM, T::E "COMV," OPERAND is USED WHICH WILL CONVERT THE DATA TO
:,M;ACTER (EBCU::O FORMAT WHICH is A MORE UNIVERSALLY READABLE FORMAT.
•!i FOLLOWING 13 AN EXAMPLE USING THE "CONV" OPTION:
;)3LY=LLRET,L='f315,L=10415,L=43.l5,L=9630,L=3945,L=95,L=39 •i"7APE BK'UMBER,TAPENO
-> ./CUTF DO UHIT=3<*00-5,VOL=SER=BNUMBER,DISP=( ,KEEP),
LABEI.= il,NL,EXPDT=98000)
-------
EXAMPLES PAGE N0. 160
88/11/06
USE THE PROGRAM SPECIFIC KEYWORDS TO DO THE FOLLOWING RETRIEVALS:
1. FOR STATION 020398 FOR AGENCY 14AGNFS9, TEMPERATURE (10)
ABOVE TEN DEGREES, "DO" (300) BELOW 5, AND PH (400) ABOVE 9.3
AND BELOW 5.7 ARE IN VIOLATION OF THE CRITERIA ESTABLISHED
FOR THE STREAM. FLAG THOSE VALUES WHICH DO NOT MEET THE
CRITERIA AND PRINT THE ENTIRE SAMPLE WHEN ONE OF THE POLLUT-
ANTS IS IM VIOLATION. PRINT THE STANDARDS SUMMARY TABLE,
BUT DO NOT PRINT THE RAW DATA.
PLOT THE "DO" (300) FOR STATIONS 24040381 AND 24040361 FOR AGENCY
:>1FLA. FOR THE SAME STATIONS PLOT THE LOADINGS FOR LEAD (1051),
jJT DO NOT PLOT THE VALUES FOR THE FLOW PARAMETER (60) WHICH IS
•JSED TO CALCULATE THE LOADINGS. THE SCALES FOR THE PLOTS OF LIKE
FSLLUTAKTS ARE TO BE THE SAME. DO NOT PLOT VALUES ASSOCIATED
COMPOSITE SAMPLES.
3. DO A STATISTICAL SUMMARY OF TEMPERATURE (10), "DO" (300), AND
3CROK (102,?) FOR STATION 020398 FOR AGENCY 14AGNFS9. THE DATA
13 TO BE CI3QUPED BY MONTH, QUARTER, AND YEAR, AND THE STATIS-
TICS TO 3E COMPUTED ARE: MEAN, VARIANCE AND STANDARD DEVIA-
TION. DO NOT PRINT THE RAW DATA, AND IN THE CASE OF COMPOSITE
VALUES, USlf ONLY THE AVERAGE VALUE. ELIMINATE ALL REMARKED
VALUES TROri THE CALCULATIONS.
-------
TME rOLLOHINS PAGES DEAL WITH THE ADVANCED PART OF THE STORET CAPA- RAGE NO 161
BIUTIES AND ARE COVERED IN THE ADVANCED SEMINAR ALONG WITH SAS S8/11/06
APPLICATIONS.
ADDITIONAL HELP: DATA SETS "STORET.HELP.PGM.REG"
"STORET.HELP.PGM.LOC"
"STORET.HELP.PGM.MSP"
"STORET.HE LP.FILE.FORMATS"
"STORET.HELP.SAS"
-------
T:-I£ FOi.Los'iN? TI;Q PASES ARE EXAMPLE OUTPUTS FROM THE REGRESSION PROGRAM
(?S«=nEG,). IT IJ.XLL PERFORM 3 TYPES OF ANALYSES: TREND ANALYSIS VERSES
Tli'K; THE CO™ ELATION OF 2 CONSTITUENTS AT THE SAME STATION; OR THE
C^.r.LATICN OF 2 CONSTITUENTS AT DIFFERENT SAMPLING SITES. THE OUTPUT
CA34 CliLY BE PRESENTED ON THE LINE PRINTER.
PASE N0- 162
88/11/06
'sTORET RETRIEVAL DATE 8.1/09/02 - REG MODULE
*****************************************
*PGM=REG,SAMPTYPE=GRAB, *
*A=21IOWA, 5=325070, P=10,P=300, *
*REGPARMS=BEGIN, *
*PLOT, 5=325070, P=1,P=2, *
*STOPREG, *
*****************************************
SUMMARY PAGE
RELATION t, REMISSION ANALYSIS TWO QUALITY PARAMETERS SAME SITE.
STATIC!: 325070 HWY 18 BR AT CHARLES CITY
LATITUi: : S LONGITUDE: 43 05 10.8 092 40 31.8 2
ABSCISSA PARAMETER: 00010
Q3DIHATE PAKAHETCn : 00300
WATER
DO
TEMP
CENT
MG/L
ANALW.S FROM: 1963/ 1 TO: 1979/ 2
ANA'.VJIS FSOM: 1963/ 1/15 TO: 1979/ 2/21
REGRESSION LINE:, Y=
ORIGIN IS 0.0 '
12.210 + -0.13666X
CORRELATION COEFFICIENT: -0.61
COEFFICIENT OF DETERMINATION: 0.37
« STANDARD ERROR OF ESTIMATE: 1.76491 *
* STANDARD ERROR OF INTERCEPT: 0.47489 *
* STANDARD ERROR OF SLOPE: 0.03059 *
* T VALUE FOR INTERCEPT: 25.71199 *
•-:• VALUE FOR SLOPE: 4.46671 *
'-UER or SAMPLE POINTS: 35
-------
3TC35T RETRIEVAL DATE 01/09/02 - REG MODULE
*•»»»»*•:? K-:
-------
REGPARM3 INDICATES THE BEGINNING OF REG KEYWORDS 7-13 i65 PAGE N0
PLOT INITIATES AN ANALYSIS FOR REG 7-31 165 88/11/06
S SELECTS STATION TO BE USED IN REG ANALYSIS 7-33 165
P SELECTS PARAMETER TO BE USED IN ANALYSIS 7-33 165
X SETS MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE VALUE FOR X AXIS 7-55 166
Y SETS MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE VALUE FOR Y AXIS 7-39 166
T SPECIFIES TIME PERIOD FOR ANALYSIS 166
NMIN SPECIFIES MINIMUM NUMBER OF VALUES FOR ANALYSIS 7-35 166
STOPREG ENDS THE "REG" PORTION OF THE RETRIEVAL REQUEST 166
-------
::•;:: "FT.1;." Pi?::rr;,-,;i CAN pnrrrwM 3 TYPI;? OF REGRESSION ANALYSES WITH THE OUTPUT PAGE NO. 165
SEIilS A PLOT GEIIEI'MUI) Oil A LINE WINTER (THERE IS NO DIGITAL OUTPUT CAPA- 88/11/06
i',ILITY). IT CAM ['LOT VAL!.''3 0!-' A PARAMETER VERSES TIME WITH A LINEAR TREND
:..tl!E CALCULATED (TYPE 1 ANALYSIS). IT CAN GENERATE A CORRELATION PLOT OF
•?JE PARAMETER VliRSES ANOTHER AT THE SAME STATION (TYPE 2 ANALYSIS), AND IT
•'AN GENERATE A CORRELATION PLOT OF A PARAMETER AT ONE STATION VERSES A
,. :?,'.ri£TER AT ANOTHER STATION (TYPE 3 ANALYSIS). FOR EACH OF THE ANALYSES
pnnrcRMED, A SUMMARY PAGE is CREATED SHOWING THE STATION OR STATIONS USED,
Tlir. PARAMETERS USED AND THS STATISTICAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE REGRESSION
ANALYSIS PERFORMED. EACH ANALYSIS CAN HANDLE UP TO 20 YEARS WORTH OF DATA.
A SINGLE TYPE 1 ANALYSIS MAY GENERATE 1 TO <* SEPARATE PLOTS DEPENDING ON
THE TIME FRAME OF THE DATA. IF THE DATA REPRESENTS 1 TO * YEARS, A SINGLE
PLOT MILL BE GENERATED FOR EACH YEAR, UNLESS THE DATA SPANS 5 TO 20 YEARS,
WHEN A SINGLE PLOT WILL BE GENERATED FOR EACH 5 YEARS WORTH OF DATA.
TYPE Z AMD TYPE 3 ANALYSES WILL PRODUCE ONE PLOT PER ANALYSIS. THE
SYMBOL PLOTTED IS INDICATIVE OF THE NUMBER OF VALUES THAT OCCUR AT THE
SAME LOCATION ON THE PLOT. "X" INDICATES THAT ONE VALUE WAS PRESENT AT
T::AT POSITION, "A" THROUGH "Z" ARE USED TO SHOW MULTIPLE OCCURRENCES WITH
AH "A" BElire TWO OCCURRENCES, A "B" INDICATING THREE OCCURRENCES, ETC. THE
FOLLOWING IS A DESCRIPTION OF THE AVAILABLE KEYWORDS AND THEIR FUNCTION.
REGPARMS THE "REGPARMS" KEYWORD INITIATES THE REGRESSION SECTION OF
US-SET/7-133 THE RETRIEVAL REQUEST AND IT IS SET EQUAL TO "BEGIN". THE
FOLLOWING KEYWORDS, WHICH ARE SPECIFIC TO THE "REG" FORMAT,
MUST COME AFTER THIS KEYWORD.
"!.OT, "PLOT" IS USED TO INITIATE AN ANALYSIS, AND THE TYPE OF
V3-SET/7-135 ANALYSIS PERFORMED DEPENDS UPON THE NUMBER OF STATIONS
AND PARAMETERS SPECIFIED AFTER THE "PLOT" KEYWORD. IF ONE
STATION AND ONE PARAMETER IS REQUESTED, A TREND ANALYSIS IS
PERFORMED (TYPE 1 ANALYSIS). IF ONE STATION AND TWO PARAM-
ETERS ARE SPECIFIED, A CORRELATION ANALYSIS IS PERFORMED
(TYPE 2 ANALYSIS), AND IF TWO STATIONS AND ONE OR TWO PA-
RAMETERS ARE SPECIFIED, THEN A CORRELATION ANALYSIS IS PER-
FORMED ON THE VALUES AT ONE STATION VERSES THOSE AT THE SE-
COND STATION (TYPE 3 ANALYSIS). THE TABLE BELOW DESCRIBES
THE PROGRAM LIMITATIONS:
TYPE OF "REG" ANALYSIS
"REG" PROGRAM LIMITATIONS TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3
MAXIMUM STATIONS/RETRIEVAL 10 10 10
MAXIMUM ANALYSES/STATION 10 45 10
MAXIMUM ANALYSES/RETRIEVAL 100 90 10
MAXIMUM TIME-SPAN (YEARS) 20 20 20
r,.:NiMun KIMER OF DATA POINTS
•.,U.ESS CVEK::IDEN BY "NMIN" 20 20 20
S "S" IS USED SPECIFY THE STATION OR STATIONS THAT ARE TO BE USED
FOR THE ANALYSIS. IN THE REGRESSION SECTION OF THE RETRIEVAL,
I.E., BETWEEN REGPARMS AND STOPREG, ONLY PRIMARY STATION
NUMBERS MAY BE USED.
P "P" IS USED TO SPECIFY WHICH OF THE RETRIEVED PARAMETERS ARE
l^-nET/y-KtS TO 3E USED. THE INDICATED NUMBER IS THE PARAMETER'S POSITION
IN THE RETRIEVAL REQUEST AND NOT ITS STORET PARAMETER NUMBER.
-------
x ":;" is USED TO ELIMINATE EXTREME VALUES FROM THE ANALYSIS
',:q-R£7/7-139 FOS THE FIRST PARAMETER SPECIFIED WHICH IS SCALED ON THE
ABSCISSA (X AXIS). "X" IS SET EQUAL TO THE MAXIMUM ACCEPT-
ABLE VALUE. "X" CAN NOT BE USED WITH A TYPE 1 ANALYSIS.
Y "Y" IS USED TO ELIMINATE EXTREME VALUES FROM THE ANALYSIS
WQ-RET/7-139 FOR THE SECOND PARAMETER SPECIFIED WHICH IS SCALED ON
THE ORDINATE (Y AXIS). "Y" IS SET EQUAL TO THE MAXIMUM
ACCEPTABLE VALUE.
T "T" IS USED TO DESIGNATE A DATE RANGE DEFINING A SUB-SET OF
MQ-RET/7-137 THE DATA RETRIEVED TO BE USED WITH A SPECIFIC REGRESSION
ANALYSIS. "T" MAY BE USED TWICE AFTER A PLOT KEYWORD. THE
FIRST OCCURRENCE IS USED TO SPECIFY THE BEGINNING DATE, AND
IF USED TWICE, THE SECOND "T" KEYWORD IS USED TO SPECIFY THE
ENDING DATE. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT ALL SIX DIGITS OF THE
DATE BE USED, AND THE DATE IS ENTERED IN YEAR, MONTH, AND
DAY ORDER. IF "T" IS NOT USED, THEN ALL OF THE RETRIEVED
DATA IS UTILIZED.
NMIN THE "NMIN" KEYWORD IS USED TO SPECIFY THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF
VALUES THAT MUST BE PRESENT BEFORE THE ANALYSIS IS PERFORMED.
20 IS THE ASSUMED MINIMUM, AND "NMIN" MAY BE SET EQUAL TO 3
OR MORE.
DEFAULT: "NMIN=20,"
STOP-^G, THIS IS USED TO END THE REGRESSION SECTION OF THE
HO- /~-J.33 RETRIEVAL.
EXAMPLE
FG!1-3ES,A=..1..JNET, 5=010120,5=380037,5=170036,
P=!C,P-2CO,P--..10,
3AMD7Tf>E=GRAE,BD=580101,ED=77.l231,
RE3?ARN5=BSSIM,
PLQT,Ji=010120,P=l,T=630101,T=650131,
PLOT,3=010120,P=1,P=2,T=630101,T=650131,
PLOT,S=380037,P=2,3=170036,P=2,
PLOT,3=380037,P=l,5=170036,P=2,
PLOT,3=010120,P=l,
STOP3EG,
PAGE NO. 166
88/11/06
-------
STCRET RETRIEVAL DATE 84/03/27 - RES MODULI!
PAGE NO. 167
88/11/06
SUMMARY PAGE
LINEAR TREND ANALYSIS
STATION: 010120 CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER AT LANETT
LATITUDE & LONGITUDE: 32 52 10.0 085 11 03.0 4
:;•,.,_ITY PARAMETER: 00010
HATER
TEMP
CENT
RE3!/:3TED
ANALYSIS FROM: 1963/ 1 TO: 1965/ 1
ANALYSIS FROM: 1963/ I/ 7 TO: 1965/ 1/25
REGRESSION LINE: Y= 46.071 +
ORIGIN IS AT THE YEAR 1900
CORRELATION COEFFICIENT: -0.04
COEFFICIENT OF DETERMINATION: 0.00
-0.48245X
* STANDARD ERROR OF ESTIMATE: 7.05380 *
* STANDARD ERROR OF INTERCEPT: 74.10832 *
* STANDARD ERROR OF SLOPE: 1.15680 *
* T VALUE FOR INTERCEPT: 0.62167 *
* T VALUE FOR SLOPE: 0.41705 *
OF SAMPLE1 POINTS: 103
-------
STCRKT RETRIEVAL DATE S-i/03/27 - REG MODULE
PAGE NO. 168
86/11/06
28.500
A :'..77S
T
T
E IS.=50
11
P
C
f.
N 8.325
X X
X
X
X XX X
X X
XXX X
X
t X
X X
X X
X
1.600 +
1963.
XXX
X
X X
X +
X X
X
*
1964.
JFMAMJJASOND
-------
STCRET RETRIEVAL DATE 0*/03/.?7 - REG MODULE PAGE NO. 169
88/11/06
SUMMARY PAGE
CORRELATION £ REGRESSION ANALYSIS TWO QUALITY PARAMETERS SAME SITE.
STATION: 010120 CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER AT LANETT
LATITUDE & LONGITUDE: 32 52 10.0 085 11 03.0 4
ABSCISSA PARAMETER: 00010 WATER TEMP CENT
ORDINATE PARAMETER: 00300 DO MG/L
KES'-'ESTEP
A'!,".!.''^IS FROM: 1963/ 1 TO: 1965/ 1
AM/. LYSIS FROM: 1963/ I/ 7 TO: 1965/ 1/25
REGRESSION LINE: Y= 11.413 + -0.18296X
ORIGIN IS 0.0
CORRELATION COEFFICIENT: -0.86
Or DETERMINATION: 0.7
-------
«•• :'":T RETRIEVAL DATS 3V03/27 - RES MODULE
PAGE NO. 170
88/11/06
12.000 +-
10.055
6.150
X X
A X X
X XX
AX A
X X
X X
X
X
XX
A X X
X A X X
X X XX X X
1. 6300
X
XX
XX
AX
XX XXX A
X A
X
X X
X X
X A XX X
XX X
X AXXXX
XX XX X X
B A XXX X X
0.3250 15.0500 21.7750
WATER TEMP CENT
28.5000
-------
STORET ;:<:TRIEVAL OATS 84/03/27 - REG MODULE
SUMMARY PAGE
CORRELATION & REGRESSION ANALYSIS
TWO PARAMETERS AT TWO SITES.
PAGE N0 171
88/11/06
ABSCISSA STATION: 380037 OHIO RIVER AT CINCINNATI
LATITUDE £ LONGITUDE: 39 04 12.0 084 25 58.0 4
ORDINATE STATION: 170036 OHIO RIVER AT EVANSVILLE
LATITUDE & LONGITUDE: 37 57 28.0 087 34 28.0 2
ABSCICr,", PARAMETER: 00010 WATER TEMP CENT
CRO.TN .VI PARAMETER: 00010 WATER TEMP CENT
.:s r-p.:.;: i?58/ 2
TO: 1973/11
:.". AMALYSIS FROM: 1953/ 2/19 TO-. 1973/11/27
!= ANALYSIS FROM: 1958/ 2/18 TO: 1973/11/15
REtSSSSION LINE:
OS7.~.T" :•;;; o.o
Y=
4.163 +
C'J . -LATION COEFFICIENT: 0.96
CU. -iCIENT OF DETERMINATION: 0.93
0.84811X
:sAr:D ERROR OF ESTIMATE: 2.10555 *
,::A!!n E:WOR OF INTERCEPT: 0.19946 *
.OA/.I) ERROR OF SLOPE: 0.01149 *
!-!.!;: FOR INTERCEPT: 20.87289 *
. !.UE FOR SLOPE: 73.82738 *
TJF SAMPLE POINTS: 423
-------
R^T RETRIEVAL DATE 34/03/27 - RES MODULE
PAGE NO. 172
88/11/06
3!. ZOO '
H
A 23.<:0:: H
T
i
R
r
-: '~.'-v-
'
c
.:
.. 7.800
0
3 B3
A
3 AACCD2
3 1BA 2
6 21C3B3A21 2
7 162 CBCOBA10
4 2A21D3011
1130D2ABA 2
22 ABC A2
2AB 222
2A2 1ABA 02 2
2 A AB 2C 2
0 2 2 A2 OC2 C 0
A 2AAA
A 0 20B 1A
0261B041A 221
0 02 22B 1 1
A 2 2 12A 2BA 1 i
1 A 23 11
0 A2 020 A
;. 122 2A A8A1A
0 20 A1A A 3
: z CD i AI.;> A i
.. 5A2 2SC 3B03 2 5
2 1 A10A32322
A AA,\':23''»B2
•• A2 !£/,£-JA2A A 4
OA21 32 12
OOC £ A 7
3 0 A13A20
2 2 1 A 2
02 1
A2 12 0
M2
2
2000 7.7500 15.3000 22.8500 30.
WATER TEMP CENT
t
1*
j
h
1
3999
-------
EXAMPLE OF A PGt1=LOC MAP GOES HERE PAGE N0- 173
-------
EXA:I:JI.E OF THE P3M=LCC CROSS REFERENCE OUTPUT GOES HERE PAGE NO.
-------
FiiS^LOC KEYWORDS
PGM=LOC
PAGE NO. 175
SCA'JE
Pl'.'JJ
RE.r-LAT,REFLONS
BSCKQtR
LLTICS
OVERLAP
NOSOX
NOPCLPLT
LOCSYM
SYMSIZE
TAGS
3ACKGRN3
TOL
TLAT.TLONS
J3IZE
HEAD
MTITLE
PLOTIiSS
A!JXFI!.E
LEc LABEL
NOPOLAUX
N03ET
NQCATA
USEL> WHEN STATION SELECTION IS DONE OTHER THAN 15
BY LAT/LONS
SPECIFIES THE SCALE TO BE USED 31
SPECIFIES WHICH PROJECTION TECHNIQUE TO USE 28
CAUSES SAME LAT/LONG REFERENCE FROM MAP TO MAP 30
ENHANCES MAP WITH BORDER AT EXTREMES OF ALL POINTS 7
ENHANCES MAP WITH LAT/LONG TIC MARKS 11
SPECIFIES AMOUNT OF BACKGROUND INFORMATION 24
TO BE SHOWN OUTSIDE POLYGON
ELIMINATES OUTLINE FRAME FROM MAP 18
SUPPRESSES THE PLOTTING OF POLYGON 21
SPECIFIES PLOTTING SYMBOL TO BE USED FOR 14
SITE LOCATIONS
USED TO SPECIFY THE SIZE OF THE SYMBOL FOR 32
"LOC" MAPS
CAUSES CROSS REFERENCE TAGS TO BE PLOTTED 33
SPECIFIES WHICH OF THE AVAILABLE BACKGROUND 5
TRACES ARE TO BE UTILIZED ON THE "LOC" PLOT
SPECIFIES HOW PRECISELY STREAM TRACES ARE MAPPED 35
POSITIONS THE MAP'S LEGEND 34
SPECIFIES THE SIZE OF THE PRINT IN THE MAP'S LEGEND 8
PLACES TITLING INFORMATION IN THE LEGEND 9
PUTS TITLES AT BOTTOM CORNERS OF MAP 17
METHOD OF SENDING MESSAGE TO PLOTTER OPERATOR 26
PLOTS DATA FROM AUXFILE 4
LABELS SYMBOLS IN THE LEGEND 10
OVERRIDES LAT/LONG CHECK OF AUXFILE 20
POINTS
BY-PASSES WQS RETRIEVAL 22
CAUSES A MAP TO BE GENERATED EVEN IF THERE ARE 19
ARE NO POINTS TO BE PLOTTED
176
178
179
179
180
180
180
181
181
183
183
183
188
191
193
193
193
193
193
195
196
196
196
196
-------
THE "LOC" PSOGHAM IS UTILIZED TO GENERATE A MAP OF AN AREA SHOWING THE LOCA- PAGE NO. 176
TION OF SAMPLING SITES. THE SAMPLING SITES MAY BE SELECTED USING ANY OF 88/11/06
THE STATION SELECTION METHODS. THE "LOC" PROGRAM MAY ALSO BE USED TO PLOT
THE LOCATION OF OTHER POINTS OF INTEREST WHOSE LOCATIONS ARE CONTAINED IN
A DATA SET CALLED AN "AUXILIARY FILE". EVERY MAP GENERATED VIA STORET IS
CONTAINED WITHIN A "MAPPABLE RETANGLE" WHICH IS AN AREA LARGE ENOUGH TO
CONTAIN THE MOST EXTREME POINTS REQUIRED TO CREATE THE MAP. THESE POINTS
MAY BE THE WATER QUALITY SITES SELECTED, THE END POINTS OF THE BACKGROUND
INFORMATION BEING PLOTTED, OR THE POINTS CONTAINED IN AN "AUXILIARY FILE".
FOR A MORE IN-DEPTH DISCUSSION OF THE "LOC" PROGRAM, SEE THE STORET HELPFUL
DATA SET "STORET.HELP.PGM.LOC". TO GET A COPY OF THIS DATA SET OR ANY OF
THE OTHER STORET HELP FILES, THE STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE "XSPRINT" IS USED.
SEE PAGE 33 IN THE STORET SEMINAR DOCUMENTATION NAMED "AGENDA, OVERVIEW, AND
INTRODUCTION TO TSO" FOR AN EXAMPLE OF THE USE OF THE "/fSPRINT" COMMAND PRO-
CEDURE. THE FCLLOHING IS AN EXAMPLE OF A "LOC" RETRIEVAL WHICH WILL GENERATE
A !1AP SHOWING SELECTED STATIONS IN THE STATE OF NEVADA:
PGM=LOC,A=21NEV-1,3=310000,5=310037,5=310078,3=310026,
5-310051,5=310010,3=310112,3=310034,3=310074,5=310095,
5=310070,5=310054,5=310055,3=310073,3=310039,5=310089,
5=310080,3=310040,5=310043,5=310047,5=310083,5=310079,
POLY=MAPCHECK,L=3430,L=11330,L=423Q,L=11330,
L=4230,L=12030,L=3430,L=12030,
SCALE=6000000,
AN rXKANATION OF THE ABOVE KEYWORDS AND OTHER OPTIONS FOLLOWS:
POLY=riAPCHECK, WHEN UTILIZING THE STORET MAP MAKING CAPABILITY, THE RETRIEVAL
(LT=!!03ET,) REQUEST MUST CONTAIN A LAT/LONG POLYGON WHICH IS USED TO DEFINE
LOC-15 THE AREA BEING DISPLAYED. IF THE SITES BEING PLOTTED ARE BEING
SELECTED BY THE POLYGON METHOD (POLY=LLRET,L= ,L= ,...), THE
"POLY=MAPCHECK," IS NOT NEEDED. HOWEVER, WHEN USING ANY OF THE
OTHER STATION RETRIEVAL METHODS, THE "POLY=MAPCHECK," INSTRUCTION
IS USED TO SUPPLY THE POLYGON. THE POLYGON SUPPLIED IS USED TO
CHECK THE SITES TO BE PLOTTED TO ENSURE THAT THEY ARE WITHIN THE
AREA BEING MAPPED. IF THIS WAS NOT DONE AND IF ONE OR MORE OF
THE RETRIEVED STATIONS HAD AN ERRONEOUS LAT/LONG, THE AREA BEING
MAPPED WOULO HAVE TO BE ENLARGED TO ACCOMODATE THE SITES WITH
ERRONEOUS LAT/LONGS AND THE MAP AND/OR ITS SCALE MAY NOT BE THE
ONE DESIRED. THE "POLY=MAPCHECK," INSTRUCTION CAN BE FOLLOWED BY
THE "INCLUDE" KEYWORD REFERENCING EITHER A STORET OWNED FILE THAT
CONTAINS A POLYGON AROUND A U.S.G.S. CATALOGING UNIT OR A USER OWNED
DATA SET CONTAINING THE VERTICES OF A POLYGON IN THE PROPER FORMAT,
I.E., L=LAT1,L=LONG1,L=LAT2,L=LONG2, ETC. WHEN USING A STORET OWNED
DATA SET, THE NAME MUST BE ENCLOSED IN PARENTHESES, AND WHEN USING
AN USER OWNED FILE, THE FULLY QUALIFIED NAME MUST BE ENTERED.
EXAMPLE
PLOT ALL OF THE U.S.G.S. GROUNDWATER SITES CONTAINED IN THE
CATALOGING UNIT 07130001.
PGM=LOC,HUC=07130001,ONLYA=112WRD,
ONLYATTR=(WELL OR SPRING),ARCLASS=ALL,
> POLY=MAPCHECK,
INCLUDED 07130001),
-------
MAP SilOlilNS INCLUDE CAPABILITY PAGE NO. 177
-------
SCALE "SCALE" IS USED TO SPECIFY THE SCALING FACTOR FOR THE MAP.
LOC-31 IF "SCALE" IS NOT USED, THE MAP SIZE WILL BE MAXIMIZED TO
FILL THE PAPER. IF THE VALUE ASSIGNED TO "SCALE" WOULD
CAUSE A MAP TO BE PLOTTED THAT IS LARGER THAN 30 INCHES
IN A NORTH/SOUTH DIRECTION AND/OR 60 INCHES IN AN EAST/
WEST DIRECTION, THEN THE SCALE WILL BE OVER-RIDDEN SUCH
THAT THE MAP WILL FIT THE PAPER. THE SCALE CAN BE SPECIFIED
EXPLICITLY BY SETTING IT EQUAL TO THE NUMBER REPRESENTING
THE DENOMINATOR OF THE SCALE TO BE USED. TO GENERATE A
MAP WITH A SCALE OF 1 TO 250,000, ENTER THE FOLLOWING:
"SCALE=250000,". NOTICE THERE ARE NO EMBEDDED COMMAS.
WHEN THE "AGGR" KEYWORD IS USED TO AGGREGATE DATA BY CELLS
FOR AN "MSP" SHADE MAP, I.E., AGGR=CELLAAAAAXBBBBB, THE "SCALE"
KEYWORD CAN BE SET EQUAL TO "CELLHTX". WHERE "X" IS THE HEIGHT
OF THE CELL IN INCHES AND MAY HAVE A VALUE OF UP TO 2, E.G.,
SCALE=CELLHT.3, WOULD CAUSE THE MAP TO HAVE A SCALE SUCH THAT
THE HEIGHT OF THE CELLS WOULD BE .3 INCHES.
EXAMPLE
FOR THE MAP OF THE GROUNDWATER SITES ON THE PREVIOUS
PAGE, MAKE THE SCALE 1 TO 700,000.
PGM=LOC,HUC=07130001,ONLYA=112WRD,
0!1LYATTR = (WELL OR SPRING),ARCLASS=ALL,
POLY=MAPCHECK,NOECHO,
INCLUDED 07130001),ECHO,
> SCALE=700000,
PAGE NO. 178
88/11/06
-------
PROJ "PROJ" IS USED TO SELECT THE MAP PROJECTION TECHNIQUE THAT IS
I.CC-28 TO BE USED WHEN SENERATINS A MAP USING THE STORET "LOC" MAP
MAKING ROUTINE. THE OPTIONS ARE AS FOLLOW:
PROJ=ALBERS, SPECIFIES THAT THE PROJECTION TECHNIQUE IS TO
BE "ALBERS EQUAL AREA" WHICH IS THE DEFAULT.
PROJ=LAM3ERT, THE "LAMBERT CONFORMAL CONIC" TECHNIQUE IS TO
BE USED TO GENERATE THE MAP.
PAGE NO. 179
88/11/06
PROJ=POLY,
PROJ=TRANS,
DEFAULT: PROJ=ALBERS,
THE MAP WILL BE GENEREATED USING THE "POLYCONIC"
PROJECTION TECHNIQUE.
THE MAP WILL HAVE A "TRANSVERSE MERCATOR"
PROJECTION.
REFLAT IF A LARGE AREA IS TO BE PLOTTED AND THE DESIRED SCALE PROHIBITS
REFLONG THE AREA FROM BEING PLOTTED ON ONE MAP DUE TO THE 30 BY 60 INCH
l.OC-30 LIMITATION, THE AREA MUST BE DIVIDED INTO SEGMENTS AND MAPPED
SEPARATELY. TO ENSURE THAT EACH OF THE SEGMENTS MATCH ALONG
COMMON BORDERS, "REFLAT" AND "REFLONG11 MUST BE USED AND SET EQUAL
TO THE SAME LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE FOR EACH OF THE SEPARATE MAPS.
IF THIS IS NOT DONE, THE GENERATED MAPS WILL NOT MATCH ALONG THE
EDGES EVEN THOUGH THE SAME SCALE AND PROJECTION ARE USED.
"EFAULT: CENTER OF MAP'S "MAPPABLE RECTANGLE"
PGM=LOC,A=21NEV-1,3=310000,
5=310051,3=310010,5=310112,5=310034,5=310074,5=310095,
5=310070,3=310054,5=310055,5=310073,5=310039,5=310089,
5=310030,5=31 OC'+0,5=310043,5=310047,5=310083,5=310079,
5=310037,5=310078,5=310026,
POLY=MAPCHECK,L=3430,L=l1330,L=4230,L=l1330,
L=4230,l.= 12030,L=3430,L=12030,SCALE=6000000,
> PRQJ=POLY,
> REFLAT=3830,REFLONG=117,
-------
3BORDER "BEQRDER" WILL PLACE A BORDER AROUND THE MAP AT THE EXTREMES OF
LOC-7 THE "MAPPABLE RECTANGLE". THE BORDER WILL BE RECTANGULAR WITH
RESPECT TO THE LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE, AND IT WILL CURVE AS
NECESSARY TO CONFORM TO THE PROJECTION BEING USED.
LLTICS "LLTICS" IS USED TO SPECIFY IF AND HOW THE LAT/LONG REFERENCE
LOC-11 TICS ARE TO BE PLACED ON THE MAP. THESE TIC MARKS SIMPLIFY THE
THE LOCATION OF SPECIFIC PLACES ON THE MAP, AND THEREFORE, MAKE
THE MAP MORE READABLE. THE REFERENCE TICS WILL BE LABELLED ON
THE SOUTHERN AND WESTERN MARGINS OF THE MAP. THE DEFAULT VALUE
FOR "LLTICS" IS "NONE". THE OTHER OPTIONS ARE SHOWN BELOW:
ORIGIN - THE LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE OF THE EXTREME
SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE MAPPABLE RECTANGLE
IS MARKED AND LABELLED.
CORNERS - THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE MAPPABLE RECT-
ANGLE IS MARKED AND LABELLED AND TIC MARKS
ARE PLACED AT THE OTHER CORNERS OF THE
MAPPABLE RECTANGLE.
GRID LAT/LONG TIC MARKS ARE PLACED NOT ONLY ON
THE BORDER, BUT ALSO THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE
MAP WITH THE SIGNIFICANT ONES LABELLED ALONG
THE SOUTHERN AND WESTERN MARGINS OF THE MAP.
OVERLAP THE "LOC" MAPPING ROUTINE ADDS A 10X BORDER TO ALL MAPS. THIS
LOC-24 BORDER CONTAINS BACKGROUND INFORMATION SUCH AS COUNTY LINES
AND INCREASES THE AREA BEING PLOTTED BY 20X IN BOTH THE NORTH/
SOUTH AND EAST/WEST DIRECTIONS. THIS CAN CAUSE A PROBLEM
WITH THE SCALE THAT HAS BEEN SPECIFIED. THE "OVERLAP" KEY-
WORD ALLOWS THE USER TO INCREASE, DECREASE, OR ELIMINATE THE
BORDER. THE DEFAULT, "OVERLAPE=0.1,", CREATES A 10X BORDER,
"OVERLAP=0," WILL ELIMINATE THE BORDER. "OVERLAP=.15," WILL
CAUSE THE BORDER TO BE 15X. AS CAN BE SEEN, "OVERLAP" IS
SET EQUAL TO THE DECIMAL EQUIVALENT OF THE DESIRED PERCENTAGE
OF THE PERIPHERY INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED.
DEFAULT: OVERLAP=0.1, A 10 PERCENT OVERLAP
P6M=LOC,A=21NEV-1,3=310000,
5=310051,5=310010,3=310112,3=310034,3=310074,3=310095,
3=310070,3=310054,3=310055,5=310073,5=310039,3=310089,
5=310080,3=310040,3=310043, S=3100<+7,3=310083,3=310079,
5=310037,5=310078,3=310026,
POLY=MAFCHECK,L=3430,L=l1330,L=4230,L=l1330,
L=4230,L=12030,L=3430,L=12030,SCALE=6000000,
> BBCRDER,
> LLTICS=GRID,
-j. OVE!«LAP=0.0,
PAGE NO. 180
88/11/06
-------
N030X. "NCBOX" WILL SUPPRESS THE PLOTTING OF THE RECTANGULAR BOX OR
I.OC-18 FRAME THAT IS GENERALLY PLACED AROUND THE MAP. THIS IS NOT
LIKE THE BORDER GENERATED BY THE "BBORDER" KEYWORD WHICH IS
CURVED TO REFLECT THE MAP PROJECTON.
NOPOLPLT, "NOPOLPLT" WILL SUPPRESS THE PLOTTING OF THE POLYGON WHICH
LOC-21 IS SUPPLIED BY THE "POLY" AND "L" KEYWORDS.
PGM=LOC,A=21NEV-1,3=310000,5=310037,3=310078,3=310026,
8=310051,3=310010,3=310112,3=310034,5=310074,5=310095,
5=310070,5=310054,5=310055,5=310073,5=310039,3=310089,
3=310080,3=310040,3=310043,5=310047,5=310083,3=310079,
POLY=MAPCHECK,L=3430,L=l1330,L=4230,L=l1330,
L=4230,L=12030,L=3430,L=12030,SCALE=6000000,LLTICS=GRID,
CSIZE=.07,TLAT=4015,TLONG=11240,BBORDER,MTITLE=NEVADA,
MTITLE= ,MTITLE=STATE OF,HEAD=LOC EXAMPLE FOR SEMINAR,
HEAD=EXAMPLE OF ALL ENHANCEMENTS,
> NOPOLPLT,
> NOBOX,
PAGE NO. 181
88/11/06
-------
EXAMPLE OF ALL OPTIONS GOES HERE PAGE NO. 182
-------
LOCfYM "LOCSYM" IS USED TO CHANGE THE DEFAULT PLOTTING SYMBOL, WHICH PAGE NO. 183
LOC-U: IS THE SQUARE, TO ANY OF THE CALCOMP CENTERED SYMBOLS SHOWN 88/11/06
BEL01J. "LOCSYM" CAN BE USED ONLY ONCE IN A RETRIEVAL AND IS
SET EQUAL TO THE CODE FOR THE CHOSEN SYMBOL.
DEFAULT: LOCSYM=00, THE SQUARE
SYMSIZE "SYMSIZE" IS USED TO SPECIFY THE SIZE OF THE SYMBOL THAT IS TO
LOC-32 BE PLOTTED AT THE SITE LOCATIONS. IT MAY BE SET EQUAL TO A
VALUE BETWEEN 0.01 AND 1.0 WHICH REPRESENTS THE HEIGHT OF THE
SYMBOL IN INCHES.
DEFAULT: SYMSIZE=0.14, 0.14 INCHES IN HEIGHT
EXAMPLE
FOB THE NEVADA STATIONS BELOW, USE THE PICNIC TABLE AS THE SYMBOL
FOR THE STATION LOCATIONS AND MAKE THEM 1/2 INCHES IN HEIGHT.
PGM=LOC,A=21NEV-1,5=310000,5=310037,5=310078,5=310026,
5=310051,5=310010,5=310112,5=310034,5=310074,3=310095,
5=310070,5=310054,5=310055,5=310073,5=310039,5=310089,
5=310080,5=310040,3=310043,5=310047,5=310083,5=310079,
POLY=MAPCHECK,L=3430,L=l1330,L=4230,L=l1330,
L=4230,L=12030,L=3430,L=12030,SCALE=6000000,
BBORDER,LLTICS=ORIGIN,OVERLAP=0,
> LOCSYM=07,
> SYMSIZE=.5,
TAGS, THE DEFAULT PLOTTING SYMBOL FOR THE SITES TO BE DISPLAYED ON
LOC-33 ON THE MAP IS THE SQUARE WITH NO METHOD OF DETERMINING WHICH
SITE ON THE PRINTOUT GOES WITH WHICH SITE ON THE MAP. IF
IF THERE ARE LESS THAN 300 SITES TO BE DISPLAYED ON ON THE MAP,
THEN THE "TAGS" KEYWORD CAN BE USED. "TAGS" WILL CAUSE EACH OF
THE SITES TO HAVE A TAG CONTAINING A CROSS REFERENCE ID TO BE
PLOTTED AT THE SITE LOCATION. THE ID CHARACTERS REFERENCE THE
PRINTOUT ASSOCIATED WITH THE MAP WHICH SUPPLIES THE SITE LOCA-
TION INFORMATION. THE PLOTTER PEN USED TO DRAW THE TAGS CAN BE
SPECIFIED BY IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE "TAGS" KEYWORD WITH A
NUMBER FROM 1 TO 4 ENCLOSED IN PARENTHESES, E.G., TAGS(3), WILL
CAUSE THE TAGS TO BE PLOTTED USING PEN NUMBER 3. THE "PLOTMSG"
INSTRUCTION IS THEN USED TO INFORM THE PLOTTER OPERATOR THE PEN
COLORS DESIRED.
EXAMPLE
CREATE A MAP OF LYON COUNTY (019) NEVADA (32) SHOWING THE SAMPLING
SITES BELONGING TO AGENCY CODE 21NEV-1. THE SITES SHOULD BE REPRE-
SENTED BY CROSS TAGS.
PGM=1.CC,STCO=32019,ONLYA=21NEV-1,POLY=MAPCHECK,
L=38£2,L=11945,L=3950,L=11945,L=3950,L=11845,
L=3S22,L=11S45,SCALE=1000000,
LLTICS=CORNERS,BBORDER,OVERLAP=0,
> TAGS,
-------
P'.OT SYMBOLS GOES HERE PAGE NO.
-------
EXAMPLE OF LOCSYM AND SYMSIZE GOES HERE
-------
EXAMPLE OF TAGS GOES HERE (COUNTY) PAGE N0- 186
-------
VIZ CROSS REFERENCE FOR COUNTY MAP GOES HERE PAGE NO. 187
-------
BACKGRND Tri!: DErAULT BACKGROUND FOR "LOC" MAPS IS COUNTY AND STATE PAGE NO 188
LOC-5 BOUNDARIES. THE LIST BELOW SHOWS THE OTHER OPTIONS FOR THE 88/11/06
MAP'S BACKGROUND. TO INVOKE THEM, THE "BACKGRND" KEYWORD IS
USED. IT MAY BE USED MORE THAN ONCE, AND IF USED, ALL OF THE
DESIRED BACKGROUNDS MUST BE SPECIFIED, EVEN THE DEFAULT ONES
IF THEY ARE DESIRED. THE PEN USED TO DRAW THE BACKGROUND MAY
BE SPECIFIED BY FOLLOWING THE BACKGROUND OPTION WITH A NUMBER
FROM 1 TO 4 ENCLOSED IN PARENTHESIS. THE "PLOTMSG" KEYWORD
IS USED TO REQUEST THE DESIRED PEN COLOR. SEE APPENDIX F OF
OF THE DATA SET "STORET.HELP.PGM.LOC" FOR THE LIST OF THE PENS
AND THEIR USES.
BACiCGRHD=NONE, SUPPRESSES ALL BACKGROUND BOUNDARIES AND
TRACES.
BAC! BACKGRND=REACHESl2),BACKGRND=COUNTIES,
PLOTMSG=PLEASE USE BLUE INK IN PEN * 2,
-------
EXAMPLE OF COUNTY MAP WITH TAGS COUNTY LINES AND REACHES PAGE NO. 189
-------
EXAMPLE Or- CLUTTERED BACKGRND MAP GOES HERE PAGE
-------
TOL "TCI" IS USED TO DECREASE THE COST OF GENERATING A MAP BY ELItll- PAGE NO. 191
LUC-35 NATIH3 SOME OF THE POINTS USED TO CREATE THE BACKGROUND FOR THE 88/11/06
MAP. THE DEFAULT IS TO PLOT ALL OF THE POINTS THAT MAKE UP THE
LINE SEGMENTS FOR THE BACKGROUND LINES. IF "TOL" IS USED, THE
THE POINTS THAT MAKE UP THE LINE SEGMENTS ARE EXAMINED TO DETER-
MINE WHICH POINTS DO NOT EXCEED THE DISTANCE SPECIFIED WHICH IS
IN INCHES. THESE POINTS ARE DROPPED. THE FEWER POINTS REQUIRED
TO DRAW THE LINE SEGMENT, THE LESS THE MAP WILL COST. THEREFORE,
"TOL" SHOULD BE SET EQUAL TO A RELATIVELY LARGE NUMBER (.03 TO
.05) TO BE EFFECTIVE. IF "TOL" IS SET EQUAL TO A SMALL DISTANCE
(.01 INCHES), THE COST CAN ACTUALLY INCREASE BECAUSE THE COST OF
THE CHECKING WILL EXCEED THE MONEY SAVED BY THE DROPPING OF POINTS.
PGM=LOC,A=21NEV-1,5=310000,5=310037,5=310078,5=310026,
3=210051,5=310010,5=310112,3=310034,3=310074,5=310095,
5=310070,5=310054,5=310055,5=310073,3=310039,3=310089,
5=310030,5=310040,5=310043,5=310047,5=310083,5=310079,
POLY=MAPCHECK,L=3430,L=11330,L=4230,L=l1330,
L=4230,L=12030,L=3430,L=12030,SCALE=6000000,
BACKGRND=R EACHES,BACKGRND=STATES,BACKGRND=COUNTIES,
> TOL=.05,
-------
c•'AMf-'LE OF CLUTTERED BACKGRND MAP GOES HERE WITH "TOL" EXAMPLE PAGE NO. 192
-------
TLftT "TLAT" AND "TLONG" ARE USED TO PLACE THE MAP LEGEND AT A USER SPEC- PAGE NO 193
TLOtJG IFIED POSITION. IF THEY ARE NOT USED, THE LEGEND IS PLACED AT THE 88/11/06
LOC-34 EXTREME RIGHT OF THE PLOTTABLE RECTANGLE AND WITHIN 8 INCHES OF THE
SOUTHERN BOUNDARY. "TLAT" IS SET EQUAL TO THE LATITUDE AND "TLONG"
IS SET EQUAL TO THE LONGITUDE OF THE LOWER LEFT CORNER OF THE "E"
IN THE WORD ENVIRONMENTATL WHICH APPEARS AS PART OF THE MAP LEGEND.
THE LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE ARE SPECIFIED AS DDMMSS WHICH MEANS IT IS
IN DEGREES, MINUTES, AND SECONDS AND IT CAN BE SPECIFIED AS PRECISELY
AS NEEDED DOWN TO A SECOND OR AS IMPRECISELY AS A WHOLE DEGREE. WHEN
BEING USED, CARE MUST BE EXERCISED SO THAT THE MAP DOES NOT PLOT ON
TOP OF THE LEGEND.
CSIZE "CSIZE" CONTROLS THE SIZE OF THE PRINTED CHARACTERS IN THE LEGEND, AND
LCC-8 THEREFORE, THE SIZE OF EVERYTHING THAT APPEARS IN THE LEGEND AND THE
SIZE OF THE LEGEND ITSELF. THE CHARACTER SIZE IS KEYED ON THE SIZE OF
THE LETTERS IN THE WORD "ENVIRONMENTAL" WHICH IS PART OF THE LEGEND.
THE DEFAULT CAUSES THE LETTERS TO BE 0.15 INCHES IN HEIGHT. THERE IS
A 3 TO 2 RATIO BETWEEN THE VALUE ASSIGNED TO "CSIZE" AND THE SIZE OF THE
CHARACTERS. "CSIZE=0.2," WILL CAUSE THE LETTERS TO BE 0.3 INCHES IN
HEIGHT AND "CSIZE=0.18," WILL CAUSE THE LETTERS TO BE 0.27 INCHES IN
HEIGHT, ETC. THE RANGE OF VALUES FOR "CSIZE" IS 0.03 TO 0.3.
DEFAULT: CSIZE=0.1, LETTERS 0.15 INCHES IN HEIGHT
HEAD
LOC-9
"HEAD" ALLOWS THE USER TO SPECIFY UP TO 5 LINES OF TEXT WHICH WILL BE
ADDED TO THE MAP'S LEGEND. EACH OF THE LINES CAN CONTAIN UP TO 40
CHARACTERS COUNTING BLANKS, AND IF THE TEXT IS TO BE CENTERED, LEADING
BLANKS MAY BE NEEDED.
KTITJ.L "MTITLE" WILL PLACE USER SPECIFIED TEXT AT THE BOTTOM OF THE MAP OUT-
LOC-17 SIDE OF THE MAPPABLE RECTANGLE AND ALIGNED WITH THE RIGHT AND/OR LEFT
MARGINS OF THE MAPPABLE RECTANGLE. "MTITLE" CAN BE SPECIFIED UP TO 4
TIMES, WITH THE FIRST 2 OCCURRENCES PLACED ON THE RIGHT SIDE WITH THE
TEXT BEING RIGHT JUSTIFIED, AND THE SECOND 2 OCCURRENCES WILL BE PLACED
ON THE LEFT SIDE WITH THE TEXT BEING LEFT JUSTIFIED. EACH OCCURRENCE
OF THE "MTITLE" KEYWORD MAY HAVE UP TO 40 CHARACTERS.
PLOTHSG "PLOTMSG" IS USED TO SEND SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE PLOTTER OPERATOR.
LOw-26 THE MESSAGE APPEARS ON THE PLOT LOG THAT THE OPERATOR RECEIVES EACH
MORNING BEFORE THE PLOTTING IS STARTED. THE MESSAGE ALSO APPEARS AT
AT THE BEGINNING OF THE PLOT. "PLOTMSG" IS SET EQUAL TO UP TO 40 CHAR-
ACTERS OF TEXT, AND IT CAN BE USED UP TO 5 TIMES PER RETRIEVAL.
EXAMPLE
TO DEMONSTRATE THESE CAPABILITIES, CREATE A MAP SHOWING THE SAMPLING
SITES LOCATED IN ITAWAMBA, LEE AND PRENTISS COUNTIES IN MISSISSIPPI.
MAKE THE CHARACTERS IN THE LEGEND 1/2 THEIR NORMAL SIZE; MOVE THE LEGEND
TO THE MIDDLE OF THE MAP; PUT A HEADING IN THE LEGEND; PUT A MAP TITLE
AT THE BOTTOM RIGHT SIDE OF THE MAP; AND SEND A MESSAGE TO THE PLOTTER
OPERATOR.
PGM=LOC,STCO=28057,STCO=28Q81,STCO=23117,POLY=MAPCHECK,
L=35,L=89,L=35,L=88,L=34,L=88,L=34,L=89,SCALE=600000,
> TLAT=3450,TLONG=8830,
> CSIZE=.05,
> HEAD'-EXAMPLE OF LEGEND KEYWORDS,
> MTITLE=?.XAMPLE MAP,
> PLOTMSS-PLEASE SEND TO CONTRACTOR,
-------
TLAT, HTITLi:, ETC. GOES HERE. PAGE NO.
-------
THE "LOC" PS'JOHAM CAi! MAKE MAPS SHONING NOT ONLY THE SAMPLING SITES pAGg NO 195
CONTAINED IN THE WCJS, BUT ALSO SHOWING ANY POINTS OF INTEREST TO WHICH 88/11/06
A LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE CAN SE ASSIGNED. THESE NON-WQS POINTS MUST
RESIDE IN A SPECIAL FILE CALLED AN "AUXFILE" WITH A SPECIFIC FORMAT. IF
THERE ARE A SHALL NUMBER OF POINTS TO BE MAPPED, THE "AUXFILE" MAY BE
CREATED INTER-ACTIVELY USING THE STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE "XAUXMAKE".
FOR LARGER NUMBERS OF POINTS, SEE THE PROCEDURE SHOWN IN APPENDIX A OF
THIS DOCUMENT ON PAGES A-9 THROUGH A-10. THIS METHOD USES THE DATA SET
"STORET.HELP.BUILDAUX.DATA", WHICH IS SHOWN BELOW AS A MODEL TO SHOW WHICH
ITEMS GO IN WHICH COLUMNS. AFTER CREATING THIS INPUT DATA SET, EITHER THE
PL1 PROGRAM CONTAINED IN THE DATA SET "STORET.HELP.BUILDAUX.PROG" CAN BE
USED OR IF THE PROCEDURES SHOWN IN APPENDIX A ARE BEING USED, THE STORET
COMMAND PROCEDURE "XBUILDAUX" CAN BE USED TO CREATE THE "AUXFILE" THAT IS
TO BE USED 3Y THE "LOC" PROGRAM. OTHER TECHNIQUES CAN BE USED AS LONG AS
THE RESULTING FILE HAS THE EXACT FORMAT AS THE ONE CREATED BY THE ABOVE
PROCEDURES. IF AN "AUXFILE" IS TO BE USED FOR MAPPING PURPOSES, THE
FOLLOWING KEYWORDS ARE USED TO GENERATE AND ENHANCE THE MAP.
ADDITIONAL HELP: HELP FILES "STORET.HELP.BUILDAUX.DATA"
"STORET.HELP.BUILDAUX.PROG"
STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE "XAUXMAKE", "XBUILDAUX"
;; THIS IS AN EXAMPLE OF THE INPUT RECORDS FOUND IN THE FILE
X "STCrillT.HELP.BUILDAUX.DATA". AFTER ALL OF THE REQUIRED DATA
::C:> .".'.': SITSS TO BE PLOTTED ARE ENTERED, THE FILE IS USED AS
INF;;! .T, -;;::: PIJCGRAM IN "STORET.HELP.BUILDAUX.PROG". RECORDS
; 'UTK ' IN COLUMN 1 ARE IGNORED.
/
.: FE::AR.; LATITUDE LONGITUDE PEN SYM SYM PEN HEIGHT ANGLE NUM STRING (UP TO 27 CHARS)
CD MM SS.S ODD MM SS.S U/D Y/N NUM NUM INCHES DEG CHAR
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX XX XX XX.X XXX XX XX.X X X XXX X XXX.XX XXX.X XXX XXXX5XXXXOXXXX5XXXXOXXXX5XX
:: .:;,.;::-;.E ss 21 45.7 103 is 30.0 u Y 001 i 000.21 iso.o oos POINT
•'..•• !i.:CORD 1 36 53 40.0 077 13 52.0 U Y 014 2 000.30 270.0 012 TEXT NEEDED
VLJV atCOao 2 39 00 00.0 077 00 00.0 U Y 005 1 000.14 90.0 000 TEST STRING XX XX XX XX XXY
THE FOLLCI1ING IS AN EXAMPLE OF AN "LOC" PROGRAM USING AN "AUXFILE" TO
CREATE A MAP AND AN EXPLANATION OF THE INSTRUCTIONS NEEDED TO DO THIS.
PGM=LOC,POLY=MAPCHECK,
L=3545,L=11330,L=3915,L=11830,L=3915,L=11445,L=3545,L=11445,
SCALE=3000000,BACKGRND=COUNTIES,BACKGRND=REACHES,
NORET,
AUXFILE=AUX1,
LEGLA8EL=03 HOLDING PONDS,
LEGLABEL=11 DISCHARGE PIPES,
./III JOB (AAAASTORP,Mill),STORET,NOTIFY=III,TIME=10,
./ MSGLEVEL=(1,1),PRTY=1
**ROUTE PRINT HOLD
**JOBPASM LINES=80
./AUX1 DO UNIT=DISK,DSN=IIIAAAA.DSNAME,DISP=SHR
A'JXFILE "AUXFILE" IS USED TO SPECIFY THE JCL DATA DEFINITION STATEMENT
LCC-4 (DD NAME) WHICH TELLS THE SYSTEM WHERE THE DATA SET CONTAINING
THE AUXILIARY FILE IS LOCATED. THE NAME SPECIFIED MUST MATCH
THE "DD" STATEMENT IN THE JCL THAT IS APPENDED TO THE END OF
THE "LOC" RETRIEVAL REQUEST. THE AUXILIARY FILE MUST BE IN
THE PROPER FORMAT OR IT WILL CAUSE THE "LOC" SOFTWARE TO FAIL.
-------
LEGLABEL "LI-GLARSL" ISVUSED TO LABEL THE SYMBOLS IN THE MAP'S LEGEND. THE
(AUX3YH) FORMAT IS "LEGLABEL=SSSS TEXT," WHERE "SSSS" IS A NUMBER REFERENCING
LG--10 ON!; OF THE CALCOMP CENTERED PLOTTING SYMBOLS AND "TEXT" IS UP TO 40
CHARACTERS WHICH WILL BE PRINTED NEXT TO THE SYMBOL IN THE LEGEND.
THE SYMBOL TO BE PLOTTED AT EACH LOCATION IS CODED IN THE "AUXFILE"
RECORD AND SHOULD BE CONSISTENT WITH THOSE REFERENCED BY THE
"LEGLABEL" KEYWORD. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE SYMBOL CODE AND THE TEXT
IS REQUIRED. IF THE USER DESIRES THE SYMBOL TO BE PLOTTED USING
A COLOR OTHER THAN BLACK, THE PEN NUMBER THAT IS TO BE USED FOR
THE SYMBOL IS ENTERED IN PARENTHESES IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SYMBOL
NUMBER. THE PEN NUMBER INDICATED HERE MUST MATCH THE PEN NUMBER
IN THE "AUXFILE11 FOR THE POINT. THE FORMAT OF THE KEYWORD WHEN
THIS OPTION IS BEING USED IS AS FOLLOWS: "LEGLABEL=08(02) TEXT,",
WHICH INDICATES THAT THE POINT IS TO BE PLOTTED USING SYMBOL
NUMBER 8 AND PEN NUMBER 2. THE "PLOTMSG" KEYWORD IS THEN USED
TO INFORM THE PLOTTER OPERATOR WHICH COLOR PENS ARE TO BE PUT IN
EACH OF THE PEN POSITIONS. "LEGLABEL" MAY BE USED UP TO 16 TIMES
IN A RETRIEVAL.
N3TOLAUX, AS PREVIOUSLY MENTIONED, EVERY RETRIEVAL REQUEST FOR AN "LOC"
LOC-80 MAP MUST CONTAIN A POLYGON AGAINST WHICH ALL OF THE POINTS TO
BE PLOTTED, WHETHER FROM THE WATER QUALITY FILE OR FROM AN
"AUXFILE", ARE CHECKED TO ENSURE THAT THEY FALL WITHIN THE
DESIRED AREA. "NOPOLAUX" IS USED TO INHIBIT THE CHECKING OF
THE POINTS IN THE "AUXFILE". BEWARE, THIS MAY CAUSE UNEXPECTED
RESULTS BECAUSE THE MAP'S SCALE AND AREA MAY HAVE TO BE AD-
JUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL OF THE "AUXFILE" POINTS. THIS WILL
HAPPEN WHEN ONE OR MORE OF THE POINTS IN THE AUXILIARY FILE
IS DISTANT FROM THE AREA BEING MAPPED.
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
196
KGSET,
LOC-£2
"N03ET," SPECIFIES TO THE "LOC" SOFTWARE THAT NO SAMPLING SITES
FROM THE WATER QUALITY FILE ARE TO BE RETRIEVED OR PLOTTED ON
ThiE MAP. IT IS USED WHEN ONLY THE POINTS IN AN "AUXFILE" ARE
TO BE PLOTTED.
GENERALLY, THE "LOC" PROGRAM WILL NOT GENERATE A MAP UNLESS
THERE IS AT LEAST ONE POINT CONTAINED WITHIN THE AREA BEING
PLOTTED. IF THE USER DESIRES TO PLOT ONLY THE "BACKGROUND"
INrCSMATION WITH NO POINTS, EITHER FROM THE WATER QUALITY
FILE OR FROM AN "AUXFILE", "NODATA," ALONG WITH "NORET," ARE
USED TO ALLOW THE SOFTWARE TO PRODUCE A MAP SHOWING ONLY THE
BACKGROUND TRACES.
-------
"I1; F3LLO!-)INS 1C AN EXAMPLE OF AN "AUXFILE" RETRIEVAL SHOWING ALL OF PAGE NO. 197
I'.IE OPTIONS AND CONTAINING THE REQUIRED JCL STATEMENT POINTING TO THE 88/11/06
AUXILIARY FILE CONTAINING THE POINTS TO BE HAPPED.
PGM=LOC,POLY=MAPCHECK,L=3556,L=11830,
L=3915,L=1 1830, L-391D,L=11445,L=35S8,L=
---- > AUXFILE-AUX1,
BACKGRND=REACHES,BACKGRND=COUNTIES,
BBORDER ,OVERLAP=0 , LLTICS=GRID ,NOPOLPLT,
SCALE=2100000,
It
1'
MV.
. ,.•;:'!.£ OF AN AUXILARY MAP +,
,J HYPOTHETICAL LOCATIONS* ,
CSIZE=.07,
TLAT=37,TLONG=lK+ NORET,
> LEGLABEL=02 NON HAZARDOUS LANDFILLS,
> LEGLABEL=11(2) HAZARDOUS LANDFILLS,
PLOTt1SG=PLEASE USE RED INK PEN 2,
PLOTMSS=THANKS,
./III JOB (AAAASTORP,MIII),STORET,NOTIFY=III,TIME=10,
./ MSGLEVEL=(1,1),PRTY=1
^ROUTE PRINT HOLD
**JOBFARM LINES=86
> ./AUX1 DD UNIT=DISK,DSN=IIIAAAA.DSNAME,DISP=SHR
-------
EXAMPLE OF AUXFILE GOES HERE PAGE NQ
-------
CALCOMP STATION LINEAR PLOT GOES HERE PAGE N0> 199
-------
STOflET SYSTEM 03/l't/86
0
'J
J
n
0
D
i!
M
S
/
STATIONS 1
2.193*01 M
2
3
4
5
6
7
3
9
1
1.83E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
3
a
2
1.46E*01
2
3
5 S
6
7
3
9
3
!.:••"• vi
z
5
6
7
e
9
23456789 10
MULTIPLE STATION PLOT (MSP)
FROM 830101 TO 831201
11 12 13 1ft 15
*PGM=MSP,A=11TRAIN,S=MSP22,S=MSP16,S=MSP19,S=MSP24,
XS=MSP13,S=MSP12,S=MSP11,S=MSP17,S=ANN1,S=MSP23,
*S=MSP25,S=MSP21,S=MSP18,S=MSP20,S=MSP15,S=MSP14,
*P=3CO,
** STATION LINEAR PLOT OF SUMMER DO VS WINTER DO
*#
*MSPARMS=BEGIN,
*PLOT,RIGHT1,MEAN=S,SES=000416-001014/,SAMSCL,
*LEFT1,MEAN=W,SEG=000101-000415/001015-001231,
*STOPMSP,
*X**K****X*******X****X*X**X*************************
.'.TIOMS
234567
S S
S S
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PAGE
NO. 200
88/11/06
PLOT
t*
*
*
*
*
«
*
*
*
*
*
*
H*
NO. 1
STATIONS
2.19E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1.83E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
1.46E+01
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
3
1.10E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
7.35E+00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5
3.70E+00
STATIONS
0
0
3
0
0
D
0
M
G
/
L
RANSE
-------
jvjr; SYSTEM 03/14/C6
LEFT VARIABLE 00300
STATION USER-STATION I4C
1 UTRAIt! MSP22
Z 11TRAI!! MSP16
3 11TRAI!! MSP19
4 11TEAIN tiSPZ-i
5 11TRAIII MSP13
6 11TRAIN HSP12
7 11TRAIN MSPli
11TRAIN MSP.17
7 11TRAIN MSPii3
1C 11TRAIM MSP25
li UTRAIN MSP21
12 11TRAIN MSP13
II 11TRAIN MSP20
14 11TRAIN MSP15
15 11TRAIN MSPl-i
MULTIPLE STATION PLOT (MSP)
FROM 830101 TO 831201
MG/L
MEAN
2.19E+C1
1.66E+01
2.01E+01
1.84E+01
1.88E+01
1.44E+01
1.72E+01
9.25E+00
9.50E+00
05E+01
8.73E+00
1.06E+01
1.41E+01
9.42E+00
1.07E+01
1
PAGE NO. 201
88/11/06
PLOT NO. 1
-------
MIL.!- •"* LINEAR PLOT GOES HERE PAGE NO. 202
-------
£!!.',j;: IIAP GOES \'."',\c. PAGE NO. 203
-------
I!AP GOES H=!?E PAGE NO. 204
-------
HERE
PAGE NO. 205
-------
P3M=I13P KEYWORDS PGM=MSP PAGE NO. 206
:13;'ARHS INDICATES THE BEGINNING OF MSP KEYWORDS 32 207
PLOT INITIATES A PLOT FOR MSP 40 203
LEFT SELECTS PARAMETER TO BE SCALED ON LEFT AXIS 27 208
RISKT SELECTS PARAMETER TO BE SCALED ON RIGHT AXIS 27 208
MAX ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MAXIMUM VALUE 30 209
MEAN ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MEAN VALUE 30 209
,'!i;-i ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MINIMUM VALUE 30 209
M'Jl. ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MULTIPLE HIT 30 209
.1*NS ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MEAN + OR - 30 209
N TIMES SIGMA
•ITILEIT ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR PERCENTILE 30 209
MODEL EXTABLISHES PLOT SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUCCEEDING 33 210
PLOTS
SAKCTA GROUPS STATIONS AS IF THEY WERE ONE 46 210
SEG ESTABLISHES TIME INTERVAL FOR PLOTTING 50 211
?.I SCREENS DATA BEFORE STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS 39 212
NilIN SCREENS DATA BEFORE STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS 34 212
?r.:;x SPECIFIES TECHNIQUE TO HANDLE REMARKED DATA 43 212
'j;"MKX SPECIFIES TECHNIQUE TO HANDLE REMARKED DATA 43 212
SAVE SAVE RETRIEVED DATA FOR FUTURE USE 48 213
3AVEOUT SAVE RETRIEVED DATA FOR FUTURE USE 48 213
STOr.'ISP ENDS THE MSP PORTION OF AN "MSP" RETRIEVAL 54 213
'.JUNN CAUSES CONTINUOUS LINE 14 216
V3CONN CAUSES DISCONTINUOUS LINE 14 216
.MSCL SCALES BOTH THE RIGHT AND LEFT AXIS THE SAME 45 216
s.i:.13CL CAUSES SUCCEEDING SCALES TO BE THE SAME 13 216
--JS SETS VERTICAL AXIS AS LOG SCALE 28 216
'..'.:'MI. MAKES THE X AXIS MILEAGE LINEAR 29 219
Li.:. ..'. MAKES THE X AXIS STATION LINEAR 29 219
A"'1 .. AT ASSIGNS RMI TO A STATION 6&12 219
'.'," ELIMINATES RMI FOR A STATION 15 219
. ~T ESTABLISHES THE STARTING POINT FOR MILEAGE PLOT 51 219
:::; USED WITH LINMIL TO ESTABLISH x AXIS INCREMENT 22 219
::\LE SPECIFIES THE SCALE FOR MSP MAPS 224
L,Y;<;L ADDS LABEL INFORMATION TO MAP LEGEND 24 224
".!A!.!V.P REQUIRED TO MAKE AN MSP MAP 42 225
•~A& SPECIFIES DATA PREVIOUSLY RETRIEVED IS TO 36 225
BE USED
i'ROl'FS SPECIFIES HOW STATISTICS ARE TO BE GROUPED 19 226
FOR A MAP
"1A7HHO SPECIFIES PLOTTING SYMBOLS FOR MSP MAPS 17 226
SrHANS SPECIFIES ANGLE FOR PLOTTING SYMBOLS 55 227
•5Y!-:SIZE SPECIFIES SIZE OF PLOTTING SYMBOLS 56 227
TP.:'?NLY SPECIFIES THAT MAP IS TO BE USED FOR A 57 228
TREND HAP
T-LCT GENERATES A TREAD MAP 57 228
ASLY SPECIFIES WHICH IS THE BASE DATA FOR TREND 16 228
MAP
LATE SPECIFIES WHICH IS THE CURRENT MAP FOR A 26 228
TPEND MAP
-------
THE "!'!U!.TIPI.n STATION' PLOT" (MSP) FORMAT IS STORET'S MOST SOPHISTICATED PAGE NO. 207
ANALYTICAL PROGRAM.
EITHER CN THE LIN!: Pi?
AMD TREND MAPS. THE
:T IS CAPABLE OF GENERATING STREAM PROFILE PLOTS, 88/11/06
rz;; OR THE DIGITAL PLOTTER, SHADE MAPS, POINT MAPS,
's-AM PROFILE PLOT ALLOWS FOR THE PLOTTING OF ONE OR
I10RE STATISTIC FOR EACH STATION IN THE RETRIEVAL, AND BY JUDICIOUS STATION
SELECTION TECHNIQUES, "MSP" CAN SHOW THE DEGRADATION OR IMPROVEMENT OF A
CONSTITUENT IH THE STREAM AS THE STREAM IS TRAVERSED EITHER IN AN UPSTREAM
OR DOWNSTREAM DIRECTION. THE STATIONS CAN BE PLACED EQUIDISTANT APART (STA-
TION LINEAR) OR THEY CAN 3E ASSIGNED MILEAGES AND WILL PLOT ACCORDING TO
THEIR RELATIVE MILEAGES (MILEAGE LINEAR). THE MAPPING CAPABILITY ALLOWS
Til.-: SfSTEM TO EITHER GROUP STATIONS TOGETHER BY POLITICAL BOUNDARIES OR
SY LATITUDE-LONGITUDE CELLS AND CALCULATE WHICH QUARTILE OR OTHER STATIS-
TIC/' '. GROUP EACH AREA BELONGS TO. THEN BY USING DIFFERENT CROSS-HATCHING
TECHNIQUES' A MAP IS CREATED WITH THE SHADING SHOWING THE LEVEL OF THE
CONTANINAK. RELATIVE TO OTHER AREAS OF THE MAP (SHADE MAP). INSTEAD OF
SROUPIN3 Ti.!-: STATIONS TOGETHER, THE SYSTEM CAN DETERMINE WHICH STATISTICAL
S30UP THE INDIVIDUAL STATIONS BELONG TO AND THEN FOR EACH GROUP A PLOTTING
;YMBOL is CHOSEN TO REPRESENT THE STATIONS IN THAT STATISTICAL GROUP (POINT
HAP). THE LAST OPTION OF THE MSP FORMAT IS A TREND MAP WHICH BY THE USE OF
UP AND DOWN ARROWS SHOWS WHETHER A CONSTITUENT AT A STATION IS IMPROVING OR
GETTING HOUSE.
SOME CF "i!". KEYWORDS FOR "MSP" PERTAIN TO ALL OF THE TYPES OF PLOTS AND SOME
ARE ?:;::: ,."c TO CERTAIN TYPES OF PLOTS. THE FIRST GROUP OF KEYWORS PERTAIN
TO ;Ll THE PLOTS.
7.SPARI1S THIS IS USED TO INITIATE THE ANALYSIS PART OF THE RETRIEVAL.
CJP-32 IT MUST PRECEDE ALL "MSP" KEYWORDS AND IT IS SET EQUAL TO
"BEGIN11.
-------
f-'LOTXYC, "PLOT" IS USED TO INITIATE AM "MSP" PLOT AND TO INFORM THE PAGE NO 208
M3P-40 SYSTEM AS TO THE TYPE OF PLOT TO BE GENERATED. EACH TIME IT 88/11/06
IS USED, AT LEAST ONE PLOT OR MAP IS CREATED. THE TABLE BELOW
DEMONSTRATES THE VARIOUS CHARACTERS THAT CAN BE APPENED TO THE
"PLOT" KEYWORD AND THEIR MEANINGS. "P" AND "L" ARE MUTUALLY
EXCLUSIVE AND ARE USED TO GENERATE STREAM PROFILES. TO CREATE
A MAP, NOT ONLY IS THE "C" REQUIRED BUT ALSO THE "QUALMAP" IN-
STRUCTION AND ONE OF THE "GROUPS" OPTIONS IS NEEDED. "S" IS
USED TO SUPPRESS THE PRINTING OF THE CALCULATED STATISTICS AND
IF NOTHING IS APPENDED TO THE "PLOT" INSTRUCTION, A STREAM PRO-
FILE ON THE LINE PRINTER WITH ALL OF THE CALCULATED STATISTICS
WILL SE PRODUCED.
TO GET VALUE FOR "PLOT--
STATION OR MILEAGE PLOT PLOTP, OR
ON DIGITAL PLOTTER PLOTPS,
STATION OR MILEAGE PLOT PLOT, OR
ON LINE PRINTER PLOTS,
SHADED, POINT, OR TREND PLOTC,
MAP PLOTCS,
SHADED, POINT, OR TREND PLOTLC,
MAP ALONG W3JTH A LINEAR PLOTPC,
PLOT PLOTLCS,
L'-'TX, SELECTS THE PARAMETER TO BE PLOTTED, AND IN THE CASE OF A
l-iSP-27 LINEAR PLOT, IT SPECIFIES THAT THE LEFT VERTICAL AXIS IS TO BE
SCALED FOR THE PARAMETER SELECTED BY THE NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
LETTER "X". THE "X" IS A NUMBER FROM 1 TO 50 AND REFERS TO THE
PARAMETER'S POSITION IN THE RETRIEVAL.
RI2.-TX, SELECTS THE PARAMETER TO BE PLOTTED, AND IN THE CASE OF A
WSi'-27 LINEAR PLOT, IT SPECIFIES THAT THE RIGHT VERTICAL AXIS IS TO BE
SCALED FOR THE PARAMETER SELECTED BY THE NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
LETTER "X". THE "X" IS A NUMBER FROM 1 TO 50 AND REFERS TO THE
PARAMETER'S POSITION IN THE RETRIEVAL.
EXAMPLE
PGM-MSP,SAMPTYPS=GRAB,A=21IOHA,3=325070,S=32505A,
5=420095,5=340430,5=140690,S=32540W, 5=210600,5=250220,
3=970310,5=82230"*, 5=822047,3=430010,5=420780,5=750125,
3=975005,S=429C05,3=784001,5=820700,5=500365,
P=10,P=70,P=300,P=403,P=410,P=940,P=1002,P=1051,
> MSPARiiS=BEGIN,
> ?LOT,LEFT2,
> PLOT,I!IGHT6,
-------
THI FOLLCWIIT? KUYNCRQS A::E USED TO SELECT THE STATISTICS TO BE USED BY "MSP- PAGE NO 20?
.,::;• r..:- ::i.:'.:r.. TO BE PLOTTED FOR LINEAR PLOTS. SEE PAGE 184 FOR THE SYMBOLS 88/11/06
,!vr .v::; ;:/..*..AULE FOR USE.
:IA:-,-A, SPECIFIES THAT THE MAXIMUM VALUE is TO BE PLOTTED AS AN -A".
t\-".:-!., SPECIFIES THAT THE MEAN VALUE IS TO BE PLOTTED AS AN "A".
KIN1-A, 3.-:-IFIES THAT THE MINIMUM VALUE IS TO BE PLOTTED AS AN "A".
KIJL-A, SELECTS THE SYM30L THAT WILL PLOT WHEN TWO VALUES FALL AT THE SAME
PLACE. IT IS USED FOR THE LINE PRINTER ONLY.
r!*NS=A, PLOT THE MEAN + N TIMES SIGMA. "N" CAN BE A NUMBER WITH OR WITHOUT
A DECIMAL POINT AND CAN BE + OR -.
;;TI!.EXT=A, PLOT THE SPECIFIED PERCENTILE. THE PERCENTILE TO BE USED IS
MSP-30 INDICATED BY REPLACING THE "X" WITH A NUMBER.
FOR THE LINE PRINTER, "A" MAY BE ANY SINGLE CHARACTER AND WILL CAUSE THAT CHAR-
ACTER T^ SE PLOTTED AT THE POSITION TO REPRESENT THE VALUE CALCULATED FOR THE
STATIC!!. FOR THE DIGITAL PLOTTER, "A" MAY BE ANY NUMBER FROM 0 THROUGH 14
MUICH REPRESENTS ONE OF THE SYMBOLS ON PAGE 184. IF A CONNECTING LINE IS
DESIRED, THE SYMBOL NUMBER IS PRECEDED BY AN "L".
.^FAULTS: ::3:: THE LINE PRINTER, MAX=U, MIN=L, MEAN=X, M+1S=+, M-1S=-, AND
M'JL=*,. FOR THE DIGITAL PLOTTER, MAX=L, MIN=L, MEAN=L, M+1S=L,
AND M-1S=L, WHICH WILL CAUSE THE ABOVE DEFAULT STATISTICS TO BE
REPRESENTED BY A LINE.
EXAMPLE
PGM=MSP,A=21IOWA, 5=325070, S=32505A,5=420895,5=340450,5=140690,
S=r>25''tOW,3=210600,3=250220,5=970310,5=822304,5=822047,3=430010,
3=420780,3=750125,3=975005,5=429005,5=784001,5=820700,5=500365,
3AMPTYPE=GRAB,P=10,P=70,P=300,P=403,P=410,P=940,P=1002,P=1051,
MSPA!?!JS=BEGINf
> p:,.3;,LEFT2,MEAN=4,M+3S=B,MUL=*,
— > JLOT,RIGHT6,XTILE50T=0,XTILE15T=-,XTILE85T=+,MUL=*,
> .JLOTP,LEFT1,RIGHTS,MAX=L3,MEAN=L1,MIN=L9,
STOPMSP,
FOr THE ABOVE RETRIEVAL, THE FIRST PLOT GENERATED WILL BE DONE ON THE
Lir:.: PRINTER AND IT WILL BE FOR THE SECOND PARAMETER IN THE RETRIEVAL.
THE LEFT AXIS HILL BE SCALED FOR IT. THE STATISTICS TO BE CALCULATED
ARE THE MEAN AND THE MEAN PLUS 3 SIGMA WHICH WILL BE SHOWN AS THE CHAR-
ACTERS "4" AND "B" RESPECTIVELY. AN "*" WILL APPEAR IF TWO VALUES FALL
AT THE SAME POSITION ON THE PLOT. THE SECOND PLOT WILL BE ON THE LINE
PRIMTE:; FOR THE SIXTH PARAMETER IN THE RETRIEVAL USING THE RIGHT AXIS
FOR SCALING PURPOSES. IT WILL CALCULATE AND PLOT THE 15TH, 50TH, AND
Q5T,'. PcRCENTILES AS "-", "0", AND "+" RESPECTIVELY WITH A MULTIPLE HIT
REP::SSL:NTED BY AN "*". THE THIRD PLOT GENERATED WILL BE DONE ON THE
DIGITAL PLOTTER AND WILL PLOT THE FIRST PARAMETER USING THE LEFT AXIS
AND THn THI3D PARAMETER USING THE RIGHT AXIS. THE STATISTICS TO BE
CALCULATED AND PLOTTED ARE THE MAXIMUM, MEAN, AND MINIMUM FOR EACH OF
THE STATIONS USING SYMBOL 3, 1, AND 9 RESPECTIVELY WITH A CONNECTING
L::N£ .
3:;CE CHE OR MC3E OF THE STATISTICS ARE SPECIFIED, ONLY THE SPECIFIED
SrATISTICS WILL BE CALCULATED AND PLOTTED. IF THE DEFAULTS ARE TO
S!£ INCLU12EU, THEN THEY MUST ALSO BE SPECIFIED ALONG WITH THE OTHERS.
F'.~ .. ' !:?,?PING CAPABILITIES OF "MSP" THESE KEYWORDS ARE USED ONLY
1!,' iitLcCT THE STATISTICS. "GRAPHNO" IS USED TO SELECT THE SYMBOLS.
-------
",MEL "MCI3EL" 13 A SHORT HAND METHOD OF SPECIFYING THE STATISTICS PAGE NO. 210
;i3P-33 AMD SYMBOLS TO BE USED WHEN THE SAME SET OF STATISTICS AND 88/11/06
SYMBOLS ARE TO BE USED FOR ALL OF THE PLOTS. "MODELL"
SPECIFIES THE STATISTICS AND SYMBOLS TO BE USED WHEN "LEFTX"
IS SPECIFIED AND "MODELR" SPECIFIES THE STATISTICS AND SYM-
BOLS TO BE USED FOR THE PARAMETER USING THE RIGHT AXIS.
EXAMPLE
PGM=MSP,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,A=21IOWA,3=325070,S=32505A,
3=420395,3=340450,3=140690,S=32540W,5=210600,5=250220,
5=970510,5=822304,3=822047,3=430010,5=420780,5=750125,
5=975005,5=429005,5=784001,5=820700,5=500365,
P=10,P=70,P=300,P=403,P=410,P=940,P=1002,P=1051,
MSPAR11S=BEGIN,
> <10DELL,MEAN=A,MODELR,XTILE50T=5,
?LOT,LEFT2,RIGHT2,
'LOT,RIGHT6,LEFTS,
JTOPM3P,
SA; /M "SAMSTA" ALLOWS THE GROUPING OF THE DATA FROM 2 OR MORE
MSP-46 STATICMS BEFORE THE STATISTICAL CALCULATION ARE PERFORMED.
THESE GROUPINGS WILL BE TREATED AS ONE STATION (ONE POINT
ON THE PLOT). UP TO 40 GROUPS MAY BE SPECIFIED AND THE
KEYWORD REFERS TO THE STATION'S POSITION IN THE RETRIEVAL.
ITS FORMAT IS SHOWN BELOW.
EXAMPLE
PGri=f1SP,SA!1PTYPE=SRAB,A=2lICWA, 5=325070, S=32505A,
5=420895,5=340450,5=140690,S=32540W,3=210600,5=250220,
5=970310,5=322304,5=822047,5=430010,5=420780,5=750125,
3=975005,5=429005,5=784001,5=820700,5=500365,
P=10,P=70,P=300,P=403,P=410,P=940,P=1002,P=1051,
MSPARHS=BEGIN,
> SAMSTA=6-10/16-19/,
PLOT,LEFT2,MEAN=4,M+3S=B,MUL=»,
PLOT,RIGHT6,XTILE50T=0,XTILE15T=-,XTILE85=+,MUL=*,
PLOTP.LEFT1,RIGHTS,MAX=L3,MEAN=L1,MIN=L9,
STOPMSP,
THE ABOVE "SAMSTA" EXAMPLE WILL TREAT STATIONS 6 THROUGH 10 AS IF THEY
WERE ONE STATION AND STATIONS 16 THROUGH 19 AS IF THEY WERE ONE STATION.
-------
ir:G=A-B/A--'V, "SEE" 1C USED TO SEGREGATE THE RETRIEVED DATA INTO DATE GROUPS PAGE NO. 211
SEG=C/C/, BEFORE THEY ARE USED FOR A PLOT. THE "A" REPRESENTS THE BE- 88/11/06
MSP-SO GINNING OF THE DATE GROUP AND THE "B" IS THE ENDING OF THE GROUP,
AND AS CAN BE SEEN, MORE THAN ONE PERIOD CAN BE SPECIFIED FOR A
PLOT. THE DATES ARE ENTERED IN THE YYMMDD FORMAT, AND IF THE
SPECIAL YEAR "00" IS USED, THE DATA IS SELECTED FOR THE PERIOD
SPECIFIED REGARDLESS OF THE YEAR IN WHICH IT WAS SAMPLED, E.G.,
"SEG=000321-000920/," WILL USE ALL THAT DATA WHICH WAS SAMPLED
DURING THE SPRING AND SUMMER SEASONS REGARDLESS OF THE YEAR.
"C" IS USED TO SPECIFY INDIVIDUAL DATES. IF THE DAYS ARE OMITTED
FOR "C", ONE MONTH IS ASSUMED, I.E., 01-31, AND IF THE MONTH AND
DAY ARE OMITTED FOR "C", ONE YEAR IS ASSUMED, I.E., JAN. 1 THROUGH
DEC. 31. THE "SEG" INSTRUCTION PERTAINS ONLY TO THE "LEFT" OR
"RIGHT" STATEMENT WHICH IT FOLLOWS.
EXAMPLE
PGM=MSP,SAMPTYPE=6RAB,A=21IOWA,5=325070,S=32505A,
3=4215895,5=340450,5=140690, S=32540W, 3=210600,5=250220,
3=970310,5=822304,5=822047,3=430010,5=420780,5=750125,
55=975005,,5=429005,5=784001,5=820700,5=500365,
r>=10,P=70,P=300,P=403,P=410,P=940,P=1002,P=1051,
t1SPARMS=BEGIN,
: 'LOT,LEFTS,MEAN=A,SE6=710101-751231/,
•;:G!!T3,MEAN=B,SEG=760101-801231/,
.•LOT,»IGHT6,XTILE50T=0,SEG=741001-750131/731001-740131/,
- : ,r)LOT,!-E:rT3,SEG=000301-000930/,ZTILE50T= + ,
- .;iG:;T;;,SEG=000101-000229/001001-001231/,XTILE50T=-,
- : 'LOV,!.EFT8,MEAN=A,SEG=86/,
:;o:'»3P,
THc FIRST PLOT IN THE EXAMPLE WILL USE THE DATA SAMPLED FROM 1971
VHRD'JGH 1975 FOR THE LEFT SCALE AND 1976 THROUGH 1980 FOR THE RIGHT
AXIS. THE SECOND PLOT WILL USE DATA SAMPLED FROM OCT. 1, 1973, THROUGH
JAN. 31, 1974, AND OCT. 1, 1974, THROUGH JAN. 31, 1975. THE THIRD PLOT
«ILL USE ONLY SUMMER DATA FOR THE LEFT AXIS, AND ONLY WINTER DATA FOR
THE RIGHT AXIS. NOTE, THAT FOR THE THIRD PLOT THE YEAR SPECIFIED IS
"00" KHICH MEANS THAT ALL OF THE DATA IS GROUPED EITHER BY SUMMER OR
WINTER REGARDLESS OF THE YEAR IN WHICH IT WAS SAMPLED. THE FOURTH
PLOT MILL BE ONLY FOR THE DATA THAT WAS SAMPLED FOR THE YEAR 1986
SINCE THE DAYS AND MONTHS HAVE NOT BEEN SPECIFIED.
-------
F-l THIS KTYUOTD IS USED TO SET CONDITIONS WHICH MUST BE MET BEFORE A PAGE NO. 212
i;'i."-39 VAL'JS IS USED IN THE CALCULATION. IT IS USED WITH THE "AND" AND/OR 88/11/06
"OR" TO CREATE A LOGICAL SEQUENCE FOR THE SELECTION OF THE VALUES
TO BE USED. THE OPERATORS THAT CAN BE USED ARE: GREATER THAN, LESS
THAN, EQUAL TO, AND NOT EQUAL TO. THE LETTER "I" IS REPLACED BY A
NUMBER WHICH REPRESENTS THE PARAMETER POSITION IN THE RETRIEVAL
FOLLOWED BY THE OPERATOR AND A VALUE.
NMIN SETS THE NUMBER OF VALUES FOR A GIVEN PARAMETER THAT A STATION MUST
MSP-34 HAVE IN ORDER FOR IT TO BE USED ON THE PLOT. IF IT IS USED IN CON-
JUNCTION WITH "PI", THE "AND" LOGIC APPLIES, I.E., THE NUMBER OF
VALUES REMAINING AFTER THE "PI" SCREENING MUST MEET OR EXCEED THE
MINIMUM NUMBER OF VALUES ESTABLISHED BY THE "NMIN" KEYWORD.
PLOT,RIGHTS,P4>6,OR,P2=l,AND,PK5,NMIN=4,
LEFT2,NMIN=2,P4=2,AND,P10>3,
THE ABOVE WILL PLOT THE STATISTICS FOR THE THIRD PARAMETER USING THE
RIGHT AXIS ONLY WHEN THE FOURTH PARAMETER'S VALUE IS GREATER THAN 6,
OR WHEN THE SECOND PARAMETER IS EQUAL TO 1, AND THE FIRST PARAMETER
IS LESS THAN 5, AND THERE ARE AT LEAST 4 OBSERVATIONS REMAINING FOR
THE THIRD PARAMETER. USING THE LEFT AXIS, THE SECOND PARAMETER WILL
PLOT ONLY WHEN THE FOURTH PARAMETER IS EQUAL TO 2 AND THE TENTH PAR-
AMETER IS GREATER THAN 3 AND THERE ARE AT LEAST 2 VALUES REMAINING
FOR THE SECOND PARAMETER.
RMKX THESE KEYWORDS ARE USED TO SPECIFY HOW REMARKED DATA IS TO BE HANDLED
NOTHMKX BEFORE THE CALCULATIONS FOR A PLOT ARE PERFORMED. THEY MAY BE SET
?JSF-43 EQUAL TO EITHER "ZERO" OR "EXCL" WHICH TELLS THE SYSTEM WHAT ACTION
AS TO BE TAKEN FOR VALUES WITH THAT REMARK CODE. "ZERO" WILL CAUSE
THE DATA WITH A REMARK CODE OF "X" TO BE SET TO ZERO, AND "EXCL" WILL
EXCLUDE FROM THE CALCULATION THOSE VALUES WITH A REMARK CODE OF "X"
UHEN "RMKX" IS USED. WHEN USED KITH "NOTRMKX", "ZERO" WILL CAUSE ALL
REMARKED DATA EXCEPT THOSE WHICH HAVE A REMARK CODE OF "X" TO BE SET
TO ZERO WHILE "EXCL" WILL EXCLUDE ALL REMARKED DATA EXCEPT THOSE WHICH
HAVE A REMARK CODE OF "X". "X" MAY BE ASSIGNED ANY OF THE VALID STORET
REMARK CODES OR BLANK. "RMKX" MAY BE SPECIFIED UP TO 10 TIMES PER PLOT
(9 TIMES IF "NOTRMKX" IS USED). "NOTRMKX" MAY BE USED ONLY ONCE PER
PLOT. IF THESE KEYWORDS ARE NOT USED, THEN ALL VALUES ARE USED
EXAMPLE
PGM=MSP,SAMPTYPE=SRAB,A=21IOWA,3=325070,S=32505A,
5=420895,3=340450,5=140690,S=32540M,3=210600,3=250220,
3=970310,3=822304,S=8220<+7,3=430010,5=420780,3=750125,
U-975005,S=429005,5=764001,3=820700,3=500365,
P=13,P=70,P=300,P=403,P=410,P=940,P=1002,P=1051,
MSPARMS=3EGIN,
> PLOT,LEFTS,MEAH=A,RMKK=ZERO,RIGHTS,MEAN=B,RMKK=EXCL,
PLOT,LEFTS,MEAN=C,
> PLOT,RIGHTS,MEAN=D,NOTRMKK=EXCL,
> PLOT,LEFT3,XTILE50T=+,P1<12,RIGHTS,XTILE50T=-,PI>12.1,
PLOT,LEFT7,NMIN=8,MEAN=A,RIGHT?,MEAN=B,
STOPMSP,
-------
SAVE. THESE KEYWS30*? AHE USED TO SAVE THE OUTPUT DATA FROM AN "MSP" PAGE NO. E13
SAVEOUT, PHOSRAH IN A 3 AT A SET SO THAT IT MAY BE USED TO GENERATE MORE 88/11/06
MSP-43 PLOTS USINS i'HE SAME DATA WITHOUT HAVING TO RETRIEVE IT AGAIN.
THE DATA MAY ALSO BE USED BY A USER WRITTEN PROGRAM. THE SAVE
OPTION WILL SAVE THE OUTPUT AND SUPPRESS THE PRINTING AND
PLOTTING Of THE OUTPUT. "SAVEOUT" WORKS EXACTLY LIKE "SAVE"
EXCEPT THAT THE OUTPUT IS PLOTTED AND PRINTED. WHEN THESE
KEYWORDS ARE USED, A JCL "DD" STATEMENT NAMED "SOMSP" IS
REQUIRED TO CREATE THE OUTPUT FILE. FOR THE LAYOUT OF THE
FILE CREATED, SEE THE DATA SET "STORET.HELP.FILE.FORMATS".
PGM=MSP,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,A=1110NET,5=230040,
5=140083,5=180056,P=1027,
MSPARMS=BEGIN,
> PLOTL,LEFT1,SAVE,XTILE50T=+,
STOPMSP.
./Ill JOB (AAAASTORP,Mill),STORET,NOTIFY=III,
./ TIME=5,MSGCLASS=A,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),PRTY=1
**ROUTE PRINT HOLD
**JOBPARM LINES=10
> ./SOMSP DD UNIT=DISK,DSN=IIIAAAA.NAME,
> ./ SPACE=(TRK,(1CO,50),RLSE),DCB=(BLKSIZE=13030,
> ./ RECFM=VB,LRECL=110,BUFNO=1),
> ./ DISP=(,CATLG,DELETE)
STOPMSP, THIS KEYWORD IS USED TO INDICATE THAT THE END OF THE "MSP" PART
;1S;--r; OF THE RETRIEVAL HAS BEEN REACHED. IT MUST BE THE LAST "MSP"
KEYWORD USED.
-------
NO r: ,.'-;-! EXAMPLE GOES HERE PAGE NO.
-------
CONN EXAMPLE GOES HERE PAGE NO. 215
-------
THE FOl.LCM.TMS KEYS!C"?OS ARE UTILIZED WITH STATION AND/OR . PAGE NO. 216
MILEAGE L:NHAR PLOTS. 88/ii/06
CONN, THIS WILL CAUSE THE LINE TO BE CONTINUOUS EVEN IF THERE IS NO
MSP-14 DATA FOR A STATION TO BE PLOTTED. IT IS USED WHEN THE DIGITAL
DIGITAL PLOTTER IS SPECIFIED AS THE OUTPUT DEVICE.
NOCONN, THIS IS THE DEFAULT WHICH WILL CAUSE THE LINE TO HAVE A BREAK
MSP-14 AT THOSE STATIONS THAT HAVE NO DATA.
EXAMPLE
PGM=rfSF,SAMPTYPE=GRAB,A=21IOWA,S=325070,S=32505A,
3=420395,3=340450, 5=140690, S=32540W, 3=210600,3=250220,
5=970310, S=8223Q4, 5=822047, 5=430010,5=420780, 3=750125,
5=975005,5=429005, 5=784001, 5=820700, 5=500365, «
P=10,P=70,P=300,P=403,P=410,P= 940, P= 1002, P=1051,
MSPARMS=BEGIN,
----- > PLOTP, LEFTS, MEAN=L2 ,RMKK=ZERO, RIGHTS, MEAN=L3,RMKK=EXCL, CONN,
----- > PLOTP, LEFTS, MEAN=L4, CONN,
STOPMSP,
SAttSCL. SETS THE SAME SCALE FOR BOTH THE RIGHT AND LEFT AXIS. THIS IS
!13P- RIGHTS, NEAN=B,SEG=76010 1-801 231/, SAMSCL,
------ > PLOT,LEFT3,CEG=0003-0009/,XTILE50T=+,
R!GHT3,S£G=COO 1-0002/00 10-0012/,XTILE50T=-, COMSCL,
STOPMSP,
Nil L CAUSE THE VERTICAL AXIS FOR AN "MSP" PLOT TO BE LOGARITHMIC.
LINEAR IS THE DEFAULT. IF AN "SOMSP" FILE IS BEING CREATED BY
THE RETRIEVAL, THE VALUES SAVED ARE NOT LOGARITHMS.
EXAMPLE
pi%r:=l1SP,SAMPTYPE=SRAB,A=llTRAIN,S=MSP22,S=MSP16,S=MSP19,S=MSP24,
S=i1SP13,S"MSP12,S--MSPll,S=MSP17,S=ANNl,S=MSP23,S=MSP25,
S=MSP21,S=MSP18,S=MSP30,S=MSP15,S=MSP14fP=300f
y PLOT, L2FT1 ,K=AM=I1, LOG.RIGHT1 ,MEAN=A,
STOPS {SP,
-------
STORE! SYSTEM 03/14/83
0
0
3
0
0
D
0
M
G
/
L
STATIONS 1
1.76E+01 MA
2
3
4
5
6
7
1.54E+01
9
1
1
2
3
4
5
. .32E+01
7
8
9
2
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
3
1
2
3
4
5
6.79E+00
7
S
9
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5
6.6CE4-CO
23456789 10
MULTIPLE STATION PLOT (MSP)
FROM 830101 TO 831201
11 12 13 14 15
A M
****#******************************#*********************
*PGM=MSP,A=11TRAIN,S=MSP22,S=MSP16,S=MSP19,S=MSP24,
*S=MSP13,S=MSP12,S=MSP11,S=MSP17,S=ANN1,S=MSP23,S=MSP25,*
*S=MSP21,S=MSP1S,S=MSP20,S=MSP15,S=MSP14,P=300,
*SAMPTYPE=GRAB,
**
*8 EXAMPLE OF LOG KEYWORD
**
*MSPARMS=BEGIN,
*PLOT,LEFT1,MEAN=M,LOG.RIGHT1,MEAN=A,
*STOPMSP,
2345678
MA
9
10 11 12 13
MA
14
15
PAGE
NO. 217
88/11/06
PLOT
•**
*
;,*
*
*
*
x
*
«
*
*
•**
NO. 1
STATIONS
1.76E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1.54E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
1.32E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3
1.10E+01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
8.79E+00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5
6.60E+00
STATIONS
0
0
3
0
0
D
0
M
G
/
L
-------
CAL ..,.:? HiLc,*1;;? LINEAR PLOT GOES HERE PAGE NO. zis
-------
LINMIL, SPECIFICS K'HETHER THE X AXIS SCALING IS TO BE MILEAGE LINEAR PAGE NO. 219
LINSTA, OR STATION LINEAR. STATION LINEAR IS THE DEFAULT WHICH MEANS 88/11/06
MSP-29 THAT THE STATIONS WILL BE SPACED EQUI-DISTANT ACROSS THE PAGE.
"LINMIL" HILL CAUSE THE STATIONS THAT EITHER HAVE A STORED OR
ASSIGNED MILEAGE TO PLOT RELATIVE TO THEIR MILEAGES.
ADDM=A-S THIS IS USED TO ASSIGN A MILEAGE TO A RETRIEVED STATION SO THE
I1SP-6 STATION CAN BE USED IN A MILEAGE LINEAR PLOT. "A" IS THE AGENCY
CODE AND THE "S" IS THE PRIMARY STATION NUMBER, AND IF EITHER OF
THEM CONTAIN A BLANK OR SPECIAL CHARACTER, THE ENTIRE OPERAND
MUST BE ENCLOSED IN SINGLE QUOTES.
AT=A-S+N, THIS IS USED IN AN "ADDM" INSTRUCTION SET TO ASSIGN A MILEAGE
MSP-12 TO A RETRIEVED STATION. GENERALLY AN ABSOLUTE MILEAGE IS
ASSIGNED. HOWEVER, IT CAN USE ANOTHER STATION WITH A STORED
MILEAGE AS A REFERENCE AND ASSIGN A MILEAGE "N" MILES UPSTREAM
OR DOWNSTREAM FROM THE REFERENCE STATION.
3ELK=A-S, "DELM" WILL EXCLUDE A STATION WITH A MILEAGE FROM A PLOT AND
•"-15 IT IS USED IF THE STATIONS ARE TOO CLOSE TOGETHER TO PLOT.
5TART=!!; USED TO SPECIFY A STARTING POINT FOR A MILEAGE-LINEAR PLOT.
I1SP-S1 THE DEFAULT IS THE MILEAGE OF THE FIRST STATION ENCOUNTERED
WHETHER AN ASSIGNED MILEAGE OR AN EXISTING MILEAGE.
11,:?=!•!, THE "MSP" PLOT HAS 30 PLOT POSITIONS ALONG THE X AXIS. WHEN
ilSr-22 THE X AXIS IS MILEAGE LINEAR AND WHEN THE "INCR" KEYWORD IS
USED, EACH OF THESE PLOT POSITIONS IS ASSIGNED THE VALUE
ASSOCIATED WITH THE "INCR" KEYWORD. IF "INCR=5," IS USED,
EACH PLOT POSITION IS 5 MILES APART AND THE X AXIS HILL BE
150 MILES (5 X 30=150) IN LENGTH. WHEN USING THE "INCR"
KEYWORD, THE VALUE ASSIGNED TO IT MUST BE EQUAL TO OR LESS
THAN THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE STATIONS. IF NOT, SOME OF THE
STATIONS WILL NOT BE PLOTTED.
DEFAULT: THE DEFAULT IS STATION LINEAR WHICH MEANS THAT THE STATIONS
WILL BE SPACED EQUI-DISTANT ACROSS THE X AXIS.
THE NEXT PAGE CONTAINS AN EXAMPLE OF THE USE OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS.
-------
EXAMPLE PAGE NO. 230
88/11/06
PSM=M5P,A=21IOWA,5=325070,S=32505A,
5=420895,5=340450,5=140690,S=32540W,5=210600,5=250220,
S=970310,5=822304, 5=322047,5=430010,5=420780,5=750125,
5=975005,5=429005,5=784001,5=820700,5=500365,
SAMPTYPE=SRAB,
P=10,P=70,P=300,P=403,P=410,P=940,P=1002,P=1051,
MSPARMS=BEGIN,
ADDM=21ICWA-325070 AT 5,
ADD!1=21IOWA-32505A AT 20,
AD3M=21IOWA-420895 AT 30,
ADD:i-21IOWA-340450 AT 35,
ADDH=21IOWA-140690 AT 45,
ADDM=21IOWA-32540W AT 50,
ADDI1=21IOWA-210600 AT 60,
AODI1=21IOWA-250220 AT 65,
ADDM=21IOWA-970310 AT 70,
ADDM=21IOWA-622304 AT 75,
ADD;:=21!OWA-822047 AT 90,
ADDN=21IOWA-
-------
.X- MAP G0'£5 !!ERE PAGE NO. 221
-------
MAP GOES HERE PAGE NO. ZZZ
-------
TREND, HAP GOES HE3E PAGE NO. 223
-------
WMCH USING THE MAP MAKINS CAPABILITIES OF "MSP", ALL OF THE "LOG" PAGE NO. 224
MAP ENHANCEMENT KEYWORDS MAY BE USED. AS WITH ALL MAPS, A POLYGON 88/11/06
MUST BE SUPPLIED EITHER AS A STATION SELECTOR (POLY=LLRET,) OR TO
CHECK THE RETRIEVED STATION'S LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE (POLY=MAPCHECK,).
SCALE THE SCALE OF THE MAP MAY BE SPECIFIED EXPLICITLY BY SETTING
LOC-31 THE "SCALE" KEYWORD EQUAL TO THE NUMBER REPRESENTING THE
DENOMINATOR OF THE SCALE TO BE USED. IN ORDER TO GET A MAP
WITH A SCALE OF 1 TO 250,000, "SCALE" WOULD BE SET EQUAL TO
250000. NOTICE THAT THERE ARE NO EMBEDDED COMMAS.
WHEN THE "AGGR" KEYWORD IS USED TO AGGREGATE DATA BY CELLS,
I.E., AGGR^CELLAAAAAXBBBBB, THE "SCALE" KEYWORD CAN BE SET
EQUAL TO "CELLHTX". THE "X" IS THE HEIGHT OF THE CELL IN
INCHES AND MAY HAVE A VALUE OF UP TO 2, E.G. "SCALE=CELLHT.2,"
WILL GENERATE A MAP WITH A SCALE CONSISTENT WITH MAKING THE
HEIGHT OF THE LAT/LONG CELLS TWO TENTHS OF AN INCH IN HEIGHT.
IF THE SCALE SPECIFIED GENERATES A MAP THAT WOULD BE OVER 30
INCHES IN A NORTH/SOUTH DIRECTION OR 60 INCHES IN AN EAST/
WEST DIRECTION, THE SCALE WILL BE OVER-RIDDEN.
LABEL THE "LABEL" KEYWORD IS USED TO SUPPLY AN IDENTIFICATION FOR
rHT-24 THE HAP WHICH WILL BE PRINTED IN THE TITLE BLOCK. UP TO 30
CHARACTERS MAY BE USED WITH EACH "LABEL" KEYWORD AND "LABEL"
MAY BE SPECIFIED UP TO TWO TIMES WITH THE "MSP" MAPS. IF
THE GENERAL KEYWORD "HEAD" IS USED, THE LINES SUPPLIED WITH
"LABEL" WILL FOLLOW THE ONES SUPPLIED WITH "HEAD" IN THE
TITLE BLOCK. "HEAD" APPLIES TO ALL OF THE MAPS WHILE "LABEL"
APPLIES ONLY TO AN INDIVIDUAL MAP. THE LAST CHARACTER IN A
"LABEL" STATEMENT MUST BE THE POUND SIGN (*).
-------
QUALHAP, IF ANY OF THE "MSP" MAP'S ARE TO BE PRODUCED, THE "QUALMAP" PAGE NO. 225
MSP-42 KEYWORD MUST BE SPECIFIED. IT HAS NO OPERAND AND IT MUST 88/11/06
APPEAR BEFORE THE "MSPARMS" KEYWORD. THE TYPE OF MAP CREATED
DEPENDS ON WHETHER THE "GROUPS" KEYWORD IS PRESENT; WHETHER
THE "AGGR" KEYWORD IS USED; AMD WHETHER THE "TRNDNLY" KEYWORD
IS USED. ALSO REQUIRED IS A "C" AS PART OF THE "PLOT" KEYWORD.
DEFAULT: "QUALMAP" IS REQUIRED TO CREATE A MAP WITH THE "MSP" PROGRAM.
NOMSP=N, "NOMSP" IS USED WHEN DATA FROM A PREVIOUSLY SAVED "SOMSP" FILE
MSP-36 IS TO BE USED IN AN "MSP" RETRIEVAL. THE "N" REFERS TO THE
FIRST "N" PARAMETERS IN THE "SOMSP" FILE THAT ARE TO BE USED.
A JCL "DD" STATEMENT IS NEEDED TO POINT TO THE "SOMSP" FILE.
PGM=MSP,NORET,QUA LMAP,
MSPARMS=BEGIN,NOMSP=1,
PLOTC,LEFT1.XTILE50T,
STOPMSP,
./III JOB (AAAASTORP,MIII),STORET,NOTIFY=III,
./ TIME=5,MSGCLASS=A,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),PRTY=1
**ROUTE PRINT HOLD
**JOBFARM LINES=10
./SOMSP DD UNIT=DISK,
./ DSN=IIIAAAA.NAME,DISP=SHR
-------
V;!E FOLLOWING KEYWORDS ARE USED TO GENERATE POINT MAPS, SHADE MAPS,
AND TREND MAPS.
GROUPS THESE KEYWORDS ARE REQUIRED AS PART OF A PLOT STATEMENT IF A
GROUPSB POINT, SHADED, OR TREND MAP IS TO BE CREATED ALONG WITH THE
GROUPSQ "C" OPTION OF THE "PLOT" KEYWORD. THEY ARE USED TO PARTITION
MSP-19 THE DATA INTO STATISTICAL GROUPS.
GROUPS=N, PARTITIONS THE DATA INTO "N" GROUPS WHERE "N" IS A
NUMBER FROM 2 TO 4. THIS CAUSES THE STATIONS TO BE GROUPED BY
THE VALUE OF THE SPECIFIED STATISTIC. THE SYSTEM WILL DETERMINE
THE RANGE OF THE VALUES PRESENT AND DIVIDE THE RANGE INTO EQUAL
GROUPS. FOR EXAMPLE, IF THE DESIRED STATISTIC BEING USED IS THE
MEAN AND THE RANGE OF THE MEANS IS FROM 2 TO 20, THE GROUPS WILL
BE AS FOLLOWS:
GROUP I 2.0 THROUGH 6.5
GROUP 2 6.6 THROUGH 11.0
GROUP 3 11.1 THROUGH 15.5
GROUP 4 15.6 THROUGH 20.0
GROUPSB=N/A/B/C, WHICH WILL CAUSE THE DATA TO BE DIVIDED INTO
"N" GROUPS WITH THE BREAK POINT (DIVIDING POINTS) VALUES BEING
SPECIFIED BY THE "A", "B", AND "C".
WITH BOTH OF THE ABOVE KEYWORDS, "N" IS A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN
1 AND 4. "A", "B", AND "C" MAY BE ANY POSITIVE NUMBER WHICH
REPRESENTS THE DATA VALUES WHERE THE BREAK IS TO OCCUR.
"6ROUP3Q" WILL PARTITION THE DATA INTO QUARTILES AS NEARLY
AS POSSIBLE. A VALUE WILL NOT APPEAR IN TWO QUARTILES.
SHAPHNO THIS KEYWORD IS USED WITH SHADE MAPS AND POINT MAPS TO SELECT
MJiP-17 THE SYMBOLS OR SHADING TECHNIQUE WHICH IS TO BE USED FOR EACH
OF THE DATA VALUE GROUPS. THE FORMAT FOR "GRAPHNO" IS
GRAPHNO-N1/N2/N3/N4, WHERE Nl, N2, N3, AND N4 ARE ONE OF
THE INTEGER NUMBERS USED WITH THE TABLES CONTAINED IN APPENDIX
"A" OF THE STORET HELPFUL DATA SET "STORET.HELP.PGM.MSP".
THE NUMBER OF VALUES ASSOCIATED WITH THIS KEYWORD MUST BE
THE SAME AS THE NUMBER OF DATA GROUPINGS INDICATED WITH THE
"GROUPS" KEYWORD. THE DEFAULT SYMBOLS AND SHADING TECHNIQUES
ARE SHOWN ON PAGE 17 OF THE ABOVE MENTIONED DOCUMENT.
PAGE NO. 226
88/11/06
-------
SWANS THESE KEYWORDS ARE USED WITH POINT MAPS TO SPECIFY THE SIZE OF PAGE NO ZZ7
SYtlSIZE THE SYMBOLS TO BE PLOTTED AND/OR THE ANGLE AT WHICH THE SYMBOLS 88/11/06
MSP-55&56 ARE TO BE PLOTTED. "SYMSIZE" CAN BE ASSIGNED A NUMBER FROM 0.01
TO 1 INCH, AND "SYMANG" CAN BE A POSITIVE INTEGER FROM 0 TO 360
WHICH IS IN DEGREES MEASURED COUNTER-CLOCKWISE. THESE KEY-
WORDS, IF USED, MUST FOLLOW ONE OF THE "GROUPS" INSTRUCTIONS.
DEFAULT: "SYMSIZE" 0.07 INCHES AND "SYMANG" ZERO DEGREES.
SHADE MAP
PGM=MSP , SAMPTYPE=GRAB , STC= 05 , POLY=MAPCH ECK ,
L=3230 , L=95, L=37, L=95, L=37, L=3915, L=3230 , L=8915,
ONLYA=1116APCC,ONLYA=M2WRD,ONLYATTR=STREAM,P=1092,
qUALMAP,AGGR=COUNTIES,SCALE=3000000,TLAT=34,TLONG=8848,
BBORDER,LLTICS=GRID, OVERLAPS. O.NOPOLPLT.NOBOX,
MTITLE=ZINC IN ARKANSAS, MTITLE=SHADED BY QUARTILES,
f!SPARMS=BEGIN,
.JLOTC,LEFTl,/iTILE85T=B,GRO'JPS(3,
LABEL= ZINC SHADED BY QUARTILES*,
LASEL= USING 85TH PERCENTILESS,
SV'.?FJiSP,
POINT MAP
PGM=NS?,SAM?TYPE=GRAB,A=1116APCC,S=ALL,ONLYATTR=STREAM,POLY=MAPCHECK,
',-3230 , L=95, L=37, L=95, L=37, L=8915, L=3230 , L=8915,
P-1092,QUALriAP,SCALE=3000000,TLAT=3'i,TLONG=88^8,
•^ci^ES , LLTICS=GRIO , OVERLAPS . o ,NOPOLPLT,
:::1:o;;,.rriTLE=ziNC IN ARKANSAS, MTITLE=BY QUALTILES,
.r'!.OTC, LEFT1 ,XTILE35T=B,6ROUPSq,GRAPHNO=3/35/5/ll
l.AEEL= ZINC 85TH PERCENTILESJt,
L.MJEI.= &C QJARTILES9,
CVOPHSP,
-------
TRNOHLY THE "TRMPMLY" KEYWORD SPECIFIES THAT A MAP IS TO BE USED FOR PAGE NO. 228
MSF-r-7 A "TRENO" HAP, AND IT SUPPRESSES THE MAKING OF THE POINT OR 88/11/06
SHADE MAP. A "TREND" MAP IS CREATED FROM TWO SHADE OR POINT
MAPS WHICH ARE USED TO GENERATE THE STATISTICAL DATA FOR THE
"TREND" MAP. IF THE OTHER MAPS ALONG WITH THE "TREND" MAP ARE
DESIRED, "TRNDNLY" IS NOT UTILIZED. THERE IS NO ASSOCIATED
VALUE WITH THIS KEYWORD.
TPI.OT "TPLOT" IS USED TO GENERATE A "TREND" MAP FROM TWO OTHER MAPS
K3P-57 IN THE RETRIEVAL. IT DOES NOT COUNT AS ONE OF THE 25 "PLOT"
STATEMENTS ALLOWED WITH THE "MSP" PROGRAM. THE STATIONS ARE
DIVIDED INTO CHANGE CATEGORIES AS FOLLOWS: LESS THAN 10X CHANGE
IS CONSIDERED INSIGNIFICANT AND THOSE STATIONS WILL BE INDICATED
WITH A ZERO; STATIONS WITH A CHANGE BETWEEN 10X AND 25X ARE IN-
DICATED WITH A SMALL ARROW, UP FOR IMPROVEMENT AND DOWN FOR
DEGRADATION; AND STATIONS WITH A CHANGE OF OVER 25X WILL BE IN-
DICATED WITH A LARGE ARROW, UP FOR IMPROVEMENT AND DOWN FOR
WORSENING. THE "TPLOT" INSTRUCTION IS USED TO POINT TO THE
PLOTS THAT ARE TO BE USED AS THE OLD OR BASE TIME SEGMENT AND
THE NEW OR PRESENT TIME SEGMENT.
EARLY THE "EARLY" AND "LATE" KEYWORDS ARE USED TO SPECIFY WHICH
LATE "PLOTC" STATEMENT IS TO BE USED AS THE BASE OR OLD DATE
r:3P-16 SEGMENT AND WHICH ONE IS TO BE USED AS THE NEW OR PRESENT
DATE G30UP FOR THE PERCENT CHANGE CALCULATIONS. "EARLY-
POINTS TO THE PLOTC STATEMENT THAT IS TO BE USED AS THE
OLD OR SASE DATE SEGMENT. "LATE" IS USED TO SPECIFY THE
HEW OR PRESENT TIME SEGMENT. THE CALCULATION IS AS FOLLOWS:
"LATE" MINUS "EARLY" DIVIDED BY "EARLY".
PG»=MSP, A= 1116APCC,S=ALL,ONLYATTR=STREAM,POLY=MAPCHECK,
L=3230,L'95,L=37,L=95,L=37,L=8915,L=3230,L=8915,
SAMPTYPE=SRAB,P=1092,
r)!JftLMAP,SCALE=3000000,TLAT=34,TLONG=88
-------
KEYWORD
KEYWORD SUMMARY AND INDEX
FUNCTION
STATION SELECTION KEYWORDS
HANDBOOK
PAGE *
PAGE NO. 229
88/11/06
PAGE NO.
A.S.SRANGE
STC
STCO
ATTR
,-HM
REA
SELECT STATIONS BY AGENCY/STATION NUMBERS
SELECT STATIONS BY STATE CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY COUNTY CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY PARAMETER PRESENCE,
STATION TYPE OR OTHER ATTRIBUTE
INITIATES A POLYGON SEARCH FOR STATIONS
INITIATES A RADIUS SEARCH FOR STATIONS
SPECIFIES LAT/LONG FOR ABOVE
SELECT STATIONS BY HYDROLOGIC UNIT AREA
SELECT STATIONS BY HYDROLOGY
SELECT STATIONS BY BASIN CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY ECOREGION
SELECT STATIONS BY AQUIFER CODE
SELECT STATIONS BY 208 AREA
ALLOWS A STATION TO BE SELECTED MORE THAN
ONCE IN A RETRIEVAL
4-13
4-20
4-22
4-29
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-32
4-39
4-24
4-34
4-36
4-33
4-38
32
33
33
34
37
37
37
38
39
53
54
54
55
55
.'at
_. JVCO
...JLYAYIR
STATION RESTRICTION KEYWORDS
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC AGENCY
EXCLUDE STATIONS FOR A SPECIFIC AGENCY
EXCLUDES SPECIFIC STATIONS
SPECIFIES TYPE OF RANGE FOR STATION EXCLUSION
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC STATE
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC COUNTY
RESTRICT STATIONS TO THOSE WITH A SPECIFIC
STATION TYPE OR PRESENCE OF CONSTITUENTS
4-76
4-76
4-76
4-76
4-72
4-74
4-78
58
58
58
58
59
59
60
-------
DATA SELECTION KEYWORDS PAGE N0> 230
88/11/06
PARAMETER LEVEL SELECTORS AND MANIPULATORS
P SELECTS PARAMETERS FOR RETRIEVALS 4-90 67
AV.LViHV SETS LIMITS FOR ACCEPTABLE PARAMETER VALUES 4-102 67
"ALT SPECIFIES ALTERNATE EQUIVALENT PARAMETER 4-93 68
PARHltPAKKZ CHANGES FIRST TWO LINES OF PARAMETER HEADER 4-106 68
?A3U CHANGES UNITS IN PARAMETER HEADING 4-106 68
P3UM ALLOWS THE ADDING OR COMBINING OF VALUES 4-96 70
FROM TWO OR MORE PARAMETERS
ADD ADDS A CONSTANT TO THE DATA VALUE 4-104 72
"'•'.T3Y SUPPLIES MULTIPLICATION FACTOR 4-104 72
OcCPT SPECIFIES PRINT FORMAT FOR DATA VALUES 4-109 74
.? RESTRICTS RETRIEVED DATA BY REMARK CODES 4-98 77
SAMPLE LEVEL DATA SELECTORS AND RESTRICTORS
SAMPTYPE SPECIFIES TYPE OF SAMPLES TO BE RETRIEVED 4-113 80
COMFSTAT USED TO SPECIFY TYPE OF COMPOSITE VALUE TO 4-115 80
BE RETRIEVED
PREQ PRESENCE OF PARAMETER REQUIRED FOR THE 4-117 82
SAMPLE TO BE RETRIEVED
PREQiAV.'.V.HV PARAMETER MUST BE PRESENT AND BE IN A SPECIFIC 4-119 82
RANGE FOR THE SAMPLE TO BE RETRIEVED
BD.ED SPECIFIES DATE RANGES FOR SAMPLES TO BE RETRIEVED 4-121 83
35,EG RETRIEVES SAMPLES BY TIME OF YEAR 4-124 84
ST.ET RETRIEVES SAMPLES FOR SPECIFIC TIME PERIODS 4-126 84
A3,LD,'JD SPECIFIES SAMPLE DEPTHS ACCEPTABLE FOR RETRIEVAL 4-128 86
D SPECIFIES DEPTH UNITS 4-130 86
SOT RESTRICTS SAMPLES BY TYPE OF WATER MEDIUM 4-131 86
MED RESTRICTS SELECTED SAMPLES BY THE SAMPLE'S MEDIUM 4-133 87
•iSKK,1 ":;,:ISMK RESTRICTS SELECTED SAMPLES BY THE SAMPLE'S SMK CODE 4-135 87
.'MX RESTRICTS SELECTED SAMPLES BY THE SAMPLE'S UMK CODE 4-137 87
' CONTROLS RETRIEVAL OF INTENSIVE SURVEY SAMPLES 4-141 88
.;'JIF:;.: CONTROLS RETRIEVAL OF SAMPLES BY GEOLOGIC 4-143 88
AGE AND AQUIFER CODE
L'!C ALLOWS RETRIEVAL OF LOCKED DATA 4-139 89
-------
INCLUDE
C FUNCTION
NOECHO
ECHO
MTV-'.LANEOUS KEYWORDS
INSERTS A PREVIOUSLY CREATED DATA SET INTO A
STORET RETRIEVAL
SHORT HAND METHOD OF SPECIFYING PARAMETERS FOR
STORET RETRIEVALS,
ELIMINATES THE PRINTING OF RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS
USED AFTER "NOECHO" TO CAUSE THE RETRIEVAL
KEYWORDS TO BE PRINTED
4-146
4-150
4-148
4-148
PAGE NO. 231
88/11/06
91
92
92
92
PRINT CONTROL KEYWORDS
PRT
SHIFT
HEAD
»
PSTLOCK
SSROUP
AGGR
INV3RK
F3A
SP
Y3ANSALL
SWASH
P=AI.L,
T3ANSALL=NO,
REACHLIST
CARUOUT
ADDHUC.CHGHUC
LOAD
LOG
SiTRXX
EITHER,COMPUTED
DO SAT
HARDNESS
'JN-ION AM
SOLIFQRM/STREP
CONTROLS PRINTING OF RAW DATA AND PARAGRAPH 4-156
SHIFTS THE STATION HEADER TO THE LEFT 4-158
ALLOWS THE ENTERING OF DESCRIPTIVE INFO 4-159
ALLOWS COMMENTING RETRIEVAL REQUEST 4-161
SHOWS LIST OF LOCKED STATIONS IN RETRIEVAL 4-163
GROUPS RETRIEVED STATIONS BY USER REQUEST 4-166
AGGREGATES THE DATA ACCORDING TO SPECIFIC GROUPS 4-164
THE FOLLOWING ARE PROGRAM SPECIFIC KEYWORDS
PGM=INVENT KEYWORDS
SPECIFIES THE BREAK POINTS FOR CALCULATIONS 5-12
PRINT STATION HEADER ALWAYS 5-14
SUPPRESSES THE PRINTING OF INDIVIDUAL 5-17
STATIONS. PRINTS ONLY THE GROSS
SPECIFIES PARAMETERS FOR INVENTORY 5-15
SPECIFIES THAT TRANSFORMATIONS ARE TO BE 5-19
CALCULATED AND PRINTED
PGM=ALLPARM KEYWORDS
COMPRESS THE OUTPUT OF AN "ALLPARM" RETRIEVAL 5-22
RETRIEVE THE REMAINDER OF THE PARAMETERS FOR "ALLPARM" 5-23
SUPPRESSES THE CALCULATION OF THE DATA 5-24
PGM=INDEX KEYWORDS
USED WITH "CARDOUT" TO ELIMINATE OUTPUT FROM
"PGM=INDEX,"
CONTROLS OUTPUT FROM INDEX FORMAT
CREATES A DATA SET CONTAINING STATION CHANGE
TRANSACTIONS
CREATES DATA SET WITH CHANGE TRANSACTIONS FOR
HUC CODES
TRANSFORMATION AND ANALYTICAL KEYWORDS
CAUSES LOADINGS TO BE CALCULATED
CALCULATES THE LOGARITHMS BEFORE
STATISTICS ARE RUN
SPECIFIES VALUES FOR REMARKED DATA
SPECIFIES WHETHER CALCULATED OR STORED
TRANSFORMATIONS ARE TO BE USED
METHOD OF CALCULATING DO SATURATION
METHOD OF CALCULATING HARDNESS
METHOD OF CALCULATING UN-IONIZED AMMONIA
METHOD OF CALCULATING THE COLIFORM/STREP
COUNT RATIO
5-6
5-7
5-8
APP-5
94
94
94
94
94
96
96
102
102
102
102
103
107
107
107
112
112
113
A-4
4-169
4-171
4-185
4-181
4-183
4-174
4-188
4-176
4-178
120
120
120
122
124
124
125
125
-------
PGM^STAND KEYWORDS
PAGE NO. 233
LC
HC
REPORT=SAt-:?LE,
REFORT=EXCEPTION,
nEPORT=SUr,MARY,
FACT
SYM
SAMSCL
GRID
?TITLE
LOS
LOAD
NOPLOT
LV
HV
DECPT
DS
VO
ST.'.T
;.::C;ITED
SORT
SETS LOWER LIMIT FOR CRITERIA CHECK 5-28
SETS UPPER LIMIT FOR CRITERIA CHECK 5-28
"STAND" PRINT CONTROL KEYWORD 5-30
"STAND" PRINT CONTROL KEYWORD 5-30
"STAND" PRINT CONTROL KEYWORD 5-30
PSM=PLOT KEYWORDS
SETS THE SIZE OF THE PLOT 5-36
SELECTS THE SYMBOL TO BE PLOTTED 5-36
CAUSES PLOTS OF LIKE PARAMETERS TO BE 5-39
PLOTTED AT THE SAME SCALE
SPECIFIES THAT A TREND LINE IS TO BE CALCULATED 5-42
AND DRAWN ON THE PLOT
ENHANCES PLOT WITH GRID LINES 5-43
PROVIDES ONE-LINE TITLE FOR PLOTS 5-44
CAUSES THE LOG OF THE PARAMETER TO PLOT 4-171
CAUSES LOADINGS TO BE PLOTTED 4-169
CAUSES CERTAIN PARAMETERS NOT TO PLOT 5-41
PGM=MEAN KEYWORDS
EXCLUDES VALUES LESS THAN THE ONE SPECIFIED 5-73
EXCLUDES VALUES GREATER THAN THE ONE SPECIFIED 5-73
DECIMAL POINT PLACEMENT FOR PGM=MEAN 5-49
ASSIGNS THE DATE GROUPINGS FOR THE 5-50
STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS
CHANGES THE BEGINNING DATE FOR THE DATA 5-52
GROUPINGS FROM THE STANDARD ONES
ALLOWS FLEXIBLE DATE GROUPINGS FOR THE 5-52
STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS
ASSIGNS THE STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS TO 5-69
BE CALCULATED
SPECIFIES THE PERCENTILES TO BE CALCULATED BY 5-71
THE MEAN PROGRAM
SPECIFIES THAT THE MEAN PROGRAM IS TO CALCULATE 5-71
PERCENTILES USING AN ALTERNATIVE METHOD
GROUPS THE DATA BEFORE STATISTICS ARE CALCULATED 5-54
128
128
128
128
128
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
136
136
139
139
139
140
140
142
144
144
144
146
-------
REGPAHNS
PLOT
S
P
X
Y
T
WIN
STOPREG
POLY=MAPCHECK,
SCALE
PROJ
BORDER
.'.TICS
:.V£RLAP
.•"72 QX
XOPOL.PLT
'.CCSf.'l
TAGS
roL
rL,\7,TLOUS
r- :..',) i MSiG
,YJX!:ILE
1, '-."LABEL
NO.-'OLAUX
NODATA
P
-------
t'Si'.-MSP KEYWORDS PAGE N0. 234
88/11/06
.... ..',r:.. INDICATES THE BEGINNING OF MSP KEYWORDS 32 207
I'.!, INITIATES A PLOT FOR MSP 40 208
U-f-T SELECTS PARAMETER TO BE SCALED ON LEFT AXIS 27 208
RISIIT SELECTS PARAMETER TO BE SCALED ON RIGHT AXIS 27 208
MAX ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MAXIMUM VALUE 30 209
MEAN ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MEAN VALUE 30 209
MM ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MINIMUM VALUE 30 209
tl'JL ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MULTIPLE HIT 30 209
UNS ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MEAN + OR - 30 209
N TIMES SIGMA
'.niEIT ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR PERCENTILE 30 209
MOtEL EXTABLISHES PLOT SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUCCEEDING 33 210
PLOTS
SAM3TA GROUPS STATIONS AS IF THEY WERE ONE 46 210
5EG ESTABLISHES TIME INTERVAL FOR PLOTTING 50 211
/! SCREENS DATA BEFORE STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS 39 212
irllN SCREENS DATA BEFORE STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS 34 212
"MKX SPECIFIES TECHNIQUE TO HANDLE REMARKED DATA 43 212
N3TRI1KX SPECIFIES TECHNIQUE TO HANDLE REMARKED DATA 43 212
J-AVE SAVE RETRIEVED DATA FOR FUTURE USE 48 213
''AVECUT SAVE RETRIEVED DATA FOR FUTURE USE 48 213
svorTisp ENDS THE MSP PORTION OF AN "MSP- RETRIEVAL 54 213
:vr CAUSES CONTINUOUS LINE 14 216
irJC_;tf! CAUSES DISCONTINUOUS LINE 14 216
SAM:.CI. SCALES BOTH THE RIGHT AND LEFT AXIS THE SAME 45 216
CCMSCL CAUSES SUCCEEDING SCALES TO BE THE SAME 13 216
LCIS SETS VERTICAL AXIS AS LOG SCALE 28 216
ii:.':;ii. MAKES THE x AXIS MILEAGE LINEAR 29 219
'.CliTA MAKES THE X AXIS STATION LINEAR 29 219
ADD!1, AT ASSIGNS SMI TO A STATION 6&12 219
:):LM ELIMINATES RMI FOR, A STATION 15 219
jT.'^T ESTABLISHES THE STARTING POINT FOR MILEAGE PLOT 51 219
i:r;n USED WITH LINMIL TO ESTABLISH x AXIS INCREMENT 22 219
"/.VS SPECIFIES THE SCALE FOR MSP MAPS 224
1 _:. ADDS LABEL INFORMATION TO MAP LEGEND 24 224
REQUIRED TO MAKE AN MSP MAP 42 225
SPECIFIES DATA PREVIOUSLY RETRIEVED IS TO 36 225
BE USED
SPECIFIES HOW STATISTICS ARE TO BE GROUPED 19 226
FOR A MAP
GK.VmO SPECIFIES PLOTTING SYMBOLS FOR MSP MAPS 17 226
SYir.Nt; SPECIFIES ANGLE FOR PLOTTING SYMBOLS 55 227
SY;UIZE SPECIFIES SIZE OF PLOTTING SYMBOLS 56 227
T::,::NLY SPECIFIES THAT MAP is TO BE USED FOR A 57 228
TREND MAP
?LOT GENERATES A TREAD MAP 57 228
\;;LY SPECIFIES WHICH is THE BASE DATA FOR TREND 16 228
MAP
SPECIFIES WHICH IS THE CURRENT MAP FOR A 26 228
TREND MAP
-------
XEYWCKD
XTILEIT
A
AD
ADD
ADDHUC
ADDMi AT
AGGR
ANALYSIS
ANC
AQ
AQUIFER
ARCLASS
AHEA
ASMK
ATTR
AH/PILE
A1.::;: YH
33
'J3T
3S
3T
C FUNCTION
CABDCUT
COMPSTAT
COMPUTF"1
:OMSCI.
:ONN
CSI.tE
INDEX
FUNCTION
Al LOH3 COMMENTING RETRIEVAL REQUEST
ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR PERCENTILE ("MSP")
SPECIFIES AGENCY CODE FOR STATION SELECTION
SPECIFIES SAMPLE DEPTHS ACCEPTABLE FOR RETRIEVAL
ADDS A CONSTANT TO THE VALUE
CREATES DATA SET WITH CHANGE TRANSACTIONS FOR HUC
ASSIGNS RMI TO A STATION ("MSP")
AGGREGATES THE DATA ACCORDING TO SPECIFIED
GROUPS
SPECIFIES HOW STATIONS ARE TO BE ORDERED AFTER
HANDBOOK
PAGE «
4-161
MSP-30
4-13
4-128
4-104
CODE APP-5
MSP-6
4-164
4-65
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
PAGE NO.
94
209
32
66
72
A-4
219
96
52
235
A REACH SELECTION OF SAMPLING SITES
SEE COMPSTAT
SELECT STATIONS BY AQUIFER CODE
CONTROLS RETRIEVAL OF SAMPLES BY GEOLOGIC
AGE AND AQUIFER CODE
RETRIEVE ARCHIVED DATA
SELECT STATIONS BY 208 AREA
SELECTS SAMPLES BY THEIR SMK CODE
SELECTS STATIONS BY ATTRIBUTES
PLOTS DATA FROM AUXFILE ("LOC")
SEE LEGLABEL
ASSIGNS VALUE FOR ACCEPTABLE PARAMETER VALUE
SEE SRANGE
SPECIFIES WHICH OF THE AVAILABLE BACKGROUND
TRACES ARE TO BE UTILIZED ON THE "LOC" PLOT
ASSIGNS BEGINNING DATE FOR THE STATISTICAL
FUNCTIONS IF NOT THE STANDARD ONES ("MEAN")
ENHANCES MAP WITH BORDER AT EXTREMES OF ALL POINTS
RETRIEVES SAMPLES ONLY AFTER SPECIFIED DATE
RETRIEVES SAMPLES BY TIME OF YEAR
RESTRICTS DATA RETRIEVED BY TYPE OF DEPTH
SELECT STATIONS BY BASIN CODE
RETRIEVES SAMPLES ONLY FOR CERTAIN TIME PERIODS
SHORT HAND METHOD OF SPECIFYING PARAMETERS FOR
STORET RETRIEVALS
CREATES A DATA SET CONTAINING STATION CHANGE
TRANSACTIONS ("INDEX")
CREATES DATA SET WITH CHANGE TRANSACTIONS FOR HUC CODE APP-5
SEE STCO
METHOD OF CALCULATING THE COLIFORM/STREP
COUNT RATIO
USED TO SPECIFY TYPE OF COMPOSITE VALUE TO
BE RETRIEVED
SPECIFIES WHETHER SYSTEM OR STORED TRANSFORMATIONS
ARE TO BE USED
CAUSES SUCCEEDING SCALES TO BE THE SAME ("MSP")
CAUSES LINE TO BE CONTINUOUS ("MSP")
SPECIFIES THE SIZE OF THE PRINT IN THE MAP'S LEGEND
SPECIFIES DEPTH UNITS
SPECIFIES PRINT FORMAT FOR DATA VALUES
ELIMINATES RMI FOR A STATION ("MSP")
ASSIGNS THE DATE GROUPINGS FOR THE
STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS ("MEAN")
SEE DECPT
METHOD OF CALCULATING DO SATURATION
4-36
4-143
4-83
4-26
4-135
4-29
LOC-4
54
88
62
55
87
34
195
4-102 t 5-73 67 £ 139
LOC-5
5-52
LOC-7
4-121
4-124
4-131
4-24
4-126
4-150
5-8
4-178
4-115
4-183
MSP-13
MSP-14
LOC-8
4-130
4-109
MSP-15
5-50
4-174
188
140
180
83
84
86
53
84
92
113
A-4
125
80
122
216
216
193
86
74 S 139
219
140
124
-------
INDEX
FUNCTION
WQ-RET PAGE 9
DR.'VK
DSRCC
DUPL
EARLY
EBM
ECHC
ECCIIES
ED
EG
EITHER
EC" 2;>CM
5X! r/.C
FA;, o
CASE
Cll'!
C"'::;FS
HARDNESS
KC
MKAD
INCLUDE
INCR
INVERK
IS
L
' A"^r L
LATE
LC
LD
4-43
SEE DECPT
SPECIFIES WHEN TO STOP SEARCHING FOR STATIONS
BY SIZE OF DRAINAGE AREA IN A REACH RETRIEVAL
USE A "FRDS" SITE LOCATION AS A STARTING POINT
FOR A REACH STATION SELECTION
SEE SAMPTYPE
ALLOWS A STATION TO BE SELECTED MORE THAN
ONCE IN A RETRIEVAL
SPECIFIES WHICH MAP IS TO BE USED AS THE BASE
FOR A TREND MAP ("MSP")
REACH SELECTION CONTROL KEYWORD TO ELIMINATE
STATIONS WITHOUT MILEAGE
USED AFTER "NOECHO" TO CAUSE THE RETRIEVAL
KEYWORDS TO RESUME PRINTING IN "XSCAN"
SELECT STATIONS BY ECOREGIONS
RETRIEVES SAMPLES BEFORE A SPECIFIED DATE
RETRIEVES SAMPLES BY TIME OF YEAR
SPECIFIES WHETHER SYSTEM OR STORED TRANSFORMATIONS
ARE TO BE USED
ENDS REACH RETRIEVAL INSTRUCTION SET
REACH SELECTION CONTROL KEYWORD TO ELIMINATE
STATIONS OFF THE REACH
RETRIEVES SAMPLES FOR CERTAIN TIME PERIODS
SEE ONLYATTR
USE "IFD" FILE POINT AS A STARTING POINT FOR
A REACH SELECTION OF SAMPLING SITES
SETS THE SIZE OF THE PLOT ("PLOT")
CREATES MACHINE READABLE FILES OF STORET DATA
USE A GAGE LOCATION AS A STARTING POINT FOR A
REACH SELECTION OF SAMPLING SITES
SYMBOL SELECTION FOR "MSP" MAPS
ENHANCES PLOT WITH GRID LINES
SPECIFIES HOW DATA ARE TO BE GROUPED FOR "MSP"
METHOD OF CALCULATING THE HARDNESS
SETS UPPER LIMIT FOR CRITERIA CHECK
PUTS HEADINGS AT TOP OF RETRIEVAL PAGE
SPECIFIES THE HIGHEST ACEPTABLE SMK CODE FOR
FOR SAMPLE SELECTION
SELECT STATIONS BY HYDROLOGIC CODE
SETS UPPER LIMIT FOR ACCEPTABLE PARAMETER VALUE
INSERTS A PREVIOUSLY CREATED DATA SET INTO A
STORET RETRIEVAL
USED WITH LINMIL TO ESTABLISH X AXIS INCREMENT ("MSP") MSP-22
PRINT CONTROL INSTRUCTION FOR "INVENT"
CONTROLS RETRIEVAL OF INTENSIVE SURVEY SAMPLES
USED TO SPECIFY LAT/LONG VERTICES
PUTS A LABEL IN LEGEND OF AN "MSP1' MAP
SPECIFIES WHICH MAP IS TO BE USED AS PRESENT MAP
FOR A "MSP" TREND MAP
SETS LOWER LIMIT FOR CRITERIA CHECK
RETRIEVES SAMPLES ABOVE SPECFIC DEPTH
SELECTS PARAMETER TO BE SCALED ON LEFT AXIS ("MSP")
LABELS SYMBOLS IN THE MAP'S LEGEND ("LOC")
SPECIFIES NUMBER OF LEVELS TO BE SEARCHED WHEN
DOING A REACH RETRIEVAL OF SAMPLING SITES
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
PAGE NO.
49
44
336
4-38
MSP- 16
4-65
4-148
4-34
4-121
4-124
> 4-181
4-39
4-65
4-126
4-43
5-36
4-43
MSP-17
5-43
MSP-19
4-188
5-28
LOC-9 8 4-159
4-135
4-32
4-102 & 5-73
4-146
SP") MSP-22
5-12
4-121
4-16
MSP-24
MSP- 16
5-28
4-128
) MSP-27
LOC- 10
4-54
55
228
51
92
54
83
84
122
42
51
84
43
134
159
44
226
134
226
124
128
94 & 193
87
38
67 & 139
91
219
102
88
37
224
228
128
86
208
196
48
-------
KEYWORD
'.INMIL
!.L, L.M,
LLTICS
LOAD
LOCSYf!
LOS
LSMK
I.T
.T=NORET,
'.V
NOBOX
NOCONN
NODATA
NOECHO
NOMSP
NOPLOT
NOPOLAUX
NOPOLPLT
NORET
NOTA
NOTRMKX
NOTS
NOTSRANGE
NOTU
ONLYA
ONlYATTR
ONLYHUC
ONLYSTC
ONLYSTCO
INDEX
FUNCTION
MAKES THE X AXIS MILEAGE LINEAR ("MSP")
SEE LV, HV AND PAGE A-5
ENHANCES MAP WITH LAT/LONG TIC MARKS
CAUSES LOADINGS TO BE CALCULATED OR PLOTTED
SPECIFIES PLOTTING SYMBOL TO BE USED FOR
SITE LOCATIONS ("LOC")
CALCULATES THE LOGARITHMS BEFORE STATISTICS
ARE RUN OR MAKES PLOT AXIS LOGARITHMIC
SPECIFIES THE LOWEST SMK CODE FOR SAMPLE
SELECTION
SEE POLY OR RADIUS
SEE POLY
SETS LOWER LIMIT FOR ACCEPTABLE PARAMETER VALUE
ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MEAN + OR -
'I TIMES SIGMA ("MSP")
. .':: -,.VR
ci:-V^JLI5Hc;S FLCT SYMBOL FOR MAXIMUM VALUE ("MSP")
ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MEAN VALUE ("MSP")
RESTRICTS SELECTED SAMPLES BY THE SAMPLE'S MEDIUM
SPECIFIES NUMBER OF MILES TO BE EXAMINED WHEN
DOING A REACH SELECTION OF STATIONS
ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MINIMUM VALUE ("MSP")
EXTABLISHES PLOT SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUCCEEDING
PLOTS ("MSP")
INDICATES THE BANNING OF "MSP" KEYWORDS
PUTS TITLES ALGK& BOTTOM EDGE OF MAP
ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR MULTIPLE HIT (:'MSF>")
si;: fi..:.: -MULTIPLICATION FACTOR WHEN
f.-.'..•<•" V -NITS
oj£D lJ -^ECIFY Trie MINIMUM NUMBER OF VALUES
REQUIRED FOR CALCULATIONS ("MSP", "REG")
ELIMINATES OUTLINE FRAME FROM MAP
CAUSES DISCONTINUOUS LINE ("MSP")
CAUSES A MAP TO BE GENERATED EVEN IF THERE ARE
ARE NO POINTS TO BE PLOTTED
ELIMINATES THE PRINTING OF RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS
DURING "XSCAN"
USE EXISTING FILE IN "MSP"
CAUSES CERTAIN PARAMETERS NOT TO PLOT ("PLOT")
FORCES PLOTTING OF AUXFILE POINTS ("LOC")
SUPPRESSES THE PLOTTING OF POLYGON ("LOC")
DO NOT PLOT ANY WQS SITES ON MAP ("LOC")
EXCLUDE STATIONS FOR SPECIFIC AGENCY
CONTROL OF REMARKED DATA IN "MSP"
EXCLUDES SPECIFIC STATIONS
SPECIFIES TYPE OF RANGE FOR STATION EXCLUSION
SEE NOTA
RESTRICTS STATIONS TO SPECIFIC AGENCY
RESTRICT RETRIEVED STATIONS TO THOSE WITH CERTAIN
ATTRIBUTES OR PARAMETER PRESENCE
RESTRICTS STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC CATALOGING UNIT
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC STATE
RESTRICT STATIONS TO A SPECIFIC COUNTY
TO BE SHOWN OUTSIDE POLYGON
WQ-RET PAGE *
MSP-29
LOG- 11
4-169
LOC-14
MSP-28 & 4-171
4-135
4-102 & 5-73
MSP-30
MSP-30
MSP-30
1 4-133
4-54
MSP-30
MSP-33
MSP-32
LOC-17
MSP-30
4-1P4
MSP-34
LOC-18
MSP-14
LOG- 19
4-148
MSP-36
5-41
LOC-20
LOC-21
LOC-22
4-76
MSP-43
4-76
4-76
4-76
4-78
4-72
4-74
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
PAGE NO.
219
180
120
183
120 & 216
87
67 « 139
209
209
209
87
47
209
210
207
193
209
' 72
166 t 212
181
216
196
92
225
136
196
161
196
58
212
58
58
58
60
59
59
237
-------
KEYWORD
OUTSIDE
OVERLAP
P
P=ALL,
PALT
PARH1.PARH2
PARU
PCS
PCSONLY
PCTL
PCTLWT
PGM
PI
PLOT
PLOTMSG
POLY
PREP ,.V,LV,HV
INDEX
FUNCTION
WQ-RET PAGE
PAGE NO.
88/11/06
PAGE NO.
238
PSUf'1
p-
"iACKLZST
REACHN
REFLAT
REFLO:-
SEE PREQ, LV, HV
SPECIFIES AMOUNT OF BACKGROUND INFORMATION
SELECTS PARAMETERS FOR RETRIEVALS
RETRIEVE THE REMAINDER OF THE PARAMETERS FOR "ALLPARM" 5-23
SPECIFIES ALTERNATE EQUIVALENT PARAMETER
CHANGES FIRST TWO LINES OF PARAMETER HEADER
CHANGES PARAMETER HEADING UNITS
ALLOWS ACCESS TO DATA STORED BOTH STORET AND PCS
ALLOWS ACCESS TO DATA STORED IN PCS
SPECIFIES THE PERCENTILES TO BE CALCULATED BY
THE MEAN PROGRAM
SEE WEIGHTED
PERCENTILES USING AN ALTERNATIVE METHOD
SELECTS OUTPUT FORMAT FOR RETRIEVAL REQUEST
SCREENS DATA BEFORE STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS ("MSP")
INITIATES A PLOT FOR MSP OR REG
METHOD OF SENDING MESSAGE TO PLOTTER OPERATOR
INITIATES A POLYGON EITHER A STATION SELECTION
^.Y PQLfGON OR CHECK OF STATIONS FOR "LOC"
;.TFIES WHICH PROJECTION TECHNIQUE TO USE
USENCg OF PARAMETER .CEQUIRED FOR THE
JAMPLS TT Bb RETRIEVED
PARA!^TI.: MUST BE PRESENT AND BE IN A SPECIFIC
RANC . Pr.\ THE SAMPLE TO BE RETRIEVED
CO' ,1f-L" PRINTING OF RAW DATA AND PARAGRAPH
' „' '-I"" . "CARD3JT" TO ELIMINATE OUTPUT FROM
LOC-24
tO t 5-15
5-23
4-93
4-106
4-106
5-71
180
67 t 165
107
68
68
68
97.1
97.1
144
4-5
MSP-39
MSP-40
LOC-26
4-16 & LOC-15
LOC-28
4-117
4-119
4-156
5-6
-r/:::-.-- HC .'iN.Tr.oS OF THE LIST OF LOCKED 4-163
'PINT ST .-1 H2ASER ALWAYS '"INVENT") 5-14
SEE REP'
oEE R~..- •
ALLCT -IF, ft2t>ING OR COMBINING OF VALUES 4-96
FP' «0 C;! MORE PARAMETERS
,Er 0^5-LINE rr \.£ FOR PLOTS 5-44
. PP- :,7T
.r>': ~ TQ GE;\ .?/-•;.,; "MSP" MAPS MSP-42
,,....,, ,.^ RETR:- :v.,. DATA BY REMRK CODES 4-98
j.),,i ,,::;j A RADIU: SEARCH FOR STATIONS 4-16
r iC'. IT." STARTLE: "OIMT FOR RLACH SELECTION 4-42
(, .•• S'.'. Ti .IS
CONTROLS ;UTr- " F.-O,, IK3EX FORMAT 5-7
IMIT-:ATF SEV .::EW.. OF STATIONS 3Y EPA 4-39
^AT/LO:.w .:FERENC^ !:ROM MAP TO MAP LOC-30
' '"'LCixS .EFERENCL !:ROM MAP TO MAP LOC-30
.-:- A TRCS!) LJNE IS TO BE CALCULATED 5-42
:< 'HE P_3T
-M1=REG' SECTION OF RETRIEVAL REQUEST
T CONTROL KEYWORD 5-301
.0 STATIONS AVAILABLE 4-es
?AUS,
CAur.:
;•!
.res
.tr' T
3
212
165 & 208
193
37 & 176
179
82
82
94
112
94
102
70
134
225
77
37
42
112
42
179
179
134
165
128
62
-------
KEYKi
RIG:
RMI
RfiKX
S
SAM?TYPE
SAK3CL
SAMSTA
SAVE.SAVEOUT
SC
SCALE
SEARCH
SES
SETRXX
SF
SGROUP
SHIFt
SORT
iQ ,,SH
t.. .NGE
<*• •
: :T
.TY
.-REG
PWHEN:
FUNCTIC;.
WQ-RET PAGE
j1:
.. .MSALL
V.:, "§ALL-
T,. ,:LY
^TS r .\3AMETEfi TO BE SCALED ON RIGHT AXIS ("MSP")
'•"DES '.: ,r.R MILE INDEX STATION RETRIEVAL
CA!' ,; WHI.:, .,3E FIXED FIELD
CC. "OL Or .MARKED DATA IN "HSP"
SP. ::.!=IES SVATJON NUMBER FOR STATION SELECTION
SPEwl'.FIES TYPE OF SAMPLES TO BE RETRIEVED
SCALES BOTH THE RIGHT AND LEFT AXIS THE SAME ("MSP")
OR FOR "PGM=PLOT,", MAKE SUCEEDING PLOTS HAVE THE
SAME SCALE
GROUPS STATIONS AS IF THEY WERE ONE ("MSP")
RETAIN INTERMEDIATE "MSP" FILE IN MACHINE
READABLE FORMAT FOR FUTURE USE
SEE SAMSCL
SPECIFIES THE SCALE TO BE USED ("LOC", "MSP")
SPECIFIES STATION SELECTION METHOD FOR
REACH SELECTION OF STATIONS
ESTABLISHES TIME INTERVAL FOR PLOTTING ("MSP")
SPECIFIES VALUES FOR REMARKED DATA
SEE STAT
GROUPS RETRIEVED STATIONS BY USER REQUEST
SHIFTS THE STATION HEADER TO THE LEFT
SORTS RAW DATA BEFORE STATISTICS ARE RUN ("MEAN")
SUPPRESSES THE PRINTING OF INDIVIDUAL
STATIONS. PRINTS ONLY THE GROSS ("INVENT")
COMPRESS THE OUTPUT OF AN "ALLPARM" RETRIEVAL
SPECIFIES THAT STATION RANGES ARE TO BE USED
SEE ONLYSTC
SPECIFIES STARTING POINT FOR MILEAGE PLOT ("MSP")
ASSIGNS THE STATISTICAL FUNCTIONS TO
BE CALCULATED ("MEAN")
SELECT STATIONS BY STATE CODE
SEE ONLYSTCO
SELECT STATIONS BY COUNTY CODE
ENDS THE MSP PORTION OF A "MSP" RETRIEVAL
HNDS THE "REG" PORTION OF A "REG" RETRIEVAL
SPECIFIES WHEN TO STOP SELECTING STATIONS
IN ,A REACH INSTRUCTION SET
SELECTS THE SYMBOL TO BE PLOTTED ("PLOT")
SPECIFIES WHETHER SYMBOL IS TO BE ROTATED ("MSP")
USED TO SPECIFY THE SIZE OF THE SYMBOL FOR LOC-
"LOC" AND f'HSP"; MAPS
SPECIFIES DATE RANGES FOR "REG"
CAUSES CRdSS REFERENCE TAGS TO BE PLOTTED ("LOC")
ESTABLISHES PLOT SYMBOL FOR PERCENTILE ("MSP")
SPECIFICS HOW PRECISELY STREAM TRACES ARE MAPPED
POS'ITICr-io THE MAP'S ,LEGEND
POSITIONS THE MAP'S LEGEND
CREATES A TREND MAf ("MSP")
CAUSE3 "INVENT," TO, PERFORM ALL DATA TRANSFORMATIONS
SUPFF.'ESSES THE PERFORMANCE OF DATA TRANSFORMATIONS
IN "A..LPARH"
USE "MSP" MAP ONLY FOR TREND PURPOSES
SEE ONLYA
RETRIEVES SAMPLES .ONLY BELOW SPECIFIED DEPTH
ALLOWS RETRIEVAL OF LOCKED DATA
MSP-27
APP-5
MSP-43
4-13
4-113
5-39
MSP-45
MSP-46
MSP-48
LOC-31
4-49
MSP-50
4-185
4-166
4-158
5-54
5-17
5-22
4-13
MSP-51
5-69
4-20
4-22
MSP-54
4-53
5-36
MSP-55
32 & MSP-56
LOC-33
MSP-30
LOC-35
LOC-34
LOC-34
MSP-57
5-19
5-24
MSP-57
4-128
4-139
PAGE NO. 239
88/11/06
PAGE NO.
208
A-3
212
32 & 165
80
134 & 216
210
213
178 & 224
45
211
120
96
94
146
102
107
32
219
144
33
33
213
166
46
134
227
183 & 227
166
183
209
191
193
193
228
103
107
228
86
89
-------
INDEX PAGE NO. 239.1
88/11/06
KcYKOi'-: '.-'UNCTION WQ-RET PAGE » PAGE NO.
UMK SELECTS SAMPLES BY THEIR UMK CODE 4-137 87
U;K" '•! METHOD OF CALCULATING UN-IONIZED AMMONIA 4-176 125
VD ALLOWS FLEXI6..:: .)ATE GROUPINGS FOR THE 5-52 142
STATISTICAL <• JfiCTIONS ("MEAN")
HEIS-, ALTERNATE ME'rHOJ OF CALCULATING PERCENTILES ("MEAN") 5-71 144
;< SPECIFIES i'iAXIMUM VALUE FOR X AXIS IN "REG" 166
Y SPECIFIES '.AXIMUM VALUE FOR Y AXIS IN "REG" 166
-------
APPEHDXX A PAGE m,
88/11/06
IM'ENDIX CONTAINS CAPABILITIES THAT ARE NO LONGER NEEDED. THEY STILL
. .'.' IN MOST GASES HAVE SEEN SUPERCEDED BY OTHER METHODS.
;:IVER MILE INDEX SYSTEM CRMIJ is A METHOD OF LOCATING
.,!TS OF INTEREST ALONS A STREAM HYDROLOGICALLY. THE COUNTRY
aSEN DIVIDED INTO SEVERAL MAJOR BASINS AND THESE HAVE BEEN
IISR DIVIDED INTO MINOR BASINS. STREAMS WHICH FLOW INTO THE
.,;-;. INTO A LARGE LAKE, OUT OF THE COUNTRY OR INTO A DRY AREA
' ilRMINAL STREAMS (LEVEL 1), AND ARE NUMBERED IN A COUNTER-
POISE DIRECTION WITHIN A MINOR BASIN. BEGINNING AT THE
;(! OF A TERMINAL STREAM, THE DISTANCE TO THE FIRST CONFLUENCE
C.RMINED. THIS TRIBUTARY IS A LEVEL 2 STREAM, AND AT THE
.-:KCE A FLAG is DRAWN. THE FLAG is ANNOTATED WITH THE
AMD INDSX NUMBER ON THE TOP AND THE MILEAGE UP THE STREAM
-.:•: BOTTOM. THE INDEX NUMBERS ALWAYS INCREASE AS YOU GO
. v.R AND ARE ODD FOR THOSE STREAMS ENTERING ON THE LEFT AND
^ FOR THOSE ENTERING ON THE RIGHT. THE LAST DIGIT IS
-0 MISSED OR NEW STREAMS MAY1 BE ADDED WITHOUT DISRUPTING
-SERINS SYSTEM. THIS SCHEME IS CONTINUED UNTIL THE
HERS ARE REACHED. AFTER COMPLETING THE LEVEL 1 STREAM,
.'EL £ STK2AN IS SELECTED AND THE SAME SCHEME IS USED TO INDEX
rn:.-5UTARY STREAMS WHICH ARE LEVEL 3 STREAMS. THIS is DONE
.'.. ALL OF THE STREAMS IN THE MINOR BASIN HAVE BEEN ASSIGNED
::; NUMBERS ',:;) MILEAGE;,. IF RMI is AVAILABLE FOR THE AREA,
: T.;' IT HA:- -L;N STORED. THE RMI KEYWORD MAY BE USED TO
•" ::.-VE THE VXONS.
-------
RMI MAP GOES HERE PAGE NO. A-2
-------
•:: T:as KEYHOEO is USED TO INITIATE A HYDROLOGICAL RETRIEVAL
WQ-n;: ' --2.1. OF STATIONS. IT IS ENTERED ON A LINE BY ITSELF, AND IT
MUST OCCUI? BEFORE EACH FIXED FORM CARD.
THE; !?til RETRIEVAL IS THE ONLY ONE THAT USES A FIXED FORMAT
ITEMS MUST BE IH SPECIFIC COLUMNS OF THE CARD), AND IT USES
,. TYPES OF f:.'\l!US WHICH A!!E IDF.MTIFIED BY THE NUMBER IN COLUMN ONE.
V::E "7" CARO "•;; USED TO RETRIEVE ALL THE STATIONS ABOVE A POINT,
AM) USES THE V.:^MINAL BASIN CODE AND TERMINAL STREAM NUMBER ALONG
!)*.T!I STREAM INU.'X NUMBERS TO DESCRIBE THE POINT. USING THE MAP ON
PA,,.: W3-RET/4-Z.',, RETRIEVE ALL THE STATIONS ABOVE POINT "A".
PAGE NO. A-3
88/11/06
,,205002000010
003121,
-c" ...:,. "9" CARDS ARE USED TO RETRIEVE STATIONS BETWEEN
PCT:. . THE "8" CARD USES THE BASIN CODES TERMINAL STREAM
.. I;;OEX NUMBERS AND MILEAGES TO DESCRIBE THE UPSTREAM
THE "9" CARD IS USED TO COMPLETE THE DESCRIPTION OF THE
....:/.« POINT, IF IT IS ON A STREAM ABOVE LEVEL 7, AND TO DESCRIBE
r,..:»SSTREAi: :JOINT. IT ALSO CONTROLS WHETHER THE STATIONS TO BE
:^:;v2D ARE ON THE MAIN-STEM ONLY OR ON THE MAIN-STEM AND ITS
VOTARIES. USING THE MAP ON PAGE wq-RET/4-26, RETRIEVE THE
.'i:ON5 BETWEEN POINTS "B" AND "C" AND ON THE TRIBUTARIES BETWEEN
~ POINTS. I
.3341CUC. ;S0003Sl!60001003116001002348,
402002818,
SEt: 1-ASES
-------
'.: r M.OMIIi -MSTRi.'CT^ONS ARE STILL USEABLE BUT ARE NO LONGER REQUIRED PAGE NO
r; :;:•• .;::i:VA!^ ,'ac:i THE WATER QUALITY FILE. sa/n/os
....•iiJEX" rcmMAT .;«:•. BE USED TO GENERATE A DATA SET CONTAINING ONLY
:.:. CAR33 AUD FIELC? SQUIRED TO ADD OR CHANGE THE U.S.G.S. CATA-
:.. .. UMIT COOE KOI? A S"0!JP OF STATIONS. THE KEYWORDS "ADDHUC" AND
..;:..jr- ARE USED TO ACCOMPLISH THIS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE "CARDOUT"
.;T.ION. WHEN USING THIS CAPABILITY, THE "ONLYA" KEYWORD MUST BE
.... TO LIMIT THE RETRIEVAL TO THE STATIONS FOR ONE AGENCY ONLY, AND
..; . "UK" KEYWORD MUST BE USED WHICH ADDS THE UNLOCKING KEY TO THE "A"
U. -J.
ADDHUC "ADDHUC" IS USED TO CREATE A DECK OF STATION CHANGE
TRANSACTION CARDS CONTAINING THE NEEDED ITEMS TO ADD
THE U.S.G.S. CATALOGING UNIT CODE TO THE GROUP OF
STATIONS RETRIEVED. IT IS SET EQUAL TO A VALID 8
DIGIT CODE WHICH WILL CAUSE THE SPECIFIED CODE TO BE
PLACED IN COLUMNS 52 THROUGH 59 OF THE 'V CARDS FOR
THE RETRIEVED STATIONS. "ADDHUC" WILL NOT CREATE A
CHANGE TRANSACTION FOR THOSE STATIONS WHICH ALREADY
HAVE A CATALOGING UNIT STORED.
CHGHUC "CHG1IUC" PERFORMS THE SAME FUNCTION AS "ADDHUC" EXCEPT
IT WILL , HOWEVER, CREATE A CHANGE TRANSACTION EVEN IF
THE STATION HAS A CODE ALREADY ASSIGNED TO IT. "ADDHUC"
AND "CHGHUC" ARE MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE, I.E., THEY CAN NOT
BE USED IN THE SAME RETRIEVAL REQUEST.
...•J PREVIOUSLY, THE RETRIEVAL REQUEST MUST CONTAIN THE "ONLYA"
...iiiTEICTION KEYWORD, THE "CARDOUT" KEYWORD, AND THE "UK" KEYWORD.
'..!;•: MOST EFFECTIVE USES OF THIS CAPABILITY IS RETRIEVING A GROUP
•..ViC.'lS BY THE UTILIZATION OF THE "INCLUDE" FUNCTION SET EQUAL TO
,!.DS::«3 UNIT. THIS WILL RETRIEVE ALL OF THE STATIONS WHOSE LAT/LONG
...r.V.T'iB FALL WITHIN THE POLYGON FOR THE SPECIFIED CATALOGING UNIT
r,:2 A'olINCY SPECIFIED WITH THE "ONLYA11 KEYWORD. THE EXAMPLE BELOW
•;;:;»7^A7C£S THIS USE.
EXAMPLE
V : .STATIONS STORED BEHIND AGENCY CODE "11TRAIN" THAT DO NOT HAVE
. ;,..'.!SXN3 UNIT ASSIGNED TO THEM AND ARE LOCATED IN THE CATALOGING
02,:7G010, ADD THAT CATALOGING UNIT TO THE STATION HEADERS.
FGM=JNDEX,
POLY=LLRET,NOECHO,
INCLUDE=(02070010),ECHO, •
——> ONLYA=UTRAIN,UK=CHOOCHOO,
ADDHUC=C2070010,
•-• CARDOUT,PUT=NO,
./III JOB (AAAASTORP,MIII),STORET,NOTIFY=III,TIME=5,
./ MSGLEVEL=(1,1),PRTY=1
»*ROUTE PRINT HOLD
**JOBPARM I.INES=10
> ./CARDOUT UD UNIT=DISK,DISP=(,CATLG),
•> ./ DCB=(R1:CFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE =
> ,/ DSN=IIIAAAA.NAME
-------
THESE KEYWORDS ALLOW THE SELECTIVE RETRIEVAL OF A PAGE NO. A-5
SAMPLE DEPENDENT ON THE VALUE OF UP TO TWO PARAMETERS 88/11/06
IN THE SAMPLE. THE PARAMETERS MUST BE THE FIRST TWO
IN THE RETRIEVAL, AND "LL1" AND "LHl" REFER TO THE
FIRST PARAMETER, "LL2" AND "LH2" REFER TO THE SECOND
PARAMETER. THE "LL" KEYWORDS ARE SET EQUAL TO THE
LOW VALUE OF THE RANGE AND THE "LH" KEYWORDS ARE SET
EQUAL TO THE HIGH END OF THE RANGE. "LL2" AND "LH2"
CAN NOT BE UTILIZED UNLESS "LL1" AND "LHl" HAVE BEEN
USED. IF THE VALUES ARE OUTSIDE OF THE SPECIFIED RANGES,
THE ENTIRE SAMPLE IS EXCLUDED FROM THE RETRIEVAL.
EXAMPLE
PGM=MEAM,PRT=DATA,SAMPTYPE=ALL,COMPSTAT=A,
A-1110NET,5=230040,3=230041,5=230075,3=560065,
L!.1=5,LK1=2Q,LL2=10,LH2=25,
F"10,P-20,P=3QO,P=310,
&n=580101,ED=591231,
-------
V, THIS KILL CAUSE ONLY THE NUMBER OF PARAMETERS RETRIEVED, PAGE NO. A-6
..01 THE CRITERIA FOR THEM, AND THE NUMBER OF TRANSFORMATIONS 88/11/06
PERFORMED TO BE PRINTED WHEN DOING A "STAND" RETRIEVAL.
-------
HETRIEVAL DATE 07/11/05
1- INFORMATION AS INPUT
*PGM=STAND, *
*A= 1 1 TRAIN , S=SEMINAR01 , SAMPTYPE=GRAB , *
*P=76,LV=40,HV=120,P=300,LV=14, *
*P=400,HV=8.6,LV=7.9,P=1000,HV=18,P=1022,HV=600, *
*P-1027,HV=1200, *
PAGE NO. A-7
88/11/06
***#**#******#***********»*#**************************
STAND - VERSION OF JAN. 1987
6 PARAMETERS
I TRAN3PORMATIONS
:?:iTt:,;iA LIST
r.'.'ERHICC CRITERIA 0
-------
PAGE NO. A-8
*FGM=STAND, * 68/11/06
*A=11TRAIN,S=SEMINAR01,SAMPTYPE=GRAB, *
*P=76,LV=40,HV=120,P=300,LV=14, *
*P=400,HV=8.6,LV=7.9,P=1000,HV=18,P=1022,HV=600, *
*P=1027,HV=1200, *
> *PSI=T, *
.."E C7/11/C5 - STAND - VERSION OF JAN. 1987
120.000
6.690
18.000
600.C.5C
1200.000
-------
-;:; !--OLLC.",MG IS AM EXAMPLE TERMINAL SESSION DEMONSTRATING HOW TO PAGE NO A-9
'••AT: A; ';.'JXriLE" Yn>\V IS TO BE USED WITH THE "LOG" PROGRAM TO 88/11/06
,-:;;!! vhE ,;ATION OF POINTS OF INTEREST THAT ARE NOT IN THE wqs:
.-.EAST ""-" proapt)
ecjv -.;•;. help, buildnux. data1
QE;. .Id; EdHcr prompt)
5av;. . ;..ux.data (Save a copy in user's library.
The name "BUILDAUX.DATA" must be
the one used.)
•-cr> I Leave the quick editor and return to TSO.)
..xfiXu .>:>cl(6Q) blksize(31EO) new
v,e sb-r o data ^at is the receiving file for
:j ".YJXMLE" and must be named as indicated
:il h-vr. ihc attributes as shown.)
'...iiair.C'-^s ti-,at the user is in the "INPUT" mode.)
j_,r. ', .,vll line is cnterd to exit the input mode
*,;.. reUirri to the Quick Editor.)
-::r> ( VG a permanent copy and return to TSO.)
. !: v;,; -.a (Bring model data set into working
s'torj.ga.
••> U ' -!he content;.-, uo it can be used as a guide.)
!..'. -TIDE LONGITUDE PEN SYM SYM PEN HEIGHT ANGLE NUM STRING (UP TO 27 CHARS)
. .If. £S.S DUD MM SS.S U/D Y/N NUM NUM INCHES DEC CHAR
...;. ::/, xx.x xxx xx xx.x x x xxx x xxx.xx xxx.x xxx xxxxsxxxxoxxxxsxxxxoxxxxsxx
.1 45.7 103 15 30.0 U Y 001 1 000.21 180.0 005 POINT
' " 40.0 077 13 52.0 U Y 014 2 000.30 270.0 012 TEXT NEEDED
:' '_ 5 v 00.0 077 00 00.0 U Y 005 1 000.1* 90.0 000 TEST STRING XX XX XX XX XXY
•• .!).. .it. v-: r,5 a guide enter the information for the points
.-.-«;-•: tha; are to be shown on the map. Column alignment is
! ?,i.)
'"•."' "rr> ( ;,hra a permanent copy of the file.)
:- "urn to TSO,. )
(Invoke the command which will take
the data in "BUILDAUX" and move it into
the data set "AUXFILE" with the proper
format and attributes.)
-------
s naiKi.v.1 "Al'XFILE" con now be used with the retrieval keyword PAGE NO. A-10
:' ".:. "LCC" program to tell the system where the information 88/11/06
pr.;n..T- -',0 be plottnd is located. Other options that can be
i'SO a,"a "XPRINTAUX" which will translate an auxilary file and
.•': tha contents. If the "QUIET" option is not used, the point
Information nill be printed out as it is being transferred
.....;rj.LE". If ihe special data set names "BUILDAUX.DATA" and
ri,"2 not used* the following form of the command is used:
• '.dsn thai is proper) to(dsn that is proper)
-------
: CHANGE LOG
..', -JCC'..Vi">!T !',VJ COMPLETELY RE-WRITTEN ON NOVEMBER 6, 1988, BY LOUIS
...MAN.
• HEVISr.:: \'ERSICN OF THE SEMINAR DOCUMENTATION WAS MOVED ON-LINE
::r;SRUAHT ".? 1989.
-------
***********************************************
* *
* *** ***** *** **** ***** ***** *
* ******** * *
* * ****** * *
* *** * * * **** *** * *
* ******* * *
* ******** * *
* *** * *** * * ***** * *
* *
******************************************************
On-Line Documentation System
STORET User Assistance
(800)424-9067
(202)382-7220
(FTS)382-7220
**************
* SEMINAR *
* DOCUMENTATION *
* OVERVIEW *
* TSO *
***************
This document contains a brief overview of the STORET
Water Quality System, the agenda of a STORET seminar and
and explanation of some of the TSO procedures required to
work on EPA's computer sytem in Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina.
Document Current as of March 20, 1989. For fresh copies
of this document, call User Assistance since special forms
and inserts are required.
+ Change Log
t Major modifications made. +
+ OV20/69 Louis H. Hoelman, II +
t +
___.-._--. - +
+
t
I
+
This document may be copied
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT PAGE
AGENDA 1
IMPORTANT TELEPHONE NUMBERS 3
OVERVIEW OF THE STORET WATER QUALITY FILE 4
STORET AND THE COMPUTER 7
EXAMPLE TSO TERMINAL SESSION 13
CREATING, EDITING, AND MAINTAINING DATA SETS 19
PREPARING JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE (XBATCH) 24
STORET COMMAND PROCEDURES 29
STORET HELPFUL DATA SETS 31
-------
I. ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS. p,GE N0 ,
A. CLASS INTRODUCTION.
B. SIGN-UP SHEET.
C. TELEPHONE NUMBERS.
II. INTRODUCTION TO STORET.
A. WHAT IS STORET?
B. CONTENTS OF THE STORET DATA BASE.
C. USERS OF THE DATA BASE.
D. USES OF THE INFORMATION.
E. COURSE OBJECTIVES AND OVERVIEW.
F. STORET USERS AND THE COMPUTER.
III. USING TSO.
A. YOUR FIRST TSO SESSION.
1. LOGGING ON TSO.
2. ZNEWUSER AND XJOBPARM.
B. WHAT IS A DATA SET?
C. CREATING, EDITTING AND MAINTAINING DATA SETS.
1. THE "LED" LINE EDITOR.
2. THE TSO EDIT COMMAND.
3. XBATCH.
D. STORET COMMAND PROCEDURES AND HELPFUL DATA SETS.
1. OBTAINING A LIST OF STORET COMMAND PROCEDURES.
2. OBTAINING A LIST OF STORET HELPFUL DATA SET NAMES.
3. DISPLAYING CONTENTS OF HELPFUL DATA SETS.
IV, TERMINAL SESSION.
V. STORAGE OF WATER QUALITY STATION HEADER INFORMATION.
A. STATION HEADER INFORMATION STORAGE CARDS.
B. CHANGING STATION HEADER INFORMATION.
C. TERMINAL PROCEDURES FOR STATION STORAGE AND MODIFICATION.
VI. STORAGE OF PARAMETRIC DATA.
A. "FORMAT=WQS," DATA ENTRY PROCEDURES.
B. OTHER DATA ENTRY METHODS (IF DESIRED).
C. DATA MODIFICATION PROCEDURES.
D. TERMINAL PROCEDURES FOR DATA STORAGE AND MODIFICATION.
VII. TERMINAL SESSION.
-------
VIII. INTRODUCTION TO RETRIEVING DATA FROM THE WATER QUALITY FILE. PAeE NQ 2
A. DISCUSSION OF MENU TYPES AND HOW TO INITIATE 91/12/09
A RETRIEVAL REQUEST.
B. SIX STEPS REQUIRED TO RETRIEVE THE INFORMATION.
IX. REVIEW PROGRAM FORMATS.
X. RETRIEVING THE SAMPLING SITES OF INTEREST.
A. STATION SELECTION TECHNIQUES.
B. STATION RESTRICTION TECHNIQUES.
XI. SPECIFYING SAMPLES AND DATA TO BE RETRIEVED.
A. SAMPLE SELECTION TECHNIQUES.
B. DATA SELECTION TECHNIQUES.
XII. SPECIAL OPTIONS FOR THE VARIOUS FORMATS.
A. INVENT FORMAT.
B. ALLPARM FORMAT.
XIII. LAST STEP IN EXTRACTING DATA.
A. JOB PARAMETER OPTIONS.
B. SAVING REQUEST.
C. SUBMITING REQUEST.
D. CONTROL OF SUBMITTED REQUEST.
XIV. TERMINAL SESSION FOR RETRIEVING WATER QUALITY DATA.
XV. SPECIAL OPTIONS FOR ANALYTICAL FORMATS.
A. MAP MAKING OPTIONS.
1. WATER QUALITY FILE SITES.
2. AUXILIARY FILE MAPPING.
B. TRANSFORMATIONS AND CALCULATIONS.
1. LOADINGS.
2. LOGS.
3. DO SATURATION.
4. UN-IONIZED AMMONIA.
5. COLIFORM/STREP RATIO.
6. HARDNESS.
C. ANALYTICAL PROGRAMS.
1. INDEX FORMAT.
2. PLOT FORMAT.
3. STAND FORMAT.
<+. MEAN FORMAT.
5. REG FORMAT.
6. DOWNLOAD.
-------
PAGE NO. 2.1
90/04/17
WHAT IS NEEDED TO GET STARTED ON STORET?
I. A USER ID AND ACCOUNT NUMBER FOR THE EPA COMPUTER
SYSTEM. THIS CAN BE PROCURED IN ONE OF SEVERAL
WAYS DEPENDING UPON THE TYPE OF ORGANIZATION YOU
REPRESENT.
A. STATE AGENCIES GO THROUGH THE STORET POINT OF
CONTACT IN THE REGIONAL OFFICE. EPA HAS SET
ASIDE A POT OF MONEY THAT CAN BE GIVEN OUT TO
THE STATE IN THIS MANNER.
B. ANOTHER FEDERAL AGENCY HAS TO TRANSFER FUNDS
EITHER AT THE HEADQUARTERS LEVEL OR AT THE
REGIONAL OR DISTRICT LEVEL.
C. CONTRACTORS CAN GET DIRECT ACCESS VIA THE
NATIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION SERVICE (NTIS)
BY CONTACTING THEM ON 703-487-4807 AND GIVING
THEM MONEY. CONTRACTORS CAN ALSO GET ACCESS
IF THEY HAVE A CONTRACT WITH AN ORGANIZATION
THAT ALREADY HAS ACCESS BY USING THEIR ACCOUNT.
II. SOME TYPE OF TERMINAL EITHER A PC WITH A COMMUNICATION
PACKAGE THAT CAN EMULATE A VT100 OR A TELETYPE TERMINAL.
EPA OFFERS TWO SUCH PACKAGES KERMIT AND ARBITER. BOTH
PACKAGES OFFER FILE TRANSFER, GRAPHICS AND FULL SCREEN
CAPABILITIES.
III. DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING WHICH CAN BE PROCURED THROUGH
EPA BY CALLING 800 4Z4 9067.
-------
IMPORTANT TELEPHONE NUMBERS pAGE NQ
STORET USER ASSISTANCE STAFF 90/04/16
FOR HELP IN USING THE STORET SYSTEM
Fran Chaffe Sue Flynn
(800) 424-9067
(703) 883-8861
COMMUNICATIONS
FOR HELP ON TELEPHONE/COMMUNICATION RELATED PROBLEMS
(800) 334-0741
(FTS) 629-4506
EPA COMPUTER CENTER USER SUPPORT
FOR HELP IN USING THE EPA DATA CENTER
(800) 334-2405
(919) 541-7862
(FTS) 629-7862
RTP TAPE SERVICES
TO REQUEST MAGNETIC TAPES AT RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK
(800) 334-9700
(FTS) 629-2385
Tom Pandolfi (EPA)
FOR INFORMATION ON WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES
AND PARAMETER CODES
(FTS) 382-7046
(202) 382-7046
JIM OMERNICK, CORVALLIS LAB
ECOREGION MAPS
(503) 753-6221
SAS INSTITUTE
FOR SAS DOCUMENTATION AND SAS TRAINING
(919) 467-8000
-------
STORET IS A COMPUTERIZED MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM RESIDING PAGE NO. 4
85/09/0<*
ON ERA'S COMPUTER AT RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NORTH CAROLINA. IT
IS MADE UP OF SEVERAL SOFTWARE MODULES WHICH ALLOW THE USER TO
STORE AND RETRIEVE WATER QUALITY INFORMATION. IT HAS A PACKAGE
OF ANALYTICAL PROGRAMS WHICH CAN BE USED TO ACCESS AND ANALYZE
THE DATA. IT ALSO ALLOWS THE USER TO PASS DATA TO USER WRITTEN
SOFTWARE OR TO A STATISTICAL PACKAGE SUCH AS SAS. IT IS PROVIDED
AS A UTILITY AVAILABLE FOR THE SHARING OF WATER QUALITY DATA.
IT CONTAINS INFORMATION FOR OVER 700,000 SAMPLING SITES THROUGH-
OUT THE U. S. WITH OVER 130 MILLION PARAMETRIC OBSERVATIONS.
EACH SAMPLING SITE IS IDENTIFIED BY:
ITS AGENCY CODE
ITS STATION IDENTIFICATION CODES AND ALIASES
ITS STATE AND COUNTY CODE
ITS LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE
ITS EPA BASIN CODES
ITS U.S.G.S HYDROLOGIC UNIT CODE
A BRIEF NARRATIVE OF THE SITE LOCATION
EACH OF THE MORE THAN 130 MILLION OBSERVATIONS ARE IDENTIFIED BY:
AGENCY CODE
STATION IDENTIFICATION CODE
DATE OF THE SAMPLE (OPTIONALLY TIME AND DEPTH)
EPA PARAMETER NUMBER
-------
THERE ARE APPROXIMATELY 400 USERS OF THE SYSTEM WHICH ARE EITHER PAGE N0 5
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY SUPPLYING INFORMATION TO STORET AND RETRIEVING 85/07/18
INFORMATION FROM IT. THESE USERS INCLUDE:
50 STATE AGENCIES
THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
THE U. S. FOREST SERVICE
TVA
CORPS OF ENGINEERS
LOCAL GOVERNMENTS
INTERSTATE AGENCIES
INTERNATIONAL AGENCIES
SOME OF THE USES OF THE INFORMATION ARE:
DETECTING CHANGES IN POLLUTION LEVELS
DEMONSTRATING THE EFFECTS OF POLLUTION ABATEMENT PROGRAMS
AID IN BASIN PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
PREPARING DATA FOR PERMIT PROCESSING
MEETING REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
CHECKING WATER QUALITY AGAINST ESTABLISHED CRITERIA
MONITORING TOXIC SUBSTANCES
-------
THE OBJECTIVES OF THE SEMINAR ARE: PAGE NO. 6
85/07/18
TO AQUAINT THE PARTICIPANTS WITH THE STORET SYSTEM
TO DEMONSTRATE THE SYSTEM'S CAPABILITIES
TO GIVE THE PARTICIPANTS A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF THE
PROCEDURES NEEDED TO STORE AND RETRIEVE WATER QUALITY DATA
TO FAMILIARIZE THE USERS WITH THE NECESSARY TERMINAL
PROCEDURES REWIRED TO ACCESS THE SYSTEM
THE BASIC SEMINAR WILL COVER:
TSO TERMINAL PROCEDURES
CREATING AND EDITING DATA SETS
TERMINAL SESSIONS
STORING AND CHANGING SAMPLING SITE LOCATION INFORMATION
STORING AND CHANGING PARAMETRIC DATA
TERMINAL PROCEDURES FOR STORING INFORMATION
THE STORET RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS
USING THE STORET ANALYTICAL PROGRAMS
TERMINAL PROCEDURES FOR RETRIEVALS
-------
STORET
USER COMMUNITY
SUPPLIERS
AND
USERS
OF
DATA
PAGE NO. 7
85/07/18
II
I
IN
I
IF
I
lo
I
IR
I
IM
I
IA
I
IT
I
II
I
lo
I
IN
T 0 R E T
DATA
BASE
-------
STORE!
USER COMMUNITY
SUPPLIERS
AND
USERS
OF
DATA
/l\
1
1
1
lLOWSPEED I
1 TERMINAL I
1
1
1
1
1 1
IT s ol
1 1
1
1
1
1
1 STORET 1
1 SOFTWARE I
1 MODULES I
1
1
1
\\/
I STORET
I DATA
j BASE
1
1
1
PAGE NO. 8
85/07/18
-------
THE STORING OF DATA INTO THE STORET WATER QUALITY FILE (WQF) AND THE RETRIEVING
OF INFORMATION FROM IT ARE ACCOMPLISHED BY THE CREATION OF DATA SETS WHICH ARE
SUBMITTED FOR PROCESSING BY THE COMPUTER SYSTEM VIA STORET COMMANDS.
A DATA SET IS A COLLECTION OF INFORMATION MAINTAINED ON THE COMPUTER SYSTEM. IT
IS SIMILAR IN CONCEPT TO A FOLDER IN A FILE CABINET. DATA SETS CONTAIN LINES OF
INFORMATION, WHICH IN THE CASE OF STORET, CORRESPOND TO CARDS IN A DECK OF HOLLERITH
CARDS.
WHEN DATA ARE TO BE STORED IN THE WQF, A DATA SET IS CREATED WHICH CONTAINS STORAGE
TRANSACTIONS IN THE PROPER INPUT FORMAT. IN ORDER TO CREATE A DATA SET FOR STORAGE,
THE STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE XEASYSTOR IS USED. AFTER THE DATA SET IS CREATED AND
CHECKED FOR ERRORS, IT IS SAVED. THE SAVED FILE (DATA SET) IS SUBMITTED FOR PRO-
CESSING BY USING THE STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE XSTORE.
PAGE NO. 9
85/07/18
INPUT
I DATA SETS I
I PUNCHED CARDS I
DATA STORAGE
PROCESS
OUTPUT
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
FINAL /I
*
FINAL \I
1
LISTING
MOD
CTI C
1
1
'
1
1
1
A SIMILAR PROCEDURE IS FOLLOWED TO RETRIEVE DATA FROM THE WQF. FIRST, A DATA SET
CONTAINING STORET RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS IS CREATED UTILIZING THE STORET COMMAND
PROCEDURE XRET. AFTER THE DATA SET IS EXAMINED FOR ERRORS, IT IS SAVED. IT THEN
IS SUBMITTED FOR PROCESSING VIA THE STORET COMMAND PROCEDURE XSCAN.
INPUT
I DATA SETS I
I PUNCHED CARDS I
DATA RETRIEVAL
PROCESS
OUTPUT
+ 1
I
1
I
| RETRIEVAL
/I PROGRAMS
I
1
1
1
\l
I
\l
I
/I
PRINTED 1
OUTPUT 1
MACHINE 1
PFiOARI F 1
OUTPUT 1
-------
1 RPPFTV/TKIf* 1 _
1 DATA I
1
STORET
USER INTERFACE
1 BUILD RETRIEVAL 1
1 REQUEST I
1 XRET I
1
1 SYNTAX CHECK I
1 XSCAN I
1
1 RETRIEVAL I
1 PROGRAM I
1 MODULES I
STORET
USER COMMUNITY
SUPPLIERS
USERS
OF
DATA
/l\
1- H
1
II
IN
IF
lo
1
IR
1
IM
^ IA
1
IT
li
1 *
10
IN
1 STORET 1
In A T A I
SUPPLYING 1
1 DATA |
+ +
STORET
USER INTERFACE
CREATE INPUT
DATA SET
XEASYSTOR
UPLOAD
EDIT
IEBGENER
1
1 RUN DATA EDIT
SOFTWARE
XSTORE
IJCL RUN STREAM
WEEK END 1
UPDATE
PROGRAM
1 BASE 1
PAGE NO. 10
85/07/18
-------
CREATING, EDITING, AND MAINTAINING DATA SETS
I U S E R I
+ --------- +
I
+ --------- +
lLOWSPEED |
I TERMINAL I
PAGE NO. 11
85/07/18
TELEPHONE LINE
I
,
\
H
\
/
1 QED 1
H
, . .
1 SPACE 1 1 I
1 WORKING 1 I
1 SPACE2 1 P I
U
1 WORKING 1 1
1 SPACES 1 I
1
1 DISKS 1
1
1
IEDIT NEW I
IXEASYSTORl
1 XRET 1
1
1 QED I
1
WORKING 1 \+ +
___________x /A __,__*.
WORKING I
SPACES 1
WORKING I
SPACEN 1
\
+
M/ I
I USROOl
+ +
I USR002 !
USR003 I
+ 1
I USR004 I
I USRNNN I
-------
INTRODUCTION TO TSO
The STORET data base resides on an IBM 3081 computer system located
at F.PA's National Computer Center in Research Triangle Park* North
Carolina. In order to utilize the files contained in STORET, the
user must become familiar with the Time Sharing Option (TSO) tele-
communication language, the Quick Editor (QED), and the SDSF facility.
The following table illustrates the different modes of operation and
their functions:
TIME SHARING OPTION
(TSO)
THE BRIDGE BETWEEN THE USER AND THE STORET DATA BASE.
MODES OF OPERATION
Page No. 12
85/07/18
BASIC TSO
FUNCTIONS:
I EDIT (QED)
I
I FUNCTIONS:
I SDSF
I
I FUNCTIONS:
LOGON
LOGOFF
JOB SUBMISSION
INVOKING OTHER MODES
LISTING FILES AT THE
LOW-SPEED TERMINAL
HOUSE KEEPING
PROMPT:
- READY
HOW TO ENTER:
- LOGON
HOW TO EXIT:
LOGOFF
CREATING FILES (E.G.,
OF STORAGE TRANSACTIONS
OR RETRIEVAL REQUEST
KEYWORDS)
CHANGING (UPDATING)
EXISTING FILES
PROMPT:
- QED, INPUT, OR BLANK
HOW TO ENTER:
- EDIT FILE-NAME, ETC.
HOW TO EXIT:
- END, END SAVE, OR
END NOSAVE
STORET COMAND PROCEDURES
(CLISTS)
HOW TO INVOKE:
XCOMMAND
XSTORE
XSCAN
XEASYSTOR
XRET
XBATCH
- JOB MONITORING
- FETCHING HELD PRINT OUTPUT
- LISTING HELD OUTPUT AT
LOW-SPEED TERMINAL
- ROUTING JOB OUTPUT
- CAUSING HELD JOBS TO PRINT
AT REMOTE TERMINAL
- PURGING HELD JOBS
PROMPT:
- SDSF
HOW TO ENTER:
- SDSF
HOW TO EXIT:
- END
-------
Logging on TSO Page No. 13
86/09/0*
The first step in logging on to the National Computer Center's (NCC)
Time Sharing Option (TSO) is to obtain a telephone number which allows
access to the telecommunication network. To procure the proper tele-
phone number and the proper terminal identifier for the user's termi-
nal) contact NCC's telecommunications support group on 800-334-0741 or
FTS 629-4506.
In the following sample terminal sessions lowercase letters represent
the characters entered by the user, uppercase letters represent the
computer's response, and indicates that a carriage return is to
be entered. When actually using the system, this convention may or may
not be true depending upon the type of equipment being used. A string of
9's means that any numeric characters may appear and a string of A's
means that a string of alphabetic characters may appear. Text appearing
in parentheses provides a further explanation about the line or lines
in question and the term "working space" and "working storage" are
synonymous.
-------
After dialing the proper number and establishing contact with the Page No. 1
communication network, the following sequence of prompts and re- 87/06/24
sponses will occur:
Welcome to the Environmental Protection Agency National Computer Center
Please enter one of the following selections:
IBMPSI for IBM
UNI for SPERRY
TCP for 3270 EMULATION
FMO for FMO POP
VAX for VAX
PRIME for PRIME
EMAIL for EMAIL via X25
Enter selection:iibbmmppssii (select the IBM machine.)
Connected.
U.S. EPA (TTY-X25-IBM)
A TSO - NCC
B NY
C NEIC
D MIC
E SEATTLE
F ATLANTA
G DALLAS
I KANSAS CITY
J PHILADELPHIA
K CINCINNATI
L SAN FRANCISCO
M BOSTON
N CHICAGO
SELECTION ?a (Select the NCC computer where STORET resides.)
IKJ56700A ENTER USERID -
iii (iii is your User Id.)
IKJ56714A ENTER CURRENT PASSWORD FOR III
:aanaaaaa (The a's represent your password which can be up to
eight characters in length.)
ICH70001I III LAST ACCESS AT HR:MM:SS ON DAY OF WEEK, MONTH DAY, YEAR
ENTER PROCEDURE NAME -
aastoret (The procedure name for STORET is "AASTORET".)
IKJ56455I III LOGON IN PROGRESS AT HR:MM:SS ON MONTH DAY, YEAR
99/99/99: UPDATE TO NCCIBM USERS GUIDE AVAILABLE - SEE NEWS ALERT40
(The above is a news alert which is the method utilized by
EPA's computer operation personnel to keep users informed
of special information concerning the computer system.)
ENTER FIMAS ID -
storp ("STORP" is the "FIMAS ID" for all STORET users.)
WELCOME TO TSO
- ENTERING STORET ENVIRONMENT - mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss
(Messages from STORET User Assistance will print here.)
-------
READY ("READY" is -the ISO prompt and indicates that the user Page no. 15
is logged on to the system. Any TSO or STORE! command 88/04/01
may be entered. STCRET command procedures are preceded
by a percent sign "X".)
Xnewuser (A must for a new USER ID. It is a STORE! command
procedure that establishes the user profile and a
small CLIST. )
CHAR(BS) LINE(ATTN) PROMPT INTERCOM NOPAUSE NOMSGID NOMODE (etc.)
NOT ANY MORE ! YOU ARE OFFICIALLY EXPERIENCED.
READY
news alert40 (List the information in "News Alert 40".)
NEWS ALERT 99/99/99 *************************
UPDATE TO NCC-IBM USERS GUIDE AVAILABLE
(The rest of the information in the News Alert will print here.)
To demonstrate the Line Editing capability of TSO, use the "XJOBPARM"
command to change the default job submission parameters. These pai —
ameters determine certain attributes about how the job is to be
handled) such as: CPU time, Number of lines permitted, etc.
READY
Xjobparm (A STORET command that allows the user to spec-
ify what the default job parameters are to be.)
A SAMPLE JOBPARM CLIST HAS BEEN PLACED IN WORKING STORAGE
FOR YOU. EDIT THOSE LINES YOU WISH CHANGED TO THE DEFAULTS
YOU WANT TO USE. YOU MAY NOT CHANGE THE FIRST LINE.
YOU MAY DELETE ANY LINE, AND THE SYSTEM DEFAULT WILL THEN
APPLY.
SAVE THIS DATASET TO MAKE IT TAKE EFFECT.
HERE IT IS.
CLIST (SSJOBPRM)
00010 GLOBAL ROOM PRTY ROUTE PHOLD TIME LINES MSGLEVEL UID
00030 /* */
00030 /* DO NOT CHANGE THE GLOBAL LIST */
00040 /* ON THE ABOVE LINE. */
00050 /* */
00060 /* YOU MAY EDIT OR DELETE ANY LINE BELOW THIS POINT */
00070 /* */
00080 /* NOTE: PHOLD HAS BEEN REPLACED BY ROUTE=HOLD */
00090 /* */
00100 SET ROOM=MIII
00110 SET PRTY=1
00120 SET ROUTE=HOLD /* ROUTE MUST BE ONE OF - */
00130 /* ANY NUMBER ("0" MEANS "LOCAL" */
00140 /* HOLD (TO HOLD FOR FETCH) */
00150 /* LOCAL (TO PRINT CENTRAL) */
00160 /* RMTXXX (TO PRINT AT RMT XX */
00170 /* *'
00180 SET UID=STORPUUU /* UID MUST BE 5-8 CHARS LONG */
00190 SET TIME=5
00200 SET LINES=10
00210 SET MSGLEVEL=4STR(1,1)
END OF DATA
-------
QED ("qED" is the prompt for the Quick Editor. The 'XJOBPARM1 Page No. 16
command procedure puts the user into the Edit Mode.) 85/07/18
led 100 (Line edit line 100. Issue the command 'help led'
to display the on-line documentation for the "led"
line editor.)
00100 SET ROOM=t1III
EDIT? d068 (Change the characters to "D068".)
00100 SET ROOM=D068 (The changed line prints out.)
EDIT? (Enter a null line to make the change permanent and
to return to "QED".)
QED
led 120 (Line edit line 120.)
00120 SET ROUTE=HOLD /* ROUTE MUST BE ONE OF - */
EDIT? local (Change the character string above
to 'LOCAL'.)
00120 SET ROUTE=LOCAL /* ROUTE MUST BE ONE OF - */
EDIT? (Enter a null line to make the change permanent and
to return to "QED". )
QED
led 190 200 (Line edit lines 190 through 200.)
00190 SET TIME=5
EDIT? 10 (Change the '5' to '10'.)
00190 SET TIME=10
EDIT? (Enter a null line to make the change permanent
and to go to next line.)
00200 SET LINES=10
EDIT? 2 (Change the '!' to '2'.)
00200 SET LINES=20
EDIT? (Enter a null line to make the change permanent and
to return to "QED". )
QED
end save (Save a permanent copy of the data set and return
to TSO.)
SAVED
READY
The following is a brief explanation of the above options:
The "ROOM" field is used to specify how the
output from a job is to be handled. The "Mill"
instructs the job distributors to mail the job
to user "III". The "D068" causes the output to
be sent to STORET User Assistance.
The "PRTY=1" will cause the job to be run in
the overnight priority.
The "ROUTE" instructs the system where to print
the job or to hold the output.
The "UID" code is the Utilization Identification
and is an accounting indicator.
The "TIME" is in minutes of CPU and specifies the
amount of time allocated for the user's job.
The "LINES" is in thousands of lines of print.
The "MSGLEVEL=&STR(1,1)" specifies the amount of
system messages to be printed for the job.
-------
The following is a display of the on-line documentation for the
"LED" line editor which allows d character by character editting
of a line or a range of lines in a data set that is in working
storage.
READY
help led (List the on-line documentation for "LED".)
FUNCTION -
THE "LED" SUB-COMMAND OF QED IS USED TO EDIT THE CONTENTS
OF INDIVIDUAL LINES OR RANGES OF LINES.
Page No. 17
85/07/18
SYNTAX -
LED
REQUIRED -
DEFAULTS -
NOTE -
LINE1 LINEZ 'CHAR-STRING1 COUNT SNUM
NONE
IF NO OPERANDS ARE SUPPLIED, LED SELECTS ALL
LINES IN THE DATASET, TOP DOWN, ONE AFTER THE
OTHER.
IF LINE1,LINEZ ARE OMITTED, BUT 'CHAR-STRING1
IS SPECIFIED, LED SELECTS LINES AT OR BELOW
THE CURRENT LINE WHICH CONTAIN THE STRING.
CHANGES MADE TO A LINE ARE 'TEMPORARY1 UNTIL
A NULL-LINECCARRIAGE RETURN) IS SUPPLIED, AT
WHICH TIME THEY BECOME 'FINAL1.
THUS THE BREAMATTN/INT) MAY BE USED INSTEAD
OF THE NULL LINE(CARRIAGE RETURN), IN WHICH
CASE THE 'TEMPORARY1 CHANGES MADE DURING THIS
PASS ARE DISCARDED, AND THE LINE REVERTS TO ITS
MOST RECENT 'FINAL' FORM.
OPERANDS
LINE1
LINEZ
FIRST LINE YOU WISH ADDRESSED IN THE DATASET.
MAY BE EITHER AN ACTUAL LINE NUMBER, OR AN
ASTERISK '*' INDICATING 'CURRENT LINE1.
LAST LINE YOU WISH ADDRESSED IN THE DATASET.
IF OMITTED, LED ADDRESSES ONLY THE LINE
SPECIFIED BY LINE1. IF LINE1 IS AN ASTERISK,
LINEZ IS TREATED AS A COUNT.
'CHAR-STRING'
- ANY STRING ENCLOSED IN SINGLE QUOTES (APOSTROPHES).
THE RANGE DELIMITED BY LINE1-LINEZ IS SEARCHED
FOR OCCURRENCES OF THE STRING, AND EDITING IS
LIMITED TO THOSE LINES WHICH CONTAIN THE STRING.
COUNT - QUALIFIES THE CHAR-STRING. MAY NOT BE SPECIFIED
UNLESS 'CHAR-STRING1 IS PRESENT. FURTHER LIMITS
EDITING TO THE FIRST 'COUNT1 LINES IN THE RANGE
LINE1-LINEZ WHICH CONTAIN THE STRING.
SNUM SUPPRESSES LINE NUMBERS AND PROMPTS WHILE EDITING.
MOST USEFUL ON TERMINALS WITH LIMITED WIDTH.
-------
EDITING OPERANDS -
EDITING IS ACCOMPLISHED BY WAITING FOR THE SYSTEM TO DISPLAY
THE LINE (AND A PROMPT, IF LINE NUMBERS ARE PRESENT) AND THEN
SPACING UNDER THE LINE TO ANY DESIRED POSITION, AND ENTERING
REPLACEMENT TEXT AND/OR ANY OF THE SPECIAL OPERANDS AS
FOLLOWS:
REPLACEMENT TEXT - ANY CHARACTER ENTERED (EXCEPT THE BLANK)
REPLACES THE CHARACTER UNDER WHICH IT IS
POSITIONED. ANY NUMBER OF NEW CHARACTERS
MAY BE ENTERED, IN ANY COMBINATION OF
POSITIONS.
"INSERT STRING" - ANY STRING ENCLOSED IN DOUBLE QUOTES
WILL BE INSERTED IN THE LINE IMMEDIATELY
PRECEDING THE CHARACTER UNDER WHICH THE
FIRST QUOTE IS POSITIONED. THE LINE WILL
BE TRUNCATED IF NECESSARY.
< - THE LEFT-FACING CARAT (LESS-THAN SIGN) WILL
DELETE THE CHARACTER UNDER WHICH IT IS
POSITIONED AND SHIFT THE REMAINDER OF THE
LINE ONE COLUMN LEFT, TO ELIMINATE THE
BLANK COLUMN.
I - THE VERTICAL BAR (BROKEN VERTICAL BAR
IN ASCII) WILL DELETE THE CHARACTER UNDER
WHICH IT IS POSITIONED WITHOUT SHIFTING THE
LINE, THUS CREATING A BLANK COLUMN.
> - THE RIGHT-FACING CARAT (GREATER-THAN SIGN)
WILL INSERT ONE NEW BLANK IMMEDIATELY
PRECEDING THE CHARACTER UNDER WHICH IT IS
POSITIONED, SHIFTING THE REMAINDER OF THE
LINE ONE COLUMN TO THE RIGHT. THE LINE WILL
BE TRUNCATED IF NECESSARY.
! - THE EXCLAMATION POINT DELETES THE CHARACTER
UNDER WHICH IT IS POSITIONED, AND THE
ENTIRE REST OF THE LINE.
NOTE -
ANY NUMBER OF EDIT INSTRUCTIONS MAY BE ENTERED ON EACH PASS.
THEY MAY BE COMBINED IN ANY LOGICAL WAY TO ACCOMPLISH THE
DESIRED CHANGES. AFTER EACH NON-NULL CARRIAGE RETURN, THE
RESULTANT LINE IS DISPLAYED, AND FURTHER EDITING MAY BE
PERFORMED IN SUBSEQUENT PASSES.
READY
Page No. 18
85/07/18
-------
Creating, Editing, and Maintaining Data Sets Page No. 19
85/07/18
When using the STORE! command procedures XEASYSTOR, XRET, and XFLOW,
STORE! passes the control of your !SO session to the "Quick Editor"
(QED) facility for the creation of data sets. These data sets contain
storage transactions or retrieval keywords necessary to process data in
the system. STORET users also have the ability to create their own
data sets. The following deals with the creation, editing, and main-
tenance of data sets, whether created with one of the STORET command
procedures or by the user.
To create a data set, the "EDIT" command is used. Enter 'help edit'
to display the on-line documentation for the "EDIT" command. After the
data set is created, there are several "G)ED" commands available to
make Changes to the data set. The two discussed here will be "CHANGE"
and "LED". "CHANGE" is used to make mass changes from one character
string to another, and "LED" is used to make changes to characters in
a single line or range of lines. To display the on-line documentation
for "CHANGE" and "LED", enter 'help change1 and 'help led' respectively.
READY
edit temp new (Create a new data set with the name of 'TEMP1
and pass control to 'QED1.)
INPUT
00010 this data set is being built to demonstrate some of the
00020 features of the tso required access the storet wqter file, in
00030 order to build a new data set, enter teh sequrnce edit followed
00040 by the dwta set name, there are two main editing commands to
00050 use after the dqta set has been created to correct mistakes.
00060 they are led which is a line by line editor and change which
00070 changes ;a character string to another character srting. to
00080 terminate the creation of a dwta set endter a null line (a
00090 carriage rcjturn with nothing on the line).
00100 (A null line is entered to exit the input mode.)
QED ("QED" is the prompt for the "Quick Editor" facility.)
list (List the contents of working space.)
00010 THIS DATA SET IS BEING BUILT TO DEMONSTRATE SOME OF THE
00020 FEATURES OF THE TSO REQUIRED ACCESS THE STORET WQTER FILE. IN
00030 ORDER TO BUILD A NEW DATA SET, ENTER TEH SEQURNCE EDIT FOLLOWED
00040 BY !HE DWTA SET NAME. THERE ARE TWO MAIN EDITING COMMANDS TO
00050 USE AFTER THE DQTA SET HAS BEEN CREATED TO CORRECT MISTAKES.
00060 THEY ARE LED WHICH IS A LINE BY LINE EDITOR AND CHANGE WHICH
00070 CHANGES ;A CHARACTER STRING TO ANOTHER CHARACTER SRTING. TO
00080 !ERMINA!E !HE CREATION OF A DWTA SET END!ER A NULL LINE (A
00090 CARRIAGE RE!URN WITH NOTHING ON THE LINE).
END OF DATA
-------
verify ("VERIFY" is used when it is desireable to see the changes Page No. 20
made with the "CHANGE" command. It is also valuable when 85/07/18
moving the line pointer in an un-numbered data set because
it causes the target line to print.)
top (Moves the line pointer to the top of the data set.)
TOP OF DATA SET
change 10 90 /dwta/data/ all (change all occurrences of dwta
to data.)
00040 BY THE DATA SET NAME. THERE ARE TWO MAIN EDITING COMMANDS TO
00080 TERMINATE THE CREATION OF A DATA SET ENDTER A NULL LINE (A
led 20 (Line edit line 20.)
00020 FEATURES OF THE TSO REQUIRED ACCESS THE STORET WQTER FILE. IN
EDIT? "to " I I
(The above will insert 'to ' in front of the word 'access'
and the vertical lines will delete the characters immediately
above them. )
00020 FEATURES OF THE TSO REQUIRED TO ACCESS THE STORET WQTER FILE.
(The corrected line echoes back.)
EDIT? (To make the changes permanent, enter a null line.)
QED
-------
QED Page No. 21
led 30 90 (Line edit lines 30 through 90.) 85/07/18
00030 ORDER TO BUILD A NEW DATA SET, ENTER TEH SEQURNCE EDIT FOLLOWED
EDIT? "in " he e
00030 IN ORDER TO BUILD A NEW DATA SET, ENTER THE SEQUENCE EDIT FOLLOWED
EDIT? (To make the change permanent and to move to the next line,
a null line is entered.)
00040 BY THE DATA SET NAME. THERE ARE TWO MAIN EDITING COMMANDS TO
EDIT? be
00040 BY THE DATA SET NAME. THERE ARE TWO MAIN EDITING COMMANDS TO BE
EDIT?
00050 USE AFTER THE DQTA SET HAS BEEN CREATED TO CORRECT MISTAKES.
EDIT "d"
00050 USED AFTER THE DQTA SET HAS BEEN CREATED TO CORRECT MISTAKES.
EDIT? a
00050 USED AFTER THE DATA SET HAS BEEN CREATED TO CORRECT MISTAKES.
EDIT?
00060 THEY ARE LED WHICH IS A LINE BY LINE EDITOR AND CHANGE WHICH
EDIT? "7
00060 THEY ARE 'LED WHICH IS A LINE BY LINE EDITOR AND 7CHANGE1 WHICH
EDIT? '" '
INVALID.. UNPARIED QUOTES
00060 THEY ARE 'LED WHICH IS A LINE BY LINE EDITOR AND 7CHANGE' WHICH
EDIT? ""' 7
00060 THEY ARE 'LED' WHICH IS A LINE BY LINE EDITOR AND 7CHANGE' WHICH
EDIT? '
00060 THEY ARE 'LED' WHICH IS A LINE BY LINE EDITOR AND 'CHANGE' WHICH
(The above sequence for line 60 demonstrates some of
the common errors that are made when editing a line.)
EDIT?
00070 CHANGES ;A CHARACTER STRING TO ANOTHER CHARACTER SRTING. TO
EDIT? < tr
(The '<' will delete the character above it and
compress the line.)
00070 CHANGES A CHARACTER STRING TO ANOTHER CHARACTER STRING. TO
E3IT?
00080 TERMINATE THE CREATION OF A DATA SET ENDTER A NULL LINE (A
EDIT? <
00080 TERMINATE THE CREATION OF A DATA SET ENTER A NULL LINE (A
EDIT?
00090 CARRIAGE RETURN WITH NOTHING ON THE LINE).
EDIT? list
00090 LISTIAGE RETURN WITH NOTHING ON THE LINE).
(Did not enter a null line to exit the "LED" command,
therefore, the characters 'LIST1 were used to replace
those previously in columns 1 through
00090 CARRIAGE RETURN WITH NOTHING ON THE LINE).
EDIT? (Null line entered and 'LED' exited.)
-------
qt° Page No. 22
list (List the contents of working space.) 85/07/18
00010 THIS DATA SET IS BEING BUILT TO DEMONSTRATE SOME OF THE
00020 FEATURES OF THE TSO REQUIRED TO ACCESS THE STORET WQTER FILE.
00030 IN ORDER TO BUILD A NEW DATA SET, ENTER THE SEQUENCE EDIT FOLLOWED
00040 BY THE DATA SET NAME. THERE ARE TWO MAIN EDITING COMMANDS TO BE
00050 USED AFTER THE DATA SET HAS BEEN CREATED TO CORRECT MISTAKES.
00060 THEY ARE 'LED' WHICH IS A LINE BY LINE EDITOR AND 'CHANGE' WHICH
00070 CHANGES A CHARACTER STRING TO ANOTHER CHARACTER STRING. TO
00080 TERMINATE THE CREATION OF A DATA SET ENTER A NULL LINE (A
00090 CARRIAGE RETURN WITH NOTHING ON THE LINE).
END OF DATA
save (Save a permanent copy of workspace.)
SAVED
end (Return to TSO.)
READY
list temp (List a data set without getting into "QED".)
TEMP
00010 THIS DATA SET IS BEING BUILT TO DEMONSTRATE SOME OF THE
00020 FEATURES OF THE TSO REQUIRED TO ACCESS THE STORET WQTER FILE.
00030 IN ORDER TO BUILD A NEW DATA SET, ENTER THE SEQUENCE EDIT FOLLOWED
00040 BY THE DATA SET NAME. THERE ARE TWO MAIN EDITING COMMANDS TO BE
00050 USED AFTER THE DATA SET HAS BEEN CREATED TO CORRECT MISTAKES.
00060 THEY ARE 'LED' WHICH IS A LINE BY LINE EDITOR AND 'CHANGE' WHICH
00070 CHANGES A CHARACTER STRING TO ANOTHER CHARACTER STRING. TO
00080 TERMINATE THE CREATION OF A DATA SET ENTER A NULL LINE (A
00090 CARRIAGE RETURN WITH NOTHING ON THE LINE).
READY
edit temp (To edit an existing data set, you do not use
the 'NEW' option of the edit command.)
QED
led 20
00020 FEATURES OF THE TSO REQUIRED TO ACCESS THE STORET WQTER FILE.
EDIT? a
00020 FEATURES OF THE TSO REQUIRED TO ACCESS THE STORET WATER FILE.
EDIT?
QED
led 90
00090 CARRIAGE RETURN WITH NOTHING ON THE LINE).
EDIT? to add lines to a data
00090 CARRIAGE RETURN WITH NOTHING ON THE LINE). TO ADD LINES TO A DATA
EDIT? (Null line entered and 'LED' exited.)
QED
input 100 ("INPUT" is used to enter the input mode.)
INPUT
00100 set, the word "input" is entered followed by a beginning line number.
00110 the system will prompt with a line number, to terminate the in-
00120 putting of lines, a null line is entered, to delete a line, enter
00130 "del line no.", e.g., del 50 will delete line 50. to delete
00140 a range of lines, enter "del beginning line If ending line #.
00150 (A null line is entered to exit the input mode.)
QED
list 90 140 (List line 90 through line 140.)
00090 CARRIAGE RETURN WITH NOTHING ON THE LINE). TO ADD LINES TO A DATA
00100 SET, THE WORD "INPUT" IS ENTERED FOLLOWED BY A BEGINNING LINE NUMBER.
00110 THE SYSTEM WILL PROMPT WITH A LINE NUMBER. TO TERMINATE THE IN-
00120 PUTTING OF LINES, A NULL LINE IS ENTERED. TO DELETE A LINE, ENTER
00130 "DEL LINE NO.", E.G., DEL 50 WILL DELETE LINE 50. TO DELETE
00140 A RANGE OF LINES, ENTER "DEL BEGINNING LINE * ENDING LINE ».
-------
list (List the contents of working space.) Page No. 23
00010 THIS DATA SET IS BEING BUILT TO DEMONSTRATE SOME OF THE 85/07/18
00020 FEATURES OF THE TSO REQUIRED TO ACCESS THE STORET WATER FILE.
00030 IN ORDER TO BUILD A NEW DATA SET, ENTER THE SEQUENCE EDIT FOLLOWED
00040 BY THE DATA SET NAME. THERE ARE TWO MAIN EDITING COMMANDS TO BE
00050 USED AFTER THE DATA SET HAS BEEN CREATED TO CORRECT MISTAKES.
00060 THEY ARE 'LED' WHICH IS A LINE BY LINE EDITOR AND 'CHANGE' WHICH
00070 CHANGES A CHARACTER STRING TO ANOTHER CHARACTER STRING. TO
00080 TERMINATE THE CREATION OF A DATA SET ENTER A NULL LINE (A
00090 CARRIAGE RETURN WITH NOTHING ON THE LINE). TO ADD LINES TO A DATA
00100 SET, THE WORD "INPUT" IS ENTERED FOLLOWED BY A BEGINNING LINE NUMBER.
00110 THE SYSTEM WILL PROMPT WITH A LINE NUMBER. TO TERMINATE THE IN-
00120 PUTTING OF LINES, A NULL LINE IS ENTERED. TO DELETE A LINE, ENTER
00130 "DEL LINE NO.", E.G., DEL 50 WILL DELETE LINE 50. TO DELETE
00140 A RANGE OF LINES, ENTER "DEL BEGINNING LINE » ENDING LINE 9.
END OF DATA
end save (Save a permanent copy of the workspace
and return to TSO. )
SAVED
READY
Some of the other "QED" commands demonstrated were the "VERIFY",
"LIST", "SAVE", and "END" commands. "VERIFY" causes a line to echo
whenever a change is made to it or when the line pointer is moved to
it. "SAVE" makes a permanent copy of the data set, and "END" takes
the user out of "QED" and returns control back to "TSO". Other com-
mands that the user should become familiar with are: DELETE, TOP,
BOTTOM, and RENUMBER. "DELETE" followed by a line number or a range
of line numbers will delete those lines from the data set. "TOP"
positions the line pointer at the top of the data set, and "BOTTOM"
moves the line pointer to the bottom of the data set. "RENUMBER"
renumbers the data set. To enter a new line, enter the line number.
a space, and the information to be entered on that line.
-------
Preparing Job Control Language (XBATCH) Page No. 24
85/07/18
There are several ancillary files required when using STORE! such as
the parameter code list. To access these files, a deck of cards con-
taining the pertinent Job Control Language (JCL) is required. The STORET
command procedure "XBATCH" is utilized to create the proper JCL deck
in working space. The user makes any necessary modifications and sub-
mits it for processing. To get a complete list of the files for which
"XBATCH" can be used and the proper syntax of the procedure, enter the
TSO command 'help batch1. The following are the most frequently used
functions:
Obtain a list of the STORET parameter codes in order by
one of the following: alphabetic, numeric, group, or
CAS number (PARMALFA, PARNUMER, PARGROUP, PARCAS).
Obtain a copy of the "Secondary Error" messages for an
agency code (ERROR).
Obtain a copy of the parameter codes added to the system
since a specified date (PARLAST).
Obtain a list of all the agency codes storing data for a
state or group of states (PRNTAGEN).
Perform a retrieval from the EPA's Pollution Caused Fish
Kill File (FKRETRV).
Obtain a listing of the stream reaches within selected U. S.
G. S. Cataloging Units (REACHRET).
Generate a Violation Report from the Water Quality File for
that data which was stored utilizing the special effluent
storage procedures (EFFRPT).
-------
In order to use the "XBATCH" command to get an alphabetic list of Page No. 25
the STORET parameter codes, the following sequence of commands is 85/11/26
issued:
READY
Xbatch ("BATCH" is a STORET command procedure used to
create a deck of JCL which is submitted to access
a STORET ancillary file.)
ENTER THE NAME OF THE STORET JCL FILE YOU WANT : parmalfa
PARMALFA
BIN/ROOM = Mill PRIORITY = 1 ROUTE = LOCAL TIME = 10
(The above shows the default job parameters for the job.
In this case, the 'Mill' will cause the output for the
job to be mailed to 'III'; the 'PRIORITY=1' will run
the job overnight; the 'ROUTE=LOCAL' will cause the job
to be printed at the central printer; and the 'TIME=10'
will allocate 10 minutes of CPU time to the job. If the
user wishes to change any of the defaults, he answers 'no'.
When 'no* is entered, a copy of the JCL is placed in the
working space, and the user may make modifications to the
job parameters before the job is submitted. It is then sub-
mitted by using the following TSO command: 'submit *'. If
the default job parameters are the ones desired, the user
answers 'yes' and the job will be submitted.)
... SHOULD IT BE SUBMITTED THAT WAY (Y/N) ? yes
JOB IIIUOB09999) SUBMITTED
SUBMIT COMPLETED
READY
-------
In order to use the XBATCH command to generate a STORET parameter Page No. 36
code list in numeric order and to have the output placed on eight 85/07/18
and one half by eleven inch paper (with the print size commensurate
with the paper size), the JCL must be modified. The following
sequence of commands is issued to accomplish this:
READY
Xbatch ("BATCH" is a STORET command procedure used to
create a deck of JCL which is submitted to access
a STORET ancillary file.)
ENTER THE NAME OF THE STORET JCL FILE YOU WANT : parnumer
PARNUMER
BIN/ROOM = Mill PRIORITY = 1 ROUTE = LOCAL TIME =10
(The above shows the default job parameters for the job.
See the previous page for an explanation of their
meanings.)
... SHOULD IT BE SUBMITTED THAT WAY (Y/N) ? no
YOU ARE IN EDIT MODE.
A COPY OF 'STORET.HELP.PARNUMER1 HAS BEEN PLACED
IN YOUR WORKING STORAGE.
AFTER EDITING, USE 'SUBMIT *' TO SUBMIT.
00001 //III JOB (AAAASTORP,Mill),STORET,NOTIFY=III,TIME=10,
00002 // MSGLEVEL=(1,1),PRTY=1
00003 /KROUTE PRINT LOCAL
00004 /*JQ5PARM UNESCO
00010 //* RECORD STORET.HELP.PARNUMER APRIL 15, 1982 LJM
00020 //PARNUMER EXEC PGM=PARLIST,REGION=100k
00030 //STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CWT.E.STORET.LOADLIB
00040 //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A,DCB=BLKSIZE=4000
00050 //CARDF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=VERA021.EPA002.TUROO
00060 /*
END OF DATA
led 4 (Line edit line 4.)
00004 /*JOBPARM LINES=40
EDIT? ,forms=8381
(The above will place the characters ","forms 8381" at
the end of the JOBPARM line. The 8381 type of forms
will cause the output to be printed on eight and one
half by eleven inch paper with a smaller print so the
entire output will fit the smaller paper.)
00004 /*JOBPARM LINES=40,FORMS=8381 (The changed line prints.)
EDIT? (Enter a null line to make the change permanent
and return to QED.)
QED (QED is the prompt for the "Quick Editor" facility.)
submit * (This submits the JCL run stream that is in the
working space for processing.)
JOB III (JOB09999) SUBMITTED
SUBMIT COMPLETED
QED
end nosave (Do not save a copy of the run stream and return
to TSO.)
-------
Some of the JCL decks created by the XBATCH command require modi- Page No. 27
fication before they are submitted for processing. The following 85/07/18
is an example of how to get a copy of the secondary error messages
for an agency. The JCL for this type of job needs modification.
READY
Zbatch ("BATCH" is a STORET command procedure used to
create a deck of JCL which is submitted to access
a STORET ancillary file.)
ENTER THE NAME OF THE STORET JCL FILE YOU WANT : error
ERROR
YOU ARE IN THE EDIT MODE.
A COPY OF 'STORET.HELP.ERROR1 HAS BEEN PLACED
IN YOUR WORKING STORAGE.
AFTER EDITING, USE 'SUBMIT *' TO SUBMIT
00001 //III JOB (AAAASTORP,Mill),STORET,NOTIFY=III,TIME=10,
00002 // MSGLEVEL=(1,1),PRTY=1
00003 /*ROUTE PRINT LOCAL
00004 /*JOBPARM LINES=40
00040 //ST1 EXEC ERROR
00050 //CARDF DD *
00060 113BUREC
00070 /*
END OF DATA
led 60 (Line edit line 60.)
00060 113BUREC
EDIT? lltrainl (Replace the agency code 113BUREC with 11TRAIN.)
00060 11TRAIN (The changed line echoes back.)
EDIT? (Enter a null line to make the change permanent and
return to QED.)
QED ("QED" is the prompt for the "Quick Editor" facility.)
submit * (Submit the working space for processing.)
JOB IIKJOB09999) SUBMITTED
SUBMIT COMPLETED
QED
end nosave (Do not save a copy of the working space and
return control to TSO. )
READY
The job will be printed and mailed to the user because 'LOCAL' was
used as the operand for the routing instruction. 'LOCAL' may be
replaced with either a 'RMT9991, which will route the job to remote 999,
or with 'HOLD', which will leave the output in print hold and the user
can fetch it using the procedures shown later in this documentation.
-------
The schematic below shows the various routes that the printed
output from a job may take:
PAGE NO. 28
89/03/20
I JOB SUBMISSION
I XSTORE
I XSCAN
I SUBMIT
+ ___.
1
1 CPU
1
+
1
1
1
I PRINTS AT I
I REMOTEXX I/ RMTXX I
I PRINTER
AFTER
I-
l\
I EXECUTION I
+ I PRINTS AT I
JOB I LOCAL \| CENTRAL I
I ROUTING I 1 PRINTER I
I I /I AFTER I
+- + I EXECUTION I
/l\
IH
10
IL
ID
SDSF
FETCH
FT 'RET RET'
FT 'ERRORS'
LIST 550 999 UNN
ROUTE
PURGE
I/
+ —
\
ROUTE RMTXX
ROUTE LOCAL
-------
STORET Command Procedures
There are many STORET Command Procedures (STORET Commands) that have
been created by STORET User Assistance to facilitate the use of the
computer system and of the STORET system. The following sequence of
commands will display all of the available STORET command procedures.
PAGE NO. 29
86/04/15
READY
help storet operand)commands)
COMMANDS -
THE FOLLOWING ARE VALID STORET COMMANDS.
DETAILS ISSUE
HELP 'COMMAND-NAME1
PRIMARY COMMANDS
FOR FURTHER
COMMAND FUNCTION
STORET CREATES "STORET ENVIRONMENT". ENABLES
REMAINING COMMANDS. DISABLES VANILLA
NCC/TSO ENVIRONMENT.
SWITCH BRINGS BACK VANILLA NCC/TSO ENVIRONMENT.
SOME STORET COMMANDS WON'T WORK AFTER A
SWITCH.
LQ "LOGON QUICK". FREES ALL DATASETS, LOGS
YOU OFF, AND IMMEDIATELY LOGS YOU BACK ON AGAIN.
RECREATES "STORET ENVIRONMENT" AFTER "SWITCH".
RET BUILDS A DATA RETRIEVAL REQUEST IN
YOUR WORKING STORAGE.
SCAN SUBMIT DATA RETRIEVAL REQUEST.
EASYSTOR BUILDS A STATION STORAGE REQUEST IN
YOUR WORKING STORAGE.
STORE
SUBMIT DATA STORAGE TRANSACTIONS.
-------
GENERAL COMMANDS
ACCESS MARKS USER DATA-SETS AS ACCESSED, PREVENTS
ARCHIVING.
ARCLIST RETURNS INFORMATION ON DATASETS IN THE ARCHIVE.
ARCHIVE PUCES ON-LINE DATA OFF-LINE IN THE TWO-YEAR ARCHIVE.
BATCH PLACES ONE OF SEVERAL STORET BATCH JCL DECKS
IN YOUR WORKINS STORAGE.
BLITZ INTERACTIVE DUMP FOR ALL DATA AT ONE STORET
STATION.
BRC SENDS MESSAGES TO OTHER USERS WHO ARE SIGNED ON.
BROWSE INTERACTIVE STATION RETRIEVAL WITH
OPTIONAL GRAPHICS OUTPUTS.
BUILDAUX TRANSLATES MAP DATA FROM BUILDAUX INPUT FORMAT
TO VALID AUXFILE FORMAT FOR USE WITH STORET "PGM=LOC".
CHAT THE STORET BULLETIN BOARD SERVICE. ALLOWS INTERESTED
USERS TO READ EXISTING NOTICES, OR TO POST A NOTICE
OF THEIR OWN.
COLUMNS DISPLAYS COLUMN INDICATOR ON TERMINAL.
CONTACTS RETURNS NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER
(WHERE AVAILABLE) FOR VALID STORET AGENCY CODES.
COUNTEM COUNTS HITS IN "SYSTEM" STATION MASKS.
DESCRIBE BASIC DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION CONCERNING
A DATA SET. MEMBER NAMES FOR PDS.
FLOW CONSTRUCTS BATCH JOB TO RETRIEVE DATA FROM THE
STORET FLOW FILE (FLF).
JOBCARD PUTS VALID JOBCARD IN WORKING STORAGE. WORKS
WITH "JOBPARM" TO SET OPTIONS.
PAGE NO. 30
89/03/20
-------
JOBPARfl SET DEFAULT JOBCARD PARAMETERS SUCH AS
TIME AND PRIORITY.
MAIL SENDS "YOU HAVE MAIL" MESSAGES TO USERS WHO MAY
BE OFFLINE. RECEIVES MAIL FOR YOU. RESETS MAIL FILE.
MAGIC RETURNS THE STORET "MAGIC NUMBER" FOR
DATA STORAGE OVER-RIDE.
MASKCNT COUNTS HITS IN A "USER" MASK OF STORET STATIONS.
NEWUSER SETS UP PROFILE AND CLIST LIBRARY FOR NEW
STORET USERS.
PARABB GETS SETS OF PARAMETERS FROM THE STORET PARAMETER
ABBREVIATION FILE BASED ON SEARCH STRINGS.
PLOTREC LISTS JOBIDS OF RECENT "PGM=PLOT" RUNS,
WITH DATE AND TIME OF DAY FOR THE ACTUAL
RUN. A TRACKING SYSTEM.
PRINTAUX DISPLAYS THE CONTENTS OF BINARY AUXFILE DATA IN
EASY-TO-READ TEXT AT YOUR TERMINAL.
PRTPAR SHOWS WHICH PARAMETERS ARE REPRESENTED BY A
"C" FUNCTION EXPRESSION.
RESTORE BRINGS ARCHIVED DATA BACK TO ON-LINE STATUS.
SPRINT LIST OFFLINE. OBTAIN HARD COPY OF ON-LINE DATA
AT A REMOTE PRINTER OR CENTRAL PRINTER.
STNDESC GETS STATION DESCRIPTIONS FROM STORET IN EITHER
PRINT OR CARD FORM.
TAXARET BROWSE AND DISPLAY THE CONTENTS OF THE STORET/NODC
TAXONOMIC DATA-BASE.
When using a STORET command procedure, it should be preceded by a
percent sign {'/.I, e.g., Xbatch. Each of the STORET command pro-
cedures has on-line documentation for it. To get an on-line copy
of the documentation for a command, enter the following TSO command:
'help command-name".
PAGE NO. 30.1
89/03/20
READY
-------
STORET Helpful Data Sets PAGE NO. 31
85/07/18
STORET User Assistance has created and maintains many helpful data sets
which contain examples, on-line documentation! Job Control Language,
and other items of interest, e.g.i when the various STORET files were
last updated. In order to get a list of the STORET helpful data sets,
the following sequence of commands is entered:
READY
listc lev<'storet.help1) (List all of the STORET help files.)
NONVSAM STORET.HELP.AGENCODE
IN-CAT SYSCTLG.VSTORET
NONVSAM STORET.HELP.AGENDA
IN-CAT SYSCTLS.VSTORET
NONVSAM STORET.HELP.ANATOMY
IN-CAT SYSCTLG.VSTORET
NONVSAM STORET.HELP.BASIN.CODES
IN-CAT — SYSCTLG.VSTORET
NONVSAM STORET.HELP.BATCH.SCAN
IN-CAT SYSCTLG.VSTORET
NONVSAM STORET.HELP.BIGGER
IN-CAT — SYSCTLG.VSTORET
NONVSAM STORET.HELP.BIGGY
IN-CAT SYSCTLG.VSTORET
NONVSAM STORET.HELP.BIO.DATA.ELEMENTS
IN-CAT SYSCTLG.VSTORET
READY
The above list was interrupted because there are over two hundred data sets.
The data sets fall into two categories. Those that contain information,
and those that contain Job Control Language (JCL) that require the user to
submit a batch job to obtain information. The ones which contain JCL are
submitted using the 'XBATCH' command or by adding a valid Job Card and
using the TSO 'SUBMIT' command. The other help data sets contain inform-
ation and on-line documentation. The ones that are short may be listed
by utilizing the "QuicK Editor" facility and listing them on the user's
terminal. Tha following is an example of the procedures required to
determine the length of a data set and the listing of a short one:
-------
READY
edit 'storet.help.storun1 (Bring a copy of -the data set into
working space.)
DATASET NOT LINE NUMBERED-NONUM ASSUMED
qED ("QED" is the prompt for the Quick Editor facility.)
verify (Causes the line to echo Nhenever a change is made to
it or when the current line pointer is moved to it.)
bottom (Move the current line pointer to the last line in
the data set.)
PAGE NO. 32
85/07/18
(The above is the contents of the last line which printed
because verify was in effect.)
rln ('RLN' stands for relative line number and prints the
number of the line where the current line pointer is
located.)
REL. LINE IS 21 (The data set is 21 lines in length since the
current line pointer is at the bottom of the
data set. Since this is a short data set it
may be listed on your terminal.)
list (List the contents of working space.)
SYSTEM/FILE UPDATE STATUS
WATER QUALITY SYSTEM
- NON-U.S.G.S. DATA.
- U.S.G.S. DATA
BIOS
DAILY FLOW SYSTEM
MAR 18, 1989
WEEKLY UPDATE COMPLETED
PROBLEM WITH SECONDARY ERROR
HAS BEEN CORRECTED.
FEE 25, 1989
UPDATE HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND
IS CURRENT AS OF FEBRUARY 13,
MAR 20, 1989
WEEKLY UPDATE COMPLETED
MESSAGES
DATA
1989
JAN, 1989
TRANSFER COMPLETE AND THE DATA IS
CURRENT AS OF AUG, 1988
PARAMETER CODE FILE
+ MAR 17, 1989
END OF DATA
end nosave (Do not save a copy of the data set and return to TSO. )
READY
-------
Some of the STORET help data sets contain a large number of lines and
are too long to be listed over the user's terminal. To get a copy of
a large data set, the 'XSPRINT' command procedure is used. The
following is an example of using the 'XSPRINT' procedures to get a
copy of a large data set:
PAGE NO. 33
85/07/18
READY
edit 'storet.help.sas1
(Bring a copy of the data set into working
space.)
DATASET NOT LINE NUMBERED-NONUM ASSUMED
QED ("QED" is the prompt for the Quick Editor facility.)
verify (Causes the line to echo whenever a change is made to
it or when the current line pointer is moved to it.)
bottom (Move the current line pointer to the last line in
the data set.)
1 (The contents of the last line prints, because verify was
in effect.)
rln ('RUN' stands for relative line number and prints the
number of the line where the current line pointer is
REL.
located.)
LINE NUMBER IS 7<+9
end nosave
(The relative line number is 749
which means that the data set is
749 lines in length since the
current line pointer is at the
bottom of the data set.)
(Do not save a copy of the data set and return
to TSO.)
READY
Xsprint 'storet.help.sas1 bin(miii) route(local) cc
(The above will list a copy of the named data set at
the central printer and cause it to be mailed to user
'III'. The "CC" will cause carriage control to
be applied to the listing. )
SPRINT (OFFLINE LIST) BIN Mill, ROUTED TO DEST(LOCAL)
OPTIONS: ASA
PROCESSING HAS BEEN COMPLETED FOR DATASET:
STORET.HELP.SAS
READY
logoff (Logoff the system. This command terminates the
TSO session. )
III :AAAA LOGGED OFF MM/DD/YY AT HR:MM:SS
99:99:99 CONNECT TIME, 99:99.99 TCB, 9:99.99 SRB
EXCPS: 999 DA,9 MT.999 TERM,9 OTHER,999 TOTAL
CHARGES: $9.99 CONNECT, $9.99 CPU, $9.99 EXCPS
$9.99 TOTAL CHARGE FOR SESSION
III LOGGED OFF TSO AT HR:MM:SS ON MONTH DAY, YEAR
-------
Some of the more helpful STORET data sets
STORET.HELP.BROWSE
STORET.HELP.BUILDAUX.DATA
STORET.HELP.BUILDAUX.PROG
STORET.HELP.ECO.REGIONS
STORET.HELP.EXAMPLES.SAS.LIBRARY
STORET.HELP.FILE.FORMATS
STORET.H E LP.F LOW.LIBRARY(CONTENTS)
STORET.HELP.JSMTABLE
STORET.HELP.KERMIT
STORET.HELP.KEYWORD.INDEX
STORET.HELP.MORE.SAS.ALL.INDEX
CONTAINS INSTRUCTIONS CONCERING THE
USE OF THE STORET INTERACTIVE RETRIE-
VAL CAPABILITY. "BROWSE" ALSO ALLOWS
THE INTERACTIVE PLOTTING OF PARAMETRIC
DATA UTILIZING A TEKTRONIX 4014 OR EQUI-
VALENT TYPE TERMINAL.
THESE TWO DATA SETS CONTAIN AIDS IN CREATING
"AUXILARY" FILES FOR USE WITH THE "LOC" MAP
MAKING PROGRAM. "BUILDAUX.DATA" CONTAINS AN
INPUT FORMAT AND "BUILDAUX.PROG" CONTAINS A
PL1 PROGRAM THAT REFORMATS THE DATA.
CONTAINS AN EXPLANATION OF THE ECO-REGION
CONCEPT AND AN LIST OF THE "ECO-REGIONS".
CONTAINS SEVERAL EXAMPLES OF USING "SAS"
WITHIN A STORET RETRIEVAL.
CONTAINS THE DOCUMENTATION FOR THE INTERIM
FILES GENERATED BY A STORET RETRIEVAL RE-
QUEST AND THEIR LAYOUT WHEN THEY ARE CAP-
TURED AS A MACHINE READABLE OUTPUT.
CONTAINS THE NAME AND A BRIEF DESCRIPTION
FOR EACH OF THE AVAILABLE FLOW FILE HELP
DATA SETS.
SHOWS THE JOB CLASSIFICATION A JOB WILL
BE ASSIGNED BASED UPON CPU TIME AND THE
REGION SIZE REQUESTED. THE JOB CLASSI-
FICATION AND PRIORITY DETERMINE HOW QUICKLY
A JOB WILL TURN AROUND AND ITS COST.
EXPLAINS HOW TO USE "KERMIT" TO UPLOAD AND
DOWNLOAD FILES AND ITS GENERAL USE.
CONTAINS A LIST OF THE RETRIEVAL KEYWORDS
IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER AND IN ORDER BY FUNC-
TION. IT ALSO HAS CROSS REFERENCE PAGE
NUMBERS TO THE USER HANDBOOK AND TO THE
SEMINAR DOCUMENTATION.
CONTAINS A ONE LINE EXPLANATION OF ALL OF
THE "SAS" EXAMPLES PROCESSING "STORET"
DATA.
PAGE NO. 34
89/03/30
-------
STORET.HELP.NAMES.FOR.INCLUDE
STORET.HELP.PARM.RANGE.CHECKS
STORET.HELP.PGM.LOC
STORET.HELP.PGM.MSP
STORET.HELP.REACH.RETRIEVL
STORET.HELP.REMARK.CODES
STORET.HELP.SAS
STORET.HELP.STATION.TYPE
STORET.HELP.STORUN
STORET.HELP.SYSTEM.ABEND.CODES
CONTAINS THE OFFICIAL NAMES FOR THE "STORET"
CREATED POLYGONS AROUND MAJOR STREAMS AND AN
EXAMPLE OF HOW TO USE "INCLUDE" WITH ONE OF
THE U.S.G.S. CATALOGING UNITS.
CONTAINS THE RANGES FOR THE PARAMETERS WHOSE
VALUES ARE CHECKED AT THE TIME THEY ARE STORED.
CONTAINS THE IN-DEPTH DISCUSSION OF THE "LOC"
PROGRAM AND ITS COMPLETE DOCUMENTATION.
CONTAINS THE REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION FOR THE
"MSP" PROGRAM.
THIS IS THE FULL EXPLANATION OF THE EPA RIVER
REACH SYSTEM AND HOW TO PERFORM HYDROLOGIC
STATION SELECTION UTILIZING REACHES.
CONTAINS THE VALID STORET REMARK CODES AND
THEIR DEFINITIONS.
CONTAINS DOCUMENTATION ON THE STORET TO SAS
INTERFACE AND SEVERAL DOCUMENTED EXAMPLES
OF USING SAS WITH STORET DATA.
CONTAINS THE ACCEPTABLE STORET STATION TYPES
AND THEIR DEFINITIONS. IT ALSO DEMONSTRATES
HOW TO STORE THE STATION TYPE AND HOW TO USE
IT IN A RETRIEVAL WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS
"ATTR" AND "ONLYATTR".
CONTAINS THE DATES OF THE LAST UPDATE FOR
THE VARIOUS FILES UNDER THE STORET UM-
BRELLA.
CONTAINS AN ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF THE
MORE COMMON IBM MESSAGES AND CODES THAT
ARE GENERATED WHEN A JOB ENDS ABNORMALLY.
PAGE NO. 35
89/03/20
-------
CHANGE LOG
HINOR CHANGES TO PAGES 3, 4, AND 25 BY LOUIS HOELMAN ON 85/09/04
MINOR CHANGES TO PAGES 1 AMD 25 BY LOUIS HOELMAN ON 85/11/26
MINOR CHANGE TO PAGE 25 ON 85/11/26 BY LOUIS HOELMAN
MINOR CHANGES TO PAGES 3, 29, AND 30 BY LOUIS HOELMAN ON 86/04/15.
CHANGED COMMUNICATIONS PHONE * ON PAGES 3 AND 13 ON 86/09/04 BY HOELMAN.
Changed page 14 to reflect the new logon format by Louis Hoelman Sept. 29, 1986.
ON OCT. 1, 1986 LOUIS HOELMAN DID THE FOLLOWING: DELETED PAGE 36 AND UPDATED THE
DATA SET LIST ON PAGES 34 AND 35.
ADDED OLOF AND ELAINE TO PHONE LIST ALONG WITH JIM OMERNICK FOR ECOREGION MAPS
AND LOGON CHANGE ON JULY 8, 1987.
THIS DATA SET LAST UPDATED June 24, 1987, and moved on line July 08, 1987.
-------
|